Kent County Council Admission to Secondary Kent School2015 in Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
For children born between 1 September 2003 and 31 August 2004 Transferring to Secondary School in September 2015
Apply online the simple fast and secure way kent.gov.uk/ola Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015 Apply online
Just go to Kent Online Admissions kent.gov.uk/ola
A simple, fast and secure way to apply for a secondary school place in Kent. Opens 9am on 1 September 2014 and closes at midnight on 31 October 2014
1 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
2 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015 at www.kent.gov.uk/secondary admissions you will see
Secondary school places You must apply for a secondary school place if your child is born between 1 September 2003 and 31 August 2004 for your child to start year 7 at secondary school in 2015. You will need to apply for a secondary school place when your child is in Year 6 at primary school.
If your child is already at secondary school and you want to move them to a di erent school you must apply for an in year admission.
What to do
Choose a Apply Processing Offer day Accept or school decline
• It’s important to • A simple, fast, • email confirmation – • On offer day • You must accept find out more about convenient process reassures you that your (Monday 2 March or decline the school schools you are which opens at 9 am application has been 2015) – an email will place you’ve been interested in before on 1 September 2014 received. be sent to you after offered between 3 you decide to name and closes at midnight - gives you a copy of 4pm, telling you March and 20 March them on your on 5 November 2014. all the information which school you 2015. application form. have been offered.** • You can apply at you entered on the • If it has not been • You can name up any time of day application possible to offer your to 4 schools. until midnight on 5 - gives you a unique child a place at one of November 2014. reference number. your preferred schools, you have the right to • You can log on and lodge an appeal make changes before between 3 March and the closing date. You 31 March must re-submit the application in order for us to process the changes.*
• Online support available – telephone 03000 41 21 21 and ask for the Online Admissions Team or email [email protected] (we will reply during o ce hours)
* Only one application per pupil will be accepted. If you apply online, do not complete a paper application as well. Keep your log on details safe and tell us your reference number whenever you need to contact us. ** Some email providers can take an extended period of time to deliver this email. Kent County Council has no control over email delivery once the message has left our servers. You will still receive a letter (if it is has not been possible to o er you your rst preferred school), posted rst class on 2 March 2015
3 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
The Fair Access Office is based at: Sessions House, County Hall Maidstone, Kent ME14 1XQ
The telephone number for Kent County Council’s Education Line is 03000 41 21 21, and if they are unable to answer your enquiry they can put you through to the Secondary Admissions Team or the Transport Team.
You can e-mail the Admissions Team on: [email protected]
You can e-mail the transport team on: [email protected]
Admission for Children with Statements of Special Educational Needs
Kent County Council makes separate arrangements for the transition of children with Statements of Special Educational Needs to secondary school. Your main point of contact for your child’s Secondary School placement is your Area Special Educational Needs (SEN) O ce. The contact details for the Education O ces are as follows:
East Kent SEN Team - Canterbury, Thanet and Swale Brook House, Reeves Way, John Wilson Business Park, Thanet Way Whitstable, Kent CT5 3SS
Telephone: 0300 333 6471 Email: [email protected]
South Kent SEN Team - Ashford, Dover and Shepway Kroner House, Eurogate Business Park, Ashford, Kent TN24 8XU
Telephone: 0300 333 6470 Email: [email protected]
North Kent SEN Team - Dartford, Gravesham and Sevenoaks (opens December 2014) Joynes House, 1-4 New Road, Gravesend, Kent DA11 0AT
For North Kent SEN team please contact the West Kent O ce
West Kent SEN Team - Maidstone, Tunbridge Wells, Tonbridge & Malling Worrall House, 30 Kings Hill Avenue, Kings Hill, West Malling, Kent ME19 4AE
Telephone: 03000 412206 Email: [email protected]
The information given in this booklet relates to the school year 2015-2016. Details were correct at time of publication, August 2014, but may change before September 2015.
4 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
A Message to Parents
This booklet provides you with all the information you Support Adviser who can advise you about some of the may need as you look for the right place for your child to information in the booklet, or you can contact the County start secondary school in 2015. This is a big decision for Council’s Secondary Admissions team. The contact details every child and family and we want to ensure every help are on the contents page. is provided to you to apply for your preferred schools, in the light of their admissions criteria. I hope this booklet Schools across the county will be o ering open days helps to inform your decisions. We are lucky in Kent to and evenings between now and 31 October 2014, the have a wide variety of Secondary schools o ering a range closing date for applications. Open sessions at Secondary of educational and wider development opportunities for schools give teachers and pupils the opportunity to young people. Our aim is to ensure every child and young celebrate what they have achieved, and to show how person can go to a good school where they can achieve much the school can o er. For your child, meeting the well and succeed, enjoy a wide range of opportunities sta and the pupils and learning about the academic, and realise their potential. vocational, sporting and creative options available at the school can help to make the right decisions. Please do Although the County Council is not the Admissions take advantage of these opportunities to look at di erent Authority for all schools, for example Church Schools schools and consider whether they might be right for and Academies are their own Admissions Authorities, we your child. publish the admission arrangements for all schools in this booklet and on our website, www.kent.gov.uk. Our role is I wish you well with this process and I hope your child will to coordinate the Admissions process and we will make have a happy and successful future in a Kent secondary sure that everyone who applies is o ered a Secondary school from September 2015. school place on National O er Day, 2 March 2015.
You will need to complete only one application form, the Kent Secondary Common Application Form (SCAF) – either online through www.kent.gov.uk/ola or on paper - to apply for up to four Secondary schools, in Kent or further away. We will do our best to o er you one of the places you would like. In March 2014, 93% of children were o ered a place at their rst or second preference school.
The School Admissions Code asks schools to make sure that they provide clear up to date information and a fair chance to apply for a place. Even if you have older Patrick Leeson children who have been through the Secondary school Corporate Director transfer process in the past, please be sure to read the Education and Young People’s Services individual school entries in the booklet carefully before Kent County Council you submit your Kent Secondary Common Application Form. There may be some important changes that you will want to take into consideration.
In making your application it may be important for you to discuss your child’s academic attainment, interests and style of learning with his or her Primary school. Your child’s current school may have a Family Liaison O cer or Parent
5 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
6 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Everything you need to know
9. Transferring to Secondary School 2015
9. Types of school – Admission Arrangements
10. How the Admissions process works
11. Timetable for moving on to Secondary School
11. How will the Secondary Transfer System work in Kent in 2015?
12. If your child has a Statement of Special Educational Need
13. Parents’ right to a school place
13. Applying for a place in Kent if you live outside Kent
13. Finding out about Kent schools
13. Assessment for a Kent Grammar School
15. Completing the Kent Secondary Common Application Form
17. Allocating places
17. School offers
17. What are the chances of getting my child into the school I want?
18. Examples
19. Where can I get advice?
19. Kent Parent Partnership Service (KPPS)
20. Letting you know
20. Waiting lists
21. Appeals
7 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
22. Some of your questions answered
24. Late applications and In Year Admissions
25. Transport
29. Travel to school or college for students aged 16
31. General information
32. Choices after 16
33. Your guide to Data Protection
34. If your child has a disability
8 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
1. Transferring to Secondary School 2015 Foundation and Aided schools are their own admission authority, so they make decisions about what their You need to apply for Year 7 secondary school places admission arrangements will be, but they consult with (which you can do online through our website or by the Council, and they are part of the Council’s co- lling in a paper form) by 31 October 2014. You can apply ordinated admissions process. Aided schools were set for schools inside or outside Kent County Council’s area, up by voluntary bodies such as churches or charitable but you must name all of them on the same application; foundations. you can only ll in one form, and it must be the form for your home Local Authority. If you are not sure whether Community, Voluntary Controlled, Foundation Kent County Council is your home Local Authority, check and Aided schools all receive funding through Kent which Council sends you your Council Tax bill. County Council, so you may also hear them called Kent maintained schools. Transferring to Secondary School with a Statement of Special Educational Need Academies, some are set up as all-ability schools (comprehensive) by sponsors from business, faith or The application process explained in this book does not voluntary groups working in partnership with central apply to children with a Statement of Special Educational government and local education partners. Others are Need, if your child does have a Statement you can nd existing schools (including some grammar schools) which some information in the content of this book that will have recently converted to Academy status. The help you decide which schools to consider. government’s Department for Education (DFE) meets the costs of Academies through the Education Funding The proposals set out in the Children & Families Act, to Agency, and their admission arrangements are agreed be implemented in September 2014 will see Statements with the Secretary of State. Although they are e ectively of Special Educational Need and Learning Di culty independent schools they provide free education, and Assessments for those aged 0-25 years, replaced by they take part in the Council’s coordinated admission an integrated and quicker assessment leading to a process. combined Education, Health and Care (EHC) plan. As the law changes references made in this booklet to SSEN will Free Schools are a new type of all-ability state-funded apply as appropriate to EHC plans. school set up in response to what local people say they want and need for children in their community. You can Further information around transfer to secondary School nd more about Free Schools on the DFE website, for Children with a Statement can be found on our www.gov.uk/dfe website: www.kent.gov.uk/education-and-children/ special-educational-needs Grammar schools and those Academies which select their intake through the 11+ assessment procedure are by de nition selective schools. 2. Types of School There is one grammar school, Cranbrook School, which When you look at the information for individual schools, admits children at age 13 through its own assessment you will see that each one explains what type of school process. Enquiries about testing should be made directly it is. to the school, but applications for places must be made through Kent County Council, on forms available from the Community and Voluntary Controlled schools are run school or from the Council’s website by Kent County Council, so the Council is their admission (www.kent.gov.uk/secondaryadmissions). authority, deciding what their admission arrangements will be, as well as running their admissions process.
9 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Kent has a wide range of schools, including all-ability 3. How the Admissions process works and comprehensive schools and academies (which take children of all abilities). Where academies do not select You are invited to apply for up to four schools by their intake, they are by de nition comprehensive schools. completing a Secondary Common Application Form (SCAF) online or on paper. Comprehensive schools include church aided schools, which may give priority for admission to members Kent County Council will tell secondary schools who has of a particular religious faith. You can nd out how applied for places, and provide them with any information they do this by reading the admission criteria for the they need to rank children for admission. Schools are not individual schools. In addition to the Roman Catholic told whether parents named them rst, second, third or comprehensive schools in the Kent LA area, there are two fourth on the SCAF. in Bexleyheath (St Catherine’s for girls and St Columba’s for boys) which you can nd out about from the London Each school will look at all their applications, and draw up Borough of Bexley (0208 303 7777), and one in Chatham a rank order based on their oversubscription criteria to (St John Fisher) which you can nd out about from decide who will get places. This means, for example, that Medway Council (01634 331110). if how close children live to the school is an important factor, the children who live closest are most likely to Community, Voluntary Controlled, Foundation Aided, be o ered places, whether they named the school rst, Free Schools and Academies are bound by the School second, third or fourth on the SCAF. Admissions Code, which sets out to ensure that the admission arrangements agreed for all the di erent types The order you name the schools in only matters if more of school are fair and easy to understand, and that school than one of them could o er your child a place. In that places are applied for and o ered in the same way. case, we will look back at your preferences and o er whichever of them you named highest on the form. University Technical Colleges are a new concept in education. They o er 14-18 year olds the opportunity to If we can’t o er your child any of the schools you named take a full time, technically-oriented course of study. They on your form, we will write to you on 2 March o ering a are sponsored by a university and o er clear progression place at an alternative school. routes into higher education or further learning in work. Kent currently has one UTC, The Leigh UTC in Dartford, Parents should note that if transport to school will be a which admits students at Year 10. For further information factor, Kent will not normally provide transport where visit www.theleighutc.org.uk a parent chooses a school which is not the nearest appropriate for transport purposes. See pages 25-31 for Note: Special schools, for children with Statements of Special further information. Educational Need are not included in this admissions process and are not listed in the booklet. If you believe your child needs a special school place, you should contact your local Special Educational Needs and Resources o ce (see page 4).
10 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
4. Timetable for moving on to approach schools directly to allow them to make o ers Secondary School as quickly as possible. In addition to contacting schools, parents should also send a copy of their application to the LA who will support and advise on the process where this September 2014 is needed. Information about secondary transfer will be available on our website and through your child’s primary school. Children who registered by 1 July to take the grammar 5. How will the Secondary Transfer System school tests will be tested in September and sent their work in Kent in 2015? results on 15 October. Every Kent parent lls in Kent County Council’s Secondary September/October 2014 Common Application Form (SCAF), online or on paper. Schools hold open events so that you can visit and look round. • If you are applying to certain schools you may also need to ll in a supplementary information form for return to 31 October 2014 the school (see individual schools’ details). You must have applied for schools by this date, either • You are invited to name up to four schools you would online or by returning Kent’s Secondary Common like your child to attend. Application Form (SCAF) to Kent Admissions or your • If any of your named schools receive more applications child’s primary school. than there are places available your application is assessed against that school’s oversubscription criteria 2 March 2015 (see individual school details). O ers of school places will be sent out. E-mail messages • We try to o er you a place at the school you most want. will be sent after 4pm to parents who applied online, and • All children get sent one o er of a place on the same letters will be posted rst class to arrive on 3 March. date, 2 March 2015. • Letters are posted rst class, to arrive on 3 March. 18 March 2015 If you want your child’s name put on the waiting list for any school you named on the SCAF but were not o ered, you should let Kent County Council know by this date.
20 March 2015 By this date you must let the school you have been o ered know whether or not you are accepting the place.
31 March 2015 If you want to appeal for a place at any school you named on the SCAF but were not o ered, you should do so by this date.
22 April 2015 Any vacant places will be reallocated by Kent County Council, using the schools’ waiting lists.
After 22 April 2015 waiting lists will be maintained by schools who will ll vacancies as they arise. Parents should
11 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
6. If your child has a Statement of Special through Kent County Council, and the school named in Educational Need your child’s Statement must admit your child. We will write to you no later than December 2014 You will already have discussed transfer to secondary formally con rming the proposal to amend your child’s school and completed a green form expressing a Statement, setting out the proposed changes and preference for the school you would like your child to seeking your views. Between December 2014 and 15 attend. Forms should have been returned to your child’s February 2015 you can make any representations about primary school by 4 July 2014, to be sent on to the local the proposed amended Statement. An amended Final SEN o ce (contact details are on page 4). Statement must be sent to you by 15 February 2015. Once we know which school you want, we’ll write to The SEN Code of Practice says that if you want your child them to consult about naming the school on your child’s to have a mainstream education, Kent County Council Statement. If you don’t tell us which school you want, we must name or describe a maintained, mainstream school will write to the maintained mainstream secondary school in the Statement, unless this would be incompatible with closest to your home that can meet your child’s needs. the e cient education of other children at the school. Kent County Council must ask you if you wish to express If you are considering a grammar school place, see a preference for a particular school (including a special section 10. school), and must comply with your preference unless: If you don’t express a preference, Kent County Council will – the school is unsuitable for your child’s age, ability, name the maintained school closest to your child’s home aptitude or special educational needs that can meet his or her needs. – the placement would not be compatible with the If Kent County Council plans to name a school in the e cient education of other children with whom your Statement, it must consult with that school and take child would be educated, or account of the views the school expresses before – the placement would not be an e cient use of deciding whether or not to name it. If the school is in resources. another Local Authority’s area, Kent must consult with that Local Authority, as well as the school itself. If you wish to discuss any aspect of the arrangements for transfer of your child to secondary school, you should To decide whether a school would be suitable for your speak to your SEN Locality O cer at your local SEN O ce. child, Kent County Council must take account of any special arrangements which would be needed, and If you are not happy with the school named on your decide whether these represent an e cient use of child’s Amended Final Statement, you can appeal to the resources. Kent County Council and/or the school must SEN and Disability Tribunal within 2 months of the issuing take reasonable steps to ensure that a maintained of the Final Statement. mainstream school is accessible, but does not have to make adaptations or provide equipment. If they would Parents should note that where they request a school be needed at the school you’ve named, but are already which is further from their home than an alternative available at another school, Kent County Council would school able to meet their childs needs. It will be the normally name the school where they are already responsibility of the parent to provide transport. The LA available. will only provide transport to the nearest school, other than in exceptional circumstances. Schools’ Admission Criteria for children joining the school in Year 7 are not applied to children with Statements. Provision for children with Statements is arranged
12 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
7. Parents’ right to a school place 10. Assessment for a Kent Grammar School
The law recognises that it may not always be possible All the grammar schools in Kent County Council’s area to carry out parents’ wishes, for a number of reasons: use Kent’s tests to help decide which children should • Because this would “prejudice the provision of e cient be o ered places. A Kent grammar school can only o er education or the e cient use of resources”, a place to a child who has been assessed suitable for • Because a particular school may be full. admission to grammar school. Registration for testing • Because it is a selective (grammar) school and the child opens on 2 June 2014 and closes on 1 July. Testing will has not reached the required standard. take place in September 2014 and parents will receive Because the child has been permanently excluded from their child’s assessment decision by post on 16 October, two or more schools. leaving them time to apply for school places by 31 October. We test about 13,000 children a year. 8. Applying for a place in Kent if you live To be included in the tests in September 2014, a child outside Kent MUST have been registered for testing by 1 July 2014.
If you live outside Kent but would like to send your child If your child has not been tested, a grammar school can’t to a school in the county you must name the Kent school o er you a place on 2 March. If you name a grammar on your home Local Authority’s Common Application school on your SCAF when your child has not been Form and they will liaise with us. We will then inform tested, your application to that school will be turned your home Local Authority whether we can o er your down, though you will still have the right to appeal for child a place at your preferred Kent school. Please note admission. you must NOT use Kent’s online application process or Secondary Common Application Form if you do not live If your child takes the tests but does not do well in Kent. enough to be eligible for a grammar school place, a grammar school cannot o er a place. If you still think 9. Finding out about Kent schools that a grammar school would be the best place for your child, you can name your preferred grammar school(s) Schools publish a lot of information about what they anywhere on the SCAF, but you will not be o ered a teach, the facilities they o er and what they aim to place at any of them on 2 March. You will still have the achieve for their pupils on their websites. You can nd right to appeal for admission. their website addresses in this booklet. They will also have their own printed prospectus or booklet which you can If your child has a statement of Special ask for if you are interested in the school. Educational Need
There is no substitute for seeing things for yourself. That If your child has a statement of Special Educational Need is why all schools hold open days and evenings, when and you are interested in a place at a grammar school, parents and children can visit and talk to teachers and you must register your child for testing and name a existing pupils. We believe this provides a very good grammar school on your preference form. Kent County opportunity for you to get the feel of the school and Council will then determine whether that school is encourage you to use the opportunities available. We suitable in terms of your child’s aptitude and ability, as strongly recommend that you visit those schools that well as their age and special needs. interest you most. Headteachers welcome enquiries from parents and will be able to tell you a great deal about If your child’s special needs mean that some special their schools. arrangements may have to be made so that he or she
13 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
can be assessed (for example, if your child has a visual Test dates impairment), the area SEN Team will liaise with your child’s school, the Admissions Team and other relevant Most Kent children will take the tests in their primary professionals as necessary to nd out what needs to be schools on: done. • Wednesday 10 September 2014 Note: If your child does not have a Statement of Special Educational Need, but you believe that special Children from schools outside Kent LA will be invited arrangements may be necessary to allow him or her to attend Kent testing centres on: access to the test papers, you should discuss this rst with the SENCO at your child’s primary school, as applications • Saturday 13 September 2014 for any special arrangements are made by the school. You can nd out more from our website, www.kent.gov.uk Detailed arrangements for these children will be con rmed by letter when we have processed all applications and know how many children we need to What tests are involved? accommodate and where they are coming from. This is likely to be in August. The two tests taken in September 2014 will be a Reasoning test and a combined Maths and English test, How are decisions made? both in a multiple-choice format. Reasoning tests look at how quickly and e ciently children solve problems of The assessment decision is based on the test results. increasing di culty. The reasoning test will include some However, before you receive your decision, your child’s questions which use words or numbers to test verbal primary school headteacher will have the opportunity to reasoning and some which use patterns and sequences refer assessment decisions they disagree with to a panel to test non-verbal and spatial skills. of local primary and secondary school headteachers, who will consider additional evidence before making a The English section of the other test will involve a decision. This can include your child’s test scores, recent comprehension exercise and some separate questions work, the writing task and comments from your child’s chosen from a range testing literacy skills such as spelling, current school. The panel will look at a full range of work grammar and punctuation. The Maths section will reect for a child, regardless of which scores may be below the the requirements of the National Curriculum for pupils in threshold. An assessment will only be changed by the Key Stage 2. Headteacher Panel if the panel is con dent that the child will be well placed in a grammar school. When the tests are marked the scores are standardised. Standardisation allows each child’s score to be compared The assessment decision will be posted to you on 15 with those achieved by other children of the same age so October. that the youngest children are not disadvantaged. Once you have the assessment decision, it’s best to take We also ask children to complete a piece of writing any questions you have to your child’s primary school under test conditions. This is not marked, but a local rst of all. If the school can’t help, you can contact the Headteacher Assessment Panel may consider it at a later Secondary Admissions Team by ringing 03000 41 21 21. stage. Neither the primary school nor the Secondary Admissions Team can change the assessment you have received, but they can explain what it means and how it was reached, to help you when you ll in the Secondary Common Application Form.
14 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
What if I disagree with the assessment decision? If any of the schools you have expressed a preference for is an Academy, Aided, Foundation or Free School You cannot make an appeal against the assessment you may also need to complete another form called decision posted to you on 15 October, but you are still a Supplementary Information Form (SIF). This form is allowed by law to appeal for admission to any school used by the schools to rank your child against their you name on your SCAF and are not o ered. If your child oversubscription criteria. has not been assessed suitable for grammar school but you name a grammar school anywhere on your SCAF, Schools that require a SIF will be identi ed in the although you cannot be o ered a place there on 2 March, school details pages. You should return this form to after that you can ask an independent panel to consider the school and not to Kent County Council. The SIF whether there could be an exceptional reason for can be obtained from the school or by going to the admitting your child to that school. Appeals for admission “Admissions criteria 2015/16” section at www.kent.gov. to Kent schools should be lodged by 31 March 2015. uk/admissionscriteria if the school has provided us with The information which comes with your o er of a school a copy. place will explain how to do this. The SIF is not the o cial Kent County Council application Other testing procedures form and you must still complete a SCAF naming the school otherwise your child will not be considered for a Some individual schools will also have their own tests as place at that school. part of their admissions process. This will be stated in the school’s details, and you should contact them direct for You may name a school or schools outside Kent on information about what tests are involved and when they the form. We will inform the relevant Local Authority will take place. and they will consider your application under their arrangements. If you want to know more about schools 11. Completing the Kent Secondary Common outside Kent you are advised to contact the relevant Local Authority office for further details. Please see Application Form page 34 for contact details. If you live in the Kent Local Authority area, and you If you live in Kent you must complete a Kent Secondary would like your child to start at ANY Secondary School Common Application Form (SCAF), either online or or Academy in September 2014 you MUST complete the on paper. To apply online, go to www.kent.gov.uk/ Kent Secondary Common Application Form (SCAF), either ola . Otherwise, you can get a paper SCAF from your online, through the Kent website (www.kent.gov.uk/ola), child’s Kent primary school, download a copy from or on paper. the Kent website or request one by ringing Secondary Admissions Team (03000 41 21 21), to whom you If you have already registered your child online to take should return it direct by 31 October 2014 part in the Kent grammar school tests, you will be able to log on and add your school preferences to the information you have already submitted, then resubmit If you have not applied online or on paper by the application, rather than starting from the beginning. 5 November 2014 your child will not be considered for a place in a Kent school until after places have been On that form we ask you to name up to four schools you allocated in March. would like your child to go to. It is important to make sure your SCAF shows us which We ask you to rank these schools in the order you most schools you want, in priority order, because after prefer. the closing date you will not be able to change your
15 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
preferences without a genuine reason - for example, if you So that distances are worked out consistently Kent have had to move house since returning the form. Even if County Council’s measuring software uses address we accept that there is a genuine reason, there is a limit to point data provided by Ordnance Survey and updated how late we can make a change. After 8 December 2014 annually. The address point reference we have for your no-one can to apply to di erent schools until after 22 property is taken as one end of a straight line, with the April 2015, when most places will be lled. Do remember address point reference for the school as the other end. to let us know if you change your home address or your The same address point on the school site is used for e-mail address after the closing date, so that we send your everybody. When we apply the distance criterion for school o er to the right place. an oversubscribed Community or Voluntary Controlled school, these straight line measurements are used to Pupil’s home address determine how close each applicant’s address is to the school. Address point references allow us to calculate We will accept as a pupil’s home address the residential distances in miles to four decimal places. property that is the child’s only or main residence, not an address at which your child may sometimes stay or A block of ats has a single address point reference, so sleep due to your own domestic arrangements. applicants living in the same block will be regarded as It will be either: living the same distance away from a Community school. In the unlikely event that two or more children live in the • owned by the child’s parent, parents or guardian; same block and in all other ways have equal eligibility for • or leased to or rented by the child’s parent, parents or the last available place at the school, the names will be guardian under a lease or written rental agreement. issued a number and drawn randomly to decide which child should be given the place. Evidence of ownership or rental agreement may be required, plus proof of the child’s permanent residency at Kent County Council supplies address point data to all the property concerned. The Council reserves the right to schools but some Foundation and Aided schools, free schools check information given on the application form. If any and Academies may use di erent methods to measure information given on the form is found to be incorrect, distances from applicants’ homes. This will be clearly or if you fail to notify us of important changes in the explained in each school’s oversubscription criteria. Where a information, the o er of a school place can be withdrawn. school has not explained that it will use a di erent method, If you need further help, contact the Admissions Team. the method described here will apply.
We can only accept one current home address on Brothers and Sisters the Secondary Common Application Form. If you live separately from your partner but share responsibility for Where Kent County Council uses the term “brother or your child and the child lives at two di erent addresses sister”, it means children who live as brother and sister during the week, we will regard the home address as in the same house, including natural brothers or sisters, the one at which the child sleeps for the majority of adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster weekdays. If you have other arrangements which involve brothers or sisters. your child living at more than one address and you are not sure which address you should give, please contact If siblings from multiple births (twins, triplets, etc) apply the Admissions Team for advice. for a school and the school would reach its Published Admission Number (PAN) after admitting one or more, Distance but before admitting all of those siblings, Kent County Council will o er a place to each of the siblings, even if Maps and internet-based measuring tools will give you an doing so takes the school above its PAN. However, this indication of the distance from your address to a school, may not always be possible for example, if the school is a but they often use di erent reference points. grammar school. 16 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Where a school has not explained how it de nes a sibling, be possible to o er you a place there, even if your child has the explanation given here will apply. done well enough in the 11+ tests to qualify for a grammar school place. If this happens, you will be o ered the highest 12. Allocating places available of your remaining preferences, even if that is not a grammar school.) We look at the applications to schools to see whether we can o er a place. If there are more applications to a Sometimes, we may not be able to o er you a place at school than there are places available, once places have any school you have asked for. This will be because all been allocated to any Statemented pupils the school’s those schools have had more applications than they have oversubscription criteria are used to put applicants in places available and have o ered them to children who priority order. Some of these children will not be o ered have a better claim under the oversubscription criteria. If a place because the school runs out of spaces before we this happens, we will o er you a place at another school. get down to their names on the list of applicants. Some will not need to be o ered one because another school, When you have the o er of a school place you can still which they ranked higher on their Secondary Common appeal for a place at any of the other schools you named Application Form, can give them a place. on the SCAF, or ask for your child’s name to be put on a waiting list for any spaces which may come up. After 22 If your Kent preferences include a voluntary aided or April you can also apply for a place at a school you didn’t foundation school, free school or an academy, we send name on your original SCAF by contacting the school that school your details, as they are responsible for their direct. Your application will be considered and, if the own admissions. If the school has too many applications school still has room, it can o er you a place. If it is full it for the places available, the governors will use the school’s will turn down your application, but will explain how you oversubscription criteria to put applicants in priority order. can appeal and how you can add your child’s name to the They will pass a ranked list back to us so that we can o er waiting list in case a place becomes available. a place on their behalf. Every admission authority must keep a waiting list, at least until the end of the rst term in the admission year, 13. School Offers and every time a child’s name is added the list will be ranked again in line with the published oversubscription Kent County Council will make sure every Kent child who criteria. Looked after children, previously looked after has submitted a Kent Secondary Common Application children (according to the School Admissions Code Form gets ONE o er. paragraph 1.7, previously looked after children are children who were looked after, but ceased to be so because they were If only one of the schools you have asked for could o er adopted, or became subject to a residence order or special your child a place that is the school place we will o er guardianship order) and those allocated a place at the you. school in accordance with a Fair Access Protocol will take precedence over others on a waiting list. If more than one of the schools you have asked for could o er your child a place, we will o er you whichever one of these you ranked highest on your Secondary Common 14. What are the chances of getting my child Application Form. This is the only time your rank order will into the school I want? be used to decide which place to o er you. The best way to assess the chances of your child getting (If you have named a grammar school on your Secondary into the school you want is to study that school’s Common Application Form, and that grammar school has oversubscription criteria (see school details). too many applications from suitable candidates, it may not
17 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Before you ll in the Kent Secondary Common Robina’s parents would like her to go to a single-sex Application Form make sure that you have read and Community high school, even though it is a long way from understood the oversubscription criteria for the schools her home. Otherwise, though they are not church attenders, you are listing. You need to think carefully about whether they would like a church school, or another single-sex school. your child is likely to meet these criteria. She has not taken the grammar school tests.
One of the most important criteria for many schools is The parents’ preferences are: the distance you live from the school. The distances from 1. Single-sex Community High School which schools allocate places change from year to year, 2. Church Aided School depending on demand. You may need to check with the 3. Community Grammar School for Girls school whether they have been able to admit children 4. Foundation Grammar School for Girls from your address in recent years. When deciding your preferences, be realistic about how likely you are to be The Community High School is oversubscribed by o ered a place there. girls who live closer than Robina. The Church Aided School is oversubscribed with church attenders. The Some schools have entrance tests. Ask yourself whether grammar schools cannot o er her a place on 2 March your child is good at the subject being tested or at taking as she has not taken the grammar school tests. Her tests generally. parents are o ered a vacant place at an alternative school chosen by Kent County Council. Having considered all these matters, rank the schools you want in order of preference.
Remember that other people will choose the same Adam has a grammar school assessment. His parents would schools as you. If their children meet the criteria of a most like a place for him at the Foundation grammar school particular school better than yours, they will be o ered a closest to his home. Otherwise they would like a place at his place ahead of your child. local all-ability academy, a neighbouring Foundation high school or a school outside Kent. 15. Examples The parents’ preferences are: Marie has a grammar school assessment. She lives close to 1. Foundation Grammar School her local Community high school. Her parents would most 2. All-ability Academy like a place for her at the local church comprehensive, which 3. Foundation High School gives priority to church attenders. Otherwise, they would like 4. School Outside Kent a local grammar school. The grammar school is oversubscribed with suitable applicants and cannot o er him a place. As he The parents’ preferences are: quali es for a place at the All-ability Academy, he is 1. Church Aided Comprehensive o ered his second preference. 2. Community Grammar School 3. Foundation Grammar School 4. Community High School
Marie meets the entry requirements for all four schools, so she is o ered her rst preference.
18 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Kristina does not have a Grammar school assessment. Her 16. Where can I get advice? parents would most like her to go to a local grammar school, a popular high school near where her mother works, or the The Secondary Admissions Team will o er advice to those Church Aided comprehensive, which is further away. They are families who nd the secondary transfer process di cult regular church attenders. to understand, they can help parents to make the most realistic choice of school that best meets their child’s The parents’ preferences are: needs. Primary Headteachers will also be in a position to 1. Local Foundation Grammar School help with this. So if you’ve looked at this booklet, visited 2. Community High School the schools and talked to your child’s teachers but still feel 3. Church Aided Comprehensive you need some extra help - 4. Local Foundation High School • Your primary school may have a Family Liaison O cer Kristina does not meet the entry requirement for (FLO) or Parent Support Adviser (PSA) who you can talk grammar school, and the Community high school to at school. If you know who they are speak to them o ers all its places to children who live within 2 directly or ask the school for details. miles. She quali es for a place at the Church Aided • You can ring the Secondary Admission Team on 03000 comprehensive, so is o ered her third preference. 41 21 21 during o ce hours. • Email [email protected]
Kent Parent Partnership Service (KPPS) Oliver lives a long way from his nearest Community grammar school. He has a Grammar assessment. Every Local Authority must provide a Parent Partnership Service that o ers con dential and impartial, The parents’ preferences are: information, advice and support for parents* of 1. Local Foundation Grammar School disabled children** and children with Special 2. Local Foundation Grammar School Educational Needs (SEN). 3. Community Grammar School 4. Neighbouring Grammar Academy Kent Parent Partnership Service has an experienced team available to listen and discuss any issues parents may have All these schools are oversubscribed and have to around their child’s education. Working at arm’s length to apply their criteria. Some take account of test scores the authority KPPS aims to empower parents and families and some take account of home address, but none of to be con dent to take an active and informed role in them can o er Oliver a place, because too many other their child’s education and development. applicants are ranked above him. If it cannot nd a grammar school place within a reasonable distance * parents includes all those adults with parental of his home, Kent County Council o ers him a local responsibility school which does not select its intake. ** children and young people aged between 0-19 years (25 in September 2014)
19 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
KPPS can: 17. Letting you know
• be available and accessible to answer questions via a On 2 March 2015 Kent County Council will write to Kent telephone helpline or in the local community parents o ering places. You will receive only ONE o er. • provide face to face support at a time that is mutually You must let the school you have been o ered know by convenient 20 March 2015, whether or not you want the place. • o er time to discuss issues in depth and explore options • support at meetings with school and/or the Local If you do not let the school know that you want the place, Authority it may be o ered to someone else, and you will lose it. • provide information about other agencies and You can also lose your school place if the information you processes put on your application form is later found to be incorrect. • help parents to communicate their views or concerns • help prepare paperwork If you have not been o ered the school(s) you wanted, • help with queries about the education system our letter will tell you how to appeal for a place. If you • act as a neutral facilitator at meetings make an appeal for a place at a school, an independent • support with appeals to the SEN and Disability Tribunal panel will look at why you were not o ered a place there, • provide training in communication, participation and and decide whether there is a good reason to change SEN processes that decision. This is separate from asking to go on a • provide a range of information leaets about education waiting list in case any spaces come up at the school, processes (available in other languages on request). which you can also do.
How to contact KPPS If you have applied for a Kent school but do not live in Kent your home Local Authority will write on 2 March Telephone Helpline: 03000 41 3000 2015 to tell you which school you have been o ered. Email: [email protected] 18. Waiting lists The Helpline is open Monday to Friday 9am-5pm (answerphone and email are available 24 hours) If a school is oversubscribed on 2 March 2015 the admission authority for that school must keep a waiting Or visit the KPPS team at a local drop-in list, at least until the start of the January term 2016. (ring the helpline or check online for dates and venues) A grammar school can only put children on its waiting list who have been assessed suitable for grammar school. Website: www.kent.gov.uk/kpps The waiting list must include: The o ce site provides disabled access and facilities at: Shepway Centre • Children who named the school on the SCAF, could not Oxford Road be o ered a place there on 2 March, and asked by 18 Maidstone March 2015 to go on the waiting list. ME15 8AW • Children who made their secondary school application O ce Tel: 03000 41 2412 after the closing date and before 18 March 2015 whose Minicom: 03000 41 3030 names are sent to the school by Kent County Council.
On 22 April 2015 the Council will run a reallocation process to o er any vacant places to children on schools’ waiting lists. Reallocation works in the same way as the
20 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
process which o ered places on 2 March, so that any 19. Appeals places which may have become available can be o ered to children on waiting lists, ranked by the schools If you are unhappy that you have not been o ered one of according to their original oversubscription criteria. If your preferred schools you can appeal. All parents have more than one of the schools parents want can o er a the right to appeal against any decision to refuse them a place, we will o er the one they ranked highest on their school place. This means that you can appeal for a place waiting list form. at any school that you named and were not o ered, wherever you ranked it on the Secondary Common From 23 April schools will use their waiting lists to allocate Application Form. any vacant places as they arise. How to Appeal From 22 April waiting lists will also include: We will be writing to o er you a school place on 2 March • Children who did not name the school on their original 2015. If we have not been able to o er you a school you SCAF but have now applied for a place at the school. wanted, our letter will explain briey why this was, and let • Late applicants* whose names are sent to the school by you know the arrangements for appealing for a place at Kent County Council. that school.
* (If you are a Kent resident and have not already applied You can appeal for any school you have been turned for and been allocated a place by Kent Count y Council – for down for, but if it is a Kent school please do your best to example, if you have arrived in Kent since 18 March 2015 - make sure that your appeal is received by 31 March 2015. please contact the Admissions Team on 03000 41 21 21. This will help the people who organise a school’s appeal If you live outside Kent, you will need to contact your home hearings to try to arrange for all the appeals for that school Local Authority about making a late application to a Kent to be considered at the same time and by the same school.) panel, which is what the School Admission Appeals Code recommends. Do not wait for the outcome of one appeal The names on a school’s waiting list must be ranked or the o er of a place at another school before appealing: according to its published oversubscription criteria, and you can always withdraw an appeal request later. it is required by law to rank the list in accordance with the criteria again every time a child is added to it. If the Appeals received after 31 March will need to be number of children who accept places drops below the accompanied by a reasonable explanation as to why they school’s published admission number the waiting list will are late. It is best if all appeals can be heard at one time: be used to determine who gets the vacant places. a late appeal may have to be heard after others for the same school. Looked after children, previously looked after children and those who must be o ered a place through a Fair Access Parents who have appealed unsuccessfully for a particular Protocol will take precedence over others on a waiting list. Kent school may not appeal for a place at the same school within the academic year unless they can show Putting your child’s name on the waiting list for a school there has been a signi cant and material change in their will not stop you appealing for a place there – you can circumstances since the appeal. do both. Putting your child’s name on the waiting list for If you have not been able to get a place at any of the one school will not prejudice an appeal for another, and schools you named on the SCAF and you are still not appealing for one school will not a ect your position on happy with the place you have been o ered, you can the waiting list for another. apply direct to Kent secondary schools after 22 April.
21 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
If you require any assistence with making an You also need to read the section headed “If Your Child application, the LA will assist you with this and contact has a Disability”, at the end of this booklet, page 34. the school on your behalf, where required. Equality legislation is there to ensure that an admission authority does not discriminate against a child on If you live outside Kent you should contact your home the grounds of a disability in its arrangements for authority for information about how to apply for other admission to a school. schools. If you cannot be offered a place, you will have the opportunity to appeal and to ask for your 20. Some of your questions answered child’s name to be added to the school’s waiting list. Children who join a waiting list after 22 April are ranked If you live in Kent according to the school’s published oversubscription criteria, not according to when they applied. How can I apply for a secondary school? How to Appeal if your child has a Statement of You can apply online from our website, www.kent. Special Educational Need gov.uk/ola or you can complete a paper copy of the Secondary Common Application Form, which you can get If you are not happy with the school named on your from your child’s primary school or from the Admissions child’s Final Amended Statement, you can appeal to Team (see contact details on page 3). the SEN and Disability Tribunal within two months of the issue of the Final Statement. This also applies if Can I apply for a school in another Local Authority’s the school you want is a grammar school, and the area? Final Amended Statement names a non-selective school. You can apply for schools in another Local Authority’s area, but you must name the school(s) on Kent’s We will always try to resolve any issues or difference of Secondary Common Application Form and we will pass opinion over the content of your child’s Statement or the details to the Local Authority concerned. You must the secondary school named in it through conciliation not ll in another Local Authority’s application form if your or mediation. These are informal processes which will child is resident in the Kent County Council area. not in any way prejudice your right of appeal to the Tribunal, and they can continue while your appeal What if I miss the October deadline? case is being prepared. You can contact the SEN and Disability Tribunal by writing to: It is very important that we get your Secondary Common Application Form by the deadline so that we have First Tier Tribunal time to complete all the processes required to make Special Educational Needs and Disability Health, sure everyone who has applied for a school place can Education and Social Care Chamber be o ered one on 2 March 2015. Applications which Mowden Hall are received too late cannot be considered with those Staindrop Road received on time - we will try to meet your preferences DARLINGTON after we have dealt with the rest. DL3 9BG
Telephone: 01325 392760 Fax: 01325 391080 or by e-mailing: [email protected] Website: www.justice.gov.uk/tribunals/send
22 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
The schools I’m applying for are responsible for decisions based on the last con rmed address we hold for their own admissions. Do I still need to use the Kent your child. Secondary Common Application Form?
YES. Because the Council co-ordinates the o ers of What if my situation changes after I have completed all places at maintained schools and academies, your the Secondary Common Application Form? application can only be considered if you have applied online or by lling in a SCAF as well as any extra forms Please contact the Admissions Team (see contact details asked for by schools or academies. The only exception on page 3) who will be able to give you individual advice. would be if your only preferred school was a new school which had opened too recently to be included in the co- I want a Kent grammar school, but I did not register ordinated admission scheme for 2015. my child for testing by the closing date. What can I do now? Why should I list more than one school or academy on my form? If you have not registered by now your child will not be able to take the tests in September, and you will not get Under the admissions scheme, we can only consider your an assessment decision before you complete the SCAF. child for admission to a school named on your Secondary If you name one or more grammar schools on the SCAF Common Application Form. Naming only one school will when your child has not been assessed those schools will not strengthen your initial claim on a place - if your child have to turn down your application, but you will still have isn’t eligible for a place there, the fact that it’s the only the same right as everyone else to make an appeal to an school you named won’t make any di erence. If your child Independent Appeal Panel. is eligible for a place there, and you have named it as the rst of four preferences, you will automatically be o ered If you don’t live in Kent: a place there on 2 March. If you only name one school and we cannot o er a place there, we have to allocate What should I do if I want a Kent School? you another school place when we have processed all other applications. There may well be schools you might If you live outside Kent but would like to send your child have preferred, which we could have o ered if you had to a school in the county you must name the Kent school named them, but unless they are listed on the SCAF we on your home Local Authority’s Secondary Common can’t take account of that. Application Form and they will send to us details of your application. What is the point of going to open events when I already know which schools are the best? How do you process applications from UK Service Personnel and Crown Servants? You can best decide how well a school might suit your child by going to see it for yourself. That way you are not The School Admissions Code makes special provisions relying on rumour that is often incorrect or out of date. for UK Service Personnel and Crown Servants. Contact a member of the Secondary Admissions team for advice. What if I have moved or I am moving home? If you have other questions about the secondary transfer If you can provide proof of your new address (eg a letter process, or want some help, please contact the Secondary con rming exchange of contracts and a completion date) Admissions Team. when you submit your Secondary Common Application Form, we will take that information into consideration in deciding on allocation of places. Otherwise we make
23 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
21. Late Applications and In Year Admissions In Year Admission to a grammar school
All secondary schools except If you arrive in Kent after the 11+ tests and want a Year grammar schools 7 place at a grammar school, your child will need to be assessed. This can be arranged through the grammar This booklet mainly o ers advice on applying by 31 school you are applying for. Until the end of the rst term October 2014 to start Year 7 at a secondary school in in the school year, all grammar schools will use the Kent September 2015. Applications received after 22 April test, so one set of tests will give you an assessment which are late applications. The LA is required to coordinate is valid for any grammar school in the Kent LA area. these up until the start of the new term in September. In most circumstances schools are best placed to receive If your child has not already been tested and you are applications and o er places without delay, so Kent looking for a Year 7 place after the rst term in the school empowers schools to make direct o ers on it’s behalf year, or a place in a di erent year group, the grammar where parents make applications direct to them. Schools school will use its own assessment process. If you apply will then inform the LA where an o er has been made or for more than one grammar school your child will need an application has been refused. The LA will monitor this to take a di erent test for each grammar school you apply as part of its coordination duties and will remain on hand for. to assist parents at any stage should they need help in securing a school place. If you have applied In Year but cannot find a school place Year 7 applications received after the start of term are called In Year admissions. If you are a Kent resident who has applied to your preferred schools but been unable to secure a place you In Year applications for Kent school places should be can contact Kent County Council’s In Year Admissions made direct to schools, using a separate copy of Kent Team, who will let you know of any other schools which County Council’s single In Year Casual Application Form have places so that you can apply direct to these schools. (IYCAF) for each child and each school applied If there are no places available and your child is out of Kent schools will let you know in writing whether they school, the application may be referred to a local panel can o er a place and will inform Kent County Council under the Fair Access Protocol (FAP), to decide which about the application and whether an o er has been school can admit them. If your child is already attending made. a school in the local area, no alternative place will be o ered. Schools which do not require children to take any entry tests will normally be expected to tell parents within 5 If you want to apply in year for a place at a school located school days of receiving the application whether they can in another Local Authority’s area, please contact the o er a place. admissions team for further information.
If a school you apply for cannot o er you a place, the You can obtain information about the process and copies letter telling you this should explain how to appeal and of the IYCAF from the Kent County Council website how to put your child’s name on the school’s waiting list. or from any Kent school. Enquiries can also be made (A grammar school can only put children on its waiting list if by e-mail to [email protected] or they have been assessed suitable for grammar school) by ringing 03000 41 21 21 and asking for the In-Year Admissions Team.
24 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
22. Transport Walking Distances and Routes
You can apply for any school and we will try to o er you If you are not sure about the walking distance to your the place that you want, but as the admission criteria nearest school you will be able to get an estimated for schools are separate from the criteria for assistance distance using Google Maps www.maps.google.co.uk with home to school transport you will not automatically This site will allow you to put in your home address and receive transport assistance to any school that o ers you that of the school and provide you with an estimated a place. walking route distance. (From the home page click on ‘Get Directions’ then put in the home and school address As a general rule, your child will get free home to information – remember to click on the picture of the school transport if the secondary school they will be ‘walking person’ and not the ‘motor car’ to ensure you get attending is: a walking route distance!)
• the “nearest appropriate school” for transport purposes, Please note Kent County Council has speci c software and is more than three miles from home using the it uses when measuring distances for transport shortest available walking route. purposes and will also assess walking routes for safety. Nearest Appropriate School However, the Transport Team will not be able to advise The school de ned as your nearest appropriate you of the exact measurement or which school is your school for transport purposes will be the school nearest over the telephone due to the large number closest to your home which is suitable for your child’s of applications received and their need to prioritise age (ie: a primary or secondary school) and ability (ie: assessing them. a mainstream school or a Special school for pupils with Statements of Special Educational Needs). You will not The google map site is for estimated distance normally receive transport assistance to a di erent school information only – eligibility for transport can only be unless you applied to your child’s nearest school but were con rmed following the assessment of an application refused a place. by the home to school transport team.
If transport is likely to be a factor in your school choice Eligibility you will need to consider carefully what options are Assessment for eligibility for free transport to the nearest available to you. You can nd your nearest schools by appropriate school does not normally take account of clicking “Choosing a School” and then clicking under “Find parents’ preference for a single-sex or mixed school, a School” on the KCC website. a particular type of school like a grammar school or a school with a specialism. If you wish to express a preference for a school which Distance from home to school is measured by the is not your nearest and is not within walking or cycling shortest available walking route. This does take into distance, you should explore your transport options account public footpaths. The shortest available route is before making your mind up as transport assistance will one along which a child, accompanied as necessary, not be automatically provided to any school which may can walk with reasonable safety to school. o er you a place. There are helpful links from the Kent County Council website www.kent.gov.uk to public Should the child change schools or home address, bus service information. Young Person’s Travel Pass can parents must advise the Transport Team (or SEN Case be used on all registered public bus routes and further Worker if they have a Statement of Special Educational information about this pass is on page 28. Needs) as soon as possible as the child’s eligibility to receive transport will need to be reassessed. Please allow 25 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
10 days for these arrangements to be made. a grammar school assessment, because it can only take Free transport usually means your child will get a season children who have been assessed suitable for a grammar ticket (pass) for public transport, or a seat on a bus/vehicle school. hired by Kent County Council. As we provide transport for so many children, we can’t o er parents their choice of The LA have instead invested in the Young Persons Travel route or vehicle. Pass (see page 28) which provides a facility for all Kent school age learners. If you do not name your nearest appropriate school for transport purposes on your Secondary Common Low Income Families Application Form you will not normally get free transport. If you do name it, but you can’t get a place there, and To qualify to receive transport assistance under the low we o er you a school you ranked below it, you may get income criteria, your child must be entitled to receive help with transport to the school you have been o ered free school meals or you must be in receipt of one of the provided this is the nearest school to your home address. bene ts listed below:
If your child cannot be o ered a place at any of the • Income support schools you have named on your Secondary Common • Income base jobseekers allowance Application Form, and is o ered a place at another school • Child Tax Credit ( TC602 for the current year with a yearly by Kent County Council, you will not automatically get income of no more than 16,190) free transport to that school if you did not name your • Guaranteed element of state pension credit nearest school for transport purposes amongst your • Income related and support allowance original preferences. If a child is aged between 11 and 16 and the family Foundation schools and academies are treated in the receives one of the bene ts listed, they can be given same way as other schools for transport purposes. transport assistance if:
For more information on whether or not your child will • they attend one of the three nearest schools to their receive transport assistance visit www.kent.gov.uk home and it is between 2 and 6 miles from the home
Kent County Council does not routinely provide OR discretionary transport assistance to grammar schools or denominational (faith) schools. If you have an older • the school has been selected on the basis of the child who receives discretionary transport assistance to a parent’s stated religion or belief, is the nearest school of particular school, a younger sibling attending the same that type to the child’s home and is between 2 and 15 grammar or faith school may not get it. This is because miles from the home. the policy changed back in 2011, however some learners NB: The parent must demonstrate to Kent County will be eligible until they leave school or change address. Council’s satisfaction that the request is based on the There are exceptions for some children in the care of Kent requirements of their religion and that they do adhere to County Council and some from low income families. that religion, or that they hold the belief in question and that belief is materially relevant to the school chosen for The o er of a grammar school place does not guarantee their child. Where parents declare that they are practising that transport will be provided to that school if there is members of a religion or faith Kent County Council will another mainstream school or academy closer to your require evidence of this, including where appropriate home. If the secondary school nearest your home is a signature of the application form by the relevant religious grammar school it will only be counted as your nearest representative. school for transport purposes if your child has Proof of receipt of the maximum Working Tax Credit is
26 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
asked for and this is usually the form TC602, which is sent educational needs (eg: mobility or medical requirements). to you by HM Revenue & Customs. For a child who is In cases such as these, evidence from your GP, consultant entitled to free school meals the proof will be a letter from or SEN case o cer must be sent with the application Kent County Council’s Awards Department. to support a request for transport assistance. Transport assistance is not provided as a substitute for parents or Additional information can be found within the Home carers who cannot accompany their child to school for to School Transport booklet, which also contains the other reasons. When naming a school in a Statement Kent application form. These will be obtainable from primary County Council has a duty to comply, where possible, with schools and from the Transport Team at Sessions parental preference, but it is not obliged to provide free House or can be downloaded from www.kent.gov.uk/ transport if the school requested is not the closest one schooltransport which can meet a child’s needs. There are, however, special arrangements to help children from low income families Children aged 11-16 who meet these conditions (ie: if (see page 29). they are in the care of Kent County Council, or their family receives one of the bene ts listed above, or they are If your child has a Statement and you want to know more entitled to free school meals) will have transport funded about eligibility for transport assistance you should contact to their nearest grammar school, assuming that: the Home to School Transport team on 03000 41 21 21.
• they have met the entry requirements of the grammar Applying for Home to School Transport school and been o ered a place there Home to School Transport information booklets, which • it is the nearest grammar school to their home and is include the application forms will be available from primary between 2 and 15 miles away and secondary schools and from the Transport Team from April 2015. Please remember to include two passport- If they quali ed for and applied to their nearest grammar sized photographs of the child, as we may not be able to school but could not get a place there because it was process your application without these. The forms must be oversubscribed, transport will be provided to the next returned to the team no later than 31 July 2015 to ensure nearest grammar school able to o er a place, provided it that your child will have a pass for the rst day of term. If we is between 2 and 15 miles from their home. do not receive your form by this date, we cannot guarantee your child’s pass for the rst day of term and you will have Transport o ered on these grounds will be reviewed to make your own arrangements to get your child to and annually. The transport team must be advised of any from school. We will not refund the cost of any transport changes to the family’s or child’s circumstances as soon that you have to arrange until the pass is issued. as possible, in order to reassess the child’s eligibility for transport assistance. On the rst day of term, your child should carry the letter that con rms their transport has been granted in case the Children with a Statement of Special driver of the vehicle asks to see it. The passes will be sent to Educational Need your child’s school for the rst day of term for distribution by the school. Please ensure that your child boards the The eligibility criteria above will also apply to children correct vehicle. with a Statement of Special Educational Need who are transferring from a mainstream primary school to a You should download and complete the appropriate mainstream secondary school. In exceptional cases Kent Home to School Transport application form which you can County Council may provide transport assistance to a nd at www.kent.gov.uk/schooltransport, and send it to Statemented child who does not meet the eligibility the Transport Team at: criteria if it is justi ed in the light of that child’s special
27 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Room 2.24 County Hall, Maidstone. Panel members should have all Sessions House the correspondence in front of them when they consider County Hall your appeal and any further papers or details of the Maidstone Kent ME14 1XQ procedure will be provided to you beforehand. Attendance at this hearing is not compulsory and you If you do not have internet access you can get a paper may prefer to ask your Local County Member to either copy of the form from your child’s school or by ringing accompany you or to speak on your behalf. To nd details 03000 41 21 21. of your Local County Member go to www.kent.gov.uk
If you believe there are exceptional circumstances in A copy of the appeals procedure is available from your case which mean that Kent County Council should the Transport Team on 03000 41 21 21 and can be use its discretionary power to provide free or subsidised downloaded by following the links at www.kent.gov.uk/ transport regardless of the law and the Council’s schooltransport published policy, you should explain these clearly when you make your application. You can make your appeal by writing to the address below or emailing [email protected], advising the Transport Appeals o ce if your Local County Member will be representing you or if you will be putting your case in person. If you think we’ve made a mistake in refusing transport assistance, you can ask for your application Transport Appeals Team to be reviewed by the Transport Team. Once we have Room 1.99, Sessions House reassessed the application, we will write to let you County Hall know whether the original decision is correct or can be Maidstone changed so that your child will get free home to school Kent ME14 1XQ transport. If the decision cannot be changed and you are still dissatis ed because you believe that you have There is no further stage of appeal once your case extenuating circumstances, you can ask for your case to has been heard by the Regulation Committee Appeal be considered by members of the Regulation Committee Panel, but you can object to the Local Government Appeal Panel. Ombudsman if you feel that the appeal hearing itself was not administered correctly. The Regulation Committee Appeal Panel will consider your case if - Other Transport Options
(a) you believe that you are entitled to free transport in Young Person’s Travel Pass accordance with the law and/or Kent County Council’s policy or that Kent County Council has made an error If you’re not entitled to free transport to school or want in rejecting your application; or greater exibility than Home to School transport you may wish to consider a Young Person’s Travel Pass. The Young (b) you believe that there are exceptional circumstances Person’s Travel Pass enables young people in academic in your case that mean that Kent County Council years 7-11 who live in Kent to travel free on virtually all should use its discretionary power to provide free public buses in the county, from 06.00-19.00 , Monday to or subsidised transport regardless of the law or the Friday, 1st September to 31st July, generally for a fee of Council’s published policy. £200 per year or £100 for a half year pass. A small number of bespoke bus services to schools apply an additional If you wish to do so, you will be entitled to attend the charge. The Young Person’s Travel Pass scheme gives hearing in person and to put your case to the Panel at
28 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
young people the independence to travel to and from Vacant seat Payment Scheme (VSPS) school. Full details and terms and conditions, including a list of participating bus operators, are provided at Children who do not qualify for free transport because www.kent.gov/youngpersonstravelpass they live less than two/three miles from school or because they are not attending their nearest school can apply for a To apply, students must be: vacant seat on a hired school vehicle.
• Attending a school or other educational provision The 2015/2016 charge for this is £165 per term for (inside or outside Kent) recognised by the scheme. each pupil (subject to change). Transport Integration • In academic years 7-11 in September 2014 (students (telephone 0300 333 6475) can give you more who would be in year 11 but have been put forward to information. A vacant seat o ered under this scheme may year 12 are also eligible). have to be withdrawn at a later date if the place is needed • A resident of Kent (ie: paying Council Tax to a Kent for a pupil who is entitled to free transport, if the vehicle is district council for Kent County Council services). no longer needed for pupils entitled to free transport or if it is decided to run a smaller vehicle. Reduced charges apply for children in receipt of Free School Meals. Young Carers, Kent County Council’s Young Parents should also note that these seats cannot be People in Care and Kent County Council’s Care Leavers allocated until all entitled pupils have been processed are generally exempt from charges, but please check the and are issued on a rst come, rst served basis. This website for clari cation. does mean it can take several weeks after the start of term before a pass is issued. During this time, parents are If you are applying for a Young Person’s Travel Pass and do responsible for making their own travel arrangements. not qualify for a reduced fee, then you can do this online Home to School Information Booklet 2015/2016 and at www.kent.gov/youngpersonstravelpass Application Form Further details about travel regulations and how to apply can be found in the booklet ‘Home to School Transport’. You can get this, together with an Alternatively you can print the application form from the application form, by ringing the contact centre on 03000 website and apply via the post. Application forms should 41 21 21. They can also put you through to the transport be returned to the address printed on the form, along team if you need more advice. Alternatively, this booklet with payment and a clear passport-sized photo. and form can be downloaded from www.kent.gov.uk/ schooltransport The Young Person’s Travel Pass does not a ect your child’s entitlement to free home to school transport, and you can apply for both. If your child already receives free home 23. Travel to school or college for students to school transport and you have changed your address aged 16-19 since you applied, please let the Transport Team know. Otherwise, it is likely that your application for a Young The Kent 16+ Travel Scheme – Passes valid from Person’s Travel Pass will be delayed while your entitlement September 2014 ACADEMIC Year is reconsidered. Students attending Yr 12 at a secondary school or The Young Person’s Travel Pass is not valid on hired school attending a college must apply directly to their school or coaches or trains. If your child loses their Young Person’s college for a Kent 16+ Travel Card. To be eligible for the Travel Pass you will be charged £10 for a replacement. Card, a student must be a resident in Kent and attend a participating school, college or work based learning If you have any questions which are not answered by the provider. If the school, college, or work based learning information provided on the website you can email provider is outside Kent but you live within Kent, you can [email protected] still apply.
29 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
The Kent 16+ Travel Card will not entitle you to travel on excluded for operational reasons. These are listed on the a particular service or guarantee a space or seat and any Kent 16+ website. problems with the availability of bus services in your area • Passes can be used all day, every day with no limit on should be directed to the relevant bus operator. the number of journeys. • Passes may enable free or subsidised travel on some The main conditions of the Kent 16+ Travel Scheme are additional registered ‘special’ school bus services listed outlined below. More details are available in the scheme on the Kent 16+ website. Information Leaet and Terms and Conditions available • Passes are valid on the Romney Hythe and Dymchurch on the website. Railway. Passes are not valid on national rail services • One replacement pass is issued at a cost of £10 and • Passes are available to young people living in Kent and any smartcards which do not record electronically, attending colleges and apprenticeships in England, for whatever reason, must be replaced. Subject to aged 16 – 19. agreement with bus operators, further replacements • The pass has a photo and is charged at £400 Aged 16 - can be also obtained at a cost of £10 and thereafter 19 passes are charged at the appropriate annual pass • There may be some eligibility for reduced fees, however charge. These charges apply at any time in the year and this is at the discretion of the colleges or workplaces, all passes expire on 31 August 2015. who administer the scheme. • Ordinarily there is a 28 working day turn around on • Colleges and workplaces (for apprenticeships) issue receipt of a valid pass application. Applicants must the application forms and the fee is paid to them. The check for cut o dates for issue of new academic year applications are then sent to KCC. KCC do not accept pass applications. applications sent directly to them. • The fee for the pass is £400 from the start of the For further information on the Kent 16+ Travel Card academic year. Thereafter the pass is charged at the please go to the following website: following rates: www.kent.gov.uk/post16travel
A card valid for the start of Term 1 (3rd Tackling the School Run September 2014) £400 A range of options is available to get your child to school. A card valid for the start of Term 2 (3rd Kent County Council is committed to reducing the impact November 2014) £340 of the school run and the negative e ect this can have on A card valid for the start of Term 3 (5th the environment and Kent. Please consider engaging in January 2015) £280 one of the schemes Kent County Council is promoting to A card valid for the start of Term 4 (23rd reduce the impact of the school run. These are outlined in February 2015) £210 the following sections. A card valid for the start of Term 5 (20th April 2015) £140 A card valid for the start of Term 6 (1st June 2015) £70
• Passes enable free travel on all registered local bus services starting in Kent and continuing outside of the county to the destination of the service. The return journey is also valid. A very small number of services are
30 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
School Travel Plans 24. General information
Kent schools have been very successful at producing School Fund Travel Plans to encourage sustainable travel to schools. Over 94% of Kent schools now have a plan so you may There is no charge or cost for admission to a maintained wish to contact the headteacher of your school to nd school, and nothing published in a school’s own out about their actions for encouraging sustainable prospectus or said at an open evening about contributing travel. You can also view the plan and other Safer Travel to to the School Fund should put you o applying for a School information via the Kent School Database place. Most schools operate a School Fund to help them www.kent.gov.uk/schooltravelplans pay for extra activities and equipment which cannot be provided from the school’s own budget, and they invite Car Sharing and Buddy Schemes parents to contribute to it if their child takes up a place there. Contributing to a school fund is entirely voluntary. You can cut the cost and time involved in the school-run by sharing with friends and neighbours. You can nd out School Meals more about sharing cars in Kent on the website www.kentjourneyshare.com or ask your chosen school if Most secondary schools have cash cafeteria they can match you with parents travelling from the same arrangements, where pupils can choose what they want area. to buy. A main meal will typically cost between £2.20 - £2.60 (subject to change). However, this depends on Cycling to School suppliers and the meal choices available.
Kent County Council is actively improving cycle routes Free school meals are available for: across the county. You can nd information about routes and how to get cycling at www.kent.gov.uk/cycling • children from families who can prove that they receive Income Support, Income Based Job Seeker’s Allowance Walking to School or the guaranteed element of Pension Credit • children from families who receive Child Tax Credit, Kent County Council works closely with the KM Walk provided they do not receive Working Tax Credit and to School Team to promote walking to school. To nd have an annual income (as assessed by HM Revenue out more about walking buses, Walk on Wednesday and Customs) which does not exceed £16,190 (Subject (WOW) and The Walking Bug (both part of the KM Green to change under the proposed government universal credit Footsteps Challenge), visit www.kmwalktoschool.co.uk changes. Further details are available at www.gov.uk/universal-credit/overview) Using Local Bus and Train Services • the children of Asylum Seekers who are supported under part IV of the Immigration and Asylum Act 1999 A range of search tools are available to help you nd and can provide appropriate documentation from the out all you need to know about public transport services National Asylum Support Services. which can use to get you to your school, or you may like to go to www.11-19travel.info/ For further information or advice, ring the contact centre (03000 41 21 21) and ask them to put you through to You can also nd out whether you are eligible for the Kent your local Awards Team. Young persons travel card www.kent.gov/youngpersonstravelpass
31 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Religious Education and Collective Worship of courtesy, consideration for others, tolerance and understanding. The law requires community, foundation and voluntary Self-discipline is what we are looking for in our pupils. We controlled schools and Academies which do not have want them to have pride in themselves and in how others a religious character to provide religious education that see them. ful ls the requirements of a local agreed syllabus. The syllabus will reect the fact that the religious traditions Parents are encouraged to help develop responsible in Britain are mainly Christian, whilst taking into account attitudes in their children and the county’s schools are the teaching and practices of other principal religions encouraged to maintain a close partnership with parents. represented in Britain. Voluntary aided schools and Academies with a religious character normally follow a Each school has its own discipline or behaviour policy syllabus which reects their religious designation. which lays down the ground rules for behaviour inside schools and whilst pupils represent the school. The policy Religious education is intended for all pupils, but parents will detail what solutions the headteacher and governors do have the right to withdraw their child from all or will consider in case of misbehaviour. part of RE. If you think you may wish to do this, you are encouraged to discuss the Religious Education provision 25. Choices after 16 in the school with the headteacher. If you are in year 10 or 11 at school you will need to think about what you’d like to do next. You have some Collective Worship important choices to make and there are lots of options available to you. The choices you make now will a ect the Taking each school term as a whole, the majority of acts university courses or types of jobs you can apply for later. of collective worship in schools and academies that do not have a religious character will be wholly or mainly of a www.kent choices4u.com is a website containing broadly Christian character. information to help 14 to 19 year olds make the right choices for further education. The website acts as an Voluntary aided and voluntary controlled schools and online prospectus, and lists all schools, colleges and academies with a religious character must deliver work-based learning providers across the county and the collective worship in line with their trust deeds, articles courses, learning and training they o er. By accessing the of government or funding agreement. For example, if the website you can gain access to over 1,000 learning and school is a Church of England or Roman Catholic school, training opportunities. the worship must be Christian and should reect the denomination of the school. You can search the website using three categories. You can browse courses by subject, by provider, or by Like Religious Education, collective worship is intended using a keyword search. These will help you access for all pupils, but parents do have the right to withdraw the information you are looking for more quickly than their child from it. You may want to nd out more about browsing the entire prospectus. collective worship in the school before you make a decision.
Maintaining Good Behaviour
All our schools encourage a high standard of behaviour from pupils, both in and out of the classroom. We believe that education is very much about passing on the values
32 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
26. Your guide to Data Protection • Process your information in accordance with your rights under the Data Protection Act. The Data Protection Act 1998 gives rights to you, our • Not share your information with other people or customers, about how your personal information is organisation unless it is required by law or with your obtained and used by Kent County Council. The Act also consent. places obligations on Kent County Council. This guide informs you of your rights under the Data Protection Act Your rights and details how we handle your information. You have certain rights under the Data Protection Act What information do we hold and how do we 1998 in relation to the information we hold about obtain it? you. These rights include the following:
Generally, we receive information about you from • Access to your personal data. You may request in writing one or more of the following sources: to the address below, details of the information that we hold about you and the purpose(s) for which it is held. • The primary school your child attends. Your request should be met within 40 calendar days • Kent County Council Admission Application Forms you of receiving the request, or, if later, on receipt of any complete and send to us. supplementary information needed to establish your relationship with the authority or to verify your identity. For what purpose do we use your information? You will be asked to complete a form and may have to pay a fee. We use your information for one or a number of • Right to prevent processing that is likely to cause purposes, which are outlined below: damage or distress to you or anyone else. You also have the right to claim compensation for damage and • The information will be used to allocate your child a distress caused by someone breaking the conditions of place at a school. the Act. • Information will be passed to schools and possibly • Right to take action to correct, block, erase or destroy the Department of Education and other o cers in the data that is inaccurate or contains opinions that are County Council for the purposes of strategic planning based on inaccurate data.28 and policy development. • Right to require us to ensure that no decision taken by or on behalf of us and which signi cantly a ects Caring for your data you is based solely on the automated processing of information. We undertake that we will have in place a level of security • Right to prevent processing for direct marketing appropriate to the nature of the data and the harm that purposes. Direct marketing means the communication might result from a breach of security. This means we will of any advertising or marketing material which is look after your data properly. We further undertake that directed to you. we will: If you wish to know more, or have any concerns about • Not hold information about you that is excessive in how your information is used, please contact our relation to the purpose for which it is processed information Resilience and Transparency Team at • Keep any information about you accurate and where [email protected] necessary up-to-date. To help us to do this, please keep us informed if any of your details change. • Not keep data processed for any purpose or purposes longer than necessary.
33 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Contact Details arrangements made for his or her admission, you may have a right of appeal. Advice is provided in the booklet General information about the Data Protection Act ‘Disability Discrimination in Schools. How to Make a Claim’. and your rights can be found on the information You can obtain a copy of this booklet by post from: Commissioners website at the following link: www.ico.org.uk Special Educational Needs and Disability Mowden Hall Or you can write to: Staindrop Road Darlington, DL3 9BG The Information Commissioner’s O ce Wycli e House Or by telephoning: 01325 392760 (from 9.00am to Water Lane 5.00pm Monday to Friday) Wilmslow Cheshire, SK9 5AF Or by faxing: 01325 391 080 Or by emailing: [email protected] Telephone: 01625 545700 (switchboard) Email: [email protected] The Area SEN O ces have a limited supply of these booklets that they send to parents/carers of children with Statements. 27 If Your Child has a Disability Other Local Authorities Some children may have a disability within the meaning of the Equality Act 2010. It is unlawful for a school in London Borough of Bexley (LA No: 303) relation to certain activities to treat a disabled child less Education Department favourably than a non disabled child, without justi cation. Civic O ces The activities where a school must take care not to 2 Watling Street discriminate unfairly concern admissions, exclusions, and Bexley heath the provision of education and related services. A school Kent DA6 7AT must make reasonable adjustments to ensure that it Tel: 020 8303 7777 does not treat a disabled child less favourably although [email protected] reasonable adjustments do not extend to physical adaptations or the provision of equipment. A school is Medway Council (LA No: 887) able to justify its actions where it can demonstrate that Children’s Services the adjustments required are unreasonable. Gun Wharf, Dock Road Chatham A disability is de ned as a physical or mental impairment ME4 4TR that has a substantial and long term adverse e ect on the Tel: 01634 331110 person’s ability to carry out day to day activities. There will [email protected] be some children who have Statements of SEN who do not t this de nition but, equally, there will be children who do not have Statements of SEN who are considered to have a disability.
If you think that your child has been discriminated against on the grounds of a disability in relation to the
34 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
East Sussex County Council (LA No: 845) Education Department County Hall St Anne’s Crescent Lewes BN7 1SG Tel: 0345 608 0190 [email protected]
Surrey County Council (LA No: 936) County Hall Penrhyn Road Kingston-upon-Thames Surrey KT1 2DN Tel: 0300 200 1004 [email protected]
London Borough of Bromley (LA No: 305) Education Department Stockwell Close The Civic Centre Bromley BR1 3UH Tel: 020 8464 3333 [email protected]
West Sussex County Council (LA No: 938) Pupil Admission Team Adults & Children County Hall North Chartway, Horsham West Sussex RH12 1XA Tel: 01243 777100 [email protected]
35 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
The Schools
36 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
The Abbey School Headteacher: Mrs Catrin Woodend London Road, Faversham, ME13 8RZ Admissions Contact Name: Jill George Tel: 01795 532633 Fax: 01795 539931 Type of School: Secondary, Academy, All Ability, Mixed E-mail: [email protected] Age Range: 11-19 Day Pupils www.abbey.kent.sch.uk Specialisms: Business & Enterprise Published Admission No: 210 LA No: 886 DFE No: 4242 Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 279 Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 194 Expected number on roll: 1000
To access general information about the school, b) Current Family Association – a brother or sister including annual school achievement and attainment attending the school when the child starts. In this context tables, recent school inspection reports and brother or sister means children who live as brother and uniform policy, please contact the school or visit the sister in the same house, including natural brothers or school’s website. sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers and sisters. Open Sessions: Open Evening: c) Medical, health, social and special access reasons Wednesday 24th September 2014, 6.00 pm - 9.00 pm will be applied in accordance with the school’s legal obligations, in particular those under the Equalities Act Open Mornings: 2010. Priority will be given to those children whose Friday 26th September, Wednesday 1st October, Monday mental or physical impairment means they have a 6th October 2014, 9.00 am -10.45 am. demonstrable and signi cant need to attend a particular school. Equally this priority will apply to children whose Over-subscription Criteria parents’ or guardians’ physical or mental health or Before applying the oversubscription criteria, children social needs means that they have a demonstrable and with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an signi cant need to attend a particular school. Such claims Education, Health and Care Plan which names the will need to be supported by written evidence from a school will be admitted. As a result of this the published suitably quali ed medical or other practitioner who can admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the demonstrate a special connection between these needs number of preferences for the school is more than the and the school. number of places available, places will be allocated in the following priority order- d) Distance – we use the distance between the child’s permanent home address and the school, measured in a a) Children in Local Authority Care – a child under the straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. age of 18 years for whom the local authority provides Distances are measured from a point de ned as within accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers the child’s home to a point de ned as within the school (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is the subject as speci ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point of a care order under Part V of the Act. This applies equally on the school site is used for everybody. When we apply to children who immediately after being looked after the distance criterion, these straight line measurements by the local authority became subject to an adoption, are used to determine how close each applicant’s address residence or special guardianship order. (as de ned by is to the school. The school uses measurements provided Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act 2002 or by the LA and further information on how distances Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989). are calculated is available in the Admissions Booklets provided by the LA. A more detailed de nition of what constitutes a child’s permanent home and also how the
37 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
measurement for ats will be calculated is also contained Over-Subscription in the LA Admissions Booklets. Following the admission of internal students transferring from Year 11, all remaining places will be allocated to In the event of a tie breaker situation, the nearness of an learners who have met the entry requirements for the applicant’s home to school will be the decider. particular course of study. Where there are more learners If in the event that more than one applicant has the same seeking places than the number of places available, the distance from home to school (as measured by the local oversubscription criteria will be applied in the order set authority), then a random selection will be applied. out above to rank pupils until the overall gure for the After a place has been o ered the school year group is reached: reserves the right to withdraw the place in the following circumstances: O ers and Appeals O ers will be made on the basis of predicted a. When the parent or learner has failed to respond to an performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the o er within a reasonable time; or above grades are achieved in the nal examinations b. When a parent or learner has failed to notify the school prior to entry to the Sixth Form and the pupil’s 4 chosen of important changes to the application information; or subjects being accommodated on the timetable, in c. The admission authority o ered the place on the basis feasible group sizes. of a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application from the parent or learner. All o ers made during Year 11 are conditional on pupils meeting the grade criteria speci ed and will only become Supplementary Form Required: NO rm o ers upon con rmation of actual GCSE results. Waiting lists will be maintained up to January O er letters will be made before the end of June 2015. 2016 and will be ranked according to the above O ers will be con rmed once the school has been oversubscription criteria. noti ed of GCSE results in August 2015.
Sixth Form Admission arrangements Where learners have achieved better results than the The Abbey School has a mixed 6th Form. All students in predicted grades they will be considered based on the Year 11 are eligible to apply for a place in the 6th Form grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places subject to entry requirements for courses. Applications that become available as a result of other learners failing from external students are welcomed. The arrangements to meet the required entry levels. for admission to the Football Academy are outlined on the school’s website. Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an application for a place be refused, by writing to The Clerk The admission number for external candidates will be 50, to the Governors, care of the school. but this gure may be exceeded in the event that this and the number of internal pupils transferring into year Late applications will be considered if places in 12 is less than the overall gure for the year group, which appropriate subjects are still available after all other is 150. applicants have been considered. A waiting list will be held, ranked according to the over-subscription criteria. Admissions criteria are as follows: 1) Availability of a suitable course. Transport 2) For admission to Level 3 courses (AS, A2, BTEC), 5 A* to Please note, schools no longer have a designated area C GCSE Grades are normally required. from which transport will be provided. In most instances 3) For admission to Level 2 courses, 5 A* to G are KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where normally required. this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. 4) Some courses of study have particular subject Further information about exceptions to this rule can be requirements (see Prospectus). found in the transport section of this book. For further 5) All external students are invited for a learner discussion information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. and Football Academy applicants have to undertake a gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport football trial.
38 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
The Archbishop’s Headteacher: Mr. M. Liddicoat School Admissions Contact Name: Mrs P Hart Type of School: Secondary, Church of England, St Stephen’s Hill, Canterbury, CT2 7AP Tel: 01227 765805 Fax: 01227 768535 Foundation, All Ability, Mixed E-mail: [email protected] Age Range: 11-18 Day Pupils www.archbishops-school.co.uk Specialisms: Humanities Published Admission No: 140 LA No: 886 DFE No:5426 Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 560 Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 140 Expected number on roll: 863
To access general information about the school, b) Children from Anglican families, or churches belonging including annual school achievement and attainment to Churches Together in England and Wales, at the tables, recent school inspection reports and heart of the church. The de nition of this is one or both uniform policy, please contact the school or visit the parents or carers and/or the child worshipping regularly school’s website. at a church (by which is meant at least three times per month on average) and who have done so for at least Open Sessions: three years up to the time of application. If applications Thursday 16th or Wednesday 22nd October from 6.30pm which meet these criteria exceed the number that can Date of Entrance Test: Saturday 22nd November 2014 be o ered, applicants with a sibling at the school will be ranked above those without a sibling at the school and Oversubscription Criteria then within each group (those with a sibling and those Before applying the oversubscription criteria, children without a sibling at the school) applicants will be ranked with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an by distance from home to the school. Education, Health and Care Plan which names the school will be admitted. As a result of this the published c) Children from Anglican families, or churches belonging admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the to Churches Together in England and Wales, at the number of preferences for the school is more than the heart of the church. The de nition of this is one or both number of places available, places will be allocated in the parents or carers and/or the child worshipping regularly following priority order- at a church (by which is meant at least three times per month on average) and who have done so for at least Category A places will be o ered rst, followed by the two years up to the time application. If applications reserved places. All other places will be o ered according which meet these criteria exceed the number that can to the criteria B – G. be o ered, applicants with a sibling at the school will be ranked above those without a sibling at the school and a) Highest priority will be given to children in Local then within each group (those with a sibling and those Authority Care, that is, a child under the age of 18 years without a sibling at the school) applicants will be ranked for whom the local authority provides accommodation by distance from home to the school. by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is subject of a care order d) Children from Anglican families, or churches belonging under part IV of the Act. This applies equally to children to Churches Together in England and Wales, attached to who immediately after being looked after by the local the church. The de nition of this is one or both parents authority became subject to an adoption, residence or or carers and/or the child worshipping at a church at special guardianship order. (As de ned by Section 46 of least once per month on average and who have done the Adoption of Children Act 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of so for at least three years up to the time of application. If the Children Act 1989) applications which meet these criteria exceed the number that can be o ered, applicants with a sibling at the school will be ranked above those without a sibling at the school
39 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
and then within each group (those with a sibling and with their faith on a regular basis according to the norms those without a sibling at the school) applicants will be and customs of that faith. If more than 5 applications are ranked by distance from home to the school. received, those with siblings at the school will be given priority, with both groups (those with siblings and those e) Children from Anglican families, or churches belonging without) ranked by distance from the pupil’s home to to Churches Together in England and Wales, attached to the school. the church. The de nition of this is one or both parents or carers and/or the child worshipping at a church at Supplementary Form Required: Yes – Available from least once per month on average and who have done and returnable to the school. so for at least two years up to the time of application. Waiting lists will be maintained up to January If applications which meet these criteria exceed the 2016 and will be ranked according to the above number that can be o ered, applicants with a sibling at oversubscription criteria. the school will be ranked above those without a sibling at the school and then within each group (those with a Sixth Form Admission arrangements sibling and those without a sibling at the school) Priority will be given to existing pupils transferring from applicants will be ranked by distance from home to Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. Admission to the the school. Sixth Form will be as a result of applicants obtaining a minimum of 5 GCSE passes at grade A*-C or above and f) Children from Anglican families, or churches belonging subject speci c grades in their preferred AS subjects or to Churches Together in England and Wales, who are nearest equivalents as in prospectus. known to the church. The de nition of this is one or both parents or carers and/ or the child worshipping The admission number for external candidates will be 20, at a church on an occasional basis, less frequently than but this gure may be exceeded in the event that this once per month, but at least three times per year and and the number of internal pupils transferring into Year who have done so for at least three years up to the time 12 is less than the overall gure for the year group, which of application. If applications which meet these criteria is 100. exceed the number that can be o ered, applicants with a sibling at the school will be ranked above those without Over-subscription a sibling at the school and then within each group (those Following the admission of internal students with a sibling and those without a sibling at the school) transferring from Year 11 students, all remaining places applicants will be ranked by distance from home to will be allocated to learners who have met the entry the school. requirements for the particular course of study. Where there are more learners seeking places than the number g) Any remaining places will be o ered to those who of places available, the oversubscription criteria will be have not ful lled one of the above criteria will be o ered applied in the order set out above to rank pupils until the taking account of the distance of the pupil’s home from overall gure for the year group is reached: home to the school. After a place has been o ered the school Reserved places reserves the right to withdraw the place in the Academic ability and aptitude. Up to 21 places will be following circumstances: o ered bases on general academic ability or aptitude as measured by a competitive entrance test. The places a. When the parent or learner has failed to respond to an will be allocated to the highest performing students in o er within a reasonable time; or this test. b. When a parent or learner has failed to notify the school of important changes to the application information; or Children from non-Christian backgrounds. Up to 5 c. The admission authority o ered the place on the basis o ers will be made for children from non-Christian faith of a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application backgrounds who wish their child to bene t from a from the parent or learner. Church of England education. To be considered for one of these places they will require a reference from their O ers and Appeals local religious leader stating that they are observant O ers will be made on the basis of predicted members of their faith and that they worship publically performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the
40 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
above grades are achieved in the nal examinations prior to entry to the Sixth Form and the pupil’s 4 chosen subjects being accommodated on the timetable, in feasible group sizes.
All o ers made during Year 11 are conditional on pupils meeting the grade criteria speci ed and will only become rm o ers upon con rmation of actual GCSE results. O er letters will be made before the end of May 2015. O ers will be con rmed once the school has been noti ed of GCSE results in August 2015.
Where learners have achieved better results than the predicted grades they will be considered based on the grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places that become available as a result of other learners failing to meet the required entry levels.
Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an application for a place be refused, by writing to The Clerk to the Governors, care of the school.
Late applications will be considered if places in appropriate subjects are still available after all other applicants have been considered.
A waiting list will be held, ranked according to the over- subscription criteria.
Transport Please note, schools no longer have a designated area from which transport will be provided. In most instances KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. Further information about exceptions to this rule can be found in the transport section of this book. For further information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport
41 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Principal: Mr E Pallant Astor College Astor Avenue, Dover, CT17 0AS Admissions Contact Name: Ms P Powell/Miss C Graddon Tel: 01304 201151 Type of School: Secondary, Academy, All ability, Mixed Fax: 01304 200152 E-mail: [email protected] Age Range: 11-18 Day Pupils www.astorcollege.com Specialisms: Arts and Military Published Admission No: 210 LA No: 886 DFE No:4113 Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 452 Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 185 Expected number on roll: 998
To access general information about the College, siblings, the LA will o er a place to each of the siblings, including annual achievement and attainment tables, even if doing so takes the school above its PAN. recent inspection reports and uniform policy, please contact the College or visit the College’s website. Health and Special Access Reasons - Medical / Health and Special Access Reasons will be applied in accordance Open Sessions: with the school’s legal obligations, in particular those Thursday 26 June 2014 6pm – 8pm under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will be given to Tuesday 23 September 2014 6pm – 8pm those children whose mental or physical impairment means they have a demonstrable and signi cant need to Oversubscription Criteria attend a particular school. Equally this priority will apply Before applying the oversubscription criteria, children to children whose parents’/guardians’, physical or mental with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an health or social need means there is a demonstrable Education, Health and Care Plan which names the and signi cant need for their child to attend a particular school will be admitted. As a result of this the published school. Such claims will need to be supported by written admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the evidence from a suitably quali ed medical or other number of preferences for the school is more than the practitioner who can demonstrate a special connection number of places available, places will be allocated in the between these needs and the particular school. following priority order- Nearness of children’s homes to school – The distance Children in Local Authority Care –a child under the between the child’s permanent home address and the age of 18 years for whom Kent County Council provides school is measured in a straight line using Ordnance accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers Survey address point data. Distances are measured from (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who ceased to be a point de ned as within the child’s home to a point so because they were adopted or who is the subject of a de ned as within the school as speci ed by Ordnance care order under Part Survey. The same address point on the school site is used IV of the Act. for everybody. When we apply the distance criterion for an oversubscribed Community or Voluntary Controlled Current Family Association - a brother or sister school, these straight line measurements are used to attending the school when the child starts. In this context determine how close each applicant’s address is to the brother or sister means children who live as brother school. In the unlikely event that two or more children in or sister in the same house, including natural brothers all other ways have equal eligibility for the last available or sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and place at the school, the names will be issued a number foster brothers and sisters. If siblings from multiple births and drawn randomly to decide which child should be (twins, triplets, etc) apply for a school and the school given the place. would reach its Published Admission Number (PAN) after admitting one or more, but before admitting all of those
42 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Supplementary Form Required: NO All o ers made during Year 11 are conditional on pupils Waiting lists will be maintained up to January meeting the grade criteria speci ed and will only become 2016 and will be ranked according to the above rm o ers upon con rmation of actual GCSE results. oversubscription criteria. O er letters will be made before the end of May 2015. O ers will be con rmed once the school has been Sixth Form Admission arrangements noti ed of GCSE results in August 2015. Priority will be given to existing pupils transferring from Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. Students are Where learners have achieved better results than the required to ll in an on-line application and a letter of predicted grades they will be considered based on the application to the Principal. All students joining us will be grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places asked to sign a Sixth Form Agreement. Entry to Advanced that become available as a result of other learners failing Level courses requires students to have ve GCSEs at C to meet the required entry levels. or above or the equivalent quali cations in ve di erent subjects. The student should also have achieved a Grade Transport C or above in English Language. Please note, schools no longer have a designated area from which transport will be provided. In most instances Any students who have not achieved a Grade C or above KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where in English Language and Mathematics, will be required this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. to retake. Further information about exceptions to this rule can be found in the transport section of this book. For further The admission number for external candidates will be 50, information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. but this gure may be exceeded in the event that this gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport and the number of internal pupils transferring into Year 12 is less than the overall gure for the year group, which is 210.
6th Form Open Evening Wednesday 3 December 2014 7.30pm – 9pm
Over-subscription See Oversubscription Criteria above
After a place has been o ered the school reserves the right to withdraw the place in the following circumstances: a. When the parent or learner has failed to respond to an o er within a reasonable time; or b. When a parent or learner has failed to notify the school of important changes to the application information; or c. The admission authority o ered the place on the basis of a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application from the parent or learner.
O ers and Appeals O ers will be made on the basis of predicted performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the above grades are achieved in the nal examinations prior to entry to the Sixth Form and the pupil’s 4 chosen subjects being accommodated on the timetable, in feasible group sizes.
43 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Aylesford School - Headteacher: Mr C J Guthrie Sports College Admissions please contact Reception Type of School: Secondary, Foundation, High, Mixed Teapot Lane, Aylesford, Maidstone, ME20 7JU Tel: 01622 717341 Age Range: 11-18 Day Pupils Fax: 01622 580790 Specialisms: Sports and Science E-mail: [email protected] www.aylesford.kent.sch.uk Published Admission No: 180 LA No: 886 DCSF No: 5410 Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2013: 459 Number of places o ered 1 March 2014: 173 Expected number on roll: 987
To access general information about the school, de ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act including annual school achievement and attainment 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989) tables, recent school inspection reports and uniform policy, please contact the school or visit the Current Family Association – A brother or sister school’s website. attending Aylesford School - Sports College when the child starts. In this context brother or sister means Open Sessions: children who live as brother or sister in the same house, Open Evening: 30 September 2014 including natural brothers and sisters, adopted siblings, Headteacher talks at 6.00 and 7.00pm. stepbrothers or stepsisters and foster brothers and sisters. Open Days: Wednesday 1st October – 9am Tour Thursday 2nd October – 9am Tour Medical, health, social and special access reasons Friday 3rd October – 9am Tour will be applied in accordance with the school’s legal Wednesday 22nd October – 9am Tour obligations, in particular those under the Equalities Act 2010. Priority will be given to those children whose Oversubscription Criteria mental or physical impairment means they have a Aylesford School – Sports College Governors have demonstrable and signi cant need to attend a particular adopted the same de nition of terms as used by school. Equally this priority will apply to children whose Kent County Council. Before the application of the parents’ or guardians’ physical or mental health or oversubscription criteria, children with a Statement social needs means that they have a demonstrable and of Special Educational Need or an Education, Health signi cant need to attend a particular school. Such claims and Care Plan which names Aylesford School – Sports will need to be supported by written evidence from a College will be admitted. As a result of this the published suitably quali ed medical or other practitioner who can admissions criteria will be reduced accordingly. demonstrate a special connection between these needs If the number of preferences for the school is more than and the school. the number of places available, places will be allocated in the following priority order: Distance – we use the distance between the child’s permanent home address and the school, measured in a Children in Local Authority Care – a child under the straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. age of 18 years for whom the local authority provides Distances are measured from a point de ned as within accommodation by agreement with their parents/ the child’s home to a point de ned as within the school carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is as speci ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. This on the school site is used for everybody. When we apply applies equally to children who immediately after being the distance criterion, these straight line measurements looked after by the local authority became subject to an are used to determine how close each applicant’s address adoption, residence or special guardianship order. (As is to the school. The school uses measurements provided by the LA and further information on how distances are calculated is available in the Admissions Booklets
44 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
provided by the LA. A more detailed de nition of what Sixth Form Admissions arrangements – constitutes a child’s permanent home and also how the Published Admission No: 180 (combined Year 12 measurement for ats will be calculated is also contained and Year 13) in the LA Admissions Booklets. Priority will be given to existing pupils transferring from year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. Admission A pupil’s home address is considered to be the residential to Level 3 Courses in the Sixth form will be as a result property that is the child’s only or main residence and of applicants obtaining a minimum of 5 GCSE passes not an address at which your child might sometimes at Grade C or above including English and Maths. stay or sleep due to your own domestic or special Additionally, English Literature, Maths, Chemistry arrangements. The address must be the pupil’s home and Biology require a B grade in those subjects in order to address on the day you completed the application form continue studying at AS/A2. and which is either: O ers and Appeals • owned by the child’s parent, parents or guardian, OR O ers will be made on the basis of predicted leased to or performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the • rented by the child’s parent, parents or guardian under a above grades are achieved in the nal examinations lease or written rental agreement. prior to entry to the Sixth Form and the pupil’s 4 chosen subjects being accommodated on the timetable, in If you live separately from your partner but share feasible group sizes. responsibility for your child, and the child lives at two addresses during the week, we will regard the home In the event of oversubscription the above criteria address as the one at which the child sleeps for the will apply. majority of weekdays. All o ers made during Year 11 are conditional on pupils A block of ats has a single address point reference, so meeting the grade criteria speci ed and will only become applicants living in the same block will be regarded as rm o ers upon con rmation of actual GCSE results. living the same distance away from the school. In the O er letters will be made before the end of May 2015. unlikely event that two or more children live in the same O ers will be con rmed once the school has been block and in all other ways have equal eligibility for the noti ed of GCSE results in August 2015. last available place for the school, the names will be issued a number and drawn randomly to decide which Where learners have achieved better results than the child should be given the place. predicted grades they will be considered based on the grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places In a tie breaker situation the nearness of an applicant’s that become available as a result of other learners failing home to school will be the decider. If in the event more to meet the required entry levels. than one applicant has the same distance from home to school, as measured by the Local Authority, then a Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an random selection will be applied. application for a place be refused, by writing to The Clerk to the Governors, care of the school. After a place has been o ered the school reserves the right to withdraw the place in the Late applications will be considered if places in following circumstances: appropriate subjects are still available after all other • when a parent has failed to respond to an offer within a applicants have been considered. reasonable time; or • when a parent has failed to notify the school of A waiting list will be held, ranked according to the over- important changes to application information; or subscription criteria • the admission authority offered the place on the basis of a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application from Transport a parent. Please note, schools no longer have a designated area from which transport will be provided. In most instances Supplementary Form Required: No KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where Waiting lists will be maintained up to January 2016 this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home.
45 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Further information about exceptions to this rule can be found in the transport section of this book. For further information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport
46 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Barton Court Headteacher: Ms Kirstin Cardus Grammar School Admissions Contact: Mr Richard Morgan Type of school: Secondary, Academy, Grammar, Mixed Longport, Canterbury CT1 1PH Tel: 01227 464600 Fax: 01227 781399 Age Range: 11-18 Day Pupils E-mail: o [email protected] Specialisms: Language College www.bartoncourt.org Published Admission No:128 LA No: 886 DFE No:5444 Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 806 Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 128 Expected number on roll: 901
To access general information about the school, Current Family Association - a brother or sister including annual school achievement and attainment attending the school when the child starts. In this context tables, recent school inspection reports and brother or sister means children who live as brother or uniform policy, please contact the school or visit the sister in the same house, including natural brothers or school’s website. sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers and sisters. Open Sessions: Open Evenings: Thursday 2 October 2014 & Tuesday If siblings from multiple births (twins, triplets, etc) apply 21 October 2014, 6pm – 8pm (booking is advisable for for a school and the school would reach its Published Headteacher presentations) Admission Number (PAN) after admitting one or more, Open Mornings: Monday 20 October, Wednesday 22 but before admitting all of those siblings, the LA will o er October & Thursday 23 October 2014, 9am – 11am (no a place to each of the siblings, even if doing so takes the bookings required) school above its PAN.
Entry is through the Kent Assessment Procedure. Health and Special Access Reasons – Medical, health, social and special access reasonswill be applied Oversubscription Criteria in accordance with the school’s legal obligations, in Before applying the oversubscription criteria, eligible particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will pupils with a Statement of Special Educational Need or be given to those children whose mental or physical an Education, Health and Care Plan which names the impairment means they have a demonstrable and school will be admitted. As a result of this the published signi cant need to attend a particular school. Equally admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the this priority will apply to children whose parents’/ number of preferences for the school is more than the guardians’ physical or mental health or social needs mean number of places available, places will be allocated to that they have a demonstrable and signi cant need to eligible pupils in the following priority order- attend a particular school. Such claims will need to be supported by written evidence from a suitably quali ed Children in Local Authority Care –a child under the medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate age of 18 years for whom the local authority provides a special connection between these needs and the accommodation by agreement with their parents/ particular school. carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. This Nearness of children’s homes to school - we use applies equally to children who immediately after being the distance between the child’s permanent home looked after by the local authority became subject to an address and the school, measured in a straight line using adoption, residence or special guardianship order. (As Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are de ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act measured from a point de ned as within the child’s home 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989) to a point de ned as within the school as speci ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school site is used for everybody. The school uses measurements
47 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
provided by the LA and further information on how 12 places available for students being admitted to the distances are calculated, including what is de ned school for the rst time: 60. as permanent or main residence, is available in the “Admissions to Secondary School in Kent” booklet Admission to Year 12 will be as a result of applicants provided by the LA. If, in the event, more than one meeting the school entry requirements laid out below: applicant has the same distance from home to school (as measured by the local authority), then a random selection • at least seven subjects at grade B or above at GCSE; will be applied. In the event that the nal place o ered including a minimum of grade C at GCSE in English, from the ranked list falls to a pupil of a multiple birth, the mathematics and science. school will o er a place to each of these children who • the minimum entry requirements specified by the have met the oversubscription criteria. subjects of their choice
Appendix 1 – This relates to all oversubscription criteria. Admission to Year 13 will be as a result of students meeting the school entry requirements laid out below: Home Address We will accept as a pupil’s address the residential property All students wishing to complete their IB study in year 13 that is the child’s only or main residence, not an will be expected to attain a minimum of 3 points in all six address at which your child may sometimes stay or sleep subject areas at the end-of-year exams for transition into due to your own domestic arrangements. It will be either: Year 13. The Core areas of CAS, TOK and Extended Essay owned by the child’s parent, parents or guardian; or must be completed to a satisfactory level. leased to or rented by the child’s parent, parents or All students wishing to complete their A Level study in guardian under a lease or written rental agreement. Year 13 will be expected to attain a minimum of 4 D grades at AS. Evidence of ownership or rental agreement may be required, plus proof of the child’s permanent The admission number for external candidates will be 60, residency at the property concerned. The Governing but this gure may be exceeded in the event that this and Body reserves the right to check information given on the number of internal pupils transferring in to Year 12 is the application form. If any information given on the less than the overall total gure for the year group, which form is found to be incorrect, or if you fail to notify us is 180. of important changes in the information, the o er of a school place can be withdrawn. We can only accept Over-Subscription one current home address on the Secondary Common Following the admission of internal students transferring Application Form. If you live separately from your partner from Year 11, all remaining places will be allocated to but share responsibility for your child, and the child lives learners who have met the entry requirements for the at two di erent addresses during the week, we will regard particular course of study. Where there are more learners the home address as the one at which the child sleeps seeking places than the number of places available, the for the majority of nights in each week. The o er of oversubscription criteria above will be applied in the a place may be withdrawn if proof of residency is order set out to rank pupils until the overall gure for the not met. year group is reached.
Supplementary Form Required: NO O ers and Appeals O ers will be made on the basis of predicted Waiting lists will be maintained up to January performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the 2016 and will be ranked according to the above above grades are achieved in the nal examinations oversubscription criteria prior to entry to the Sixth Form and the pupil’s 4 chosen subjects being accommodated on the timetable, in Sixth Form Admissions arrangements feasible group sizes. Barton Court Grammar School is a mixed Sixth Form. The majority of our students in Year 11 continue with their All o ers made during Year 11 are conditional on pupils studies into our school Sixth Form and priority will be meeting the grade criteria speci ed and will only become given to existing students transferring from Year 11 who rm o ers upon con rmation of actual GCSE results. O er meet the entrance criteria. The number of additional Year letters will be made before the end of May 2015. O ers
48 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
will be con rmed once the school has been noti ed of GCSE results in August 2015.
Where learners have achieved better results than the predicted grades they will be considered based on the grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places that become available as a result of other learners failing to meet the required entry levels.
Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an application for a place be refused, by writing to The Clerk to the Governors, Admissions, Barton Court Grammar School, Longport, Canterbury, CT1 1PH, 01227 464600
Late applications will be considered if places in appropriate subjects are still available after all other applicants have been considered.
A waiting list will be held, ranked according to the over- subscription criteria.
Transport Please note, schools no longer have a designated area from which transport will be provided. In most instances KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. Further information about exceptions to this rule can be found in the transport section of this book. For further information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport
49 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Bennett Memorial Headteacher: Mr Ian Bauckham Diocesan School Admissions Contact Name: Mrs Katherine Wagsta Type of school: Secondary, Church of England, Academy, All Ability, Culverden Down, Tunbridge Wells, TN4 9SH Mixed Tel: 01892 521595 Fax: 01892 514424 Age Range: 11-18 Day Pupils E-mail: [email protected] Specialisms: Ancient and Modern Languages and Technology www.bennett.kent.sch.uk Published Admission No: 224 LA No: 886 DFE No: 5464 Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 807 Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 240 Expected number on roll: 1530
To access general information about the school, ranked before those without a sibling, and then within including annual school achievement and attainment each group applicants will be ranked by distance from the tables, recent school inspection reports and school. uniform policy, please contact the school or visit the school’s website. c) Children from non-Anglican Christian families at the heart of the church. The de nition of this is a Open Sessions: child who has one or both parents worshipping regularly Tuesday 23 September (by which is meant at least three times per month on Thursday 25 September average) in any Christian church and who have done so Wednesday 1 October for at least three years** up to the time of application. It is Tours from 6pm scheduled to be completed in time for also normally expected that the child for whom they are the Head’s presentation at 7.30pm. No booking required applying is baptised***. If applications which meet these criteria exceed the number that can be o ered, applicants Oversubscription Criteria with a sibling at Bennett in September of the year of Before applying the oversubscription criteria, children admission will have priority, and then within each group with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an applicants will be ranked by distance from the school. Education, Health and Care Plan which names the school will be admitted. As a result of this the published d) Children from Anglican families attached to the admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the church. The de nition of this is a child who has at least number of preferences for the school is more than the one parent who attends an Anglican church* at least number of places available, places will be allocated in the monthly, or takes part in one form of service to the church following priority order – on at least a monthly basis, and who has sustained this pattern of commitment for at least two years**. It will also a) Children in or who have ever been in public care be required that the child is baptised***. If applications which meet these criteria exceed the number that can be b) Children from Anglican families at the heart of o ered, applicants with a sibling at Bennett in September the church. The de nition of this is a child who has one of the year of admission will have priority, and then within or both parents worshipping regularly (by which is meant each group applicants will be ranked by distance from the at least three times per month on average) in an Anglican school. church* and who have done so for at least three years** up to the time of application. It is also required that at e) Children from non-Anglican Christian families least one parent is communicant, in other words takes attached to the church. The de nition of this is a child part in Holy Communion services or the Eucharist, and who has at least one parent who attends a non-Anglican that the child for whom they are applying is baptised***. Christian church at least monthly, or takes part in one If applications which meet these criteria exceed the form of service to the church on at least a monthly basis, number that can be o ered, applicants with a sibling at and who has sustained this pattern of commitment for Bennett in September of the year of admission will be at least two years**. It will also be normally expected that
50 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
the child is baptised***. If applications which meet these o ered places. If there are fewer applicants , the unused criteria exceed the number that can be o ered, applicants places revert to the overall allocation for this category. with a sibling at Bennett in September of the year of # Looked after children are de ned as children under admission will have priority, and then within each group the age of 18 for whom the Local Authority provides applicants will be ranked by distance from the school. accommodation by agreement with their parents or carers (Section 22 of the children Act 1989) or who ceased to be f) Children from Anglican and non-Anglican so because they were adopted or who is the subject of a Christian families known to the church. The de nition care order under Part IV of the Act for this will be a child who has at least one parent who attends any Christian church on an occasional basis, less Reserved places frequently than once a month, but at least as frequently Places will be reserved for two categories of applicant. as three times a year, or who takes part in a regular form These reserved places are considered before the of service to the church, less often than once a month application of the criteria B to F above. If all reserved but at least three times a year. If applications which meet places are not taken by applicants who meet the criteria these criteria exceed the number that can be o ered, for them, the surplus places revert to the main categories applicants with a sibling at Bennett in September of the above. year of admission will have priority, and then within each group applicants will be ranked by distance from the 1. Up to 5 places will be o ered to children in school. exceptionally challenging personal or family circumstances. Medical, health, social and special g) Children from families with no church access reasons will be applied in accordance with the attendance. If applications which meet these criteria school’s legal obligations, including those under the exceed the number that can be o ered, applicants with a Equality Act 2010. Those children with a mental or sibling at Bennett in September of the year of admission physical impairment which gives them a demonstrable will have priority, and then within each group applicants and signi cant need to attend this particular school will be ranked by distance from the school. will qualify, as will children of parents with similar impairments. To qualify, claims will need to be supported Notes by written evidence from a suitably quali ed medical * Local Ecumenical Partnerships (LEPs) of which the or other practitioner and the evidence will need to Church of England is a member will be considered as demonstrate a special connection between the needs Anglican churches for this purpose. of the child or parent and Bennett Memorial Diocesan ** if during this time the family has relocated, or changed School. If more than 5 such applications are received, they the church at which they worship, supporting evidence will be rank ordered by distance from the school and the from the previous church must be provided. closest 5 o ered places. *** or has been formally welcomed into the church community at a service or ceremony of thanksgiving 2. Children from non-Christian faith backgrounds – up or dedication. Documentary evidence will be required to 15 o ers will be made for children from non-Christian both for baptism and for any services of thanksgiving faith backgrounds who wish their child to bene t from a or dedication. A priest’s or minister’s letter will su ce as Church of England education. To be considered for one of evidence for a service of dedication if no formal certi cate these reserved places, they will require a reference from is available. their local religious leader stating that they are observant (1) The number admitted under category B will not exceed members of their faith, and that they worship publicly 75% of the planned admissions number. Category B with their faith community on a regular basis, according applications not admitted because of this cap will be re- to the norms and customs of that faith. If more than 15 ranked with category D applications. such applications are received, the 15 whose normal (2)Before the rank ordering by distance is applied addresses are closest to the school will be o ered places. within Category B, places will be allocated to applicants attending parishes located in each of the deaneries of 3. Priority will be given to children of sta in the following Malling (12 places), Sevenoaks(18 places) and Shoreham circumstances: (6 places), as de ned by the Diocese of Rochester. If there a) Where the member of sta has been employed at the are more applicant than deanery places, each will be school for two or more years at the time at which the rank ordered by distance from the school and the closest application for admission to the school is made, or
51 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
b) The member of sta is recruited to ll a vacant post for Applicants from other schools should endeavour to which there is a demonstrable skill shortage. meet the same deadline to enable us to plan courses e ectively. Distance Distance for the purposes of these criteria is measured Academic requirements between the child’s normal address and the school in • To begin AS courses you must have a minimum of a a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point 5.0 average score at GCSE and at least a C grade in the data. Distances are measured from a point de ned as subject you wish to study (but see below). To calculate within the child’s home to a point de ned as within your average, give each A* a value of 8 and number the school as speci ed by Ordnance Survey. The school downwards, so a C is worth 5 and a G is worth 1. For uses measurements provided by Kent LA and further some courses a higher threshold is required. information on this is available from booklets provided • If you wish to study Biology, Chemistry or Physics you by Kent. In the unlikely event that there are two or more will need to have achieved an average of 6.0 at GCSE and applications of equal eligibility for the last available place at least a B in Core and Additional Science at GCSE, or a at the school a random selection will be applied. B in at least 2 sciences if you took three separate science GCSEs. Normal Address • If you want to study French or German you will be The child’s normal address is considered to be the expected to have achieved at least a B grade in that residential property that is the child’s only or main language at GCSE and an average of 6.0 GCSE overall. residence and not an address at which your child might • If you wish to study Mathematics you will need to have sometimes stay or sleep due to your own domestic achieved an average of 6.0 at GCSE and at least a B grade arrangements. The address must be the pupil’s home is the threshold for acceptance onto the course. address on the day you completed your application form. • Subjects where it is not essential to have a GCSE in the same subject are Psychology, Information Parents Communication Technology, History, Geography, Wherever the term ‘parents’ or ‘parent’ is used in these Physical Education, Business Studies, Drama and Theatre criteria, it refers equally to carers or guardians. Studies, Philosophy, Photography and Media Studies. • There is no speci c entry threshold for our GCSE Siblings equivalent course in the sixth form. Siblings throughout this document are de ned as • Meeting the requirements of any course is no guarantee children who live as brother or sister in the same house, that the applicant will automatically be o ered a place including natural brothers and sisters, adopted siblings, on his or her preferred courses. stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers and sisters. We will require external applicants to provide copies of Supplementary Form Required: Yes – Available and results slips before taking up places. Entry into year 13 for returnable to the school. external applicants will depend on the courses required, availability of space in that group, the compatibility of Waiting lists will be maintained up to January 2016 and di erent speci cations, and module results from year 12. will be ranked according to the above oversubscription. Oversubscription Sixth Form Admission arrangements • Children in or have ever been in public care Looked after The numbers of external applications we receive vary children are de ned as children under the age of 18 for from year to year. We exceed our minimum number whom the Local Authority provides accommodation by if preferred courses of study are not oversubscribed agreement with their parents or carers (Section 22 of the and the external applicant has met the relevant entry children Act 1989) or who ceased to be so because they requirements. For example in 2013 we admitted 26 were adopted or who is the subject of a care order under external applicants. Internal applicants should apply by Part IV of the Act the date given in the current prospectus (the last day of • Applications from internal candidates who meet the term in December). academic requirements are considered rst. • Where particular courses are heavily oversubscribed and we cannot for practical or resourcing reasons run parallel groups the places will be o ered to those internal
52 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
candidates who have better grades at GCSE or subject Transport speci c requirements. This will form a major part of the Please note, schools no longer have a designated area guidance meeting referred to above to determine the from which transport will be provided. In most instances most appropriate course for an individual. KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. We will o er alternative courses to any student a ected Further information about exceptions to this rule can be by this criterion. found in the transport section of this book. For further information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. • For external applications the remaining places available gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport on a particular course will be o ered to those who have better grades at GCSE or subject speci c requirements. • If applications which meet these criteria exceed the number that can be o ered, applicants will be ranked by distance from the school. Distance for the purposes of these criteria is measured between the child’s normal address and the school in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a central point within the child’s home to a similarly de ned point within the school speci ed by Ordnance Survey. In the unlikely event that there are two or more applications of equal eligibility for the last available place at the school a random selection will be applied.
In the unlikely event that there are two or more applications of equal eligibility for the last available place at the school a random selection will be applied.
Where students have achieved better results than the predicted grades they will be considered based on the grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places that become available as a result of other learners failing to meet the required entry levels.
Right to appeal If an application is refused there is a statutory right of appeal to the Independent School Appeals Panel. Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an application for a place be refused, by writing to The Clerk to the Governors, care of the school
Waiting list No waiting list is held for external applications to the sixth form. Applicants meeting the criteria who are not o ered places because there is no space are advised to reapply later in the same year. If places are then available their applications may be successful.
*Note: At the time of publication a decision regarding the above arrangements was pending with the OSA. Please see the schools website for up to date information.
53 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Borden Grammar Headteacher: Mr J R Hopkins School Admissions Contact Name: Mr R G Artingstoll Type of school: Secondary, Academy, Grammar, Boys Avenue of Remembrance, Sittingbourne, ME10 4DB Age Range: 11-18 Day Pupils Tel: 01795 424192 Specialisms: Sports and Languages Fax: 01795 424026 E-mail: Published Admission No:120 LA No: 886 DFE No:4527 [email protected] Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 291 www.bordengrammar.kent.sch.uk Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 86 Expected number on roll: 790
To access general information about the school, 3. Health and Special Access Reasons – Medical, health, including annual school achievement and attainment social and special access reasons will be applied in tables, recent school inspection reports and accordance with the school’s legal obligations, in uniform policy, please contact the school or visit the particular those under the Disability Discrimination school’s website. Act 1995. Priority will be given to those children whose mental or physical impairment means they have a Open Sessions: demonstrable and signi cant need to attend a particular October 2014: Tues 7th October: 6pm & Fri 10th October: school. Equally this priority will apply to children whose 10am-11:30am parents’/guardians’, physical or mental health or social Year 12 Open Evening: Tuesday 18th November 2014: needs means that they have a demonstrable and 6:30pm signi cant need to attend a particular school. Such claims will need to be supported by written evidence from a Entry is through the Kent Assessment Procedure. suitably quali ed medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate a special connection between these needs Oversubscription Criteria and the particular school. Before applying the oversubscription criteria, eligible boys with a Statement of Special Educational Need or 4. Nearness of children’s homes to school - The distance an Education, Health and Care Plan which names the is measured between the child’s permanent address and school will be admitted. As a result of this the published the school measured in a straight line using Ordnance admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the Survey address point data. Distances are measured from number of preferences for the school is more than the a central point within the child’s home to a similarly number of places available, places will be allocated to de ned point within the school as speci ed by Ordnance eligible boys in the following priority order- Survey. The school uses measurements provided by the LA. A block of ats has a single address point reference, 1. Children in Local Authority Care or Previously in Local so applicants living in the same block will be regarded Authority Care - a child under the age of 18 years for as living the same distance away from the school. In the whom the local authority provides accommodation by unlikely event that two or more children live in the same agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the block and in all other ways have equal eligibility for the Children Act 1989) or who ceased to be so because they last available place at the school, the names will be issued became subject to an adoption, residence or special a number and drawn randomly to decide which child guardianship order under Part IV of the Act. should be given the place.
2. Current Family Association - a brother (or sister in the Supplementary Form Required: No Sixth Form) attending the school when the child starts. In this context brother or sister means children who live Waiting lists will be maintained up to January as brother or sister in the same house, including natural 2016 and will be ranked according to the above brothers or sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or oversubscription criteria sisters and foster brothers and sisters.
54 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Sixth Form Admissions arrangements Where learners have achieved better results than the Priority will be given to existing pupils transferring from predicted grades they will be considered based on the Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. Admission to grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places the Sixth Form will be as a result of applicants obtaining that become available as a result of other learners failing a minimum of six GCSE passes at grade C or above to meet the required entry levels. and B grades in their preferred AS subjects or nearest equivalents (students wishing to study mathematics are Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an expected to obtain an A grade at GCSE). application for a place be refused, by writing to The Clerk to the Governors, care of the school. The admission number for external candidates will be 30, but this gure may be exceeded in the event that this Late applications will be considered if places in and the number of internal pupils transferring into Year appropriate subjects are still available after all other 12 is less than the overall gure for the year group, which applicants have been considered. is 108. A waiting list will be held, ranked according to the over- Over-subscription subscription criteria. Following the admission of internal students transferring from Year 11, all remaining places will be allocated to Transport learners who have met the entry requirements for the Please note, schools no longer have a designated area particular course of study. Where there are more learners from which transport will be provided. In most instances seeking places than the number of places available, the KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where oversubscription criteria will be applied in the order set this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. out above to rank pupils until the overall gure for the Further information about exceptions to this rule can be year group is reached: found in the transport section of this book. For further information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. After a place has been o ered the school gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport reserves the right to withdraw the place in the following circumstances: a. When the parent or learner has failed to respond to an o er within a reasonable time; or b. When a parent or learner has failed to notify the school of important changes to the application information; or c. The admission authority o ered the place on the basis of a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application from the parent or learner.
O ers and Appeals O ers will be made on the basis of predicted performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the above grades are achieved in the nal examinations prior to entry to the Sixth Form and the pupil’s chosen subjects being accommodated on the timetable, in feasible group sizes.
All o ers made during Year 11 are conditional on pupils meeting the grade criteria speci ed and will only become rm o ers upon con rmation of actual GCSE results. O er letters will be made before the end of May 2015. O ers will be con rmed once the school has been noti ed of GCSE results in August 2015.
55 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Brockhill Park Headteacher: Mrs Sonette Schwartz Performing Arts Admissions Contact Name: Ann Maycock Type of school: Secondary, Academy, All Ability, Mixed College Age Range: 11-18 Day Pupils Sandling Road, Saltwood, Hythe, CT21 4HL Specialisms: Performing Arts Tel: 01303 265521 Fax: 01303 262708 Published Admission No:235 LA No: 886 DFE No:5466 E-mail: o [email protected] Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 705 www.brockhill.kent.sch.uk Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 235 Expected number on roll: 1325
To access general information about the school, this context brother or sister means children who live including annual school achievement and attainment as brother or sister in the same house, including natural tables, recent school inspection reports and brothers and sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or uniform policy, please contact the school or visit the sisters and foster brothers and sisters. school’s website. 3. Children with a brother or sister already attending the Open Sessions: school who live outside the catchment area de ned in By appointment during September and October criterion 2
Oversubscription Criteria 4. Medical/Health and Special Access Reasons – medical, Before applying the oversubscription criteria, children with health, social and special access reasons will be applied in a Statement of Special Educational Need or an Education, accordance with the school’s legal obligations, in particular Health and Care Plan which names the school will be those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will be given admitted. As a result of this the published admissions to those children whose health or physical impairment number will be reduced accordingly. If the number of means they have a demonstrable and signi cant need to preferences for the school is more than the number of attend a particular school. Equally this priority will apply places available, places will be allocated in the following to children whose parents’/guardians’ physical or mental priority order - health or social needs mean that they have a demonstrable and signi cant need to attend a particular school. Such 1. Looked After Children/Children in Local Authority claims will need to be supported by written evidence from Care - a child under the age of 18 years for whom the a suitably quali ed medical or other practitioner who can Local Authority provides/has provided accommodation demonstrate a special connection between these needs by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of and the particular school. the Children Act 1989) or who is/has been subject to a care order under Part IV of the Act. This applies equally 5. Other children living inside the catchment area as to children who after being looked after by the local de ned in criteria 2. authority became subject to an adoption, residence or special guardianship order as de ned by Section 46 of the Any other student Adoption and Children act 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Should there be a need to decide upon oversubscription Children Act 1989. in each of the above criteria, decisions will be made on the basis of distance. The Local Authority measures distance 2. Sibling/ Current Family association - a child with a as the nearness of the child’s permanent address and the brother or sister already attending the school when the school, measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey child starts; who live in Hythe, within three miles of the address point data. Distances are measured from a de ned school or in the following villages: Elham, Etchinghill, point as within the child’s home to a de ned point within Lyminge, Lympne, Monks Horton, Palmarsh, Postling, the school as speci ed by Ordnance Survey. The same Rhodes Minnis, Saltwood, Sandling, Seabrook, Sellindge, address point on the school site is used for everybody. Stanford, Stowting, Westenhanger and West Hythe. In Those living closest are given priority.
56 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Supplementary Form Required: No After a place has been o ered the school reserves the right to withdraw the place in the following circumstances Waiting lists will be maintained up to January 2016 and will a. When the parent or learner has failed to respond to an be ranked according to the above oversubscription criteria. o er within a reasonable time; or b. When a parent or learner has failed to notify the school Sixth Form Admissions arrangements – of important changes to the application information; or Students wishing to apply to the Sixth Form at Brockhill c. The admission authority o ered the place on the basis should apply via the website www.ucasprogress.com of a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application from All applications are made on line. the parent or learner
To ensure that a course will be viable in terms of numbers O ers and Appeals we will expect a minimum of 8 students to have chosen O ers will be made on the basis of predicted performance it for it to be included in the curriculum o er for that year at GCSE, with the requirement that the above grades and for them to have the entrance requirements for that are achieved in the nal examinations prior to entry to course o ered. the Sixth Form and the pupil’s chosen subjects being accommodated on the timetable, in feasible group sizes. Priority for those courses that will run in the academic year will be given to existing pupils transferring from Year All o ers made during Year 11 are conditional on pupils 11 who meet the entrance criteria for the courses of their meeting the grade criteria speci ed and will only become choice. rm o ers upon con rmation of actual GCSE results. O er letters will be made before the end of April 2015 and The admission of external students will be based upon invitations to the Induction we also be given at this time. the entrance criteria being met and a careers pathway All con rmed o ers will be given once the school has been discussion to ensure that the choices they are making noti ed of GCSE results in August 2015. allow them to access the correct route for their future. Where learners have achieved better results than the Admission to the Sixth Form to study at Level 3 will be as a predicted grades they will be considered based on the result of applicants obtaining a minimum of 5 GCSE passes grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places at grade A*-C or above including English and Maths. For that become available as a result of other learners failing to those who do not achieve this we o er a Level 2 provision meet the required entry levels. and retakes in English and Mathematics GCSE. Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an Speci c entrance criteria are as follows: application for a place be refused, by writing to The Clerk • 5 A*-C GCSE grades including English and Maths to study to the Governors, care of the school. AS and A level courses. (some A Level subjects may require a B Grade or above) Late applications will be considered if places in appropriate • Individual subject prior attainment entry criteria as per subjects are still available after all other applicants have the Brockhill prospectus. been considered. • Places on level 2 course will be given to students who meet the individual entry criteria for these courses. Transport Please note, schools no longer have a designated area from Over-subscription which transport will be provided. In most instances KCC Following the admission of internal students transferring will only fund transport to the nearest school where this from Year 11, all remaining places will be allocated to school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. Further learners who have met the entry requirements for the information about exceptions to this rule can be found in particular course of study. Where there are more learners the transport section of this book. For further information seeking places than the number of places available, the please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent.gov.uk/ oversubscription criteria above will be applied in the order education-and-children/schools/school-transport set out above to rank pupils until the overall gure for the year group is reached.
57 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Canterbury Academy Headteacher: Mr P Karnavas Knight Avenue, Canterbury, CT2 8QA Admissions Contact Name: Mrs D Scott Tel: 01227 463971 Type of school: Secondary, Academy, All Ability, Mixed Fax: 01227 762801 E-mail: [email protected] Age Range: 11-19 Day Pupils www.canterbury.kent.sch.uk Specialisms: Sports, Performing Arts (15% Selective music), Practical Learning, Academic Excellence working in partnership with Simon Langton Boys Grammar School to support our grammar band for girls and boys. Published Admission No:180 LA No: 886 DFE No:5421A Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 688 Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 230 Expected number on roll: 1402
To access general information about the school, Students wishing to sit either the banding assessment including annual school achievement and attainment or apply for a selective music place will be required to tables, recent school inspection reports and uniform complete a supplementary information form available policy, please contact the school or visit the school’s from the school. Deadline date for returning the website: www.canterbury.kent.sch.uk completed form to the school will be the same date as the Common Application Form is required to be returned Open Sessions: to Kent. Open evening: Wednesday 1st October 2014 from 6.30pm (Principal’s speech at 7pm) You will receive an invitation to the banding assessment Open mornings: Saturday 11th, Tuesday 14th, Wednesday that will be held at the school on a Saturday in November. 15th, Thursday 16th, Friday 17th October 2014 from 09.30am Should you be unable to attend you may request an (For open mornings prospective parents are asked to alternative date. The banding assessment is not an contact the academy on 01227 463971 in advance to entry test, it is designed to ensure that students of all register an interest) abilities have an equal chance of gaining a place at The Banding assessments will take place on Saturday 15th & Canterbury High School and enable the school to acquire 22nd November 2014 a comprehensive pro le. To ensure a comprehensive intake a normal distribution will be used and we will use the following band identi ers: The Canterbury Academy recruits from the full range of abilities to create a comprehensive intake. Band 1 2 3 4 5 % 4 7 12 17 20 Students will be admitted at age 11. The number of Band 6 7 8 9 intended admissions for the year commencing 2015 % 17 12 7 4 will be 180 (with an additional 6 places reserved for children with statements for entrance into the Speech Where students have not taken the banding assessment and Language Unit), 28 places will be initially reserved for they will be ranked according to the oversubscription selective music students. All students are recommended criteria and allocated a place only in the event that there to sit a banding assessment and those candidates are available spaces after students who did take it have wishing to apply for a selective music place will also be been considered. required to attend an audition. Before the application of oversubscription criteria children with a statement of Selective music places are allocated independently of special educational need which names the school will the banding assessment (although it is recommended be admitted. As a result of this the published admissions that they take the banding assessment as well). Students number will be reduced accordingly. will be invited to perform to members of the music
58 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
department and a judgement will be made on their siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers musical aptitude according to one or more of the and sisters. following criteria; • He/she has tuition in a musical instrument. d) Health and Special Access Reasons – Medical, health, • He/she is a member of a school, church or similar choir, social and special access reasons will be applied in or of a dance/drama organisation. accordance with the academy’s legal obligations, in • He/she has had no formal training but is musical and particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will would like to pursue the subject further. be given to those children whose mental or physical impairment means they have a demonstrable and Not more than 28 places will be reserved for students signi cant need to attend The Canterbury Academy. with musical ability. The audition will rank students Equally this priority will apply to children whose parents’/ according to the given criteria. Successful applicants will guardians’ physical or mental health or social needs be expected to take up vocal or instrumental tuition, to mean that they have a demonstrable and signi cant attend at least one music/drama club each week and need to attend this particular academy. Such claims participate in the academy performances. Where two will need to be supported by written evidence from a students are of equal ability, the one living nearer to the suitably quali ed medical or other practitioner who can academy would gain preference. If there are insu cient demonstrate a special connection between these needs children who have satis ed the published entry and The Canterbury Academy. requirement for a selective place then the places will be o ered to other children. e) Nearness of children’s homes to school - The academy uses the measurements provided by the local authority Over Subscription Criteria who use the distance between the child’s permanent Before applying the oversubscription criteria, children home address and the school, measured in a straight line with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are Education, Health and Care Plan which names the measured from a point de ned as within the child’s home school will be admitted. As a result of this the published to a point de ned as within the school as speci ed by admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school number of preferences for the school is more than the site is used for everybody. number of places available, places will be allocated in the following priority order- A child’s home is considered to be a residential property that is the child’s only or main residence (not an address a) Firstly, children in Local Authority Care will be awarded at which the child may sometimes stay or sleep) and a place; this applies to any child under the age of 18 years which is either owned by the child’s parent, parents or for whom the local authority provides accommodation guardian or leased or rented to them under a lease or by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the written rental agreement. Where partners live apart but Children Act 1989) or who is the subject of a care order share responsibility for the child, and the child lives at two under Part IV of the Act. This applies equally to children di erent addresses during the week, we will regard the who, immediately after being looked after by the local home address as the one at which the child sleeps for the authority, became subject to an adoption, residence or majority of week days. special guardianship order (as de ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act 2002 or Section 8 or 14A A block of ats has a single address point reference, so of the Children Act 1989). applicants living in the same block will be regarded as living the same distance away from the academy. In b) Places are then awarded to children on roll at The the unlikely event that two or more children live in the Canterbury Academy (Primary phase) at the time of same block or the same distance from and in all other application for a place at secondary transfer. ways have equal eligibility for the last available place at the academy, the names will be allocated a number and c) Children with a brother or sister attending The drawn randomly to decide which child should be given Canterbury Academy (Primary and Secondary phase) the place. when the child starts. In this context brother or sister means a child who lives as brother or sister in the same An area map is available at www.canterbury.kent.sch.uk. house, including natural brothers and sisters, adopted
59 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
f) The tie-breaker for all arrangements will be distance. In Over-subscription a tiebreaker situation the proximity of an applicant’s home Following the admission of internal students transferring to the academy will be the decider. In the event that more from Year 11, all remaining places will be allocated to than one applicant lives the same distance from home to learners who have met the entry requirements for the the academy, as measured by the local authority, then a particular course of study. Where there are more learners random selection will be applied. seeking places than the number of places available, the following oversubscription criteria will be applied to In the event of an ability band not being full, places will eligible students. be shared with other ability bands following the criteria above. a) Firstly, children in local authority care will be awarded a place. Late applications in the rst instance will be processed in line with the Local Authority’s published admissions b) Children with a brother or sister attending The scheme (Deadline date for applications is 18th March Canterbury Academy (Primary and Secondary phase) 2015.) From 22nd April 2015 applications must be made when the child starts. In this context, ‘ brother or sister’ directly to the school where your child will be placed means a child who lives as a brother or sister in the same on a waiting list and places allocated based on the house, including natural brothers and sisters, adopted above criteria. siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers and sisters. After a place has been o ered the academy reserves the right to withdraw the place in the c) Ability at sport or performing arts as determined by following circumstances: trial, audition and references. When a parent has failed to respond to an o er within a reasonable time. d) Health and Special Access Reasons – Medical, health, When a parent has failed to notify the school of important social and special access reasons will be applied in changes to the application information. accordance with the academy’s legal obligations, in The admission authority o ered the place on the basis of particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application from be given to those children whose mental or physical a parent. impairment means they have a demonstrable and signi cant need to attend The Canterbury Academy. Supplementary From required: Yes – There is one for Equally this priority will apply to children whose parents’/ the music students and one for the banding assessment. guardians’ physical or mental health or social needs These forms are available from and returnable to mean that they have a demonstrable and signi cant the school. need to attend this particular academy. Such claims will need to be supported by written evidence from a Waiting list are maintained up to January 2016 and will be suitably quali ed medical or other practitioner who can ranked according to the above oversubscription criteria. demonstrate a special connection between these needs and The Canterbury Academy. Sixth Form Admission Arrangements Priority will be given to existing pupils transferring from e) Nearness of children’s homes to school - The academy Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. Admission uses the measurements provided by the local authority to the Sixth Form will be as a result of applicants who use the distance between the child’s permanent obtaining a minimum of 1 GCSE passes at grade G or home address and the school, measured in a straight line above and B grades in their preferred AS subjects or using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are nearest equivalents. measured from a point de ned as within the child’s home to a point de ned as within the school as speci ed by The admission number for external candidates will be 50, Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school but this gure may be exceeded in the event that this site is used for everybody. A child’s home is considered and the number of internal pupils transferring into Year to be a residential property that is the child’s only or 12 is less than the overall gure for the year group, which main residence (not an address at which the child may is 180. sometimes stay or sleep) and which is either owned by the child’s parent, parents or guardian or leased or rented
60 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
to them under a lease or written rental agreement. Where Where learners have achieved better results than the partners live apart but share responsibility for the child, predicted grades they will be considered based on the and the child lives at two di erent addresses during grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places the week, we will regard the home address as the one that become available as a result of other learners failing at which the child sleeps for the majority of week days. to meet the required entry levels. A block of ats has a single address point reference, so applicants living in the same block will be regarded as Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an living the same distance away from the academy. In application for a place be refused, by writing to The Clerk the unlikely event that two or more children live in the to the Governors, care of the school. same block or have the same distance and in all other ways have equal eligibility for the last available place at Late applications will be considered if places in the academy, the names will be allocated a number and appropriate subjects are still available after all other drawn randomly to decide which child should be given applicants have been considered. the place. An area map is available at www.canterbury. kent.sch.uk. A waiting list will be held, ranked according to the over- subscription criteria. f) The tie-breaker for all arrangements will be distance. In a tiebreaker situation the proximity of an applicant’s Transport home to the academy will be the decider. If in the event Please note, schools no longer have a designated area that more than one applicant lives the same distance from which transport will be provided. In most instances from home to the academy (as measured by the local KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where authority), then a random selection will be applied. this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. Further information about exceptions to this rule can be After a place has been o ered the school found in the transport section of this book. For further reserves the right to withdraw the place in the information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. following circumstances: gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport a. When the parent or learner has failed to respond to an o er within a reasonable time; or b. When a parent or learner has failed to notify the school of important changes to the application information; or c. The admission authority o ered the place on the basis of a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application from the parent or learner.
O ers and Appeals O ers will be made on the basis of predicted performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the above grades are achieved in the nal examinations prior to entry to the Sixth Form and the pupil’s 4 chosen subjects being accommodated on the timetable, in feasible group sizes.
All o ers made during Year 11 are conditional on pupils meeting the grade criteria speci ed and will only become rm o ers upon con rmation of actual GCSE results. O er letters will be made before the end of May 2015. O ers will be con rmed once the school has been noti ed of GCSE results in August 2015.
61 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Castle Community Interim Principal: Mrs Jane Hadlow College Admissions Contact Name: Mrs Geraldine Baird Type of school: Secondary, Academy, All Ability, Mixed Mill Road, Deal, CT14 9BD Tel: 01304 373363 Age Range: 11-18 Day Pupils Fax: 01304 380769 Specialisms: Sport & Performing Arts E-mail: [email protected] www.castle.kent.sch.uk Published Admission No: 180 LA No: 886 DFE No: 4207 Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 298 Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 150 Expected number on roll: 1250
To access general information about the school, de ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act including annual school achievement and attainment 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989). tables, recent school inspection reports and uniform policy, please contact the school or visit the • Current Family Association - a brother or sister attending school’s website. the school when the child starts. In this context brother or sister means children who live as brother or sister in Open Sessions: the same house, including natural brothers or sisters, Open Evening: Thursday 25th September 2014 adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster Open Mornings: These will take place at 9am every brothers and sisters. If siblings from multiple births Tuesday, Wednesday and Thursday from Tuesday 30th (twins, triplets, etc) apply for a school and the school September until Thursday 23rd October 2014. would reach its Published Admission Number (PAN) after admitting one or more, but before admitting all of those Appointments can be booked via the College O ce – siblings, the LA will o er a place to each of the siblings, 01304 373363. Visitors will be o ered a tour of the College even if doing so takes the College above its PAN. followed by the opportunity to meet with the Interim Principal or a member of the Senior Team. • Health and Special Access Reasons - Medical, health, social and special access reasons will be applied in Note that parking on site is limited; please be considerate accordance with the College’s legal obligations, in to our neighbours when parking for the Open Sessions. particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will be given to those children whose mental or physical Oversubscription Criteria impairment means they have a demonstrable and Before applying the oversubscription criteria, children signi cant need to attend a particular school. with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an Education, Health and Care Plan which names the Equally this priority will apply to children whose parents’/ school will be admitted. As a result of this the published guardians’ physical or mental health or social needs mean admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the that they have a demonstrable and signi cant need to number of preferences for the school is more than the attend a particular school. Such claims will need to be number of places available, places will be allocated in the supported by written evidence from a suitably quali ed following priority order- medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate a special connection between these needs and the • Children in Local Authority Care – a child under the particular school. age of 18 years for whom the local authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/ • Nearness of children’s homes to College - we use the carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is distance between the child’s permanent home address the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. This and the College, measured in a straight line using applies equally to children who immediately after being Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are looked after by the local authority became subject to an measured from a point de ned as within the child’s adoption, residence or special guardianship order. (As home to a point de ned as within the College as
62 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
speci ed by Ordnance Survey which will be equidistant After a place has been o ered the school between the two sites (OS Reference 636932.4,151183.4). reserves the right to withdraw the place in the The same address point on the College site is used following circumstances: for everybody. a. When the parent or learner has failed to respond to an After a place has been o ered, the College o er within a reasonable time; or reserves the right to withdraw the place in the b. When a parent or learner has failed to notify the school following circumstances: of important changes to the application information; or 1. when a parent/carer has failed to respond to an o er within a reasonable time; or c. The admission authority o ered the place on the basis of a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application 2. when a parent/carer has failed to notify the College of from the parent or learner. important changes to the application information; or O ers and Appeals 3. where the admissions authority o ered the place O ers will be made on the basis of predicted on the basis of a fraudulent or intentionally misleading performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the application from a parent/carer above grades are achieved in the nal examinations prior to entry to the Sixth Form and the student’s four chosen Supplementary Form Required: NO subjects being accommodated on the timetable, in feasible group sizes. Waiting lists will be maintained up to January 2016 and will be ranked according to the above In the event of a subject being oversubscribed places will oversubscription criteria be allocated on a rst come, rst served basis (providing entry criteria is met). Sixth Form Admissions arrangements – Priority will be given to existing students transferring from All o ers made during Year 11 are conditional on students Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. Admission to meeting the grade criteria speci ed and will only become the Sixth Form will be as a result of applicants obtaining rm o ers upon con rmation of actual GCSE results. a minimum of 5 GCSE passes at grade C or above. Some subjects also have speci c entry requirements which will O er letters will be made before the end of May 2015. be detailed on the UCAS.com/progress website and in the O ers will be con rmed once the school has been Sixth Form Prospectus. noti ed of GCSE results in August 2015.
All applicants will be invited to attend an informal Where learners have achieved better results than the meeting, where their choices and relevance to their future predicted grades they will be considered based on the intentions will be discussed. Parents/carers are also invited grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places to attend this meeting. that become available as a result of other learners failing to meet the required entry levels. The admission number for external candidates will be 15, but this gure may be exceeded in the event that this and Transport the number of internal students transferring into Year 12 Please note, schools no longer have a designated area is less than the overall gure for the year group, which from which transport will be provided. In most instances is 180. KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. Oversubscription Further information about exceptions to this rule can be Following the admission of internal students transferring found in the transport section of this book. For further from Year 11, all remaining places will be allocated to information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. learners who have met the entry requirements for the gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport particular course of study. Where there are more learners seeking places than the number of places available, the oversubscription criteria above will be applied to eligible students.
63 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
The Charles Dickens Headteacher: Mr A Olsson School Admissions Contact Name: Admissions O cer Type of school: Secondary, Foundation, High, Mixed Broadstairs Road, Broadstairs, CT10 2RL Tel: 01843 862988 Age Range: 11-19 Day Pupils Fax: 01843 865047 Specialisms: Mathematics and Computing E-mail: [email protected] www.cds.kent.sch.uk Published Admission No: 232 LA No: 886 DFE No: 5438 Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 802 Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 232 Expected number on roll: 1238
To access general information about the school, 3. Where the child has demonstrated a particular aptitude including annual school achievement and attainment in music. Up to 10% of the intake can be admitted under tables, recent school inspection reports and this criterion. Evidence of examinations taken, of music uniform policy, please contact the school or visit the tuition undertaken, or musical group participation will school’s website. be looked for. Auditions will be required during the rst two weeks of January. Applications for musical auditions Open Sessions: Walkabouts available to parents should be at the school by October 31st. during September and October by Appointment Only 4. Where the child permanently resides within the areas Oversubscription Criteria traditionally served by the school (namely the following Before applying the oversubscription criteria, children wards: Beacon Road, Bradstow, Cliftonville East, Cliftonville with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an West, Kingsgate, St Peters, Viking). In the event of over Education, Health and Care Plan which names the subscription priority will be given to those living nearest school will be admitted. As a result of this the published to the school irrespective of the ward in which they live. admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the The nearness of children’s homes to school is the distance number of preferences for the school is more than the between the child’s permanent home address and number of places available, places will be allocated in the the school measured in a straight line using Ordnance following priority order – Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a point de ned as within the child’s home to a point 1. Children in Local Authority Care or previously in Local de ned as within the school as speci ed by Ordnance Authority Care. A child under the age of 18 years for Survey. The same address point on the school site is used whom the Local Authority provides accommodation by for everybody. agreement with their parents/carers (section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is the subject of a care order 5. Further pupils living nearest to the school. The under Part IV of the Act. This Applies equally to children nearness of children’s homes to school is the distance who immediately after being looked between the child’s permanent home address and after by the local authority became subject to an the school measured in a straight line using Ordnance adoption, residence or special guardianship order (as Survey address point data. Distances are measured from de ned by section 46 of the Adoption & Children Act a point de ned as within the child’s home to a point 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989. de ned as within the school as speci ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school site is used 2. Sibling/Current Family Association. A brother or sister for everybody. attending the school when the child starts. In this context brother or sister means children who live as brother or Supplementary Form Required: Yes – If you are sister in the same house, including natural brothers and applying for a place on musical ability, a form is sisters, adopted siblings, step-brothers or sisters and foster available and returnable to the school. brothers and sisters.
64 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Waiting lists will be maintained up to January subjects being accommodated on the timetable, in 2016 and will be ranked according to the above feasible group sizes. oversubscription criteria All o ers made during Year 11 are conditional on pupils meeting the grade criteria speci ed and will only become Sixth Form Admissions arrangements rm o ers upon con rmation of actual GCSE results.O er Priority will be given to existing pupils transferring from letters/communications will be made before the end of Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. Admission to May 2015. O ers will be con rmed once the school has the Sixth Form will be as a result of applicants obtaining been noti ed of GCSE results in August 2015. a minimum of 5 GCSE passes including English and Maths at grade C or above and B grades in their preferred Where learners have achieved better results than the AS subjects or nearest equivalents (speci c entry predicted grades they will be considered based on the requirements may vary for certain subjects as directed grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places by prospectus). that become available as a result of other learners failing The admission number for external candidates will be 25, to meet the required entry levels. but this gure may be exceeded in the event that this and the number of internal pupils transferring into Year Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an 12 is less than the overall gure for the year group, which application for a place be refused, by writing to The Clerk is 100. to the Governors, care of the school. All applicants will be expected to attend a meeting where course requirements and their choices will be discussed. All applications to be made through the Kent Choices 4 This meeting is for guidance only and is not part of the U website. Late applications will be considered if places entry requirement. in appropriate subjects are still available after all other applicants have been considered. Over-subscription Following the admission of internal students transferring A waiting list will be held, ranked according to the over- from Year 11, all remaining places will be allocated to subscription criteria. learners who have met the entry requirements for the particular course of study. Where there are more learners Transport seeking places than the number of places available, the Please note, schools no longer have a designated area oversubscription criteria above will be applied to eligible from which transport will be provided. In most instances students. KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. After a place has been o ered the school Further information about exceptions to this rule can be reserves the right to withdraw the place in the found in the transport section of this book. For further following circumstances: information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport a. When the parent or learner has failed to respond to an o er within a reasonable time; or b. When a parent or learner has failed to notify the school of important changes to the application information; or c. The admission authority o ered the place on the basis of a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application from the parent or learner.
O ers and Appeals O ers will be made on the basis of predicted performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the above grades are achieved in the nal examinations prior to entry to the Sixth Form and the pupil’s 4 chosen
65 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Chatham & Clarendon Headteacher: Mrs D Liddicoat Grammar School Admissions Contact Name: Mrs S Hurrell, Admission Registrar Type of School: Secondary, Academy, Grammar, Mixed (Formerly Chatham House for Boys and Clarendon House for Girls) Age Range: 11-18 Day Pupils Specialisms: Languages, Science, Maths and Computing; Lead Chatham Site: Years 7-9 School for Gifted and Talented Students Chatham Street, Ramsgate, CT11 7PS Published Admission No: 180 LA No: 886 DFE No: 5462 Tel: 01843 591075 Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 535 Clarendon Site: Years 10-11 Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 113 Clarendon Gardens Ramsgate, CT11 9BB Expected number on roll: 1389 Tel: 01843 591074
CCVI Sixth Form Centre: Cavendish Street Ramsgate, CT11 9AL Tel: 01843 854841 E-mail: [email protected] www.ccgrammarschool.co.uk
We currently o er a unique combination of mainly single admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the sex teaching in the lower school within a co-educational number of preferences for the school is more than the environment, and then a wider range of subjects number of places available, places will be allocated to delivered in mixed groups at GCSE and A Level. To access eligible pupils the following priority order- general information about the school please contact the school or visit the school’s website. Eligible students who are presently or were previously in Local Authority care. Open Sessions: De nition: a child under the age of 18 years who is a) Open Evenings at Chatham Site 5.30pm till 7.30pm in the care of a local authority, b) being provided with Tuesday 21st October 2014 accommodation by a local authority in the exercise of Thursday 23rd October 2014 their social services functions (as de ned in the Section Morning Tours of all sites during week commencing 22(1) of the Children Act 1989) or c) previously in the care Monday 20th October - Prior Booking Only of a local authority but ceased to be so because they were (Bookings taken by Admission Registrar from Monday adopted (under terms of the Adoption and Children Act 29th September) 2002) or became subject to a residence order (under the terms of the Children Act 1989) or special guardianship Appeal Consultations Chatham Site - no order (Section 14A of Children Act 1989) at the time of the booking necessary application. Monday 20th October 4pm Wednesday 22nd October 10.30am Eligible students who demonstrate health and Friday 24th October 1pm special access reasons. To be considered under this criteria please provide the Entry is through the Kent Assessment Procedure. request and required evidence to the Headteacher, in writing, at the time of the application. Over-Subscription Criteria De nition: medical, health and special access reasons Before applying the oversubscription criteria, eligible will be applied in accordance with the school’s legal pupils with a Statement of Special Educational Need or obligations, in particular those under the Equality Act an Education, Health and Care Plan which names the 2010. Priority will be given to those children whose school will be admitted. As a result of this the published mental or physical impairment means they have a
66 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
demonstrable and signi cant need to attend a particular or each child of a multiple birth family, and in all other school. Equally this priority will apply to children whose ways have equal eligibility, the names will be issued a parents’/carer’s, physical or mental health or social needs number and drawn randomly to decide each child’s means that they have a demonstrable and signi cant ranked number. need to attend a particular school. Such claims will need to be supported by written evidence from a suitably Supplementary Form Required: No quali ed medical practitioner or other practitioner who can demonstrate a special connection between these Waiting lists will be maintained up to January needs and the School. 2016 and will be ranked according to the above oversubscription criteria. Eligible students with a current family association. De nition: children who live as brother or sister in the Sixth Form Admissions arrangements same house, including natural brothers or sisters, adopted The entry deadline for applications is Friday 13th February siblings, step brothers or sisters and foster brothers and 2015 and our requirements for September 2015 entry are: sisters AND who are attending the School at the time the applicant will start. To study 4 A Levels in Year 12 we require: at least 5 B grade passes at GCSE (double BTech counts as Eligible students who live within Thanet; 1GCSE only; quadruple BTech counts as 2) Broom eld; Chest eld; Herne; Herne Bay; Reculver; Swalecli e and Whitstable. To study a double Level 3 Vocational course plus 2 A De nition: A map of the above areas is available on the Levels we require: school website. Please contact the Admission Registrar if at least 2 grade B passes and 3 C grade passes at GCSE. you are in anyway uncertain as to whether your address falls within this criterion. For either of the programmes above the following requirements apply: All other eligible students. • B grades must be achieved in those subjects being De nition: All other students who cannot be considered chosen, where relevant. in any of the criterion above. • To count, a BTech must be related to the A Levels chosen • To study A Level Mathematics an A grade is required at Within each of the above criterion students will GCSE Higher Level. be ranked in order of those living closest to the • Students need to have at least C grades in both GCSE school. De nition: the distance is measured between English Language and Mathematics. the child’s permanent address and the school measured • Core Science is not counted. Grades for individual in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point sciences and/or Additional Science are counted. data. Distances are measured from a point de ned as • BTech Science and Applied Science do not allow a within the child’s home to a point de ned as within candidate to access Biology, Human Biology, Chemistry the School as speci ed by Ordnance Survey. The same or Physics at A Level. However, these candidates can be address point on the school site is used for everybody. considered for Applied Science A Level. The School uses the measurements provided by the LA. A child’s home address is considered to be a residential These requirements are based on a professional property that is the child’s only or main residence (not assessment of the standard of prior attainment needed to an address at which the child may sometimes stay or be successful (a) in the academic curriculum pathway and sleep) and which is either owned by the child’s parent, (b) in subject speci c elements of the vocational pathway. parents, or guardian; leased or rented to them under a written rental agreement. Where parents live apart but For the intake of September 2015 the Sixth Form will share responsibility for the child and the child lives at two recruit on the basis of a combined Year 12 of 250. Priority di erent addresses during the week, we will regard the for places will be: home address as the one at which the child sleeps for the majority of week days over the school term. 1. Internal applicants - students enrolled in Year 11 of the School. Where more than one child has the same address eg a block of ats having a single address point reference 2. External applicants.
67 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
NB Should there not be enough room on a particular Applicants have a right of appeal against the decision not course, priority, within each of the categories above, will to o er a place and the Appeal Timetable, published on go to the candidate with the highest average points score the School website by 28th February 2015 will have the across their GCSE subjects. dates and arrangements for lodging appeals
A place maybe o ered where an applicant has Over Subscription Criteria extenuating circumstances for not meeting the required Before the application of the oversubscription criteria, GCSE results. Any applicant, who believes this may be the children with a statement of special educational need case, should write to the Head of the Sixth Form providing who name this School will be admitted. As a result of this details and any supporting evidence for consideration. the published admission number (PAN) will be reduced accordingly. If the number of preferences of eligible The minimum published admission number (PAN) for students for the school is more than the number of places new entrants will be 40, however we may enroll above available, places will be allocated in rank order in the this if there are su cient spaces on the particular above oversubscription criteria. combination of courses requested by suitably quali ed applicants. Transport Please note, schools no longer have a designated area The application process for both internal and external from which transport will be provided. In most instances students for the Sixth Form is as follows: KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. Application is made through the Kentchoices4U website, Further information about exceptions to this rule can be as part of the Local Authority scheme. found in the transport section of this book. For further information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. • All applications will be considered. gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport • A Sixth Form Information Evening will be held in November/December 2014. • A meeting will be held to discuss options and academic entry requirements for particular courses. • A Sixth Form Induction Week is held at the end of June/ beginning July 2015 where applicants will be o ered the opportunity to attend ‘taster’ lessons and con rm nal course preferences. • A conditional offer letter will be sent to all applicants who are expected to meet the entry requirements and whose subject preferences can be met. Should it be necessary, alternative subject preferences may be o ered. • A confirmation of acceptance by 3:00 pm on the day following the publication of GCSE exam results in August 2015 is required in order to secure the conditional o er place.
Where students have achieved better results than their predicted grades, they should contact the school by 3.00pm on the day following the GCSE results and will then be considered based on the grades achieved, with a place o ered if available. Should a place not be available they will be placed on our waiting list and ranked according to our oversubscription criteria for any places that become available, as a result of other students failing to meet the required entry levels.
68 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
The Community Headteacher: Mrs Helena Sullivan - Tighe College, Whitstable Admissions Contact Name: Miss Karen Cross Type of school: Secondary, Community, High, Mixed Bellevue Road, Whitstable, CT5 1PX Tel: 01227 272362 Age Range: 11-18 Day Pupils Fax: 01227 770275 Specialisms: Maths & Computing E-mail: [email protected] www.ccw.kent.sch.uk Published Admission No: 210 LA No: 886 DFE No:4091 Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 349 Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 157 Expected number on roll: 820
To access general information about the school, Health and Special Access Reasons - Medical / Health including annual school achievement and attainment and Special Access Reasons will be applied in accordance tables, recent school inspection reports and with the school’s legal obligations, in particular those uniform policy, please contact the school or visit the under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will be given to school’s website. those children whose mental or physical impairment means they have a demonstrable and signi cant need to Open Sessions: attend a particular school. Equally this priority will apply Open Evening: Thursday 25th September 2014 6pm – to children whose parents’/guardians’, physical or mental 9pm health or social need means there is a demonstrable Open Mornings: 9am – 11.00am 26th September, 30th and signi cant need for their child to attend a particular September,2nd October, 17th October, 21st October 2014 school. Such claims will need to be supported by written Open Afternoon: 12.00 – 1.30pm 10th October 2014 evidence from a suitably quali ed medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate a special connection Oversubscription Criteria between these needs and the particular school. Before applying the oversubscription criteria, children with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an Nearness of children’s homes to school – The distance Education, Health and Care Plan which names the between the child’s permanent home address and the school will be admitted. As a result of this the published school is measured in a straight line using Ordnance admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the Survey address point data. Distances are measured from number of preferences for the school is more than the a point de ned as within the child’s home to a point number of places available, places will be allocated in the de ned as within the school as speci ed by Ordnance following priority order – Survey. The same address point on the school site is used for everybody. When we apply the distance criterion for Children in Local Authority Care or Previously in an oversubscribed Community or Voluntary Controlled Local Authority Care – a child under the age of 18 years school, these straight line measurements are used to for whom the local authority provides accommodation determine how close each applicant’s address is to the by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of school. the Children Act 1989) or who ceased to be so because they became subject to an adoption, residence or special In the event of any of the above criteria being guardianship order under Part IV of the Act. oversubscribed, priority will be given based on distance as described above with those closest being given higher Current Family Association - a brother or sister priority. In the unlikely event that two or more children in attending the school when the child starts. In this context all other ways have equal eligibility for the last available brother or sister means children who live as brother or place at the school, the names will be issued a number sister in the same house, including natural brothers or and drawn randomly to decide which child should be sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster given the place. brothers and sisters.
69 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
If siblings from multiple births (twins, triplets, etc) apply O ers and Appeals for a school and the school would reach its Published O ers will be made on the basis of predicted Admission Number (PAN) after admitting one or more, performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the but before admitting all of those siblings, the LA will o er above grades are achieved in the nal examinations a place to each of the siblings, even if doing so takes the prior to entry to the Sixth Form and the pupil’s 4 chosen school above its PAN. subjects being accommodated on the timetable, in feasible group sizes. Supplementary Form Required: NO All o ers made during Year 11 are conditional on pupils Waiting lists will be maintained up to January meeting the grade criteria speci ed and will only become 2016 and will be ranked according to the above rm o ers upon con rmation of actual GCSE results. oversubscription criteria. O er letters will be made before the end of May 2015. O ers will be con rmed once the school has been Sixth Form Admissions arrangements noti ed of GCSE results in August 2015. Priority will be given to existing pupils transferring from Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. Admission Where learners have achieved better results than the to the Sixth Form will be as a result of applicants predicted grades they will be considered based on the obtaining a minimum of 5 GCSE passes at grade C or grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places above and C grades in their preferred AS subjects or that become available as a result of other learners failing nearest equivalents. to meet the required entry levels.
The admission number for external candidates will be 50, Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an but this gure may be exceeded in the event that this application for a place be refused, by writing to The Clerk and the number of internal pupils transferring into Year to the Governors, care of the school. 12 is less than the overall gure for the year group, which is 120. Late applications will be considered if places in appropriate subjects are still available after all other Over-subscription applicants have been considered. Following the admission of internal students transferring from Year 11, all remaining places will be allocated to A waiting list will be held, ranked according to the over- learners who have met the entry requirements for the subscription criteria. particular course of study. Where there are more learners seeking places than the number of places available, the Transport oversubscription criteria above will be applied to eligible Please note, schools no longer have a designated area students. from which transport will be provided. In most instances KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where After a place has been o ered the school this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. reserves the right to withdraw the place in the Further information about exceptions to this rule can be following circumstances: found in the transport section of this book. For further information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. a. When the parent or learner has failed to respond to an gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport o er within a reasonable time; or
b. When a parent or learner has failed to notify the school of important changes to the application information; or
c. The admission authority o ered the place on the basis of a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application from the parent or learner.
70 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Cornwallis Academy Headteacher: Mr David Simons Hubbards Lane, Linton, Maidstone, Admissions Contact Name: Mrs Amanda Gillis ME17 4HX Type of school: Secondary, Academy, All Ability, Mixed Tel: 01622 743152 Fax: 01622741866 Age Range: 11-19 Day Pupils E-mail: Specialisms: Languages and Science o [email protected] www.futureschoolstrust.com Published Admission No:255 LA No: 886 DFE No:6913 Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 648 Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 255 Expected number on roll: 1600
To access general information about the school, To re ect a normal distribution we will use the including annual school achievement and following band identi ers: attainment tables, recent school inspection reports and uniform policy, please contact the school or Non Verbal Cats Percentage Number visit the school’s website interval Less than 70 10% 26 Open Sessions: 70 to 85 20% 51 Open Evening: Thursday 25th September 2014, 5.30 to 8pm. 86 to 112 40% 101 Open Mornings: Tuesday 23rd, Wednesday 24th, Thursday 113 to 127 20% 51 25th, Monday 29th, and Tuesday 30th September (By appointment only, please contact the Academy to book) More than 127 10% 26
Oversubscription Criteria Anyone placing Cornwallis Academy on the application Before applying the oversubscription criteria, children form will need to bring their child for a non-verbal CATs with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an test. This will take place in the second/third week in Education, Health and Care Plan which names the November 2014. school will be admitted. As a result of this the published admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the If the Academy is oversubscribed, places will be ranked number of preferences for the school is more than the using each of the following in priority order, with number of places available, places will be allocated in the applications submitted by the published deadline taking following priority order- initial priority. Late applications will be allocated in the same order. (Banding) After the admission of students with statements of Within each band the criteria will be applied in the order Special Educational Needs where the Cornwallis Academy in which they are set out below: is named on the statement, the remaining applicants will be split into ve bands based on a normal distribution a) Children in Local Authority Care – a child under the of non-verbal cognitive ability scores within the national age of 18 years for whom the local authority provides pro le. Further detailed explanation of this and the accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers aptitude test are available from the academy but the table (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is the below gives indicative proportions and numbers. subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. This applies equally to children who immediately after being looked after by the local authority became subject to an adoption, residence or special guardianship order. (As de ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989).
71 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
b) Children of sta employed by Future Schools Trust and multiple birth or same cohort sibling, any further sibling working at Cornwallis Academy as their primary place of will be admitted, if the parents so wish, even though this work where: may raise the intake number above the school’s PAN. The PAN will remain unchanged so that no other pupil will be i) The member of sta has been employed at the school admitted until a place becomes available within the PAN. for two or more years at the time at which the application for admission to the school is made. Supplementary Form Required: Yes ii) The member of sta is recruited to ll a vacant post for which there is a demonstrable skill shortage. Waiting lists will be maintained up to January 2016 and will be ranked according to the above c) Children applying from Tiger Primary School on oversubscription criteria. the Boughton Lane site which is run by the Future Schools Trust and is a named feeder school for Sixth Form Admissions arrangements – Cornwallis Academy. Priority will be given to existing pupils transferring from Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. Admission to d) Current family association (only an elder brother the Sixth Form will be as a result of applicants obtaining or sister in the Academy at time of application, who a minimum of 4 GCSE passes at grade C or above, along will still be attending when the applicant child is with the minimum published requirements for each A admitted counts.) level, as outlined in our prospectus.
e) Health and Special Access Reasons – Medical, health, The admission number for external candidates will be 90 social and special access reasons will be applied in but this gure may be exceeded in the event that this and accordance with the school’s legal obligations, in the number of internal pupils transferring into Year 12 is particular those under the Equality Act 2010. less than the overall total gure for the year group, which Priority will be given to those children whose mental or is 350. physical impairment means they have a demonstrable and signi cant need to attend a particular school. Over-subscription Equally this priority will apply to children whose parents’/ Following the admission of internal students transferring guardians’ physical or mental health or social needs from Year 11, all remaining places will be allocated to mean that they have a demonstrable and signi cant need learners who have met the entry requirements for the to attend a particular school. Such claims will need to be particular course of study. Where there are more learners supported by written evidence from a suitably quali ed seeking places than the number of places available, the medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate a oversubscription criteria above will be applied to eligible special connection between these needs and the students. particular school. After a place has been o ered the school f) Nearness of children’s homes to school - we use reserves the right to withdraw the place in the the distance between the child’s permanent home following circumstances: address and the school, measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are a. When the parent or learner has failed to respond to an measured from a point de ned as within the child’s home o er within a reasonable time; or to a point de ned as within the school as speci ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school b. When a parent or learner has failed to notify the school site is used for everybody. The school uses measurements of important changes to the application information; or provided by the Local Authority. c. The admission authority o ered the place on the basis Note – where less than the required number fall into a of a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application band, we will distribute evenly from adjacent bands. from the parent or learner.
If the last pupil to be o ered a place within the Cornwallis Academy’s published admission number (PAN) is a
72 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
O ers and Appeals O ers will be made on the basis of predicted performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the above grades are achieved in the nal examinations prior to entry to the Sixth Form and the pupil’s 4 chosen subjects being accommodated on the timetable, in feasible group sizes.
All o ers made during Year 11 are conditional on pupils meeting the grade criteria speci ed and will only become rm o ers upon con rmation of actual GCSE results. O er letters will be made before the end of May 2015. O ers will be con rmed once the school has been noti ed of GCSE results in August 2015.
Where learners have achieved better results than the predicted grades they will be considered based on the grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places that become available as a result of other learners failing to meet the required entry levels.
Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an application for a place be refused, by writing to The Clerk to the Governors, care of the school.
Late applications will be considered if places in appropriate subjects are still available after all other applicants have been considered.
A waiting list will be held, ranked according to the over- subscription criteria.
Transport Please note, schools no longer have a designated area from which transport will be provided. In most instances KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. Further information about exceptions to this rule can be found in the transport section of this book. For further information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport
73 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Cranbrook School Headteacher: Mr John Weeds Cranbrook School Admissions Contact Name: Mrs Louise Reader Waterloo Road Type of school: Secondary, Academy, Grammar, Mixed Cranbrook Kent TN17 3JD Age Range: 13-18 Day and Boarding Pupils Tel: 01580 711800 Specialisms: Science, Maths, Language E-mail: [email protected] www.cranbrookschool.co.uk Published Admission No: 162 LA No: 886 DFE No: 5416 52 Boarding and 110 Day Students Number of Applications for Yr 9 entry September 2014: 250 Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 150 Expected number on roll: 776
To access general information about the school, b. Those candidates for whom attendance at the including annual school achievement and attainment School as a day student is a social need. Application tables, recent school inspection reports and for quali cation under this criterion must be made to uniform policy, please contact the school or visit the the Governors’ Admissions Committee at the time of school’s website. registration. Examples of social need may be medical, health, Entry into year 9 is through the Cranbrook School social and special access reasons. All will be applied entrance examination. In addition, for boarding in accordance with the School’s legal obligations, in applicants, candidates’ suitability for boarding is particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will assessed by interview. No account is taken of the be given to those children whose mental or physical boarding interview in the assessment of a candidate’s impairment means they have a demonstrable and academic suitability. signi cant need to attend a particular school. Equally this priority will apply to children whose parents’/guardians’ Year 9 Day Applicants physical or mental health or social needs means they have a demonstrable and signi cant need to attend a Oversubscription Criteria particular school. Such claims will need to be supported Before applying the oversubscription criteria, eligible by written evidence from a suitably quali ed medical pupils with a Statement of Special Educational Need or or other practitioner who can demonstrate a special an Education, Health and Care Plan which names the connection between these needs and a particular school. school will be admitted. As a result of this the published admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the c. For Year 9, and casual admissions for Years 10 and 11, number of preferences for the school is more than the those candidates whose permanent principal private number of places available, places will be allocated to residencies within the preferred area (see below), eligible pupils in the following priority order – prioritised in order of aggregate score. Where aggregate scores are equal, a candidate will be prioritised by a. Children in Local Authority Care (Looked After distance from their permanent principal private residence Children). A Looked After Child or Child in Local Authority to the front entrance of the School. A block of ats has a Care is a child under the age of 18 years for whom the single address point of reference, so applicants living in Local Authority provides accommodation by agreement the same block of ats will be regarded as living the same with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act distance away from the School. 1989) or who is the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. This priority will also encompass any previously d. For entry to Years 12 and 13, those candidates whose Looked After child who has recently left Local Authority permanent principal private residence is within the Care by way of adoption, a residence order or any special preferred area as de ned in 3.1 below, prioritised by guardianship order. actual GCSE results. Where actual GCSE results are equal,
74 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
candidates will be prioritised by distance from permanent a. sight of the signed and witnessed rental agreement principal private residence to school. or of the signed completion memorandum where a property has been purchased; e. For Year 9, and casual admissions to Years 10 and b. sight of originals of two di erent recent utilities bills. 11, those candidates living outside the preferred area prioritised in order of aggregate score in the entrance If this information is not provided within two weeks examination. of the request, the Governors will be unable to assess whether the candidate lives within the preferred area. f. For entry to Years 12 and 13, those candidates who This will impact on the candidate’s priority for admission. are living outside the preferred area as de ned below, The Governors may check Electoral Rolls and reserve prioritised by actual GCSE results. the right to make any other reasonable enquiries they deem necessary. In cases of fraudulent or deliberately If two candidates cannot be separated then the names misleading applications, the Governors may withdraw the will be issued a number and drawn randomly to decide o er of a place. which child should be given the place. Year 9 Boarding Applicants THE PREFERRED AREA The preferred area is de ned as follows: Oversubscription Criteria Before applying the oversubscription criteria, eligible a. The parishes of Cranbrook, Goudhurst, Staplehurst, pupils with a Statement of Special Educational Need or Frittenden, Benenden, Sandhurst and Hawkhurst as an Education, Health and Care Plan which names the de ned by parish boundaries. school will be admitted. As a result of this the published admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the b. Any other property which is not within the parish number of preferences for the school is more than the boundaries as outlined above, but is within 8.5 kilometres number of places available, places will be allocated to of the school by straight line. The distance is measured eligible pupils in the following priority order – using Ordinance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a central point within the child’s a. Children in Local Authority Care (Looked After permanent principal private residence to a similarly Children). A Looked After Child or Child in Local Authority de ned point within the School as speci ed by Ordnance Care is a child under the age of 18 years for whom the Survey. This de ned point is the Queens Hall Theatre. The Local Authority provides accommodation by agreement School uses measurements provided by the LA. with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is the subject of a care order under Part IV of In cases of split families the permanent principal private the Act. This priority will also encompass any Looked After residence address of the parent with whom the candidate child who has recently left Local Authority Care by way of resides is taken as the candidate’s permanent principal adoption, a residence order or any special guardianship private residence. Where a candidate lives with both order. parents equally, then both parents’ permanent principal private residences must be within the preferred area b. Children of members of the UK Armed Forces who or the candidate must live with the parent inside the qualify for Ministry of Defence nancial assistance with preferred area from Monday to Friday during term time. the cost of boarding school fees.
The Governors do not accept business or commercial c. Children who have satis ed the Governing Body addresses as evidence of residence in the preferred area that they have a signi cant degree of boarding need nor do they accept any addresses which are not the (see below). permanent principal private residence of the parent with whom the candidate lives. d. For entry in Year 9, and casual admissions in Years 10 and 11, all other candidates will be ranked in order of Where parents are asked to give proof of their residence aggregate score in the entrance examination. Where in the preferred area, the Governors will require: aggregate scores are equal, a candidate will be prioritised by the objective NFER score. If two candidates cannot be separated then the names will be issued a number and
75 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
drawn randomly to decide which child should be given b. Candidates must study a minimum of 4 subjects at AS a place. level. c. Candidates must achieve a minimum of 11 points at e. For entry to Years 12 or 13, candidates will be prioritised GCSE, or the equivalent for candidates overseas, where A* by predicted or actual GCSE results or their equivalent = 4 points, A = 3 points, B = 1 point and a minimum of 5 for candidates educated overseas. On the rare occasions passes at B or above. where actual or predicted GCSE results or their equivalent d. Candidates applying outside of their chronological age are equal, candidates will be prioritised by lottery. group will be considered on an individual case basis by the Governors’ Admissions Committee. Boarding Need This category includes, but is not limited to, children Candidates will be asked to attend a learning discussion of Crown Servants serving abroad; children at risk or about the AS/A2 options they have chosen. In addition, with an unstable home environment; children whose suitability for boarding will be assessed by interview. parent/s spend much of the year abroad for work purposes; children whose parent/s is/are temporarily O ers will be made on the basis of predicted or permanently resident abroad; children who will be performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the subject to a high degree of mobility over the next 5 years; minimum grades speci ed are achieved in the nal children whose parents’ work pattern compromises their examinations prior to entry to the Sixth Form and the e ective care outside the normal day school hours. pupil’s chosen subjects being accommodated on the timetable in feasible group sizes. O ers will be con rmed Once an application is submitted that makes a case for once the school has been noti ed of GCSE results in boarding need the details are passed to the Governors’ August 2015. Admissions Committee for consideration. When reviewing each application the Committee considers Where learners have achieved a better result than the all the submitted evidence on a case by case basis and predicted grades they will be considered based on the will rank the boarding need of each applicant based on grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places the strength of the case. Places are then o ered to those that become available as a result of other learners failing ranked highest. to meet the required entry levels.
Supplementary Form Required: NO There is a full and independent appeals procedure availa- ble to parents of candidates who have not been awarded Waiting lists will be maintained up to January a place at Cranbrook School. The details of this procedure 2016 and will be ranked according to the above are available from the Registrar. oversubscription criteria. Year 13 Selection Sixth Form Admissions arrangements – Candidates for Year 13 entry must have at least E grades in the subjects they wish to study at A2 level. All students Year 12 Selection must be quali ed for, and study, at least 3 A2 levels to Applications must be made via the learners’ site HYPER- enter year 13. LINK "http://www.kentchoices4u.com" www.kentchoic- es4u.com. You need to click on “Search and Apply for For Oversubscription criteria please see above courses” and then follow the instructions accordingly. Transport We have a Published Admission Number (PAN) of 161 Please note, schools no longer have a designated area for Year 12.There are usually only a few vacancies in Year from which transport will be provided. In most instances 12 and applications will be considered on the following KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where basis: this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. Further information about exceptions to this rule can be a. Applications must be made by the 12th December found in the transport section of this book. For further 2014 and must include the candidate’s predicted grades information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. at GCSE or equivalent. gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport
76 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Dane Court Grammar Executive Headteacher: Mr Paul Luxmoore School Head of School: Mr Andrew Fowler Admissions Contact Name: Ms Sally Geldard-Goode Broadstairs Road, Broadstairs, CT10 2RT Tel: 01843 864941 Type of school: Secondary, Academy, Grammar, Mixed Fax: 01843 608811 Age Range: 11-18 Day Pupils E-mail: [email protected] Specialisms: Languages www.danecourt.kent.sch.uk Published Admission No:165 LA No: 886 DFE No:5460 Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 480 Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 165 Expected number on roll: 1200
To access general information about the school, obligations in particular those under the Equality Act including annual school achievement and 2010. Priority will be given to children under this attainment tables, recent school inspection reports criterion whose health or physical impairment means and uniform policy, please contact the school or they have a demonstrable and signi cant need to attend visit the school’s website Dane Court Grammar School. Equally this priority will apply to children whose parents’/guardians’ physical or Open Sessions: mental health or social needs mean that they have a 22 October 9:30 am and 2:00 pm demonstrable and signi cant need to attend Dane Court Grammar School. Medical/health and special access Entry is through the Kent Assessment Procedure reasons must be supported with written evidence from an appropriately quali ed medical practitioner who can Oversubscription Criteria demonstrate a special connection between these needs Before applying the oversubscription criteria, eligible and Dane Court Grammar School. pupils with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an Education, Health and Care Plan which names the c) Children with a sibling, currently on roll who school will be admitted. As a result of this the published will be in school at the time of entry: in this context admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the brother or sister means children who live as brother or number of preferences for the school is more than the sister in the same house, including natural brothers and number of places available, places will be allocated to sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster eligible pupils in the following priority order – brothers and sisters. a) Children who are presently or were previously in d) On the basis of distance/nearness of the Local Authority Care: a child under the age of 18 years children’s home to the school, with those living for whom the Local Authority provides accommodation nearer to the school receiving priority. The distance by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the is measured between the child’s permanent address and Children Act 1989) or who is the subject of a care order the school measured in a straight line using Ordnance under Part IV of the Act. This applies equally to children Survey address point data. Distances are measured from who immediately after being looked after by the local a point de ned as within the child’s home to a point authority became subject to an adoption, residence or de ned as within the school as speci ed by Ordnance special guardianship order. (As de ned by Section 46 of Survey. The same address point on the school site is used the Adoption and for everybody. The school uses measurements provided Children Act 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children by the Local Authority and further information on how Act 1989) distances are calculated is available in the Admissions Booklets provided by the Local Authority. b) Medical/health and special access reasons: this will be applied in accordance with the school’s legal
77 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Supplementary Form Required: No Appeals As an Academy, Dane Court is its own admissions’ Waiting lists will be maintained up to January authority. If a child is refused admission, parents will have 2016 and will be ranked according to the above the right to make an appeal to an Independent Appeals oversubscription criteria. Panel. Appeals fall into two categories:
Sixth Form Admissions arrangements 1) Appeals against selection: the school’s criteria state Students will be admitted to the Sixth Form if that admission is open to those who are successful in the their preferences match the course available, if Kent selection procedure. There is no facility to appeal the their quali cations are su cient to meet the entry selection decision, however if a child is refused a school requirements and if there is a space after the needs of place as a result of not receiving a grammar assessment, students continuing on roll have been met. Students at parents are still able to appeal to an independent appeal Dane Court transferring from Year 11 will have priority panel on the basis that a place has been refused, setting for places on courses available in Year 12. The minimum out their grounds for appeal in the letter. published admission number (PAN) for new students in the Sixth Form is 30 2) Appeals against allocation: in the rare eventuality that a place is refused because the school is Entry Requirements oversubscribed, an appeal may be made directly to the To Year 12 if there is a vacant place, having obtained the Independent Appeal Panel including the grounds for the Sixth Form entry requirement of eight GCSE passes at C appeal in the letter or above, including English, Mathematics and a Modern Language with at least 6 at grade B or above for entry Appeals may be lodged by writing to the Clerk of the to the International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme. Governors, c/o Dane Court Grammar School. Five GCSEs at grade C or above with three at grade B for entry to the International Baccalaureate Career Transport Related Certi cate. Please note, schools no longer have a designated area from which transport will be provided. In most instances Where learners have achieved better results than the KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where predicted grades, they will be considered based on the this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places Further information about exceptions to this rule can be that become available as a result of other learners failing found in the transport section of this book. For further to meet the required entry levels. information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport To Year 13 if there is a vacant place and the speci cation studied in Year 12 is consistent with the school’s Year 13 provision.
Oversubscription Criteria In the case of over subscription the following criteria will apply in the order laid out below: Students who are presently or were previously in Local Authority Care. Students with medical/health and special access reasons. Students with a sibling, currently on roll who will be in school at the time of entry. On the basis of distance/nearness of the student’s home to the school, with those living nearer the school, as the crow ies, receiving priority. These criteria will only come into play if the school is oversubscribed in the relevant year group.
78 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Dartford Grammar Headteacher: Mr W J Oakes School Admissions Contact Name: Dr M Kingham & Mrs S Andrew Type of school: Secondary, Academy , Grammar, Boys West Hill, Dartford, DA1 2HW Tel: 01322 223039 Age Range: 11-18 Day Pupils Fax No: 01322 291426 Specialisms: International Baccalaureate, Languages and Science E-mail: [email protected] Published Admission No:180 LA No: 886 DFE No:5406 www.dartfordgrammarschool.org.uk Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 890 Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 150 Expected number on roll: 1308
To access general information about the school, Green, Joydens Wood, Littlebrook, Long eld, New Barn including annual school achievement and attainment & Southeet, Newtown, Princes, Stone, Sutton-at-Hone tables, recent school inspection reports and and Hawley, Swanscombe, Town, West Hill, Wilmington. uniform policy, please contact the school or visit the A copy of a map indicating the de ned areas is available school’s website. from the school. The school is ‘full’ within Zone A when it has taken its quota of 90 pupils or when there are no Open Sessions: more candidates who have passed the tests and have Open Morning - Tuesday, 7th October, 2014 from 9.00 am named the school as a preference. Any places left un lled to 11.00 am, are added to the number of places available for those Open Evening on Thursday, 23rd October, 2014 starting at who live outside the priority area. 6.30 pm. – 9 pm 3. All other applicants regardless of address. Entry is through the Kent Assessment Procedure. Within each section above, students are ranked according Oversubscription Criteria* the applicant’s combined test scores in the Reasoning Before applying the oversubscription criteria, eligible paper and the Literacy and Numeracy paper. boys with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an Education, Health and Care Plan which names the Please note that in the case of tied scores, preference school will be admitted. As a result of this the published is given to the applicant living nearest to the school. admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the We use data provided by Kent County Council which number of preferences for the school is more than the measures the distance between the child’s permanent number of places available, places will be allocated to home address and the school, measured in a straight line eligible boys in the following priority order- using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a point de ned as within the child’s Within each section, places are ranked according to each home to a point de ned as within the school as speci ed applicant’s combined Kent test scores. by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school site is used for everybody. In a tie-breaker situation, 1. Children who are Looked After (CLA): Boys under the where the nearness of the applicant’s home is the age of 18 years for whom the local authority (LA) provides deciding factor, if more than one applicant has the same accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers distance from home to school then random selection will (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who ceased to be be applied. so because they were adopted or who is the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. Also note that a pupil’s primary residence is considered to be a residential property that is the child’s only or 2. Zone A - Up to a maximum of 90 places are reserved main residence and not an address at which the child for boys whose primary residence (as assessed by receipt might sometimes stay or sleep due to the parent’s or of Child Bene t) lies within the Dartford Electoral Wards: guardian’s own domestic or special arrangements. The Brent, Bean and Darenth, Castle, Greenhithe, Heath, Joyce address must be the pupil’s home address on the day
79 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
the parent or guardian completed the application form, an adoption, residence or special guardianship order (as which is EITHER owned by the child’s parent, parents or de ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act guardian OR leased to or rented by the child’s parent, 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989). parents or guardian under a lease or written rental agreement. (If you live separately from your partner but 2. Medical, health, social and special-access reasons share responsibility for your child, and the child lives at will be applied in accordance with the school’s legal two di erent addresses during the week, we will regard obligations, in particular those under the Equalities Act, the home address as the one at which the child sleeps for 2010. Priority will be given to those children whose the majority of weekdays.) You may be asked for evidence mental or physical impairment means they have a of the arrangements. demonstrable and signi cant need to attend a particular school. Equally this priority will apply to children whose Supplementary Form Required: No parents’ or guardians’ physical or mental health or social needs means that they have a demonstrable and Waiting lists will be maintained up to August signi cant need to attend a particular school. Such claims 2016 and will be ranked according to the above will need to be supported by written evidence from a oversubscription criteria. suitably quali ed medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate a special connection between these needs and the school. Sixth Form Admissions arrangements Priority will be given to existing Dartford Grammar School 3. Students predicted to achieve at least a C grade in a students transferring from Year 11 who meet the entrance full-course GCSE in a foreign language criteria. Admission to the Sixth Form will be as a result of applicants (girls or boys) obtaining a minimum of 4 passes 4. Distance – the distance between the child’s permanent at grade A or above and 3 at grade B or above in full- home address and the school is used, measured in a course GCSEs. The A grades should be in the proposed straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. International Baccalaureate Diploma Higher-Level Distances are measured from a point de ned as within subjects. If Mathematics is proposed at Higher Level, the the child’s home to a point de ned as within the school as GCSE Mathematics grade must be A*. speci ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school site is used for everybody. When the distance The admission number for external candidates will be 80, criterion is applied, these straight-line measurements are but this gure may be exceeded in the event that this used to determine how close each applicant’s address is and the number of internal pupils transferring into Year to the school. The school uses measurements provided 12 is less than the overall gure for the year group, which by the LA and further information on how distances is 250. are calculated is available in the Admissions Booklets provided by the LA. A more detailed de nition of what Over-subscription constitutes a child’s permanent home and also how the Following the admission of internal students transferring measurement for ats will be calculated is also contained from Year 11, all remaining places will be allocated to in the LA Admissions Booklets. learners who have met the entry requirements for the particular course of study. Where there are more learners In the event of a tie-breaker situation, the nearness of an seeking places than the number of places available, the applicant’s home to school will be the decider. following oversubscription criteria will be applied in the If, in the event, more than one applicant has the same order set out below to rank pupils until the overall gure distance from home to school (as measured by the local for the year group is reached: authority), then a random selection will be applied. After a place has been o ered the school 1. Children in Local Authority Care – a child under the reserves the right to withdraw the place in the age of 18 years for whom the Local Authority provides following circumstances: accommodation by agreement with their parents/ carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is a. When the parent or learner has failed to respond to an the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. This o er within a reasonable time; or applies equally to children who, immediately after being b. When a parent or learner has failed to notify the school looked after by the local authority, became subject to of important changes to the application information; or
80 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
c. The admission authority o ered the place on the basis of a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application from the parent or learner.
O ers and Appeals O ers will be made on the basis of predicted performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the above grades are achieved in the nal examinations prior to entry to the Sixth Form and the student’s 6 chosen subjects can be accommodated on the timetable, in feasible group sizes.
All o ers made during Year 11 are conditional on students meeting the grade criteria speci ed and will only become rm o ers upon con rmation of actual GCSE results. O er letters will be made before the end of March, 2015. O ers will be con rmed once the school has been noti ed of GCSE results in August 2015.
Where learners have achieved better results than the predicted grades they will be considered based on the grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places that become available as a result of other learners failing to meet the required entry levels.
Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an application for a place be refused, by writing to The Clerk to the Governors, care of the school.
Late applications will be considered if places in appropriate subjects are still available after all other applicants have been considered.
A waiting list will be held, ranked according to the over- subscription criteria.
*Note: At the time of publication a decision regarding the above arrangements was pending with the OSA. Please see the schools website for up to date information.
Transport Please note, schools no longer have a designated area from which transport will be provided. In most instances KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. Further information about exceptions to this rule can be found in the transport section of this book. For further information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport
81 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Dartford Grammar Headteacher: Mrs Sharon Pritchard School for Girls Admissions Contact Name: Mrs Chris Balmer Type of school: Secondary, Foundation, Grammar, Girls Shepherds Lane, Dartford, DA1 2NT Tel: 01322 223123 Age Range: 11-18 Day Pupils Fax: 01322 294786 Specialisms: Science, Mathematics and Computing E-mail: [email protected] Published Admission No:160 LA No: 886 DFE No:5411 www.dartfordgrammargirls.kent.sch.uk Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 760 Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 160 Expected number on roll: 1127
To access general information about the school, Ash-cum-Ridley Horton Kirby and South Darenth including annual school achievement and attainment Bean Long eld and New Barn tables, recent school inspection reports and Crockenhill Southeet uniform policy, please contact the school or visit the Darenth Stone school’s website. Eynsford Sutton at Hone and Hawley Farningham Swanley Open Sessions: Fawkham Swanscombe and Greenhithe Tuesday 21st October 2014, 6.30pm – 8.30pm. Hartley West Kingsdown The Headteacher will speak at 6.30pm and 7.30pm. Hextable Wilmington View the school at work on Wednesday 22nd October2014, 11.30am – 1.00pm 3. Remaining eligible girls seeking a school place.
Entry is through the Kent Assessment Procedure. If the school would be oversubscribed within any of the above oversubscription criteria students will be ranked in Oversubscription Criteria* the following order: Before applying the oversubscription criteria, eligible girls with a Statement of Special Educational Need or 1. Those performing best in the Kent Test (highest an Education, Health and Care Plan which names the aggregate score). school will be admitted. As a result of this the published admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the 2. In the case of tied scores, preference is given to the number of preferences for the school is more than the applicant living nearest to the school. number of places available, places will be allocated to eligible girls in the following priority order- The distance between the child’s permanent home address and the school is measured in a straight line 1. Looked After Children / Children in Local Authority Care using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are A girl under the age of 18 years for whom the local measured from a point de ned as within the child’s home authority provides accommodation by agreement with to a point de ned as within the school as speci ed by their parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school or who is the subject of a care order under Part IV of the site is used for everybody. The school uses measurements Act. This applies equally to children who immediately after provided by the LA. being looked after by the local authority became subject to an adoption, residence or special guardianship order. Supplementary Form Required: Yes (As de ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989). Waiting lists will be maintained up to January 2016 and will be ranked according to the above 2. 100 places will be reserved for girls residing in Dartford oversubscription criteria. or one of the named parishes listed below.
82 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Sixth Form Admissions arrangements – 1. Looked After Children / Children in Local Authority In 2015, we will be o ering 165 places to our mixed Year Care A child under the age of 18 years for whom the local 12. Priority will be given to existing students transferring authority provides accommodation by agreement with from Year 11. New entrants (male or female) who wish to their parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children apply to our school must complete an online application Act 1989) or who is the subject of a care order under at www.kentchoices4u.com. Part IV of the Act. This applies equally to children who immediately after being looked after by the local Entrance Quali cations authority became subject to an adoption, residence or All students joining Year 12 will have: special guardianship order. (As de ned by Section 46 of • Completed their GCSE course, gaining at least grade C in the Adoption and Children Act 2002 or Section 8 or 14A Mathematics and English Language; of the Children Act 1989). • Gained at least 3 grade A*/A and 4 grade B or higher at GCSE. 2. All other eligible girls/boys seeking a school place.
Any vocational quali cation that is equivalent to more If the school is oversubscribed within any of the above than 1 GCSE grade will only count as a maximum of oversubscription criteria, students will be ranked in the 1 grade. following order:
If the subject chosen is not available at GCSE level then 1. Those performing best in their GCSEs, based on a ‘proxy’ subject will be used to determine if a student predicted ‘capped 8’ GCSE Average Points Scores is suitable to start the course (details are available in the (vocational courses equivalent to more than 1 GCSE grade Sixth Form prospectus). will count as a maximum of 1 grade).
Some A Level courses have speci c requirements related 2. In the case of tied scores, preference is given to the to course content. Please refer to the handbook for applicant living nearest to the school. further detail. The distance between the child’s permanent home The school must be able to provide a viable Year address and the school is measured in a straight line using 12 programme. Ordnance Survey address point data.
O er of places Distances are measured from a point de ned as within Places will be o ered on the basis of predicted ‘capped 8’ the child’s home to a point de ned as within the school GCSE Average Points Scores from current schools and will as speci ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point be conditional on achievement of the required grades. on the school site is used for everybody. The school uses Vocational courses equivalent to more than 1 GCSE grade measurements provided by the LA. will count as a maximum of 1 grade.
Late applications *Note: At the time of publication a decision regarding Students applying after the normal deadline will still be the above arrangements was pending with the OSA. eligible to join the school if they meet the criteria set and Please see the schools website for up to date information there are places available in Year 12 and on the courses they wish to follow. Any students wishing to apply in late Transport August following better than expected results should Please note, schools no longer have a designated area contact the school and be prepared to attend a meeting from which transport will be provided. In most instances to discuss possible courses. KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. Over-Subscription Criteria for new entrants Further information about exceptions to this rule can be Where applications for admission of eligible students found in the transport section of this book. For further exceed this number, the following criteria will be applied information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. in the order set out below, to decide which students gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport who satis ed the selection requirements should be o ered places:
83 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Dartford Science & Headteacher: Mr Seamus Murphy Technology College Admissions Contact Name: Mrs M Farnsworth Type of school: Secondary, Foundation, High, Girls Heath Lane, Dartford, DA1 2LY Tel: 01322 224309 Age Range: 11-18 Day Pupils Fax: 01322 222445 Specialisms: Technology E-mail: [email protected] www.dstc.kent.sch.uk Published Admission No: 145 LA No: 886 DFE No:4026 Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 328 Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 131 Expected number on roll: 780
To access general information about the school, sister means children who live as brother or sister in the including annual school achievement and attainment same house, including natural brothers or sisters, adopted tables, recent school inspection reports and siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers and uniform policy, please contact the school or visit the sisters. school’s website. Health and Special Access Reasons - Medical / Health Open Sessions: and Special Access Reasons will be applied in accordance Thursday, 2nd October, 9.30am – 12 noon and 1.30pm – with the school’s legal obligations, in particular those 2.30pm under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will be given to Tuesday, 7th October, 9.30am – 12 noon, 1.30pm - those children whose mental or physical impairment 2.30pm and 5.30pm – 8.00pm. The Principal will give a means they have a demonstrable and signi cant need to presentation at 6.30pm and 7.30pm. attend a particular school. Equally this priority will apply Saturday, 11th October. The Principal will give a to children whose parents’/guardians’, physical or mental presentation at 10.00am and 11.00am. health or social need means there is a demonstrable Thursday, 16th October, 9.30am – 12 noon and 1.30pm – and signi cant need for their child to attend a particular 2.30pm school. Such claims will need to be supported by written Monday, 20th October, 9.30am – 12 noon and 1.30pm – evidence from a suitably quali ed medical or other 2.30pm practitioner who can demonstrate a special connection between these needs and the particular school. Oversubscription Criteria Before applying the oversubscription criteria, children Nearness of children’s homes to school – The distance with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an between the child’s permanent home address and the Education, Health and Care Plan which names the school is measured in a straight line using Ordnance school will be admitted. As a result of this the published Survey address point data. Distances are measured from admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the a point de ned as within the child’s home to a point number of preferences for the school is more than the de ned as within the school as speci ed by Ordnance number of places available, places will be allocated in the Survey. The same address point on the school site is used following priority order – for everybody. When we apply the distance criterion for an oversubscribed Community or Voluntary Controlled Children in Local Authority Care or Previously in Local school, these straight line measurements are used to Authority Care – a child under the age of 18 years for determine how close each applicant’s address is to the whom the local authority provides accommodation by school. agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who ceased to be so because they In the event of any of the above criteria being became subject to an adoption, residence or special oversubscribed, priority will be given based on distance guardianship order under Part IV of the Act. as described above with those closest being given higher Current Family Association - a brother or sister attending priority. In the unlikely event that two or more children in the school when the child starts. In this context brother or all other ways have equal eligibility for the last available
84 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
place at the school, the names will be issued a number c. The admission authority o ered the place on the basis and drawn randomly to decide which child should be of a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application given the place. from the parent or learner.
If siblings from multiple births (twins, triplets, etc) apply O ers and Appeals for a school and the school would reach its Published O ers will be made on the basis of predicted Admission Number (PAN) after admitting one or more, performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the but before admitting all of those siblings, the LA will o er above grades are achieved in the nal examinations a place to each of the siblings, even if doing so takes the prior to entry to the Sixth Form and the pupil’s 4 chosen school above its PAN. subjects being accommodated on the timetable, in feasible group sizes. Supplementary Form Required: NO All o ers made during Year 11 are conditional on pupils Waiting lists will be maintained up to January meeting the grade criteria speci ed and will only 2016 and will be ranked according to the above become rm o ers upon con rmation of actual GCSE oversubscription criteria. results. O ers will be made through the UCAS progress site and must be ‘accepted’ by the student. O ers will Sixth Form Admission arrangements be con rmed on the student registration day once the Priority will be given to existing pupils transferring from school has been noti ed of GCSE results in August 2015. Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. Admission to the Sixth Form will be as a result of applicants obtaining Where learners have achieved better results than the a minimum of 5 GCSE passes at grade C or above predicted grades, they will be considered based on the and B grades in their preferred AS subjects or nearest grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places equivalents. Students who just fail to achieve the entry that become available as a result of other learners failing requirement may be considered for an appropriate Level to meet the required entry levels. 3 vocational course and GCSE resit programme. Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an The admission number for external candidates will be 30, application for a place be refused, by writing to The Clerk but this gure may be exceeded in the event that this to the Governors, care of the school. and the number of internal pupils transferring into Year 12 is less than the overall gure for the year group, which Late applications will be considered if places in is 120. appropriate subjects are still available after all other applicants have been considered. Over-subscription Following the admission of internal students transferring A waiting list will be held, ranked according to the over- from Year 11, all remaining places will be allocated to subscription criteria. learners who have met the entry requirements for the particular course of study. Where there are more learners Transport seeking places than the number of places available, the Please note, schools no longer have a designated area oversubscription criteria will be applied in the order set from which transport will be provided. In most instances out above to rank pupils until the overall gure for the KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where year group is reached. this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. Further information about exceptions to this rule can be After a place has been o ered the school found in the transport section of this book. For further reserves the right to withdraw the place in the information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. following circumstances: gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport a. When the parent or learner has failed to respond to an o er within a reasonable time; or b. When a parent or learner has failed to notify the school of important changes to the application information; or
85 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Dover Christ Church Principal: Mrs S Williamson Academy Admissions Contact Name: Mr G May Type of school: Secondary, Academy, All Ability, Mixed Melbourne Avenue, Whit eld, Dover, Kent, CT16 2EG Age Range: 11-19 Day Pupils Tel: 01304 820126 Specialisms: Maths & Computing and Music Fax: 01304 821915 Email: [email protected] Published Admission No: 150 LA No: 886 DFE No: 6917 www.dccacademy.org.uk Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 282 Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 85 Expected number on roll: 634
To access general information about the school, children whose parents’/guardians’ physical or including annual school achievement and attainment mental health or social needs mean that they have a tables, recent school inspection reports and uniform demonstrable and signi cant need to attend a policy, please contact the Academy or visit the particular school. Such claims will need to be Academy’s website. supported by written evidence from a suitably quali ed medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate Open Sessions: Please contact the school a special connection between these needs and the particular school. Oversubscription Criteria Before applying the oversubscription criteria, children 3. Current Family Association - a brother or sister already with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an attending the School at the time of entry. In this context Education, Health and Care Plan which names the brother or sister means children who live as brother school will be admitted. As a result of this the published or sister in the same house, including natural brothers admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the or sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and number of preferences for the school is more than the foster brothers and sisters. If siblings from multiple births number of places available, places will be allocated in the (twins, triplets, etc) apply for a school and the school following priority order- would reach its Published Admission Number (PAN) after admitting one or more, but before admitting all of those 1. Children in Local Authority Care - a child under the siblings, the LA will o er a place to each of the siblings, age of 18 years for whom the Local Authority provides even if doing so takes the school above its PAN. accommodation by agreement with his parents/ carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is subject of 4. Nearness of children’s homes to the School. We use the a care order under Part IV of the Act. This applies equally distance between the child’s permanent address and the to children who immediately after being looked after School, measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey by the local authority became subject to an adoption, address point data. Distances are measured from a residence or special guardianship order. (As de ned by point de ned as within the child’s home to a point Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act 2022 or de ned as within the School as speci ed by Ordnance Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989) Survey. The same address point on the School site is used for all applicants. 2. Health and Special Access Reasons - Medical/Health and Special Access Reasons will be applied in accordance Supplementary Form Required: NO with the School’s legal obligations, in particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will be given to Waiting lists will be maintained up to January children whose mental or physical impairment means 2016 and will be ranked according to the above they have a demonstrable and signi cant need to attend oversubscription criteria. a particular school. Equally this priority will apply to
86 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Sixth Form Admissions arrangements – grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places Priority will be given to existing pupils transferring from that become available as a result of other learners failing Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. Admission to meet the required entry levels. to the Sixth Form will be as a result of applicants obtaining a minimum of 5 GCSE passes at grade A-D or Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an above and C+ grades in their preferred AS subjects or application for a placed be refused, by writing to The Clerk nearest quali cations. to the Governors, care of the school.
The admission number for external candidates will be 30 Late applications will be considered if places in but this gure may be exceeded in the event that this and appropriate subjects are still available after all other the number of internal pupils transferring into Year 12 is applicants have been considered. less that the overall gure for the year group, which is 100. A waiting list will be held, ranked according to the over- Oversubscription Criteria subscription criteria. Following the admission of internal students transferring from Year 11, all remaining places will be allocated to Transport learners who have met the entry requirements for the Please note, schools no longer have a designated area particular course of study. Where there are more learners from which transport will be provided. In most instances seeking places than the number of places available, the KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where following oversubscription criteria will be applied in the this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. order set out above to rank pupils until the overall gure Further information about exceptions to this rule can be for the year group is reached. found in the transport section of this book. For further information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. After a place has been o ered the school gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport reserves the right to withdraw the place in the following circumstances:-
• When the parent or learner has failed to respond to an o er within a reasonable time:- or • When a parent or learner has failed to notify the school of important changes to the application; or • The admission authority offered the place on the basis of a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application from the parent or leaner.
O ers and Appeals O ers will be made on the basis of predicated performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the above grades are achieved in the nal examinations prior to entry to the sixth Form and the pupil’s 4 chosen subjects being accommodated on the timetable, in feasible group sizes.
All o ers made during Year 11 are conditional on pupils meeting the grade criteria speci ed and will only become rm o ers upon con rmation of actual GCSE results. O er letters will be made before the end of May 2015. O ers will be con rmed once the school has been noti ed of GCSE results in August 2015.
Where learners have achieved better results than the predicted grades they will be considered based on the
87 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Dover Grammar Headteacher: Mrs Fiona Chapman School for Boys Admissions Contact Name: Mrs Sue Barham Type of school: Secondary, Foundation, Grammar, Boys Astor Avenue, Dover, CT17 0DQ Tel: 01304 206117 Age Range: 11-18 Day Pupils Fax: 01304 206074 Specialisms: Business and Enterprise E-mail: [email protected] Published Admission No:120 LA No: 886 DFE No:5459 www.dovergramboys.kent.sch.uk Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 338 Expected number on roll: 800
To access general information about the school, sister in the same house, including natural brothers or including annual school achievement and attainment sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster tables, recent school inspection reports and uniform brothers and sisters. policy, please contact the School or visit the School’s website. If siblings from multiple births (twins, triplets, etc) apply for a school and the school would reach its Published Open Sessions: Admission Number (PAN) after admitting one or more, Please contact the School for further information. but before admitting all of those siblings, the LA will o er a place to each of the siblings, even if doing so takes the Entry is through the Kent Assessment Procedure or school above its PAN. the Dover Test. 3. Health and Special Access Reasons - Medical/Health The Dover Test will take place on: Saturday 13 and Special Access Reasons will be applied in accordance September 2014 with the School’s legal obligations, in particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will be given to Oversubscription Criteria children whose mental or physical impairment means Before applying the oversubscription criteria, eligible they have a demonstrable and signi cant need to boys with a Statement of Special Educational Need or attend a particular school. Equally this priority will an Education, Health and Care Plan which names the apply to children whose parents’/guardians’ physical or school will be admitted. As a result of this the published mental health or social needs mean that they have a admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the demonstrable and signi cant need to attend a particular number of preferences for the school is more than the school. Such claims will need to be supported by written number of places available, places will be allocated to evidence from a suitably quali ed medical or other eligible boys in the following priority order- practitioner who can demonstrate a special connection between these needs and the particular school; 1. Children in Local Authority Care - a child under the age of 18 years for whom the Local Authority provides 4. Nearness of children’s homes to the School. We use accommodation by agreement with his parents/ carers the distance between the child’s permanent address and (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is subject of the School, measured in a straight line using Ordnance a care order under Part IV of the Act. This applies equally Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a to children who immediately after being looked after de ned point within the School as speci ed by Ordnance by the local authority became subject to an adoption, Survey. The same address point on the School site is used residence or special guardianship order. (As de ned by for all applicants. Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act 2022 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989); Supplementary Form Required: Yes, Admission Form – Available from, and returnable, to the School. 2. Current Family Association - a brother or sister already attending the School at the time of entry. In this context brother or sister means children who live as brother or
88 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Waiting lists will be maintained up to January It will establish arrangements for appeals against non- 2016 and will be ranked according to the above admission which will include an independent element. oversubscription criteria. Details of admissions and appeals arrangements will be published each year. Sixth Form Admissions arrangements – A map of the location of the School may be found on our Priority will be given to existing students transferring from web-site www.dovergramboys.kent.sch.uk Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. Admission to the Sixth Form will be as a result of applicants satisfying all Transport three of the following criteria: Please note, schools no longer have a designated area • at least GCSE Grade C in both English Language and from which transport will be provided. In most instances Maths; KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where • at least GCSE Grade B in any subject (except Maths) to be this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. studied at A-Level. For Maths, at least GCSE Grade A; for Further information about exceptions to this rule can be Further Maths, Grade A*; found in the transport section of this book. For further • from their best six GCSE results, a total of at least 276 information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. points according to the scale A*=58, A=52, B=46, C=40, gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport D=34, E=28. Where learners have achieved better results than the predicted grades, they will be considered based on the grades achieved, and ranked accordingly for any places that become available as a result of other learners failing to meet the required entry levels. Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an application for a place be refused, by writing to the Clerk to the Governors, care of the School’s address. Students wishing to transfer from other schools into the Sixth Form may make application. Pupils at Dover Grammar School for Boys transferring from Year 11 will have priority for places on courses available in Year 12. The total number of places in Year 12 is 130. The PAN for external candidates is set at 10 but this gure is likely to be exceeded in the very probable event that fewer than 120 internal pupils transfer into Year 12.
Oversubscription criteria Where external applications for admission into the Sixth form exceed the number of places available, the over- subscription criteria above will be applied to eligible students.
General After a place has been o ered, the School reserves the right to withdraw it in the following circumstances: • Where a parent has failed to respond to an offer within a reasonable time; or • Where a parent has failed to notify the School of important changes to the application information; or • Where the admission authority offered the place on the basis of a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application from a parent The School will agree any changes to its admissions arrangements with the Secretary of State for Education.
89 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Dover Grammar Headteacher: Matthew Bartlett School for Girls Admissions Contact Name: Kim O’Brien Type of School: Secondary, Community, Grammar, Girls (and Boys Frith Road, Dover, CT16 2PZ in the Sixth Form) Tel: 01304 206625 Fax: 01304 242400 Age Range: 11-18 Day Pupils E-mail: [email protected] Specialisms: Humanities www.dggs.kent.sch.uk Published Admission No: 120 LA No: 886 DFE No: 4109 Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 310 Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 120 Expected number on roll: 866
To access general information about the school, Current Family Association - a brother or sister including annual school achievement and attainment attending the school when the child starts. In this context tables, recent school inspection reports and brother or sister means children who live as brother or uniform policy, please contact the school or visit the sister in the same house, including natural brothers or school’s website. sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers and sisters. Open Sessions: Open Evening: Tuesday, 9th June 2015 Health and Special Access Reasons - Medical / Health Open Day Tours: Wednesday, 10th & Thursday 11th June and Special Access Reasons will be applied in accordance 2015 with the school’s legal obligations, in particular those 9.30am & 11.30am both days under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will be given to Sixth Form Open Evening: Thursday 20th those children whose mental or physical impairment November 2014 means they have a demonstrable and signi cant need to attend a particular school. Equally this priority will apply Entry is through the Kent assessment procedure or to children whose parents’/guardians’, physical or mental Dover Test health or social need means there is a demonstrable The Dover Test will take place on: Saturday, 13th and signi cant need for their child to attend a particular September 2014 school. Such claims will need to be supported by written evidence from a suitably quali ed medical or other Oversubscription Criteria practitioner who can demonstrate a special connection Before applying the oversubscription criteria, eligible between these needs and the particular school. girls with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an Education, Health and Care Plan which names the Nearness of children’s homes to school – The distance school will be admitted. As a result of this the published between the child’s permanent home address and the admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the school is measured in a straight line using Ordnance number of preferences for the school is more than the Survey address point data. Distances are measured from number of places available, places will be allocated to a point de ned as within the child’s home to a point eligible girls in the following priority order- de ned as within the school as speci ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school site is used Children in Local Authority Care or Previously in for everybody. When we apply the distance criterion for Local Authority Care – a child under the age of 18 years an oversubscribed Community or Voluntary Controlled for whom the local authority provides accommodation school, these straight line measurements are used to by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of determine how close each applicant’s address is to the the Children Act 1989) or who ceased to be so because school. they became subject to an adoption, residence or special guardianship order under Part IV of the Act. In the event of any of the above criteria being oversubscribed, priority will be given based on distance
90 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
as described above with those closest being given higher those who meet the entry requirements on the basis of priority. In the unlikely event that two or more children in the admissions criteria given above all other ways have equal eligibility for the last available place at the school, the names will be issued a number Application can be made via Kentchoices 4U or by our and drawn randomly to decide which child should be own application form which can be downloaded from given the place. our website: www.dggs.kent.sch.uk
If siblings from multiple births (twins, triplets, etc) apply Open Evening: Thursday 20th November 2014 for a school and the school would reach its Published Admission Number (PAN) after admitting one or more, Transport but before admitting all of those siblings, the LA will o er Please note, schools no longer have a designated area a place to each of the siblings, even if doing so takes the from which transport will be provided. In most instances school above its PAN. KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. Supplementary Form Required: NO Further information about exceptions to this rule can be found in the transport section of this book. For further Waiting lists will be maintained up to January information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. 2016 and will be ranked according to the above gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport oversubscription criteria.
Sixth Form Admissions arrangements: The school welcomes applications to join its Sixth Form from students currently attending other schools. In 2014, there were 100 applicants for external places. The school has capacity for 150 students in each of the Lower and Upper Sixth year groups.
Entry Requirements Students are expected to achieve:
• 6 GCSE passes A*-C to include at least Grade C in both English Language and Mathematics and a minimum of four of these passes at grade B or above (usually in the subjects the student wishes to study at AS level).
• Students wishing to study Mathematics, any Science subject or any Modern Foreign Language, should achieve an A grade in the appropriate subject(s) at GCSE.
• Students wishing to study Further Mathematics should achieve A* in Maths at GCSE.
Oversubscription Criteria The school may enrol students above the expected number of places in the VI Form if there are su cient places on the particular combination of courses requested by suitably quali ed applicants
If the number of applications to the Sixth Form exceeds the number of available places, priority will be awarded to
91 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Duke of York’s Royal Executive Principal: Mr Chris Russell Military School Admissions Contact Name: Miss Caroline Cant Type of School: Secondary, Academy, High, Mixed, Boarding An Academy with Military Traditions Dover, Kent, CT15 5EQ Age Range: 11-19 Boarding Students Tel: 01304 245023 Published Admission No:104 LA No: 886 DFE No: 6918 Fax: 01304 245019 E-mail: [email protected] Published Admission No:52 boys 52 girls www.doyrms.com Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 52 Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 23 Expected number on roll: 460
To access general information about the school, A child will also be considered to be a resident of the including annual school achievement and attainment area if: tables, recent school inspection reports and uniform policy, please contact the school or visit the a) The family’s normal home is in the area; or school’s website. b) If the family is a military family, whose unit is based in Open Sessions: the area. Parents are able to visit the School by arranging an appointment with the Registrar, Miss Caroline Cant, Examples of evidence of residence will be Council Tax Tel: 01304 245073 or e-mail: [email protected] bills, utility bills or a letter of con rmation from the unit commander or designated deputy. Oversubscription Criteria Before applying the oversubscription criteria, children 3.Other children of members of the UK Armed Forces with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an who, because of high family mobility, qualify for Education, Health and Care Plan which names the Ministry of Defence nancial assistance with the cost of school will be admitted. As a result of this the published boarding school fees. A letter from the unit commander admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the or designated deputy will be required as evidence number of preferences for the school is more than the of residence. number of places available, places will be allocated in the following priority order- 4. Children with a boarding need, allocated to the following sub-categories in order: 1. Children in Local Authority Care – a child under the age of 18 years for whom the local authority provides a) Children of members of the UK Armed Forces who accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers have died while serving or who have been discharged as (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is the subject a result of attributable injury. The application should be of a care order under Part IV of the Act. This applies supported by a letter from the UK military authorities. equally to children who immediately after being looked after by the local authority become subject to b) Children at risk or with an unstable home environment. an adoption, residence or special guardianship order. (As Such applications must be supported by the child’s de ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act home Local Authority or be supported, in writing, by an 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989.) appropriate professional such as a social worker which demonstrates “why the Child would bene t from 2. Children of members of the UK Armed Forces who are attending a boarding school”. normally resident in the ‘area’[1] who, because of high family mobility, qualify for Ministry of Defence nancial c) Children of key workers and Crown Servants working assistance with the cost of boarding school fees. abroad whose work dictates that they spend much of the year overseas. The application will need to be supported
92 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
by a letter from the appropriate authority demonstrating If category 5 is oversubscribed the following will be used that the parent ful ls these criteria. as a tie break, in priority order:
5. The siblings of students who are already on the roll a) Children who are normally resident in the AREA will be of the Academy and who will still be on roll when the given priority. applicant is admitted. b) Children of multiple birth. If you are o ered a place under the Sibling Criterion, you will need to provide the following proof to con rm that c) Random allocation will be used to determine who your child is eligible for a place under this criterion: is admitted. a) A copy of a recent Child Tax Credit or Child If category 6 is oversubscribed and the nal vacancy has Bene t con rmation 2 students with the same distance measurement, random letter showing the parent(s) and address and the children allocation will be used to determine who is admitted. that they are claiming for. The ‘area’ means the following Local Authority areas: Kent, b) A utility bill issued within the last 3 months. Medway, E Sussex, Thurrock, Bexley and Bromley.
6. The remaining places will be o ered to students Supplementary Form Required: Yes, Application with the nearest distance measurement on the basis of and Suitability for boarding form obtainable from proximity; i.e. students who live the nearest distance. the School. Home to Academy distance will be measured as between the child’s permanent address and the Academy’s main Waiting lists will be maintained up to January entrance in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address 2016 and will be ranked according to the above point data. oversubscription criteria.
Tie Break Sixth Form Admissions arrangements If categories 2 or 3 are oversubscribed the following will The Duke of York’s Royal Military School is a full boarding be used as a tie break, in priority order: School and Sixth Form provision is also operated on a full boarding basis. Applications from external candidates a) The siblings of students who are already on roll and for full boarding Sixth Form places will be considered who will continue to be on roll. subject to them meeting the suitability for boarding assessment criteria as well as the requirements for b) Children of multiple birth (twins, triplets etc). academic achievement. c) Random allocation will be used to determine who Priority will be given to existing students transferring from is admitted. Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. Admission to the Sixth Form will be as a result of applicants obtaining If category 4 is oversubscribed the following will be used a minimum of 5 GCSE passes at grade A* - C grade as a tie break, in priority order: including Maths and English. Minimum grades in their preferred AS subjects are published in the most recent a) Children who are normally resident in the AREA will be Sixth Form Prospectus. given priority. The admission number for external candidates will be 30, b) The siblings of students who are already on roll and but this gure may be exceeded in the event that this and who will continue to be on roll when the child is admitted the number of internal students transferring into Year 12 will be given priority. is less than the overall gure for the year group, which is 98. c) Children of multiple birth. Oversubscription Criteria d) Random allocation will be used to determine who Following the admission of internal students transferring is admitted. from Year 11, all remaining places will be allocated to
93 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
learners who have met the entry requirements for the appropriate professional such as a social worker which particular course of study. Where there are more learners demonstrates “why the Child would bene t from seeking places than the number of places available, the attending a boarding school”. following oversubscription criteria will be applied in the order set out below to rank students until the overall c) Children of key workers and Crown Servants working gure for the year group is reached abroad whose work dictates that they spend much of the year overseas. The application will need to be supported 1. Children in Local Authority Care – A child under the by a letter from the appropriate authority demonstrating age of 18 years for whom the Local Authority provides that the parent ful ls these criteria. accommodation by agreement with their parents/ carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is 5. The siblings of students who are already on the roll the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. This of the Academy and who will still be on roll when the applies equally to children who immediately after being applicant is admitted. looked after by the local authority became subject to an adoption, residence or special guardianship order. (As If you are o ered a place under the Sibling Criterion, you de ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act will need to provide the following proof to con rm that 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989). your child is eligible for a place under this criterion:
2. Children of members of the UK Armed Forces who are a) A copy of a recent Child Tax Credit or Child Bene t normally resident in the ‘area’[1] who, because of high con rmation letter showing the parent(s) and address family mobility, qualify for Ministry of Defence nancial and the children that they are claiming for. assistance with the cost of boarding school fees. b) A utility bill issued within the last 3 months. A child will also be considered to be a resident of the area if: 6. The remaining places will be o ered to students with the nearest distance measurement on the basis of a) The family’s normal home is in the area; or proximity; i.e. students who live the nearest distance. Home to Academy distance will be measured as between b) If the family is a military family, whose unit is based in the child’s permanent address and the Academy’s main the area. entrance in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Examples of evidence of residence will be Council Tax bills, utility bills or a letter of con rmation from the unit Tie Break commander or designated deputy. If categories 2 or 3 are oversubscribed the following will be used as a tie break, in priority order: 3.Other children of members of the UK Armed Forces who, because of high family mobility, qualify for a) The siblings of students who are already on roll and Ministry of Defence nancial assistance with the cost of who will continue to be on roll. boarding school fees. A letter from the unit commander or designated deputy will be required as evidence of b) Children of multiple birth (twins, triplets etc). residence. c) Random allocation will be used to determine who 4. Children with a boarding need, allocated to the is admitted. following sub-categories in order: If category 4 is oversubscribed the following will be used a) Children of members of the UK Armed Forces who as a tie break, in priority order: have died while serving or who have been discharged as a result of attributable injury. The application should be a) Children who are normally resident in the AREA will be supported by a letter from the UK military authorities. given priority. b) Children at risk or with an unstable home environment. Such applications must be supported by the child’s home Local Authority or be supported, in writing, by an
94 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
b) The siblings of students who are already on roll and O ers and Appeals who will continue to be on roll when the child is admitted Conditional O ers will be made on the basis of the will be given priority. satisfactory completion of the boarding suitability process and the predicted performance at GCSE, with the c) Children of multiple birth. requirement that the above grades are achieved in the nal examinations prior to entry to the Sixth Form and the d) Random allocation will be used to determine who student’s 4 chosen subjects being considered within the is admitted. timetable, in feasible group sizes.
If category 5 is oversubscribed the following will be used All o ers made during Year 11 are conditional on students as a tie break, in priority order: meeting the grade criteria speci ed and will only become a) Children who are normally resident in the AREA will be rm o ers upon con rmation of actual GCSE results. given priority. b) Children of multiple birth. c) Random allocation will be used to determine who is admitted.
If category 6 is oversubscribed and the nal vacancy has 2 students with the same distance measurement, random allocation will be used to determine who is admitted.
The ‘area’ means the following Local Authority areas: Kent, Medway, E Sussex, Thurrock, Bexley and Bromley.
95 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
The Ebbsfleet Principal: Ms A Colwell Academy Admissions Contact Name: Ms K Flynn Type of School: Secondary, Academy, All Ability, Mixed Southeet Road, Swanscombe, DA10 0BZ Tel: 01322 623100 Age Range: 11-16 Day Pupils Fax: 01322 623108 Published Admission No: 150 LA No: 886 DFE No: 4001 E-mail: ynnk@theebbseetacademy.kent.sch.uk Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 205 www.theebbseetacademy.kent.sch.uk Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 139 Expected number on roll: 560
For information about the academy, c) Proximity of the student’s permanent residence to The please visit the academy website Ebbseet Academy, measured by a straight line, with www.theebbs eetacademy.kent.sch.uk those living nearest being accorded the highest priority The distance is measured between the child’s permanent Open Sessions: address and the Academy measured in a straight line Wednesday 24th September, Wednesday 1st October, using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances Wednesday 8th October – open mornings, 8:50-10:30 are measured from a de ned point within the child’s Open Evening – Wednesday 24th September – 5.30 – 7 home to a similarly de ned point within the Academy Open Morning Saturday 27th September – 10 - 12 as speci edby Ordnance Survey. The Academy uses measurements provided by the LA. Oversubscription Criteria Before applying the oversubscription criteria, children Supplementary Form Required: NO with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an Education, Health and Care Plan which names the Waiting lists will be maintained up to January school will be admitted. As a result of this the published 2016 and will be ranked according to the above admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the oversubscription criteria. number of preferences for the school is more than the number of places available, places will be allocated in the Transport following priority order – Please note, schools no longer have a designated area from which transport will be provided. In most instances a) Where the student is in local authority care KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where De nition: A child under the age of 18 years for whom the this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. Local Authority provides accommodation by agreement Further information about exceptions to this rule can be with their parents/carers. (Section 22 of the Children Act found in the transport section of this book. For further 1989) or who is the subject of a care order under Part IV of information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. the Act), or a child adopted from care gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport
b) Where the student has a sibling on roll at the time of application or admission De nition: A brother or sister attending the school when the child starts.
In this context brother or sister means children who live as brother or sister in the same house, including natural brothers and sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers and sisters
96 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
The Ellington and Headteacher: Mr S Pullen Hereson School Admissions Contact Name: Miss D Wood Type of School: Secondary, Foundation, High, Mixed Newlands Lane, Ramsgate, CT12 6RH 01843 572500 Age Range: 11-16 Day Pupils Fax: 01843 572501 Specialisms: Humanities E-mail: [email protected] www.ehs.kent.sch.uk Published Admission No:120 LA No: 886 DFE No:5468 Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 334 Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 120 Expected number on roll: 610
To access general information about the school, c) Health and Special Access Reasons – Medical, health, including annual school achievement and attainment social and special access reasons will be applied in tables, recent school inspection reports and accordance with our legal obligations, in particular those uniform policy, please contact the school or visit the under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will be given to those school’s website. children whose mental or physical impairment means they have a demonstrable and signi cant need. Open Sessions: Wednesday 8th Oct 2014 – 6pm – 8.30pm Equally this priority will apply to children whose parents’/ Visits to the school at any other time – By Appointment guardian’s physical or mental, health or social needs mean Only through the School O ce that they have a demonstrable and signi cant need. Such claims need to be supported by written evidence from a suitably quali ed medical or other practitioner who Oversubscription Criteria can demonstrate a special connection between the Before applying the oversubscription criteria, children needs and the school. with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an Education, Health and Care Plan which names the d) Children who live the nearest distance from the school school will be admitted. As a result of this the published using the distance between the child’s permanent home admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the address and the school, measured in a straight line using number of preferences for the school is more than the Ordnance Survey address point data. number of places available, places will be allocated in the following priority order- Supplementary Form Required: No a) Children in Local Care Authority – a child under the Waiting lists will be maintained up to January age of 18 years for whom the local authority provides 2016 and will be ranked according to the above accommodation by agreement with the parents/carers oversubscription criteria. (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. Transport Please note, schools no longer have a designated area This applies equally to children who immediately after from which transport will be provided. In most instances being looked after by the Local Authority became subject KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where to an adoption, residence or special guardianship order. this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. (As de ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Further information about exceptions to this rule can be Act 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989). found in the transport section of this book. For further information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. b) Siblings of students who will be attending the school gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport and living at the same address on the date when the applicant will be admitted.
97 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
The Folkestone Headteacher (Secondary School): Warren Smith Academy Admissions Contact Name: Donna Eastland Type of School: All Age Academy, All Ability, Mixed Academy Lane, Folkestone, CT19 5FP Tel: 01303 842400 Age Range: 4 – 19 Day Pupils Fax: 01303 842417 Specialisms: Creative Arts, Media and European Culture E-mail: [email protected] Published Admission No: 270 LA No: 886 DFE No:6908 www.folkestoneacademy.com Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 581 Number of Yr 7 places o ered 3 March 2014: 270 Expected number on roll: 1560
To access general information about the school, (not photocopies) will be required for this purpose).This including annual school achievement and attainment catchment area extends from east of Dover Hill as far west tables, recent school inspection reports and as Cherry Garden Avenue, Coolinge Lane and Sandgate uniform policy, please contact the school or visit the Hill. To the north the catchment area extends beyond school’s website. Hawkinge to Selsted.
Open Session: Wednesday 1st October 2014 5.30pm – If there are more pupils ful lling this criterion than places 8.00pm available, priority will be given as follows:
ii Oversubscription Criteria i. Admission of pupils whose siblings who will be in Before applying the oversubscription criteria, children the Folkestone Academy (Secondary Phase) at time with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an of admission; Education, Health and Care Plan which names the iii school will be admitted. As a result of this the published ii. Nearness of pupil’s permanent home to the admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the Folkestone Academy (Secondary Phase), as measured by a iv number of preferences for the school is more than the straight line . number of places available, places will be allocated in the following priority order – e) Children living outside the Secondary Phase catchment area. If there are more pupils ful lling this criterion than a) Children in Local Authority Care; places available, priority will be given as follows:
; ii b) Health and special access reasons i. Admission of pupils whose siblings who will be in the Folkestone Academy (Secondary Phase) at time c) Children of sta in either or both of the of admission; following circumstances: ii. Nearness of pupil’s permanent home to the Folkestone i) where the member of sta has been employed at the Academy (Secondary Phase), as measured by a iv Academy for two or more years at the time at which the straight line . application for admission to the school is made, and/or ii) the member of sta is recruited to ll a vacant post Sixth Form Admissions arrangements – in the Academy for which there is a demonstrable skill Applications to the Folkestone Academy Sixth Form shortage for the requirements of the post should be made via the online Kent Area Prospectus available on the following website www.kentchoices4u. d) Children living within the Secondary Phase catchment com. The capacity for the sixth form will be 500. area.( Please note a detailed map de ning the boundary of Folkestone Academy (Secondary Phase) designated Priority is given to Folkestone Academy pupils area can be obtained from the Folkestone Academy. Proof transferring. If there are any places available for external of residency will be requested. Original documentation applicants and there are more eligible applicants than
98 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
places available the Academy Trust will apply the school site is used for everybody. Information on how distances (including secondary phase oversubscription criteria to determine tiebreakers) are calculated is available in the Admissions Booklets provided by the LA. who is admitted. A block of ats has a single address point reference, so applicants living Pupils will be required to meet speci ed academic in the same block will be regarded as living the same distance away from requirements to be permitted to follow their chosen the school. In the unlikely event that two or more children live in the same courses. If pupils fail to meet the minimum course block and in all other ways have equal eligibility for the last available place at the school, the names will be issued a number and drawn randomly to requirements they will be given the option of pursuing decide which child should be given the place. any alternative courses for which they do meet the v Health and Special Access Reasons – Medical, health, social and special minimum academic requirements. In the event of access reasons will be applied in accordance with the school’s legal oversubscription on a particular course, places obligations, in particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will be given to those children whose mental or physical impairment means will be allocated in line with the secondary phase they have a demonstrable and signi cant need to attend a particular oversubscription criteria above. school. Equally this priority will apply to children whose parents’/ guardians’ physical or mental health or social needs mean that they Supplementary Form Required: NO have a demonstrable and signi cant need to attend a particular school. Such claims will need to be supported by written evidence from a suitably quali ed medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate a special Waiting lists will be maintained up to January connection between these needs and the particular school. 2016 and will be ranked according to the above oversubscription criteria.
Transport Please note, schools no longer have a designated area from which transport will be provided. In most instances KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. Further information about exceptions to this rule can be found in the transport section of this book. For further information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport i A “Looked After” Children is de ned by the Children Act 1989 as a child or young person who is accommodated by the local authority (Section 20) or a child or young person who is the subject of a full care order (Section 31) or interim Care Order (Section 38). A previously “looked after” child is one who immediately after being “looked after” became subject to an adoption, residence, or special guardianship order. An “adoption order” is an order under section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act 2002. A “residence order” is an order settling the arrangements to be made as to the person with whom the child is to live under section 8 of the Children Act 1989. Section 14A of the Children Act 1989 de nes a “special guardianship order” as an order appointing one or more individuals to be a child’s special guardian (or special guardians). ii in this context the term “sibling” refers to a child who lives as brother or sister in the same house, including natural brothers and sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers and sisters. iii A permanent home address is considered to be a residential property that is the child’s only main residence and not an address at which your child might sometimes stay or sleep due to your own domestic or special arrangements. The address must be the child’s home address on the day your completed your application form If you live separately from your partner but share responsibility for your child, and the child lives at two di erent addresses during the week, we will regard the home address as the one at which the child sleeps for the majority of weekdays. ivNearness of children’s homes to school - we use the distance between the child’s permanent home address and the school, measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a point de ned as within the child’s home to a point de ned as within the school as speci ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the
99 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Folkestone School Principal: Mrs Tracy Luke for Girls Admissions Contact Name: Mrs Nikki Petrie Type of School: Secondary, Academy, Grammar, Girls Coolinge Lane, Folkestone, CT20 3RB Tel: 01303 251125 Age Range: 11-18 Day Pupils Fax: 01303 248651 Published Admission No:180 LA No: 886 DFE No:5437 E-mail: [email protected] www.folkestonegirls.kent.sch.uk Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 393 Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 146 Expected number on roll: 1109
To access general information about the school, the number of successful students in Shepway exceeding including annual school achievement and attainment the number of places available, the nearness of a child’s tables, recent school inspection reports and home to school will apply (see below for full details). uniform policy, please contact the school or visit the school’s website. iii. Other girls who satisfy the selection requirements, with those living nearest to the Open Sessions: Year 5 Open Evening Thursday 25th school being given the higher priority. This will also June 2015 serve as a tie-breaker in the event of a tie for the last Open Mornings - Monday 29th June and Friday 3rd place. In order to assess the nearness of a child’s home July 2015 to school, we use the distance between the child’s permanent home address and the school, measured in a Entry is through the Kent Assessment Procedure or straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Shepway Test. Distances are measured from a point de ned as within The Shepway Test will take place on : Saturday 13th the child’s home, to a point de ned as within the school, September 2014 as speci ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school site is used for everybody. Oversubscription Criteria Before applying the oversubscription criteria, eligible Supplementary Form Required: No girls with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an Education, Health and Care Plan which names the Waiting lists will be maintained up to January school will be admitted. As a result of this the published 2016 and will be ranked according to the above admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the oversubscription criteria. number of preferences for the school is more than the number of places available, places will be allocated to Sixth Form Admissions arrangements:- eligible girls in the following priority order – We o er a range of academic & vocational subjects to our 6th form students and all have entrance requirements at i. Children in Local Authority Care - a child under the GCSE - see 6th form prospectus for full details. age of 18 years for whom the Local Authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/ The school participates in the Kent Online Application carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is Scheme and all applicants are required to submit an the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. This online application which can be accessed from the applies equally to children who immediately after being website: www.kentchoices4u.com. looked after by the local authority became subject to an adoption, residence or special guardianship order. (As Admission Number Year 12 de ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act The admission number for external candidates will be 25, 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989). but this gure may be exceeded in the event that this and the number of internal students transferring into Year ii. Girls who reside in the District of Shepway (a map 12 is less than the overall gure for the year group which of this area is available from the school). In the event of is 180.
100 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Details of application deadlines can be found in the Applicants from Overseas 6th form prospectus and the online area prospectus. It should be noted that any student who applies for Applicants should comply with the deadline date to entry to the 6th Form with quali cations other than those enable us to plan courses e ectively. recognised in the UK will be required to demonstrate that she has achieved the required standard for entry. This may Academic Requirements involve tests in a range of subjects. For entry onto our AS and A2 level courses we require: General • a minimum of 6 separately identi able GCSE subjects After a place has been o ered the school at grade B or above, and at least a grade C in English reserves the right to withdraw the place in the Language and Mathematics; following circumstances: • a grade B or above in the chosen course of study or a related subject as speci ed in the 6th form prospectus. • when a parent has failed to respond to an o er within a To study Mathematics, Science or MFL subjects, an A/A* reasonable time; or grade is recommended; • when a parent has failed to notify the school of • where learners have achieved better results than the important changes to the application information; or predicted grades, they will be considered based on the • the admission authority o ered the place on the basis of grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application from that become available as a result of other learners failing a parent. to meet the required entry levels. Transport Over-subscription Please note, schools no longer have a designated area Following the admission of internal students transferring from which transport will be provided. In most instances from Year 11, all remaining places will be allocated to KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where learners who have met the entry requirements for the this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. particular course of study. Where there are more learners Further information about exceptions to this rule can be seeking places than the number of places available, the found in the transport section of this book. For further following over subscription criteria will be applied in the information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. order set out below to rank students until the overall gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport gure for the year group is reached: i. Children in Local Authority Care - as de ned in the whole school admission policy; ii. Rank order of merit in GCSE quali cations; iv. Distance from home to school - as de ned in the whole school admission policy.
Any applicant refused a place in the Sixth Form is entitled to make an appeal to an independent appeal panel, whether the student is already attending the school or is an external candidate. Appeals may be lodged by the parent, by the student or both.
Appeals Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an application for a place be refused, by writing to The Clerk to the Governors, care of the school.
101 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Fulston Manor School Headteacher: Mr A G Brookes Brenchley Road, Sittingbourne, ME10 4EG Admissions Contact Name: Leanne Brankin Tel: 01795 475228 Type of School: Secondary, Academy, All Ability, Mixed Fax: 01795 428144 E-mail: [email protected] Age Range: 11-18 Day Pupils www.fulstonmanor.kent.sch.uk Specialisms: Business and Enterprise Published Admission No:210 LA No: 886 DFE No:5414 Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 907 Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 210 Expected number on roll: 1300
To access general information about the school, c. Brothers or sisters of students who will be in the school including annual school achievement and attainment at the time of entry. In this context brother or sister tables, recent school inspection reports and means: a natural brother or sister including adopted uniform policy, please contact the school or visit the siblings, stepbrother or stepsister or those who live school’s website. as brother or sister in the same house.
Open Sessions: d. Children of sta who will have been employed at the Wednesday 8th October 2014 & Thursday 9th school for a minimum of two years at the time of entry October 2014 10am-12noon & 1pm-3pm e. Children who attend primary schools which are part of Oversubscription Criteria the Multi-Academy Trust including Fulston Manor School. Before applying the oversubscription criteria, children f. Residence in the villages of Borden, Bredgar, Frinsted, with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an Milstead, Rodmersham, Tunstall and Wormshill together Education, Health and Care Plan which names the with Highsted Valley. school will be admitted. As a result of this the published admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the g. Health and Special Access Reasons – Medical, health, number of preferences for the school is more than the social and special access reasons will be applied in number of places available, places will be allocated in the accordance with the school’s legal obligations, in following priority order – particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will be given to those children whose mental or physical a. Children in the care of the Local Authority (a child impairment means they have a demonstrable and under the age of 18 years for whom the local authority signi cant need to attend a particular school. provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or Equally this priority will apply to children whose parents’/ who is the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. guardians’ physical or mental health or social needs mean This applies equally to children who immediately after that they have a demonstrable and signi cant need to being looked after by the local authority became subject attend a particular school. Such claims will need to be to an adoption, residence or special guardianship order. supported by written evidence from a suitably quali ed (As de ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate a Act 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989)) special connection between these needs and the particular school. b. Particular aptitude in either sport or performing arts (governors award a maximum of 10% of such places in h. Nearness to school based on the distance of a student’s total). Places will only be o ered under this criterion if the home (where the child resides for the majority of the parent has expressed a preference on the “Common week) from Fulston Manor School. The distance between Application Form” for Fulston Manor School. the child’s permanent home address and the school is measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from
102 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
a point de ned as within the child’s home to a point n.b. Where learners have achieved better results than the de ned as within the school as speci ed by Ordnance predicted grades they will be considered based on the Survey. The same address point on the school site is used grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places for everybody. that become available as a result of other learners failing to meet the required entry levels. Supplementary Form Required: Yes – Parents wishing to apply for a Sport or Music place are Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an required to complete a supplementary form. application for a place be refused, by writing to The Clerk to the Governors, care of the school. Waiting lists will be maintained up to January 2016 and will be ranked according to the above Transport oversubscription criteria. Please note, schools no longer have a designated area from which transport will be provided. In most instances Sixth Form Admissions arrangements – KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where For Post 16 admissions, priority will be given to existing this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. students transferring from Year 11. The PAN for external Further information about exceptions to this rule can be candidates will be 50, but this gure may be exceeded in found in the transport section of this book. For further the event that this, and the number of internal students information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. transferring into Year 12, is less than the overall total gure gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport for the year group, which is 200.
Students are admitted to the Sixth Form subject to the following: a) a formal application by student and parent and an academic guidance meeting to determine the courses to be studied b) availability of a speci c course or combination of courses c) minimum entry requirements for speci c courses: i) for Level 2 courses: 5 GCSEs at grade A*-G ii) for A/S and A2 levels: 5 GCSEs at grade C or above, including English Language and Mathematics and at least a grade C at GCSE in the same or a related subject
Oversubscription Criteria In the case of oversubscription, the following criteria will apply in the order below: a) children in the care of a local authority/previously in local authority care b) students with a sibling living at the same address and attending the school at the time of entry c) health and special access reasons d) nearness of children’s homes to the school
103 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Gravesend Grammar Headteacher: Mr G S Wybar School Admissions Contact Name: Ian Cook Type of School: Secondary, Academy, Grammar, Boys Church Walk, Gravesend, DA12 2PR Tel: 01474 331893 Age Range: 11-18 Day Pupils Fax: (01474) 331894 Specialisms: Maths, Computing, Language College E-mail: [email protected] www.gravesendgrammar.eu Published Admission No:174 LA No: 886 DFE No:5465 Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 393 Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 150 Expected number on roll: 1130
To access general information about the school, sister in the same house, including natural brothers or including annual school achievement and attainment sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster tables, recent school inspection reports and brothers and sisters. uniform policy, please contact the school or visit the school’s website. 3. Eligible boys who have a parent who is a member of sta provided that they have been employed for a Open Sessions: Mornings of 20th/21st/22nd October – minimum of two years and/or are recruited to ll a vacant 9:00 – 11.30am post for which there is a demonstrable skills shortage. Evening of 22nd October 7pm
Entry is through the Kent Assessment Procedure. 4. Eligible boys who live within the borough of Gravesham. Oversubscription Criteria Before applying the oversubscription criteria, eligible 5. Eligible boys who live within the civil parishes of Ash boys with a Statement of Special Educational Need or cum Ridley, Bean, Fawkham, Hartley, Long eld, New Barn, an Education, Health and Care Plan which names the Southeet, Stansted and Swanscombe and Greenhithe school will be admitted. As a result of this the published (Galley Hill and Swanscombe wards). admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the number of preferences for the school is more than the 6. All other eligible boys. number of places available, places will be allocated to eligible boys in the following priority order- Children will be ranked within each of the over- subscription criteria according to the nearness of the 1. Boys who are in Local Authority Care – a child under child’s home to the School. In the event more than one the age of 18 years for whom the local authority provides applicant has the same distance from home to school, accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers then a random selection will be applied. We use the (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) who is subject to distance between the child’s permanent address and a care order (Part IV) of the Act. This applies equally to the school, measured in a straight line using Ordnance children who immediately after being looked after by the Survey address point data. Distances are measured from local authority became subject to an adoption, residence a point de ned as within the child’s home to a point or special guardianship order (As de ned by Section 46 of de ned as within the school as speci ed by Ordnance the Adoption and Children Act 2002 or Section 8 or 14A Survey. The same address point on the school site is used of the Children Act 1989.) for everybody.
2. Eligible boys who have a brother (or sister in the A map showing Gravesham and the local parishes listed 6th Form) who will be attending the School when the in the over-subscriptioncriteria is available from the applicant joins or is a former student. In this context School or at www.gravesendgrammar.eu. brother or sister means children who live as brother or
104 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Supplementary Form Required: No KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. Waiting lists will be maintained up to January Further information about exceptions to this rule can be 2016 and will be ranked according to the above found in the transport section of this book. For further oversubscription criteria. information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport Sixth Form Admissions arrangements – The academic condition for entry is 6 or more GCSE quali cations at grade A*-C (including English and Maths), with at least 4 GCSEs at grade B or above. English Language and English Literature are regarded as two separate subjects. Admission will only be possible if a coherent course is available.
The Admission number for students joining Gravesend Grammar for the rst time at age 16+ (or into Year 12) is 30. This gure may be exceeded in the event that the number of existing boys in Year 11 transferring into Year 12 is less than 150. The total number of students in Year 12 should not be more than 180.
Oversubscription Criteria For students joining the school at 16 the following oversubscription criteria will apply in the event of external applications taking the number over 180.
• Eligible students in Local Authority care (see main school criteria) • Eligible students who have a brother or a sister who will be attending the school when the applicant joins or is a former student (see main school criteria) • Students with the best aggregate GCSE points scores in their best 6 subjects including English and Maths. • If the aggregate scores are the same in their best six subjects, then distance from school (as in the main school criteria) will be the tie breaker.
Students who do better than they are predicted to do may re-apply after results day if they meet the sixth form entrance requirements. Oversubscription criteria may apply if the sixth form has reached 180 students. Students will only be made o ers if there is space available in the subjects they wish to study.
Parents have the right to appeal a decision not to admit their child to the School. They should write to the Clerk to the Governors at the School indicating the grounds on which they wish to base their appeal.
Transport Please note, schools no longer have a designated area from which transport will be provided. In most instances
105 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Hadlow Rural Headteacher: Paul Boxall Community School Admissions Contact Name: Belinda Woodward Type of School: Free School, Secondary, All Ability, Mixed Hadlow College,Tonbridge Road, Hadlow, Kent TN11 0AL Age Range: 11-16 Day Pupils Tel: 01732 853241 Specialisms: Science, Business and Enterprise Fax: 01732 853207 E-mail: [email protected] Published Admission No: 60 LA No: 886 DFE No:4009 www.hrcschool.org Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 164 Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 56 Expected number on roll: 330 by September 2017
Hadlow Rural Community School provides a unique Oversubscription Criteria and challenging experience ensuring that students Before applying the oversubscription criteria, children reach and surpass their full academic potential with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an whilst developing the business leaders and rural Education, Health and Care Plan which names the entrepreneurs for the future. To access further school will be admitted. As a result of this the published information please contact the school or visit the admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the school’s website. number of preferences for the school is more than the number of places available, places will be allocated in the Open Sessions: following priority order – Monday 29th September a) Looked After Children and previously Looked After Hadlow Rural Community School Tours Children. Highest priority will be given to Looked After Tours from 10.00am – 11.00am by appointment only. Children or previously looked after, in accordance with Please book with the School O ce on 01732 853241. the relevant provisions of the School Admissions Code. A ‘looked after child’ is a child who is (a) in the care Wednesday 1st October of a local authority, or (b) being provided with Hadlow Rural Community School Tours accommodation by a local authority in the exercise of Tours from 10.00am – 11.00am by appointment only. their social services functions (see the de nition in Please book with the School O ce on 01732 853241. Section 22(1) of the Children Act 1989) at the time of making an application to a school. The de nition of Thursday 16th October “previously looked after children” in the Admissions Code Hadlow Rural Community School – Open Evening is children who were looked after, but ceased to be so The School will be open from 6.00pm – 8.30pm. because they were adopted or became subject to a Headteacher presentations at 6.30pm and 7.15pm will residence order or special guardianship order. be held in the Hadlow College Animal Management Unit building adjacent to the School. b) Medical, health, social and special access reasons will be applied in accordance with the school’s legal Monday 20th October obligations, in particular those under the Equality Act Hadlow Rural Community School Tours 2010. Priority will be given to those children whose Tours from 10.00am – 11.00am by appointment only. mental or physical impairment means they have a Please book with the School O ce on 01732 853241. demonstrable and signi cant need to attend a particular school. Equally this priority will apply to children whose Wednesday 22nd October parents’/guardians’ physical or mental health or social Hadlow Rural Community School Tours needs mean that they have a demonstrable and Tours from 10.00am – 11.00am by appointment only. signi cant need to attend a particular school. Such Please book with the School O ce on 01732 853241. claims will need to be supported by written evidence from a suitably quali ed
106 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate a special connection between these needs and the particular school. c) Admission of pupils whose siblings currently attend Hadlow Rural Community School and who will continue to do so on the date of admission;
For the purpose of allocating places, sibling means; • Full sibling living at the same address as the applicant • Step sibling living at the same address as the applicant • Half sibling living at the same address as the applicant • Long term foster sibling living at the same address as the applicant d) Admission of students, on the basis of proximity to the school using a straight line measurement. Distances will be measured using the distance between the child’s permanent home address and the school, measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a point de ned as within the child’s home to a point de ned as within the school as speci ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school site is used for everybody.
In the event of (a) two or more children living at the same address point (e.g. children resident in a block of ats) or (b) two addresses measuring the same distance from the school, allocation will be determined by a tie-breaker. Where parents have shared responsibility for a child, e.g. following the breakdown of their relationship the home address for admissions purposes will be the address where the child is registered with the GP.
Supplementary Form Required: NO
Waiting lists will be maintained up to January 2016 and will be ranked according to the above oversubscription criteria.
Sixth Form Admissions arrangements – N/A
Transport Please note, schools no longer have a designated area from which transport will be provided. In most instances KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. Further information about exceptions to this rule can be found in the transport section of this book. For further information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport
107 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Hartsdown Academy Principal: Mr A Somers George V Avenue, Margate, CT9 5RE Admissions Contact Name: Claire Titherington Tel: 01843 227957 Type of School: Secondary, Academy, All Ability, Mixed Fax: 01843 578002 E-mail: [email protected] Age Range: 11-18 Day Pupils www.hartsdown.kent.sch.uk Specialisms: Technology Published Admission No: 180 LA No: 886 DCSF No: 4172 Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 247 Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 175 Expected number on roll: 1000
To access general information about the school, If siblings from multiple births (twins, triplets, etc) apply including annual school achievement and attainment for a school and the school would reach its Published tables, recent school inspection reports and Admission Number (PAN) after admitting one or more, uniform policy, please contact the school or visit the but before admitting all of those siblings, the LA will o er school’s website. a place to each of the siblings, even if doing so takes the school above its PAN. Open Sessions: Monday 29th September 2014 – 6.30 – 8.30 pm • Health and Special Access Reasons - Medical, health, Wednesday 1st October 2014 – 6.30 – 8.30 pm social and special access reasons will be applied in accordance with the school’s legal obligations, in Oversubscription Criteria particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Before applying the oversubscription criteria, children with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an Priority will be given to those children whose mental or Education, Health and Care Plan which names the physical impairment means they have a demonstrable school will be admitted. As a result of this the published and signi cant need to attend a particular school. admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the Equally this priority will apply to children whose parents’/ number of preferences for the school is more than the guardians’ physical or mental health or social needs number of places available, places will be allocated in the mean that they have a demonstrable and signi cant need following priority order- to attend a particular school. Such claims will need to be supported by written evidence from a suitably quali ed • Children in Local Authority Care –a child under the medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate a age of 18 years for whom the local authority provides special connection between these needs and the accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers particular school. (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. This • Nearness of children’s homes to school - we use the applies equally to children who immediately after being distance between the child’s permanent home address looked after by the local authority became subject to an and the school, measured in a straight line using adoption, residence or special guardianship order. Ordnance Survey address point data. (As de ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989). Distances are measured from a point de ned as within the child’s home to a point de ned as within the school • Current Family Association - a brother or sister attending as speci ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point the school when the child starts. In this context brother or on the school site is used for everybody. sister means children who live as brother or sister in the same house, including natural brothers or sisters, adopted Supplementary Form Required: NO siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers and sisters.
108 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Waiting lists will be maintained up to January All o ers made during Year 11 are conditional on students 2016 and will be ranked according to the above meeting the grade criteria speci ed and will only become oversubscription criteria. rm o ers upon con rmation of actual GCSE results.
Sixth Form Admissions arrangements – O ers will be made on www.ucas.com/progress All Hartsdown Academy Students in Year 11 will be website during the spring/summer term. O ers will be encouraged to apply for the Sixth Form, priority will con rmed once the Academy has been noti ed of GCSE be given to existing pupils transferring who meet the results in August 2015. entrance criteria. Where learners have achieved better results than the Admission to study Level 3 courses in the Sixth Form predicted grades they will be considered based on the will be as a result of applicants obtaining a minimum grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places of 5 GCSE passes at grade C including English and that become available as a result of other learners failing Maths and B grades in their preferred AS subjects or to meet the required entry levels. nearest equivalents. Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an We aim to o er a range of academic and vocational application for a place be refused, by writing to The Clerk quali cations to our Sixth Form students and many of to the Governors, care of the Academy. these require minimum grades at GCSE to study at Level 1 and 2. Late applications will be considered if places in appropriate subjects are still available after all other Our policy is to ensure that the students accepted into applicants have been considered. the Sixth Form can be placed on appropriate courses where they are likely to succeed. Students are invited to For further help/advice please contact our Head of Sixth attend the open evening in the autumn term. Form on 01843 227957.
We also accept external applications from students Transport wishing to transfer from another institution. Students are Please note, schools no longer have a designated area asked to select provisional course preferences. This is not from which transport will be provided. In most instances a rm commitment and they will be able to reconsider KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where their options after the GCSE results are published and in this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. light of the Academy’s timetable. Further information about exceptions to this rule can be found in the transport section of this book. For further We require all students to make a formal application for information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. September 2015 via www.ucas.com/progress web gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport site. Every student will be required to attend a guidance meeting with our sta to discuss the most suitable courses of study.
The admission number for external candidates is up to 50, but this gure may be exceeded in the event that this and the number of internal students transferring into Year 12 is less than the overall gure for the year group.
O ers O ers will be made on the basis of predicted performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the above grades are achieved in the nal examinations prior to entry to the Sixth Form and the students chosen subjects being accommodated on the timetable, in feasible group sizes.
109 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
The Harvey Grammar Headteacher: Mr S Norman School Admissions Contact Name: Mrs K Bristow Type of School: Secondary, Academy, Grammar, Boys Cheriton Road, Folkestone, CT19 5JY Tel: 01303 252131 Age Range: 11-18 Day Pupils Fax: 01303 220721 Specialisms: Sports with Mathematics E-mail: [email protected] www.harveygs.kent.sch.uk Published Admission No: 150 LA No: 886 DFE No:4101 Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 340 Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 150 Expected number on roll: 890
To access general information about the school, Children Act 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children including annual school achievement and attainment Act 1989.) tables, recent school inspection reports and uniform policy, please contact the school or visit the ii. Boys who reside in the District of Shepway school’s website. iii. Other boys who satisfy the selection requirements, Open Sessions: Please contact the school for with those living nearest to the school being given the further information higher priority - this will also serve as a tie-breaker in the event of a tie for the last place. The distance is measured Entry is through the Kent assessment procedure or between the student’s permanent address and the the Shepway Test school measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey Shepway Test will take place on: Saturday 13th address point data. Distances are measured from a central September 2014 point within the child’s home to a similarly de ned point within the school as speci ed by Ordnance Survey. Oversubscription Criteria The school uses measurements provided by the LA. Before applying the oversubscription criteria, eligible boys with a Statement of Special Educational Need or Supplementary Form Required: NO an Education, Health and Care Plan which names the school will be admitted. As a result of this the published Waiting lists will be maintained up to January admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the 2016 and will be ranked according to the above number of preferences for the school is more than the oversubscription criteria. number of places available, places will be allocated to eligible boys in the following priority order – Sixth Form Admissions arrangements – The school welcomes applications to join its Sixth Form i. Looked after children - as required by the Regulations from students currently attending other schools. More of 2005 the school will give top priority to applications on information on how to apply can be accessed at www. behalf of children in public care (looked after children), harveygs.kent.sch.uk or by contacting the school directly. who meet the entry requirements. A child under the We have a PAN (Published Admission Number) of 25 for age of 18 years for whom the Local Authority provides external admissions. The same admission criteria will accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers apply to both internal and external students. (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act is Academic Requirements deemed to be a looked after child. This also applies For entry onto our AS and A2 level courses we require: equally to children who immediately after being • A minimum of six separately identifiable GCSE subjects looked after by the local authority became subject toan at grade A* - C, including English Language and adoption, residence or special guardianship order. (As Mathematics of which a minimum of four of these should de ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and be at grade B.
110 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
• A Grade B or above in the chosen course of study or a Late applications will be considered if places in related subject as speci ed in the Sixth Form Prospectus. appropriate subjects are still available after all other applicants have been considered. Meeting the requirements is no guarantee that the applicant will automatically be o ered a place on the A waiting list will be held, ranked according to the over- course. Entry into Year 13 will depend on the courses subscription criteria. required, the availability of a place within the groups and the applicant’s results from any AS Level modules taken Transport in Year 12. All students wishing to complete their A Level Please note, schools no longer have a designated area study in Year 13 will be expected to attain a minimum of from which transport will be provided. In most instances three D grades at AS. KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. Over-subscription Further information about exceptions to this rule can be If by the rst day of term the number of applicants to found in the transport section of this book. For further the Sixth Form exceeds the number of available places, information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. priority will be awarded to those who meet the entry gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport requirements on the basis of: i. looked after children - as de ned in the whole school admission policy; ii. applications from internal candidates; iii. rank order of merit in GCSE quali cations; iv. distance from home to school - as de ned in the whole school admission policy.
O ers and Appeals O ers will be made on the basis of predicted performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the above grades are achieved in the nal examinations prior to entry to the Sixth Form and the pupil’s 4 chosen subjects being accommodated on the timetable, in feasible group sizes.
All o ers made during Year 11 are conditional on pupils meeting the grade criteria speci ed and will only become rm o ers upon con rmation of actual GCSE results.
Conditional o ers will be made before the end of May 2015. O ers will be con rmed once the school has been noti ed of GCSE results in August 2015.
Where learners have achieved better results than the predicted grades they will be considered based on the grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places that become available as a result of other learners failing to meet the required entry levels.
Parents and pupils have a statutory right of appeal, should an application for a place be refused, by writing to The Clerk to the Governors, care of the school.
111 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
The Hayesbrook CEO: Mrs D J Coslett, MBA, BA (Hons), PGCE, NPQH, NLE School Principal: Mr D J A Day, MA, PGCE, NPQH, NLE Admissions Contact Name: Mrs C Taylor An Academy within the Brook Learning Trust Type of School: Secondary, Academy, All Ability, Boys’ (Mixed Sixth Brook Street, Tonbridge, TN9 2PH Form) Tel: 01732 500600 Age Range: 11-18 Day Pupils Fax: 01732 500556 E-mail: [email protected] Specialisms: Sports College www.hayesbrook.kent.sch.uk Published Admission No:160 LA No: 886 DFE No:5455 Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 356 Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 160 Expected number on roll: 825
To access general information about the school, b) Where the student has a sibling on roll at the time of including annual school achievement and attainment application or admission tables, recent school inspection reports and De nition: A brother or sister attending the school when uniform policy, please contact the school or visit the application is made or when the child starts. In this context school’s website. brother or sister means children who live as brother or sister in the same house, including natural brothers and sisters, Open Sessions: adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers Wednesday, 24 September – Open Morning and sisters (9.00 – 10.00am) Wednesday, 24 September - Open Evening c) Proximity of the student’s permanent residence to the (6.00 - 9.00pm) Hayesbrook School, measured by a straight line, with Thursday, 2 October - Open Morning (Tour at 9.00am) those living nearest being accorded the highest priority Tuesday, 7 October - Open Afternoon (Tour at 2.30pm) The distance is measured between the child’s permanent Thursday, 16 October - Open Morning (Tour at 9.00am) address and the school measured in a straight line using Tuesday, 21 October - Open Afternoon (Tour at 2.30pm) Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured Thursday, 23 October - Co ee Morning/Q&A Session from a de ned point within the child’s home to a similarly (Tour at 9.00am) de ned point within the school as speci ed by Ordnance Survey. The school uses measurements provided by the LA. Oversubscription Criteria Before applying the oversubscription criteria, children Supplementary Form Required: No with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an Education, Health and Care Plan which names the Waiting lists will be maintained up to January school will be admitted. As a result of this the published 2016 and will be ranked according to the above admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the oversubscription criteria. number of preferences for the school is more than the number of places available, places will be allocated in the Sixth Form Admissions Arrangements following priority order – Students (boys and girls) are able to join The Hayesbrook School in Year 12 for sixth form studies. The speci c a) Where the student is in local authority care academic entry requirements for Level 3 [A Level] courses De nition: A child under the age of 18 years for whom the are 5 A*-C GCSE grades with the preference for English Local Authority provides accommodation by agreement with and mathematics to be included in those A*-C grades. their parents/carers. (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act), or Students will need a B grade in the same subject at GCSE a child adopted from care for entry to an A level course. Where there is no GCSE or
112 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
equivalent course, a decision will be made on relevant Further information about exceptions to this rule can be English and mathematics GCSE grades. found in the transport section of this book. For further information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. The Hayesbrook Pro-Soccer Academy will o er 24 places gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport through trials and a student having obtained 5+ A*-C GCSE grades.
O ers will be made on the basis of predicted performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the above grades are achieved in the nal examinations prior to entry to the Sixth Form and the pupil’s 4 chosen subjects being accommodated on the timetable, in feasible group sizes.
All o ers made during Year 11 are conditional on pupils meeting the grade criteria speci ed and will only become rm o ers upon con rmation of actual GCSE results. O er letters will be made before the end of May 2015. O ers will be con rmed once the school has been noti ed of GCSE results in August 2015.
Where learners have achieved better results than the predicted grades they will be considered based on the grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places that become available as a result of other learners failing to meet the required entry levels.
Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an application for a place be refused, by writing to The Clerk to the Governors, care of the school.
Late applications will be considered if places in appropriate subjects are still available after all other applicants have been considered.
A waiting list will be held, ranked according to the over- subscription criteria.
Students in Year 11 at The Hayesbrook School have priority over those seeking to join the sixth form from other schools. No more than the “Net Capacity Assessment” (currently 160 students) are admitted to Year 12 and in the event of over subscription the criteria above for Year 7 entry will be applied after the GCSE entry criteria . No more than 50% of this number will be new admissions from other institutions.
Transport Please note, schools no longer have a designated area from which transport will be provided. In most instances KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home.
113 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Herne Bay High Principal: Dr C Owen School Admissions Contact Name: Mrs A Clifton Type of School: Secondary, Academy, All Ability, Mixed Bullockstone Road, Herne Bay, CT6 7NS Tel: 01227 361221 Age Range: 11-18 Day Pupils E-mail: [email protected] Specialisms: Sport, Training School www.hernebayhigh.org Published Admission No:258 LA No: 886 DFE No:5448 Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 515 Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 265 Expected number on roll: 1515
To access general information about the school, Band 1 2 3 4 including annual school achievement and attainment tables, recent school inspection reports and CAT SAS Less 82-88 89-96 97-103 uniform policy, please contact the school or visit the Score than 82 school’s website. Percentage 11% 12% 17% 20% of cohort Open Sessions: Wednesday 8th October, 6.00 – 9.00pm Number of 28 31 44 52 Tuesday 14th, Wednesday 15th, Thursday 16th October, 9.15 students – 10.15am Oversubscription Criteria Band 5 6 7 Before applying the oversubscription criteria, children with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an CAT SAS 104-111 112-118 More Education, Health and Care Plan which names the Score than school will be admitted. As a result of this the published 118 admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the Percentage 17% 12% 11% number of preferences for the school is more than the of cohort number of places available, places will be allocated Number of 44 31 28 within the ability bands described below and the students oversubscription criteria applied to each band. Applicants who do not sit the assessment, other than Banding those who have passed the Kent Test, will be ranked Any applicants who have passed the Kent Test will according to the oversubscription criteria and allocated a automatically be allocated to Band 7 and will not be place only in the event that there are available places at required to sit the banding assessment. All applicants the school after students who have taken the assessment who have not passed the Kent Test are required to sit a have been considered. nonverbal cognitive ability assessment. This assessment is not an entry test; it is to enable students of di erent For each band the following over-subscription criteria will abilities to have an equal opportunity to gain a place be applied: at Herne Bay High School. The pro le also enables the school to operate as a comprehensive school. Further 1. Children in Local Authority Care. A child under the detailed explanation of this and the aptitude test are age of 18 years for whom the local authority provides available from the school but the table below gives accommodation by agreement with their parents/ indicative proportions and numbers. carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. This applies equally to children who immediately after being looked after by the local authority became subject to an adoption, residence or special guardianship order. (As
114 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
de ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act Waiting lists will be maintained up to January 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989) 2016 and will be ranked according to the above oversubscription criteria. 2. Current Family Association. A brother or sister on the roll of Herne Bay High School at the time of entry. In Sixth Form Admissions arrangements this context brother or sister means children who live as Priority will be given to existing pupils transferring from brother or sister in the same house, including adopted Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers or sisters. Overall entry requirements are for admission to Sixth Form are: 3. Proximity of a student’s home to the school, with those Level 2 – 5 GCSE Grade A* - E including Maths and English residing in the CT6 postcode area and living closest being Minimum Grade D given highest priority. The distance is measured between Level 3 – 5 GCSE Grade A* - C including Maths and English the child’s permanent address and the school in a straight Minimum Grade C line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a central point within the child’s home All applicants are invited to discuss their choices at to a similarly de ned point within the school as speci ed an information, advice and guidance meeting in the by Ordnance Survey. The school uses measurements Spring term. provided by the Local Authority. The admission number for external candidates will be 15, A pupil’s home address is considered to be a residential but this gure may be exceeded in the event that this and property that is the child’s only or main residence and not the number of internal pupils transferring into Year 12 is an address at which your child may sometimes stay or less than the overall gure. Subject to course availability sleep due to your own domestic or special arrangements. the overall year group total is 150. The address must be the pupil’s home address on the day you completed your application form. When students are likely to achieve the minimum grades for entry they will be referred to CXK Ltd for personal If you live separately from your partner but share guidance and support in the application process for Level responsibility for your child, and the child lives at two 1/2/3 courses at the local Further Education colleges. di erent addresses during the week, we will regard the home address as the one at which the child sleeps for the Over-subscription majority of weekdays. Following the admission of internal students transferring from Year 11 students, all remaining places Note – where less than the required number falls into a will be allocated to learners who have met the entry band, we will distribute evenly from adjacent bands. requirements for the particular course of study. Where there are more learners seeking places than the number After a place has been o ered the school of places available, the oversubscription criteria will be reserves the right to withdraw the place in the applied in the order set out above to rank pupils until the following circumstances: overall gure for the year group is reached:
1. When a parent has failed to respond to an o er within After a place has been o ered the school a reasonable time or reserves the right to withdraw the place in the following circumstances: 2. When a parent fails to notify the school of important changes to the application information or a. When the parent or learner has failed to respond to an o er within a reasonable time; or 3. The admission authority o ered the place on the basis b. When a parent or learner has failed to notify the school of a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application of important changes to the application information; or from a parent. c. The admission authority o ered the place on the basis of a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application Supplementary Form Required: No from the parent or learner.
115 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
O ers and Appeals O ers will be made on the basis of predicted performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the above grades are achieved in the nal examinations prior to entry to the Sixth Form and the pupil’s 4 chosen subjects being accommodated on the timetable, in feasible group sizes. i.e. (Up to a maximum of 18 in academic subjects and 14 in practical subjects). Viability will be determined at 6 students or more if the course is to be provided.
All o ers made during Year 11 are conditional on pupils meeting the grade criteria speci ed and will only become rm o ers upon con rmation of actual GCSE results. O er letters will be made before the end of May 2015. O ers will be con rmed once the school has been noti ed of GCSE results in August 2015.
Where learners have achieved better results than the predicted grades they will be considered based on the grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places that become available as a result of other learners failing to meet the required entry levels.
Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an application for a place be refused, by writing to The Clerk to the Governors, care of the school.
Late applications will be considered if places in appropriate subjects are still available after all other applicants have been considered.
A waiting list will be held, ranked according to the over- subscription criteria.
Transport Please note, schools no longer have a designated area from which transport will be provided. In most instances KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. Further information about exceptions to this rule can be found in the transport section of this book. For further information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport
116 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Highsted Grammar Headteacher: Anne Kelly School Admissions Contact Name: Linda Sayers Type of School: Secondary, Academy, Grammar, Girls Highsted Road, Sittingbourne, ME10 4PT Tel: 01795 424223 Age Range: 11-18 Day Pupils Fax: 01795 429375 Specialisms: Science E-mail: [email protected] www.highsted.kent.sch.uk Published Admission No:120 LA No: 886 DFE No: 4080 Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 327 Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 103 Expected number on roll: 876
To access general information about the school, siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers including annual school achievement and attainment and sisters. tables, recent school inspection reports and uniform policy, please contact the school or visit the c) Health and Special Access Reasons - children whose school’s website. health or physical impairment means they have to attend a particular school. Health reasons must be strong and Open Sessions: Thursday 9 October 2014, 4.30 pm must be supported with evidence in writing by a medical to 8.00 pm practitioner. The evidence must demonstrate a special Thursday 11 June 2015, 4.30 pm to 8.00 pm connection between the child’s needs and the particular school. A physical impairment must be such that it Entry is through the Kent Assessment Procedure. requires the child to attend the particular school because its buildings do not inhibit his/her mobility. Oversubscription Criteria Before applying the oversubscription criteria, eligible d) Nearness of children’s homes to school. We use the girls with a Statement of Special Educational Need or distance between the child’s permanent address and an Education, Health and Care Plan which names the the school, measured in a straight line using Ordnance school will be admitted. As a result of this the published Survey address point data. Distances are measured from admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the a point de ned as within the child’s home to a point number of preferences for the school is more than the de ned as within the school as speci ed by Ordnance number of places available, places will be allocated in the Survey. The same address point on the school site is used following priority order – for everybody. a) Children in Local Authority Care – a child under the Supplementary Form Required: No age of 18 years for whom the Local Authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/ Waiting lists will be maintained up to January carers (Section 20 of the Children Act 1989) or who is 2016 and will be ranked according to the above the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. This oversubscription criteria. applies equally to children who immediately after being looked after by the local authority became subject to an Sixth Form Admissions arrangements adoption, residence or special guardianship order. (As Priority will be given to existing pupils transferring from de ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. Admission to 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989). the Sixth Form will be as a result of applicants obtaining a minimum of six GCSE passes at grade C or above b) Current Family Association – a brother or sister in the including Maths and English and A*-B grades in their same school at the time of entry. In this context brother preferred AS subjects or nearest equivalents. or sister means child who live as brother or sister in the same house, including natural brothers or sisters, adopted The admission number for external candidates will be 12, but this gure may be exceeded in the event that this
117 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
and the number of internal pupils transferring into Year Late applications will be considered if places in 12 is less than the overall gure for the year group, which appropriate subjects are still available after all other is 120. applicants have been considered.
Over-subscription A waiting list will be held, ranked according to the over- Following the admission of internal students transferring subscription criteria. from Year 11, all remaining places will be allocated to learners who have met the entry requirements for the Transport particular course of study. Where there are more learners Please note, schools no longer have a designated area seeking places than the number of places available, from which transport will be provided. In most instances the oversubscription criteria above will be applied to KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where eligible students. this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. Further information about exceptions to this rule can be After a place has been o ered the school found in the transport section of this book. For further reserves the right to withdraw the place in the information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. following circumstances: gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport
a. When the parent or learner has failed to respond to an o er within a reasonable time; or b. When a parent or learner has failed to notify the school of important changes to the application information; or c. The admission authority o ered the place on the basis of a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application from the parent or learner.
O ers and Appeals O ers will be made on the basis of predicted performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the above grades are achieved in the nal examinations prior to entry to the Sixth Form and the pupil’s 4 chosen subjects being accommodated on the timetable, in feasible group sizes.
All o ers made during Year 11 are conditional on pupils meeting the grade criteria speci ed and will only become rm o ers upon con rmation of actual GCSE results. O er letters will be made before the end of May 2015. O ers will be con rmed once the school has been noti ed of GCSE results in August 2015.
Where learners have achieved better results than the predicted grades they will be considered based on the grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places that become available as a result of other learners failing to meet the required entry levels.
Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an application for a place be refused, by writing to The Clerk to the Governors, care of the school.
118 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
The High Weald CEO: Mrs D J Coslett, MBA, BA (Hons), PGCE, NPQH, NLE Academy Principal: Mrs C Beech Admissions Contact Name: Mrs J Warman An Academy within The Brook Learning Trust Type of School: Secondary, Academy, All Ability, Mixed Angley Road, Cranbrook, TN17 2PJ Age Range: 11-18 Day Pupils Tel: 01580 712754 Fax: 01580 715434 Specialisms: Sport E-mail: Published Admission No: 180 LA No: 886 DFE No: 4003 [email protected] www.highwealdacademy.kent.sch.uk Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 167 Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 77 Expected number on roll: 480
To access general information about the school, b) Where the student has a sibling on roll at the time of including annual school achievement and attainment application or admission tables, recent school inspection reports and De nition: A brother or sister attending the school when the uniform policy, please contact the school or visit the child starts. In this context brother or sister means children school’s website. who live as brother or sister in the same house, including natural brothers and sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or Open Sessions: sisters and foster brothers and sisters Open Evening: Thursday 2 October 2014 5.30 to 8.30pm Principal and c) Proximity of the student’s permanent residence to The CEO speak at 6.15pm and 7.15pm High Weald Academy, measured by a straight line, with those living nearest being accorded the highest priority Open Mornings: The distance is measured between the child’s permanent Saturday 4 October 2014 Tours start at 10.00am address and the school measured in a straight line using Tuesday 7 October 2014 Tours start at 9.00am Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured Thursday 9 October 2014 Tours start at 9.00am from a de ned point within the child’s home to a similarly Tours last approximately one hour. Other times are de ned point within the school as speci ed by Ordnance available by appointment. Survey. The school uses measurements provided by the LA.
Oversubscription Criteria Supplementary Form Required: NO Before applying the oversubscription criteria, children with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an Waiting lists will be maintained up to January Education, Health and Care Plan which names the 2016 and will be ranked according to the above school will be admitted. As a result of this the published oversubscription criteria. admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the number of preferences for the school is more than the Sixth Form Admissions Arrangements number of places available, places will be allocated in the Students (boys and girls) are able to join The High Weald following priority order – Academy in Year 12 for sixth form studies. The speci c academic entry requirements for Level 3 [A Level] courses a) Where the student is in local authority care are 5 A*-C GCSE grades with the preference for English De nition: A child under the age of 18 years for whom the and mathematics to be included in those A*-C grades. Local Authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers. (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or Students will need a B grade in the same subject at GCSE who is the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act), or for entry to an A level course. Where there is no GCSE or a child adopted from care equivalent course, a decision will be made on relevant English and mathematics GCSE grades. O ers will be made on the basis of predicted performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the
119 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
above grades are achieved in the nal examinations prior to entry to the Sixth Form and the pupil’s 4 chosen subjects being accommodated on the timetable, in feasible group sizes.
All o ers made during Year 11 are conditional on pupils meeting the grade criteria speci ed and will only become rm o ers upon con rmation of actual GCSE results. O er letters will be made before the end of May 2015. O ers will be con rmed once the school has been noti ed of GCSE results in August 2015.
Where learners have achieved better results than the predicted grades they will be considered based on the grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places that become available as a result of other learners failing to meet the required entry levels.
Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an application for a place be refused, by writing to The Clerk to the Governors, care of the school.
Late applications will be considered if places in appropriate subjects are still available after all other applicants have been considered.
A waiting list will be held, ranked according to the over- subscription criteria.
Oversubscription Criteria Students in Year 11 at The High Weald Academy have priority over those seeking to join the sixth form from other schools. No more than the “Net Capacity Assessment” (currently 180 students) are admitted to Year 12 and in the event of over subscription the criteria above for Year 7 entry will be applied after the GCSE entry criteria . No more than 50% of this number will be new admissions from other institutions.
Transport Please note, schools no longer have a designated area from which transport will be provided. In most instances KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. Further information about exceptions to this rule can be found in the transport section of this book. For further information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport
120 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Highworth Grammar Headteacher: Mr Paul Danielsen School Admissions (Years 7-11): Ms Karen Brad eld Admissions (Post 16): Mrs Rebecca Walker Quantock Drive, Ashford, TN24 8UD Tel: 01233 624910 Type of School: Secondary, Academy, Grammar, Girls Fax: 01233 612028 AgeRange: 11-18 Day Pupils E-mail: [email protected] www.highworth.kent.sch.uk Specialisms: Music Published Admission: 184 LA No: 886 DFE No:4092 Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 373 Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 176 Expected number on roll: 1305
To access general information about the school, • Current Family Association - a brother or sister attending including annual school achievement and attainment the school when the child starts. In this context brother or tables, recent school inspection reports and sister means children who live as brother or sister in the uniform policy, please contact the school or visit the same house, including natural brothers or sisters, adopted school’s website. siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers and sisters. If siblings from multiple births (twins, triplets, Open Sessions: etc) apply for a school and the school would reach its Y6 Open Evening: Thursday 23rd October 2014, 6.00pm to Published Admission Number (PAN) after admitting one 8.00pm or more, but before admitting all of those siblings, the LA Headteacher’s presentation at 6.15pm and 7.00pm will o er a place to each of the siblings, even if doing so Y6 Open Morning: Friday 24th October 2014, 9.00am to takes the school above its PAN. 10.30am Sixth Form Open Evening: Thursday 22nd January 2015 • Health and Special Access Reasons - Medical, health, social and special access reasons will be applied in Entry is through the Kent assessment procedure. accordance with the school’s legal obligations, in particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will Oversubscription Criteria be given to those children whose mental or physical Before applying the oversubscription criteria, eligible impairment means they have a demonstrable and girls with a Statement of Special Educational Need or signi cant need to attend a particular school. Equally an Education, Health and Care Plan which names the this priority will apply to children whose parents’/ school will be admitted. As a result of this the published guardians’ physical or mental health or social needs mean admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the that they have a demonstrable and signi cant need to number of preferences for the school is more than the attend a particular school. Such claims will need to be number of places available, places will be allocated to supported by written evidence from a suitably quali ed eligible girls in the following priority order – medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate a special connection between these needs and the • Children in Local Authority Care – a child under the particular school. age of 18 years for whom the local authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/ • Nearness of children’s homes to school - we use the carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is distance between the child’s permanent home address the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. This and the school, measured in a straight line using applies equally to children who immediately after being Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are looked after by the local authority became subject to an measured from a point de ned as within the child’s home adoption, residence or special guardianship order. (As to a point de ned as within the school as speci ed by de ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989) site is used for everybody.
121 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Supplementary Form Required: NO All o ers made during Year 11 are conditional on pupils meeting the grade criteria speci ed and will only become Waiting lists will be maintained up to January rm o ers upon con rmation of actual GCSE results. 2016 and will be ranked according to the above O er letters will be made before the end of May 2015. oversubscription criteria. O ers will be con rmed once the school has been noti ed of GCSE results in August 2015. Sixth Form Admissions arrangements – Priority will be given to existing pupils transferring from Where learners have achieved better results than the Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. Admission to the predicted grades they will be considered based on the Sixth Form will be as a result of applicants obtaining a grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places minimum of: that become available as a result of other learners failing At least 6 GCSE subjects at grades A*- B to meet the required entry levels. At least a B grade in English At least a C grade in Mathematics Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an The speci c entry requirements for each AS subject application for a place be refused, by writing to The Clerk to the Governors, care of the school. The admission number for external candidates will be 50, but this gure may be exceeded in the event that this Late applications will be considered if places in and the number of internal pupils transferring into Year appropriate subjects are still available after all other 12 is less than the overall gure for the year group, which applicants have been considered. is 184. A waiting list will be held, ranked according to the over- Over-subscription subscription criteria. Following the admission of internal students transferring from Year 11, all remaining places will be allocated to Transport learners who have met the entry requirements for the Please note, schools no longer have a designated area particular course of study. Where there are more learners from which transport will be provided. In most instances seeking places than the number of places available, the KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where oversubscription criteria will be applied in the order set this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. out above to rank pupils until the overall gure for the Further information about exceptions to this rule can be year group is reached: found in the transport section of this book. For further information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. After a place has been o ered the school gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport reserves the right to withdraw the place in the following circumstances:
a. When the parent or learner has failed to respond to an o er within a reasonable time; or
b. When a parent or learner has failed to notify the school of important changes to the application information; or
c. The admission authority o ered the place on the basis of a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application from the parent or learner.
O ers and Appeals O ers will be made on the basis of predicted performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the above grades are achieved in the nal examinations prior to entry to the Sixth Form and the pupil’s 4 chosen subjects being accommodated on the timetable, in feasible group sizes.
122 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Hillview School for Headteacher: Mrs Elaine Buchanan Girls Admissions Contact Name: Mrs G Blacklee Type of School: Secondary, Academy, All Ability, Girls Brionne Gardens, Tonbridge, TN9 2HE Tel: 01732 352793 Age Range: 11-18 Day Pupils Fax: 01732 368718 Specialisms: Performing Arts E-mail: [email protected] www.hiillview.kent.sch.uk Published Admission No: 208 LA No: 886 DFE No: 5450 Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 550 Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 208 Expected number on roll: 1390
To access general information about the school, Oversubscription including annual school achievement and attainment Before applying the oversubscription criteria, children tables, recent school inspection reports and with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an uniform policy, please contact the school or visit the Education, Health and Care Plan which names the school’s website. school will be admitted. As a result of this the published admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the Open Sessions number of preferences for the school is more than the Open Evening number of places available, places will be allocated in the Thursday 2 October: 5.30 – 8.30p.m following priority order- Headteacher presentation at 6.00, 6.45 and 7.30 p.m 1. Where the child is in local authority care; Free shuttle service provided by Hams Travel during the This includes:- evening running from Sainsbury’s car park at half-hourly (i) a child under the age of 18 years for whom the Local intervals from 5.00 p.m Authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) Open Mornings or who is the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Tuesday 7 and Wednesday 8 October 2014: Both from Act. 9.00 to 10.30 a.m. Last tour at 10.00 a.m. (ii) a child who immediately after being looked after by the Question and answer sessions with the Headteacher on Local Authority became subject to an adoption, residence mid-week Open Mornings or special guardianship order. (As de ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of Saturday 4 October 2014: 10.00 – 12.00 noon the Children Act 1989 Headteacher presentation at 10.15 am and 11.00am (iii) a child adopted under the 1976 Act.)
Hillview is a specialist school for the Performing Arts 2. Where the child has a sibling attending the school at and 10% of places (20) will be allocated on the basis of the time of entry; aptitude in the Performing Arts. This will be assessed A brother or sister attending the school when the through tests carried out at the school, overseen by an child starts. In this context brother or sister means independent assessor. Application for these places must children who live as brother or sister in the same house, be made on an Application Form for Performing Arts including natural brothers and sisters, adopted siblings, Place, which is available on our school website or from stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers and sisters. the Admissions Secretary at the school, in addition to Hillview School being one of the named preferences 3. Where the child is the daughter/son of a member of on the Secondary Common Application Form. These sta ; places are not subject to the restrictions of the general The member of sta must have been employed at the oversubscription criteria listed below, except in the case school for two or more years at the time at which the of children in local authority care (No 1 below). application for admission to the school is made, and/or
123 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
the member of sta is recruited to ll a vacant post for There are 208 places available in Year 12 and we welcome which there is a demonstrable skill shortage. external candidates where there are places within this gure. 4. Where there are health reasons for admitting the child; Medical, Health and Special Access Reasons will be applied Over-subscription in accordance with the school’s legal obligations, in Following the admission of internal students transferring particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will from Year 11, all remaining places will be allocated to be given to those children who have a mental or physical learners who have met the entry requirements for the impairment which means they have a demonstrable and particular course of study. Where there are more learners signi cant need to attend the school. Equally this priority seeking places than the number of places available, the will apply to children whose parents’/guardians’ physical oversubscription criteria above will be applied to eligible or mental health or social needs means that they have a students. demonstrable and signi cant need to attend the school. All of the above types of claims must be supported with After a place has been o ered the school written evidence from a suitably quali ed medical or other reserves the right to withdraw the place in the practitioner who can demonstrate a special connection following circumstances: between those needs and the school. a. When the parent or learner has failed to respond to an 5. proximity of the child’s home to the school, with those o er within a reasonable time; or living nearer (measured in a straight line) being accorded b. When a parent or learner has failed to notify the school the higher priority. of important changes to the application information; or The school uses measurements provided by the Local c. The admission authority o ered the place on the basis Authority. A map showing where places have been o ered of a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application in the past and a commentary can be viewed on the from the parent or learner. school website. O ers and Appeals If the school’s PAN is reached following admittance of one O ers will be made on the basis of predicted child of a multiple birth, the other child/children will be performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the admitted over the PAN. above grades are achieved in the nal examinations prior to entry to the Sixth Form and the pupil’s 4 chosen For the remaining 10% of places the following criteria will subjects being accommodated on the timetable, in apply: feasible group sizes. • aptitude for the Performing Arts as determined by the school’s assessment procedure. All o ers made during Year 11 are conditional on pupils meeting the grade criteria speci ed and will only become Supplementary Form Required: Yes – for Performing rm o ers upon con rmation of actual GCSE results. Arts places only. Available from and returnable to O er letters will be made before the end of May 2015. the school. O ers will be con rmed once the school has been noti ed of GCSE results in August 2015. Waiting lists will be maintained up to January 2016 and will be ranked according to the above Where learners have achieved better results than the oversubscription criteria. predicted grades they will be considered based on the grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places Sixth Form Admissions arrangements – that become available as a result of other learners failing Priority will be given to existing pupils transferring from to meet the required entry levels. Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. Admission to the Sixth Form will be as a result of applicants obtaining a Parents and pupils have a statutory right of appeal, should minimum of 5 GCSE passes at grade C or above including an application for a place be refused, by writing to The English and Maths. There are additional subject speci c Clerk to the Governors, care of the school. entrance criteria which are outlined in the course guide and students must achieve an Average Points Score of 41.5 to access academic A level quali cations.
124 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Late applications will be considered if places in appropriate subjects are still available after all other applicants have been considered.
A waiting list will be held, ranked according to the over- subscription criteria.
Transport Please note, schools no longer have a designated area from which transport will be provided. In most instances KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. Further information about exceptions to this rule can be found in the transport section of this book. For further information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport
125 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Holmesdale Executive Principal: Patrick Hannaway Technology College School Principal: Mrs J Campbell Chair of Governors: Mr R Sams Malling Road, Snodland ME6 5HS Tel: 01634 240416 Admissions Contact: Mrs B Relf Fax: 01634 244041 Type of school: Foundation, Trust E-mail: [email protected] Age Range: 11-18 Published Admission No:180 LA No: 886 DfES No: 4065 Number of applications for year 7 entry September 2013: 277 Number of places allocated 1 March 2013: 117 Expected number on roll: 970
To access general information about the school, b) Current Family Association - a brother or sister in the including annual school achievement and same school at the time of entry. In this context brother attainment tables, recent school inspection reports or sister means child who live as brother or sister in the and uniform policy, please contact the school or same house, including natural brothers or sisters, adopted visit the school’s website. siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers and sisters. Open Mornings: Monday, 29 September 9.00am and 11.00am c) Health reasons (for which a medical certi cate may be Thursday, 2 October 9.00am and 11.00am needed) Health and Special Access Reasons – Medical, Saturday, 4 October 10.00am – 12.00pm health, social and special access reasons will be applied in accordance with the school’s legal obligations, in Open Evening: particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will Monday, 29 September 6.00pm – 8.30pm be given to those children whose mental or physical (Principal’s address 6.00pm and 7.00pm) impairment means they have a demonstrable and signi cant need to attend a particular school. Equally this Oversubscription Criteria priority will apply to children whose parents’/guardians’ Before applying the oversubscription criteria, children physical or mental health or social needs mean that they with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an have a demonstrable and signi cant need to attend a Education, Health and Care Plan which names the particular school. Such claims will need to be supported school will be admitted. As a result of this the published by written evidence from a suitably quali ed medical admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the or other practitioner who can demonstrate a special number of preferences for the school is more than the connection between these needs and the particular number of places available, places will be allocated in the school. following priority order - d) Nearness of children’s homes to school. A pupil’s a) Children in Local Authority Care – a child under the home address is considered to be a residential property age of 18 years for whom the Local Authority provides that is the child’s only or main residence. We use the accommodation by agreement with their parents/ distance between the child’s permanent address and carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is the school, measured in a straight line using Ordnance the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. This Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a applies equally to children who immediately after being de ned point within the child’s home to a de ned point looked after by the local authority became subject to within the school as speci ed by Ordnance Survey. an adoption, residence or special guardianship order (as de ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act Supplementary Form Required: No 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989).
126 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Waiting lists will be maintained up to January All o ers made during Year 11 are conditional on pupils 2016 and will be ranked according to the above meeting the grade criteria speci ed and will only become oversubscription criteria. rm o ers upon con rmation of actual GCSE results. Sixth Form Admission Arrangements O er letters will be made before the end of May 2015. Priority will be given to existing pupils transferring from O ers will be con rmed once the school has been Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. Admission to the noti ed of GCSE results in August 2015. Sixth Form will be as a result of applicants obtaining a minimum of 5 GCSE passes at grade C or above including Where learners have achieved better results than the English and Maths and B grades in their preferred AS predicted grades they will be considered based on the subjects or nearest equivalents. grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places that become available as a result of other learners failing The admission number for external candidates will be to meet the required entry levels. 10, but this gure may be exceeded in the event that Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an this and the number of internal pupils transferring application for a place be refused, by writing to The Clerk into Year 12 is less than the overall gure for the year to the Governors, care of the school. group, which are 70. Students who are members of the Malling and Holmesdale Federation will have priority as Late applications will be considered if places in external candidates. appropriate subjects are still available after all other applicants have been considered. Over-subscription Following the admission of internal students transferring A waiting list will be held, ranked according to the over- from Year 11, all remaining places will be allocated to subscription criteria. learners who have met the entry requirements for the particular course of study. Where there are more learners Transport seeking places than the number of places available, the Please note, schools no longer have a designated area above oversubscription criteria will be applied in the from which transport will be provided. In most instances order set out above to rank pupils until the overall gure KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where for the year group is reached: this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. Further information about exceptions to this rule can be After a place has been o ered the school found in the transport section of this book. For further reserves the right to withdraw the place in the information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. following circumstances: gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport a. When the parent or learner has failed to respond to an o er within a reasonable time; or b. When a parent or learner has failed to notify the school of important changes to the application information; or c. The admission authority o ered the place on the basis of a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application from the parent or learner.
O ers and Appeals O ers will be made on the basis of predicted performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the above grades are achieved in the nal examinations prior to entry to the Sixth Form and the pupil’s 4 chosen subjects being accommodated on the timetable, in feasible group sizes.
127 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Homewood School & Headteacher: Mrs Sally Lees MA (Oxon) Sixth Form Centre Admissions Contact Name: Ms L Castle Type of School: Secondary, Academy, Comprehensive, Mixed Ashford Road, Tenterden, TN30 6LT Tel: 01580 764222 Age Range: 11-18 Day Pupils Fax: 01580 766267 Specialisms: Performing Arts, Applied Learning, Rural Dimension E-mail: [email protected] www.homewood-school.co.uk Published Admission No: 390 LA No: 886 DFE No: 5408 Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 759 Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 390 Expected number on roll: 2260
To access general information about the school, from that group will be according to criteria speci ed in including annual school achievement and attainment paragraphs c) and d). tables, recent school inspection reports and uniform policy, please contact the school or visit the c) Current Family Association – a brother or sister school’s website. attending the school when the child starts. In this context brother or sister means children who live as brother or Open Sessions: sister in the same house, including natural brothers and Open Evening -Wednesday 24th September 4pm – 8pm sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster Open Mornings – Wednesday 1st Oct & Thursday 2nd Oct brothers and sisters. 10am-12noon If siblings from multiple births (twins, triplets etc) apply for a school place and the school would reach its Planned Oversubscription Criteria Admissions Number (PAN) after admitting one or more Before applying the oversubscription criteria, children but before admitting all of the siblings, places will be with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an o ered to each of the siblings, even if doing so takes the Education, Health and Care Plan which names the school above its PAN. The PAN will remain unchanged school will be admitted. As a result of this the published so that no other pupil will be admitted until a place admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the becomes available within the PAN. number of preferences for the school is more than the number of places available, places will be allocated in the d) All other children by distance from the school following priority order- The distance between the child’s permanent home address and the school is measured in a straight line a) Children in Local Authority Care using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are A child under the age of 18 years for whom the Local measured from a point de ned as within the child’s home Authority provides accommodation by agreement with to a point de ned as within the school as speci ed by their parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school or who is subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. site is used for everybody. This will now also include children who were In-Care and have subsequently been adopted The school uses measurements provided by the LA. A block of ats has a single address point reference, so b) 20% of intake will be admitted with reference to ability applicants living in the same block will be regarded as or aptitude living the same distance away from the school. In the All applicants will be invited to take part in an Assessment unlikely event that two or more children live in the same with the information gained from the assessment being block and in all other ways have equal eligibility for the used to select 72 students according to the scores last available place at the school, the names will be issued achieved. In the event of a group of applicants having the a number and drawn randomly to decide which child same score at the 20% percentile the criteria for selection should be given the place.
128 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
A pupil’s home address is considered to be a residential Over-subscription property that is the child’s only or main residence and The overall gure to be admitted to Year 12 will be not an address at which the child may sometimes stay the Published Admission Number for Year 11(currently or sleep due to domestic or special arrangements. The 360 students) and up to 50% of this number may be address must be the pupil’s home address on the day admissions from other institutions. the application form is completed and it must be EITHER owned by the child’s parent, parents or guardian, OR Following the admission of internal students transferring leased to or rented by the child’s parent, parents or from Year 11, all remaining places will be allocated to guardian under a lease or written rental agreement. If learners who have met the entry requirements for their the parents live separately but share responsibility for the particular courses of study. Where there are more learners child and the child lives at two di erent addresses during seeking places than the number of places available, the the week, we will regard the home address as the one at following oversubscription criteria will be applied in the which the child sleeps for the majority of weekdays. order set out below to rank pupils until the overall gure for the year group is reached: Supplementary Form Required: Yes – Available within the school’s prospectus at the open days and 1. Children in Local Authority Care – A child under the evening and returnable to the school. age of 18 years for whom the Local Authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/ Waiting lists will be maintained up to January carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is 2016 and will be ranked according to the above the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. This oversubscription criteria. applies equally to children who immediately after being looked after by the local authority became subject to an Sixth Form Admissions arrangements: adoption, residence or special guardianship order. (As At Homewood Sixth Form Centre we o er places to de ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act students on the basis of the most appropriate learning 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989). pathway to suit their individual needs and ambitions. Each separate course within each pathway carries its own 2. Current Family Association – a brother or sister tari . There is therefore no blanket entry requirement attending the school when the child starts. In this context to the Sixth Form, however for most A Level courses brother or sister means children who live as brother or applicants should obtain a minimum of ve GCSE passes sister in the same house, including natural brothers and at grade C or above and a B grade in their preferred AS sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster subjects or nearest equivalents. For most Level 3 BTEC/ brothers and sister. OCR courses applicants should obtain a GCSE C grade or better or Merit at that subject at level 2, plus a C grade at 4. Distance – we use the distance between the child’s GCSE English and Maths. permanent home address and the school, measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. There are no speci c entry requirements for the level 2 Distances are measured from a point de ned as within courses on o er in the sixth form. the child’s home to a point de ned as within the school as speci ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point All applicants are invited to a meeting (with a parent or on the school site is used for everybody. When we apply carer) to discuss their academic pathway and to generate the distance criterion, these straight line measurements the programme of study best suited to their individual are used to determine how close each applicant’s address pro le. As a result of this meeting the student will be is to the school. The school uses measurements provided o ered a place in the Sixth Form and a programme of by the LA and further information on how distances courses (each of which will have its own requirement) are calculated is available in the Admissions Booklets that enables progression. If a student achieves better or provided by the LA. A more detailed de nition of what worse GCSE results than predicted we are committed constitutes a child’s permanent home and also how the to ensuring that the student is guided onto a di erent measurement for ats will be calculated is also contained pathway of courses appropriate to their academic pro le, in the LA Admissions Booklets. which may di er from their initial application. In the event of a tie breaker situation, the nearness of an applicant’s home to school will be the decider.
129 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
If in the event that more than one applicant has the same distance from home to school (as measured by the local authority), then a random selection will be applied. After a place has been o ered the school reserves the right to withdraw the place in the following circumstances:
a. When the parent or learner has failed to respond to an o er within a reasonable time; or b. When a parent or learner has failed to notify the school of important changes to the application information; or c. The admission authority o ered the place on the basis of a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application from the parent or learner.
O ers and Appeals O ers for individual courses will be made on the basis of predicted performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the above grades are achieved in the nal examinations prior to entry to the Sixth Form. Courses will run according to the o ers made as long as the group sizes meet an economically viable number.
All o ers made during Year 11 are conditional on students meeting the grade criteria speci ed and will only become rm o ers upon con rmation of actual GCSE results. O er letters will be made before the end of May 2015. O ers will be con rmed once the school has been noti ed of GCSE results in August 2015.
Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an application for a place be refused, by writing to The Clerk to the Governors, care of Homewood School and Sixth Form Centre.
Late applications will be considered if places in appropriate subjects are still available after all other applicants have been considered.
A waiting list will be held, ranked according to the over- subscription criteria.
Transport Please note, schools no longer have a designated area from which transport will be provided. In most instances KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. Further information about exceptions to this rule can be found in the transport section of this book. For further information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport
130 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Hugh Christie Executive Principal: Jon Barker Technology College Head of School: Mark Fenn Admissions Contact Name: Nicki Riddle White Cottage Road, Tonbridge, TN10 4PU Tel: 01732 353544 Type of School: Secondary, Foundation, High, Mixed Fax: 01732 367833 Age Range: 11-18 Day Pupils E-mail: [email protected] www.hughchristie.kent.sch.uk Specialisms: Technology Published Admission No:165 LA No: 886 DFE No: 5431 Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 421 Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 155 Expected number on roll: 1000
To access general information about the school, A brother or sister attending the school when the child including annual school achievement and attainment starts. In this context brother or sister means children tables, recent school inspection reports and who live as brother or sister in the same house, including uniform policy, please contact the school or visit the natural brothers or sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers school’s website. or sisters and foster brothers and sisters. If siblings from multiple births (twins, triplets, etc) apply for a school and Open Sessions: the school would reach its Published Admission Number Open Evening - Thursday 25th September 5pm – 8pm (PAN) after admitting one or more, but before admitting Open Mornings - Tuesday 30th September and Wednesday all of those siblings, the LA will o er a place to each of the 15th October - Tours at 9am – appointments to be made siblings, even if doing so takes the school above its PAN by contacting Mrs Riddle 01732 353544 ext 242 Open Evening – Tuesday 7th October 6pm – 8pm 3. Medical / Health and Special Access Reasons Medical / Health and Special Access Reasons will be applied in accordance with the Hugh Christie Technology Oversubscription Criteria College’s legal obligations, in particular those under the Before applying the oversubscription criteria, children Equality Act 2010. Priority will be given to those children with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an whose mental or physical impairment means they have Education, Health and Care Plan which names the a demonstrable and signi cant need to attend Hugh school will be admitted. As a result of this the published Christie Technology College. Equally this priority will apply admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the to children whose parents’/guardians’, physical or mental number of preferences for the school is more than the health or social need means there is a demonstrable number of places available, places will be allocated in the and signi cant need for their child to attend Hugh following priority order – Christie Technology College. Such claims will need to be supported by written evidence from a suitably quali ed 1. Looked After Children / Children in Local Authority Care medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate a A child under the age of 18 years for who the Local special connection between these needs and Hugh Authority (LA) provides accommodation by agreement Christie Technology College. with their parent (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is subject to a care order under Part 1V of the act. 4. Distance / Nearness of children’s home to college This applies equally to children who immediately after The distance is measured between the child’s permanent being looked after by the local authority became subject address and the college measured in a straight line to an adoption, residence or special guardianship order. using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are (As de ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children measured from a central point within the child’s home to Act 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989). a similarly de ned point within the college as speci ed by Ordnance Survey. The college uses measurements 2. Sibling / Current Family Association provided by the LA. A map of the locality is held at the college for consultation should it be required.
131 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
A block of ats has a single address point of reference, gaining the relevant entry grade in their preferred AS so applicants living in the same block will be regarded subjects or nearest equivalents. as living the same distance away from the college. In the unlikely event that two or more children live in the same The admission number for external candidates will be 25, block and in all other ways have equal eligibility for the but this gure may be exceeded in the event that this last available place at the college the names will be issued and the number of internal pupils transferring into Year a number and drawn randomly to decide which child 12 is less than the overall gure for the year group, which should be given the place. is 165.
Child’s home address Over-subscription The distance between the child’s permanent home Following the admission of internal students transferring address and Hugh Christie Technology College is from Year 11, all remaining places will be allocated to measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey learners who have met the entry requirements for the address point data. Distances are measured from a point particular course of study. Where there are more learners de ned as within the child’s home to a point de ned seeking places than the number of places available, the within the grounds of Hugh Christie Technology College oversubscription criteria will be applied in the order set as speci ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address out above to rank pupils until the overall gure for the point on the school site is used for everybody. When we year group is reached: apply the distance criterion for Hugh Christie Technology College, these straight line measurements are used After a place has been o ered the school to determine how close each applicant’s address is to reserves the right to withdraw the place in the the school. following circumstances:
A child’s home address is considered to be a residential a. When the parent or learner has failed to respond to an property that is the child’s only or main residence (not an o er within a reasonable time; or address at which the child may sometimes stay or sleep) and which is either owned by the child’s parent, parents b. When a parent or learner has failed to notify the school or guardian or leased or rented to them under a lease or of important changes to the application information; or written rental agreement. Where partners live apart but share responsibility for the child, and the child lives at two c. The admission authority o ered the place on the basis di erent addresses during the week, we will regard the of a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application home address as the one at which the child sleeps for the from the parent or learner. majority of week days. O ers and Appeals In the event of a tie breaker situation the nearness of an O ers will be made on the basis of predicted applicant’s home to college will be the decider. If in the performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the unlikely event more than one applicant has the exact above grades are achieved in the nal examinations same distance from home to college (as measured by the prior to entry to the Sixth Form and the pupil’s 4 chosen local authority), then a random selection will be applied. subjects being accommodated on the timetable, in feasible group sizes. Supplementary Form Required: No All o ers made during Year 11 are conditional on pupils Waiting lists will be maintained up to January meeting the grade criteria speci ed and will only become 2016 and will be ranked according to the above rm o ers upon con rmation of actual GCSE results. oversubscription criteria. O er letters will be made before the end of May 2015. O ers will be con rmed once the school has been noti ed of GCSE results in August 2015. Sixth Form Admissions arrangements – Priority will be given to existing pupils transferring from Where learners have achieved better results than the Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. Admission to predicted grades they will be considered based on the the Sixth Form will be as a result of applicants obtaining grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places a minimum of 5 GCSE passes at grade C or above and
132 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
that become available as a result of other learners failing to meet the required entry levels.
Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an application for a place be refused, by writing to The Clerk to the Governors, care of the school.
Late applications will be considered if places in appropriate subjects are still available after all other applicants have been considered.
A waiting list will be held, ranked according to the over- subscription criteria.
Transport Please note, schools no longer have a designated area from which transport will be provided. In most instances KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. Further information about exceptions to this rule can be found in the transport section of this book. For further information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport
133 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Invicta Grammar Chief Executive of the Valley Invicta Academies Trust: Dr Limbert School Headteacher: Mrs Derrick Huntsman Lane, Maidstone, ME14 5DS Admissions Contact Name: Mrs Kim Sta ord Tel: 01622 755856 Fax: 01622 678584 Type of School: Secondary, Academy, Grammar, Girls E-mail: o [email protected] Age Range: 11-18 Day Pupils www.invicta.kent.sch.uk Specialisms: Business & Enterprise, Mathematics, ICT and Languages Published Admission No:192 LA No: 886 DFE No: 4058 Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 566 Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 183 Expected number on roll: 1300
To access general information about the school, b) Current Family Association - a brother or sister including annual school achievement and attainment attending the school when the child starts. In this context, tables, recent school inspection reports and brother or sister means children who live as brother or uniform policy, please contact the school or visit the sister in the same house, including natural brothers or school’s website. sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers and sisters. Open Sessions: 10 October 2014 – 11+ Open Evening 6 – 9 pm c) Medical, Health and Special Access Reasons - Medical, 18 October 2014 – 11+ Open Morning 9 – 11 am health, social and special access reasons will be applied 22 October 2014 – 11+ Open Morning 9 – 11 am in accordance with the school’s legal obligations; in particular those under the Equality Act 2010 Priority will Entry is through the Kent Assessment Procedure. be given to those children whose mental or physical impairment means they have a demonstrable and Oversubscription criteria signi cant need to attend a particular school. Equally, this Before applying the oversubscription criteria, eligible priority will apply to children whose parents’/guardians’, girls with a Statement of Special Educational Need or physical or mental health or social needs means that an Education, Health and Care Plan which names the they have a demonstrable and signi cant need to school will be admitted. As a result of this the published attend a particular school. Such claims will need to be admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the supported by written evidence from a suitably quali ed number of preferences for the school is more than the medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate number of places available, places will be allocated to a special connection between these needs and the eligible girls in the following priority order: particular school.
a) Children in Local Authority Care or Previously in Local d) Nearness of children’s homes to school - we use Authority Care - a child under the age of 18 years for the distance between the child’s permanent home whom the Local Authority provides accommodation by address and the school, measured in a straight line using agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are Children Act 1989) or who is the subject of a care order measured from a point de ned as within the child’s home under Part IV of the Act. This applies equally to children to a point de ned as within the school as speci ed by who immediately after being looked after by the local Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school authority became subject to an adoption, residence or site is used for everybody. The school uses measurements special guardianship order. (As de ned by Section 46 of provided by the LA. the Adoption and Children Act 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989). If, in the event, more than one applicant has the same distance from home to school (as measured by the
134 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
local authority), then a random selection will be applied The admission number for external candidates is 50, but (in accordance with the KCC de nition). In the event this gure may be exceeded in the event that this and the that the nal place o ered from the ranked list falls to number of internal pupils transferring into Year 12 is less a pupil of a multiple birth, the school will o er a place than the overall gure for the year group, which is 230. to each of these children who have met the over- subscription criteria. After a place has been o ered the school reserves the right to withdraw the place in the Home Address: following circumstances: We will accept as a pupil’s address the residential property that is the child’s only or main residence, not an address a. When the parent or learner has failed to respond to an at which the child may sometimes stay or sleep due to o er within a reasonable time; or domestic arrangements. It will be either: i Owned by the child’s parent, parents or guardian; or b. When a parent or learner has failed to notify the school ii Leased to or rented by the child’s parent, parents or of important changes to the application information; or guardian under a lease or written rental agreement. c. The admission authority o ered the place on the basis Evidence of ownership or rental agreement may be of a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application required, plus proof of the child’s permanent residency from the parent or learner. at the property concerned. The Trust reserves the right to check information given on the application form. If any Oversubscription Criteria information given on the form is found to be incorrect, or Following the admission of internal students transferring if parents fail to notify the school of important changes from Year 11, all remaining places will be allocated to in the information, the o er of a school place can be learners who have met the entry requirements for the withdrawn. The school can only accept one current particular course of study. Where there are more learners home address on the Secondary Common Application seeking places than the number of places available, the Form. If parents live separately from their partner but oversubscription criteria will be applied in the order set share responsibility for the child, and the child lives at out above to rank pupils until the overall gure for the two di erent addresses during the week, the school will year group is reached: regard the home address as the one at which the child sleeps for the majority of nights in each week. The o er of O ers and Appeals a place may be withdrawn if proof of residency is not met. O ers will be made on the basis of predicted performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the Supplementary Form Required: No above grades are achieved in the nal examinations prior to entry to the Sixth Form and the student’s 4 chosen Waiting lists will be maintained until the end of the subjects being accommodated on the timetable, in school year. Anyone wishing to remain on the on the feasible group sizes. waiting list should contact the school to request this. All o ers made during Year 11 are conditional on pupils Sixth Form Admissions arrangements – mixed in meeting the grade criteria speci ed and will only become Sixth Form. Priority will be given to existing students rm o ers upon con rmation of actual GCSE results. O er transferring from Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria letters will be made before the end of May 2015. O ers (on average 180 students). Admission to the Sixth Form will be con rmed once the school has been noti ed of will be as a result of applicants obtaining: GCSE results in August 2015.
• a minimum of 6 A* - C grades at GCSE or equivalent Where learners have achieved better results than the (including a minimum of 5 B grades at GCSE to give predicted grades they will be considered based on the students access to a range of AS courses / subjects) grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places • the minimum entry requirements specified by the that become available as a result of other learners failing subjects of their choice to meet the required entry levels. • a supportive letter confirming suitability for AS/A2 study and the preferred subject choices.
135 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Parents and students have a statutory right of appeal, should an application for a place be refused, by writing to The Clerk to the Governors, care of the school. Late applications will be considered if places in appropriate subjects are still available after all other applicants have been considered. A waiting list will be held, ranked according to the over-subscription criteria.
Transport Please note, schools no longer have a designated area from which transport will be provided. In most instances KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. Further information about exceptions to this rule can be found in the transport section of this book. For further information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport
136 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
The John Wallis Principal: Mr John McParland Church of England Admissions Contact Name: Mrs Penny Silvester Type of School: All-through 3-19, Church of England, Academy, All Academy Ability, Mixed Millbank Road, Kingsnorth, Ashford, Age Range: 3-19 Day Pupils TN23 3HG Published Admission No: 210 LA No: 886 DFE No: 6919 Tel: 01233 623465 Fax: 652612 Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 358 E-mail: Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 175 [email protected] www.thejohnwallisacademy.org Expected number on roll: 1120
To access general information about the academy, c) children whose sibling/s currently attend/s the including annual school achievement and Academy and who will continue to do so on the date of attainment tables, recent inspection reports and admission; in this context sibling means children who live uniform policy, please contact the academy or visit as brother or sister in the same house, including natural the academy’s website. brothers or sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers and sisters; Open Sessions: Open Mornings: Tuesday 7th, Wednesday 8th, Thursday d) children of members of sta who have been employed 9th, Friday 10th October 2014 from 9.00am-10.30am. at the Academy for two or more years, or of a member of sta who has been recruited to ll a vacant post for which Open Evening: Tuesday, 7th October 2014 from 5.00pm- there is a demonstrable skill shortage; 8.00pm. e) children who are permanently resident with a TN23 Please contact the Admissions O ce on 01233 662810 to postcode within the area bounded to the east by the book a place on one of the above morning sessions A2070, to the west by the A28, and to the north by the Ashford to Maidstone railway line, in priority order Oversubscription Criteria according to the nearness of each child’s home to the Before applying the oversubscription criteria, children school – measured between the child’s permanent with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an address and the Academy in a straight line using Education, Health and Care Plan which names the Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are school will be admitted. As a result of this the published measured from a central point within the child’s home to admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the a similarly de ned point within the Academy as speci ed number of preferences for the school is more than the by Ordnance Survey. The Academy uses measurements number of places available, places will be allocated in the provided by the LA. following priority order- f) only for rst admission into Y7 and above, children who a) children who are or have previously been in attend a Church which is a member of “The Churches public care; Together in England and Wales”. The local Vicar, Parish Priest or Minister will be required to provide written b) in respect of transfer into Y7 and Y12, children and evidence to the Governing Body on the Clergy’s Form young people who are already attending the Academy concerning the child’s and parents/carers’ a liation to the in Y6 and Y11 respectively (in other words, the Planned Church. Priority will be given to those who attend more Admission Number for new applications to join the frequently and the total number admitted under this Academy in Y7 is 210 less the number of children (not criterion will not exceed 21 children. exceeding 60) transferring into Y7 who are already attending the Academy in Y6) g) other children in priority order according to the nearness of each child’s home to the school as de ned in criterion e) above.
137 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Supplementary Form Required: Only for applicants e) children who are permanently resident with a TN23 seeking admission under criterion f) above postcode within the area bounded to the east by the A2070, to the west by the A28, and to the north by Waiting lists will be maintained up to January the Ashford to Maidstone railway line, in priority order 2016 and will be ranked according to the above according to the nearness of each child’s home to the oversubscription criteria. school – measured between the child’s permanent address and the Academy in a straight line using Sixth Form Admissions arrangements: Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are Priority will be given to existing students transferring from measured from a central point within the child’s home to Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. Admission to a similarly de ned point within the Academy as speci ed the Sixth Form will be as a result of applicants obtaining by Ordnance Survey. The Academy uses measurements a minimum of 5 GCSE passes at grade A*- C or above provided by the LA and further information on how including English and Maths when applying for A’ Level distances are calculated, including what is de ned and Level 3 Courses. as permanent or main residence, is available in the “Admission to Primary/Secondary School in Kent” booklets The admission number for external candidates will be 15, provided by the LA. but this gure may be exceeded in the event that this and the number of internal pupils transferring into Year 12 is f) only for rst admission into Y7 and above, children less than the overall gure for the year group, which is 95. who attend a Church which is a member of “The Churches Together in England and Wales”. The local Vicar, If the number of preferences for the school is more than Parish Priest or Minister will be required to provide written the number of places available, places will be allocated in evidence to the Governing Body on the Clergy’s Form the following priority order: concerning the child’s and parents/carers’ a liation to the Church. Priority will be given to those who attend more After the admission of students with statements of frequently and the total number admitted under this Special Educational Needs where The John Wallis Church criterion will not exceed 21 children. of England Academy, Ashford, is named on the statement, the criteria will be applied in the order in which they are g) other children in priority order according to the set out below: nearness of each child’s home to the school as de ned in criterion (e) above. a) children who are or have previously been in public care; In practice, this number will be determined by assuming that any parent who lls in a SCAF placing another school b) in respect of transfer into Y7 and Y12, children and higher in order of preference than the Academy and is young people who are already attending the Academy o ered a place at such school will not be transferring into in Y6 and Y11 respectively (in other words, the Planned Y7 at the Academy. Admission Number for new applications to join the Academy in Y7 is 210 less the number of children (not O ers and Appeals exceeding 60) transferring into Y7 who are already O ers will be made on the basis of predicted attending the Academy in Y6) ; performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the above grades are achieved in the nal examinations c) children whose sibling/s currently attend/s the prior to entry to the Sixth Form and the student’s chosen Academy and who will continue to do so on the date of subjects being accommodated on the timetable, in admission; in this context sibling means children who live feasible group sizes. as brother or sister in the same house, including natural brothers or sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or All o ers made during Year 11 are conditional on students sisters and foster brothers and sisters; meeting the grade criteria speci ed and will only become rm o ers upon con rmation of actual GCSE results.O er d) children of members of sta who have been letters will be made before the end of May 2015. O ers employed at the Academy for two or more years, or of a will be con rmed once the school has been noti ed member of sta who has been recruited to ll a vacant of GCSE results in August 2015. All applicants will be post for which there is a demonstrable skill shortage;
138 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
required to meet with The Principal or a member of the Senior Leadership Team to discuss their chosen options.
Where learners have achieved better results than the predicted grades they will be considered based on the grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places that become available as a result of other learners failing to meet the required entry levels.
Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an application for a place be refused, by writing to The Clerk to the Governors.
Late applications will be considered if places in appropriate subjects are still available, after all other applicants have been considered. A waiting list will be held, ranked according to the over- subscription criteria.
Transport Please note, schools no longer have a designated area from which transport will be provided. In most instances KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. Further information about exceptions to this rule can be found in the transport section of this book. For further information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport
139 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
The Judd School Headteacher: Robert Masters Brook Street, Tonbridge, TN9 2PN Admissions Contact Names: Jodi Boreham (Year 7), Sally Strang Tel: 01732 770880 (Year 12) Fax: 01732 771661 Type of School: Secondary, Voluntary Aided, Grammar, Boys, Co- E-mail: [email protected] educational Sixth Form www.judd.kent.sch.uk Age Range: 11-18 Day Pupils Specialisms: Music with English, Science and Maths Published Admission No:125* LA No: 886 DFE No:4622 *The Judd school will o er an additional 30 Year 7 places for September 2015 Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 550 Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 155 Expected number on roll: 1050
To access general information about the school, number of places available, places will be allocated to including annual school achievement and attainment eligible boys in the following priority order- tables, recent school inspection reports and uniform policy, please contact the school or visit the 1. Academic Ability school’s website. This will be measured by ranked aggregate scores on the Kent PESE tests (the highest score being given the Open Sessions: highest rank). Open Mornings for Year 6: Tuesday 21st and Wednesday 22nd October 2014 from 2. Distance 9.30am to 10.30am. Please contact the School O ce in Where scores are the same students will be further ranked September to book. by distance from home to school.
Open Evening primarily for Years 4 and 5: 3. Random Selection Thursday 2nd July 2015 from 4.30pm to 8.00pm. No need A random selection will be applied should two or more to book. applicants have the same score on the PESE test and the same distance from home to school. Sixth Form Open Sessions Sixth Form Open Evening (External Students) will be held Right of Appeal on Thursday, 16th October 2014. From 5:00 p.m. to 6:30 Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an p.m. application be refused; details are available from the At 5:30 p.m. & 6:00 p.m. brief talks will be given by Clerk to the Governors of The Judd School, (c/o The Judd the Headmaster and Head of Sixth Form. No booking School, Brook Street, Tonbridge, Kent, TN9 2PN; clerk.gov@ is needed. judd.kent.sch.uk).
Entry is through the Kent Assessment Procedure. Supplementary Form Required: No
Oversubscription Criteria Waiting lists will be maintained up to 31 January Before applying the oversubscription criteria, eligible 2016 and will be ranked according to the above boys with a Statement of Special Educational Need or oversubscription criteria. an Education, Health and Care Plan which names the school will be admitted. As a result of this the published admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the number of preferences for the school is more than the
140 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Sixth Form Admissions arrangements – School, Brook Street, Tonbridge, Kent, TN9 2PN; clerk.gov@ The target number of students to be admitted to Year 12 judd.kent.sch.uk). is 180. A minimum of 70 o ers will be made to external applicants. Students must have achieved a minimum total Transport of 60 points across their best 10 GCSEs (A*=9, A=7, B=6, Please note, schools no longer have a designated area C=5, D or below =0) including B grades or better in each from which transport will be provided. In most instances of Mathematics and English Language. All o ers made KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where during Year 11 are conditional on students ful lling the this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. above criteria. Further information about exceptions to this rule can be found in the transport section of this book. For further There are also subject speci c criteria, details of information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. which may be found in the sixth form prospectus. gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport Gaining a place in the sixth form does not guarantee that a particular course/subject may be followed.
Over-subscription Criteria In the event of over-subscription, priority will be given to (in order):
1. Internal Applicants
2. External Applicants Ranked on predicted GCSE grades from their current school. • GCSEs already certificated will be counted. • The number of A* grades will be the first measure, then A grades and so on. • The Judd School will be the sole arbiter of measures of equivalence when students have sat examinations other than GCSE.
3. Distance Where predicted grades are the same students will be further ranked by distance from home to School.
4. Random Selection A random selection will be applied should two or more applicants have the same predicted grades and the same distance from home to school.
Following results (August 2014) where learners have achieved better results than their predicted grades they will be considered based on the grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places that become available as a result of other learners failing to meet the required entry levels.
Right of Appeal Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an application be refused; details are available from the Clerk to the Governors of The Judd School, (c/o The Judd
141 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
King Ethelbert School Executive Headteacher: Paul Luxmoore Canterbury Road, Birchington, CT7 9BL Headteacher: Kate Greig Tel: 01843 831999 Admissions Contact Name: Victoria Willis Fax: 01843 831015 E-mail: [email protected] Type of School: Secondary, Academy, All Ability, Mixed www.kingethelbert.com Age Range: 11-18 Day Pupils Specialisms: Visual Arts Published Admission No:150 LA No: 886 DFE No: 4120 Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 546 Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 160 Expected number on roll: 750
To access general information about the school, In this context brother or sister means children who live including annual school achievement and attainment as brother or sister in the same house, including natural tables, recent school inspection reports and brothers or sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or uniform policy, please contact the school or visit the sisters and foster brothers or sisters. school’s website. c) Our priority admission area is the postcode areas Open Sessions: of CT7, CT8 and CT9 5 which include Birchington, St Tuesday 23rd September – 6.00 – 8.00 pm Nicholas, Acol, Sarre, Garlinge and Westgate. Wednesday 24th September – 9.30 – 11.00 am In the event that criterion (c) is oversubscribed pupils Wednesday 24th September – 4.00 – 6.00 pm falling into the relevant postcode areas will be ranked in accordance to distance as described in criterion (d). Oversubscription Criteria Before applying the oversubscription criteria, children d) Nearness of the home to the school (as de ned with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an by the Local Authority) and ease of access to the Education, Health and Care Plan which names the school. school will be admitted. As a result of this the published The school uses the distance between the child’s admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the permanent home address and the school, measured in a number of preferences for the school is more than the straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. number of places available, places will be allocated in the Distances are measured from a point de ned as within following priority order- the child’s home to a point de ned as within the school as speci ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point a) Children who are presently or were previously in on the school site is used for everybody. Local Authority Care A child under the age of 18 years for whom the local Supplementary Form Required: No authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) Waiting lists will be maintained up to January or who is the subject of a care order under Part IV of the 2016 and will be ranked according to the above Act. This applies equally to children who immediately oversubscription criteria. after being looked after by the local authority became subject to an adoption, residence or special guardianship Sixth Form Admissions arrangements order. (As de ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Priority will be given to existing pupils transferring from Children Act 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. Admission to Act 1989) the Sixth Form will be as a result of applicants obtaining a minimum of ve GCSE passes at grade C or above, b) Where a child has a brother or sister attending including in Maths and English and a B grade or Merit in this school at the time of entry. the subject to be taken in the L3 BTEC component.
142 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
The overall admission number for Year 12 is 50. • When the parent or learner has failed to respond to an o er within a reasonable time; or Oversubscription Criteria • When a parent or learner has failed to notify the school Following admission of internal students transferring from of important changes to the application information; or Year 11, all remaining places will be allocated to learners • The admission authority offered the place on the basis of who have met the entry requirements for the particular a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application from course of study. Where there are more learners seeking the parent or learner. places than the number of places available, the following oversubscription criteria will be applied in the order set O ers and Appeals out below to rank students until the overall gure for the O ers will be made on the basis of predicted year group is reached: performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the above grades are achieved in the nal examinations a) Children who are presently or were previously in prior to entry to the Sixth Form and the student’s chosen Local Authority Care subjects being accommodated on the timetable, in A child under the age of 18 years for whom the local feasible group sizes. authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) All o ers made during Year 11 are conditional on students or who is the subject of a care order under Part IV of the meeting the grade criteria speci ed and will only become Act. This applies equally to children who immediately rm o ers upon con rmation of actual GCSE results. O er after being looked after by the local authority became letters will be made before the end of May 2015. O ers subject to an adoption, residence or special guardianship will be con rmed once the school has been noti ed of order. (As de ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and GCSE results in August 2015. Children Act 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989) Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an application for a place be refused, by writing to the Clerk b) Where a child has a brother or sister attending to the Governors, care of the school. this school at the time of entry In this context brother or sister means children who live Late applications will be considered if places in as brother or sister in the same house, including natural appropriate subjects are still available after all other brothers or sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or applicants have been considered. sisters and foster brothers or sisters. Waiting lists – a waiting list will be held, ranked c) Our priority admission area is the postcode areas according to the over-subscription criteria and will be of CT7, CT8 and CT9 5 which include Birchington, St maintained up to January 2016 Nicholas, Acol, Sarre, Garlinge and Westgate. In the event that criterion (c) is oversubscribed pupils Transport falling into the relevant postcode areas will be ranked in Please note, schools no longer have a designated area accordance to distance as described in criterion (d). from which transport will be provided. In most instances KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where d) Nearness of the home to the school (as de ned this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. by the Local Authority) and ease of access to Further information about exceptions to this rule can be the school. found in the transport section of this book. For further The school uses the distance between the child’s information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. permanent home address and the school, measured in a gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a point de ned as within the child’s home to a point de ned as within the school as speci ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school site is used for everybody. After a place has been o ered the school reserves the right to withdraw the place in the following circumstances:
143 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
The Knole Academy Principal: Mrs Mary Boyle Bradbourne Vale Road, Sevenoaks, TN13 3LE Admissions Contact Name: Mrs Sarah Shea Tel: 01732 454608 Type of School: Academy Fax: 01732 742262 E-mail: [email protected] Age Range: 11-18 Specialisms: Expressive Arts and Languages Published Admission No: 240 LA No: 886 DFE No:6905 Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 686 Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 240 Expected number on roll: 1150
To access general information about the school, via a certi cate will be ranked alongside the students who including annual school achievement and attainment sit the expressive arts test. tables, recent school inspection reports and uniform Children seeking places under this criterion, who do not policy, please contact the academy or visit the have external veri cation of their abilities, will be invited academy’s website. into the school for an aptitude assessment evening where an appropriate set of tasks will be presented to them and Open Sessions: the outcomes assessed by quali ed sta . This event is Open evening 18 Sept 6pm – 9pm held on 30 September from 4.00pm to 5.30pm. Open morning 29 and 30 Sept 10.00 – 12.00 There will be two tours each morning and an opportunity If this 10% of places is not lled on artistic aptitude they to meet the Principal. will become available to other applicants using the •Tour 1 – 10.00am – 11.30am oversubscription criteria as described below. •Principal’s Talk – 11.00 am – 11.20am •Tour 2 – 11.20pm – 12.20pm 90% of places will be o ered without reference to aptitude or ability. Expressive Arts Assessment 30 Sept 4.00pm – 5.30pm Grammar Stream Open Morning 2 Oct 10am – 11.30am OverSubscription Criteria Grammar Stream Information Evening 22 Oct 5.00pm – Before applying the oversubscription criteria, children 6pm with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an Education, Health and Care Plan which names the Knole Academy is an expressive arts school and 10% of school will be admitted. As a result of this the published the places (24) will be o ered to students who show a admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the particular aptitude for performing arts and/ or the visual number of preferences for the school is more than the arts, those places will be allocated according to the number of places available, places will be allocated in the following criteria: following priority order-
• Students, who are currently actively involved in a) Children in Local Authority Care – a child under the an expressive art, who hold an externally veri ed age of 18 years for whom the local authority provides quali cation from a recognised examination board of accommodation by agreement with their parents/ grade 2 or above. Students with a higher grade will be carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is ranked above students with a lower grade. In the event the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. This of more than 24 students with an externally recognised applies equally to children who immediately after being quali cation of grade 2 or above applying, all of the looked after by the local authority became subject to an students will need to attend an aptitude assessment adoption, residence or special guardianship order. (As evening to allow the academy to di erentiate between de ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act the students. Students accessing an expressive art place 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989)
144 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
b) Health and Special Access Reasons – Medical, to a point de ned as within the school as speci ed by health, social and special access reasons will be applied Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school in accordance with the school’s legal obligations, in site is used for everybody. particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will be given to those children whose mental or physical Supplementary Form Required to take the impairment means they have a demonstrable and Expressive Arts test: signi cant need to attend a particular school. Equally this priority will apply to children whose parents’/ Waiting lists will be maintained up to January guardians’ physical or mental health or social needs mean 2016 and will be ranked according to the above that they have a demonstrable and signi cant need oversubscription criteria. to attend a particular school. Robust and documented social, medical or psychological evidence must be Sixth Form Admissions’ arrangements provided in support, from an appropriate independent The Academy operates a sixth form for a total of 350 registered professional such as a social worker, hospital pupils. 175 places overall will normally be available in Year consultant, GP or health visitor at the time of the original 12. application, and must set out why the Academy is the only school that can meet the young person’s needs or The Governing Body of the Knole Academy will publish circumstances; (All correspondence will be treated as speci c criteria in relation to minimum academic entrance private and con dential) requirements for the sixth form, based upon GCSE grades or other measures of prior attainment. These criteria are c) Where the child has a sibling attending the school at the same for internal and any external transfers and will the time of entry; A brother or sister attending the school be subject to consultation with those in paragraph 7 when the child starts. In this context brother or sister above, but all internal applicants who meet the criteria means children who live as brother or sister in the same will be allowed to enter the 6th form, even if this number house, including natural brothers and sisters, adopted is greater than the planned admissions number. siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers and sisters. In addition to the sixth form’s minimum academic entry requirements, pupils will need to satisfy minimum d) where the child is the daughter/son of a member of entrance requirements to the courses for which they sta . In this context, daughter/son means children who are applying. If pupils fail to meet the minimum course are natural children, step children, adopted or fostered requirements they will be given the option of pursuing children. The member of sta must have been employed any alternative courses for which they do meet the at the school for two or more years at the time at which minimum academic requirements. the application for admission to the school is made, and/ or the member of sta is recruited to ll a vacant post for The academic entry criteria will be published in the which there is a demonstrable skill shortage. autumn, immediately preceding the year of admissions, that is autumn 2014, for September 2015 admissions. The e) proximity of the child’s home to the school, with those criteria will be included within the Academy’s prospectus living nearer (measured in a straight line) being accorded and within the Local Authority composite admission the higher priority. The school uses measurements prospectus. provided by the Local Authority. If 200 or more pupils from within the Knole Academy NOTE: meet the academic entry criteria and wish to enter If the school’s PAN is reached following admittance of one Year 12 of the sixth form, no external applicants will be child of a multiple birth, the other child/children will be considered. Where fewer than 200 of the Academy’s admitted over the PAN. pupils progress to Year 12 vacant places will be o ered to external applicants meeting the academic entry Nearness of children’s homes to school - we use the requirements. distance between the child’s permanent home address and the Knole West school site, measured in a straight line Where there are more external applicants for any using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are available sixth form places than places available, after measured from a point de ned as within the child’s home the admission of pupils with Special Educational Needs,
145 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
where the Academy is named on the Statement, the oversubscription above will be applied to determine who is admitted.
Transport Please note, schools no longer have a designated area from which transport will be provided. In most instances KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. Further information about exceptions to this rule can be found in the transport section of this book. For further information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport
146 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
The Leigh Technology Principals: Brunel College – Kevin Brewer, Chaucer College – Joe Swash, Da Vinci College – Faye McGill, Darwin College – Sharon Academy Waterman Green Street Green Road, Dartford, DA1 1QE Admissions Contact Name: Mrs Valerie Ludlow Tel: 01322 620400 Type of School: Secondary, Academy, All Ability, Mixed. Fax: 01322 620401 E-mail: Age Range: 11-19 Day Students [email protected] Specialisms: Technology, Sport, Business and Enterprise www.leighacademy.org.uk Published Admission No: 240 LA No: 886 DCSF No: 6910 Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 936 Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 240 Expected number on roll: 1500
To access general information about the school, a) Children in Local Authority Care or Previously in Local including annual school achievement and attainment Authority Care – a child under the age of 18 years for tables, recent school inspection reports and whom the Local Authority provides accommodation by uniform policy, please contact the school or visit the agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the school’s website. Children Act 1989) or who is the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. This applies equally to children Open Sessions: who immediately after being looked after by the Local Presentations by a Principal of the Academy will take Authority became subject to an adoption, place on Saturday 27th September and Saturday 4th residence or special guardianship order (As de ned by October 2014 at 9.00 a.m., 10.30 a.m. and 12 noon. Seats Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act 2002 or for the presentations must be booked – information Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989). regarding this will be posted on the Academy’s website www.leighacademy.org.uk at the beginning b) Children attending Leigh Academies Trust primary of September schools – priority will be given where The Leigh Academy is the closest Secondary school to the child’s permanent The Leigh Technology Academy uses a Supplementary or main residence, ranked by distance. The distance Form in order to apply its criteria. Students who name The from the home to school will be measured in a straight Leigh Technology Academy will be invited for a test as line using ordnance survey address point data. Where part of the national process of “fair banding”. This is not a there are more than 8 o ers to children of the same ability pass or fail test, it just ensures that students across the full band, places will be distributed to the next closest band, ability range are admitted: one placed in the band above and the next in the band below until the places are distributed evenly up to the Oversubscription Criteria maximum of 40 places across all 5 bands. Before applying the oversubscription criteria, children with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an Inner and outer catchment areas have been de ned and Education, Health and Care Plan which names the 70% of the remaining places will be o ered to those living school will be admitted. As a result of this the published in the inner catchment and 30% to those in the outer admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the catchment. (The two areas are de ned in the appendix). number of preferences for the school is more than the number of places available, places will be allocated in the c) Siblings, living in either catchment, of pupils who following priority order – will be attending the Academy on the date when the applicant would be admitted. The term “sibling” means a The applicants will rst be split into 5 equally sized bands full, step, half, adopted or fostered brother or sister, but based on their CAT results. Within each band places will not cousins, The Academy reserves the right to ask for be o ered in the following order: proof of relationship. Priority will only be given to siblings
147 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
if the family still reside within either of the Academy’s Sociology and Politics: Grade B in a Humanities subject catchment areas. at GCSE. Psychology: Grade B in English Language, BB grades in Double GCSE Science. English Literature and d) Medical, health, social and special access reasons Film Studies: Grade B in English Literature at GCSE. will be applied in accordance with the Academy’s legal obligations, in particular those under the Equality Act If a student meets the Academy entry criteria for Post 16, 2010. Priority will be given to those children whose but fail to meet speci c course requirements, they will be mental or physical impairment means they have a o ered alternative courses, if available. Student already on demonstrable and signi cant need to attend a particular roll of The Academy will be given priority for courses for school. Equally this priority will apply to children whose which they have met the academic requirements. parents’/carers’ physical or mental health or social needs Children already on roll of the Academy will be given mean that they have a demonstrable and signi cant need priority for courses for which they have met the to attend a particular school. Such claims will need to be academic requirements. supported by written evidence from a suitable quali ed medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate The detailed information on academic criteria will be a special connection between these needs and the contained in the Post 16 prospectus published on an particular school. annual basis.
e) The remaining places in each band will be o ered by Over-subscription Criteria random selection to applicants until the inner : outer mix Eligible Statemented pupils whose statement names the of 70% : 30% is achieved. Academy Sixth Form and Children in Local Authority Care and previously Looked After Children will have priority for If any places remain un lled, the remaining places in each admission but, for other children, if a tiebreak is necessary band will be o ered by random selection to applicants to determine who is admitted the oversubscription living outside the catchment areas. criteria above will be applied (minus the application of ability banding and minus the feeder schools) Supplementary Form Required: Yes – Available from and returnable to the school. O ers and Appeals O ers will be made on the basis of predicted Waiting lists will be maintained up to January performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the 2016 and will be ranked according to the above above grades are achieved in the nal examinations prior oversubscription criteria. to entry to T Post 16 and the student’s 4 chosen subjects being accommodated on the timetable, in feasible Sixth Form Admissions arrangements – group sizes. The Sixth Form has capacity for 300 pupils with 150 pupils in Year 12. The PAN for external candidates will be 50 but All o ers made during Year 11 are conditional on students this gure may be exceeded in the event that the number meeting the grade criteria speci ed and will only become of internal pupils transferring into Year 12 is less than 100. rm o ers upon con rmation of actual GCSE results. O er letters will be made before the end of May 2015. The Academy o er places to students on the basis of the O ers will be con rmed once the school has been most appropriate learning pathway to suit their individual noti ed of GCSE results in August 2015. needs and aspirations. Where learners have achieved better results than the For the majority of A Level courses students should predicted grades they will be considered based on the obtain a minimum of ve A*- C grades in separate grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places subjects, not including Pass grades in Btec/Vocational that become available as a result of other learners failing Courses, a Grade C or Merit in the subject or related to meet the required entry levels. area at GCSE and a Grace C in English and Mathematics at GCSE. There are also subject speci c A Level Parents/carers have a statutory right of appeal, should an entry requirements:- Mathematics: Grade A in GCSE application for a place be refused, by writing to The Clerk Mathematics. Chemistry, Physics and Biology: AA to the Governors, care of the academy. in Double GCSE or A in Triple. History, Geography,
148 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Late applications will be considered if places in appropriate subjects are still available after all other applicants have been considered.
Transport Please note, schools no longer have a designated area from which transport will be provided. In most instances KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. Further information about exceptions to this rule can be found in the transport section of this book. For further information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport
149 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
The Leigh UTC Headteacher: Steve Leahey The Bridge Business Park, Brunel Way, Admissions Contact Name: Michelle Parsons Dartford, Kent, DA1 5TF Type of School: Secondary, Academy, Comprehensive, Mixed Tel: 01322 626600 TBC Fax: TBC Age Range: 14-19 Day Pupils E-mail: [email protected] Specialisms: Engineering and Computer Science www.theleighutc.org.uk Published Admission No: 150 LA No: 886 DFE No: 4012 Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: N/A Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: N/A Expected number on roll: 600
The Leigh UTC will provide an exciting, innovative, ability test. 20% of the female entry is taken from each business-led, problem-solving curriculum female group, and 20% of the male entry is taken from throughout Key Stage 4 and 5, enabling students each male group. This means that if there are fewer than to achieve relevant work-related quali cations 75 applicants of one gender, and more than 75 applicants and transferable skills for future training or of the other gender, the remaining places from the under- employment. The project-based approach will represented gender will be distributed equally among develop a deeper understanding of real issues the ve groups of the other gender. For the purpose of and create lifelong real world learning in a 21st allocating applicants to one of the ve ability bands, if the century engineering society. Students will work number of applicants is not divisible by ve, the following independently and collaboratively tackling process will apply: engineering, ICT and business problems. • If there is one extra applicant when the number of applicants is divided by ve, there will be an additional Open Sessions: applicant placed in band 2. Please contact the school for open day and open • If there are two extra applicants, there will be one evening information. additional applicant placed in band 3 and one in ability band 4. Oversubscription Criteria • If there are three extra applicants, there will be one Before applying the oversubscription criteria, children additional applicant placed in band 5, one in ability band with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an 1 and one in ability band 2. Education, Health and Care Plan which names the • If there are four extra applicants, there will be one school will be admitted. As a result of this the published additional applicant placed in band 3, one in ability band admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the 4 one in ability band 5 and one in ability band 5 number of preferences for the school is more than the number of places available, places will be allocated in the This to ensure that students across a broad range of following priority order- abilities are admitted, and to achieve a 50/50 mix of female/male if possible. Looked after Children and previously looked after children. (A ‘Looked After Child’ is a child who is (a) in Within each band places will be o ered in the the care of a local authority, or (b) being provided with following order: accommodation by a local authority in the exercise of • Children who live in the defined catchment who have their social services functions. (Section 22 of the Children speci c medical needs or social needs and where the Act 1989) at the time of making an application to a application is supported by written speci c professional school, the criteria will be applied in the order in which advice as to why admission to the UTC is necessary. they are set out below: For health reasons, the advice must be provided by a quali ed medical practitioner. For social reasons, it must The applicants will then be split into 5 equally sized bands be provided by a quali ed relevant professional. for males and 5 equally sized bands for females, based on the results from the non-verbal reasoning cognitive
150 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
• By random allocation to children who live in the defined •By random allocation to children who live in the defined catchment area. This is an area encompassed by the river catchment area, who meet the published minimum Thames in the North, the A249 in the east and follows the entry requirements. line when it joins the M20, from there to the M26, north •By random allocation to children who live outside on the M25 to junction 4 then the A21 to the A20 and the de ned catchment area, who meet the published follows this until that meets the Ravensboune river, then minimum entry requirements. along here until it joins the river Thames. • By random allocation to children who live outside the Transport de ned catchment area. Please note, schools no longer have a designated area from which transport will be provided. In most instances Supplementary Form Required: NO KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. Waiting lists will be maintained up to January Further information about exceptions to this rule can be 2016 and will be ranked according to the above found in the transport section of this book. For further oversubscription criteria. information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport Sixth Form Admissions arrangements For 2015 the PAN for year 12 will be 150. If fewer than 150 of the UTC’s own year 11 students transfer into year 12, additional external students shall be admitted until year 12 meets its capacity of 150.
Entry Requirements In year 12 students are required to meet quali cation requirements from examinations at GCSE level to enter their desired courses of study as set out below: • To gain entry to the sixth form, applicants must have achieved GCSE grades A*-C in English and Mathematics.
Applicants will only be allowed to follow their chosen academic path by meeting the minimum standards as set out in our prospectus. Progression and minimum entry requirements (based on prior attainment) will be published in the UTC prospectus and on the website. Both internal students and external applicants will have to meet the same minimum entry requirements.
Oversubsciption Criteria Where there is space within year 12 (i.e. where there are fewer than 150 internal students in the year group) the UTC will admit additional students using the criteria set out below: •Looked after children and previously looked after children who meet the published minimum entry requirements. •Children who live in the defined catchment who have speci c medical needs or social needs and where the application is supported by written speci c professional advice as to why admission to the UTC is necessary, and who meet the published minimum entry requirements.
151 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Longfield Academy Principals: Mrs O’Donnell (Anderson College), Mr P Finnegan (Galileo College), Mrs A Davis (Matisse College) Main Road, Long eld, Dartford, DA3 7PH Tel: O1474 700 Admissions Contact Name: Mrs C Goodwin Fax: 01474 700701 Type of School: Secondary, Academy, Comprehensive, Mixed. E-mail: info@long eldacademy.org www.long eldacademy.org Age Range: 11-18 Day Pupils Specialisms: Arts and Sciences Published Admission No:180 LA No: 886 DFE No: 6914 Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 885 Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 180 Expected number on roll: 1150
To access general information about the Academy, c) Health and Special Access Reasons – Medical, health, including annual Academy achievement and social and special access reasons will be applied in attainment tables, recent Academy inspection accordance with Long eld Academy’s legal obligations, reports and uniform policy, please contact the in particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority Academy or visit the Academy’s website. will be given to those children whose mental or physical impairment means they have a demonstrable and Open Sessions: signi cant need to attend Long eld Academy. Equally Thursday 25 September 2014 – 6pm - 9pm this priority will apply to children whose parents’/ Thursday 2 October 2014 – 6pm - 9pm guardians’ physical or mental health or social needs mean that they have a demonstrable and signi cant Oversubscription Criteria need to attend the Academy. Such claims will need to be Before applying the oversubscription criteria, children supported by written evidence from a suitably quali ed, with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an independent registered medical or other practitioner, at Education, Health and Care Plan which names the the time of original application, who can demonstrate school will be admitted. As a result of this the published a special connection between these needs and admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the Long eld Academy. number of preferences for the school is more than the number of places available, places will be allocated in the d) 30 places will be available to children attending a following priority order- Leigh Academies Trust Primary Academy. Applications will only be given priority in this category if the Leigh Trust a) Children in Local Authority Care – a child under the Secondary Academy to which they are applying is closest age of 18 years for whom the local authority provides to their home. If oversubscribed in this category it will be accommodation by agreement with their parents/ the 30 closest to the Academy that will be admitted. We carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is use the distance between the child’s permanent home the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. This address and the Academy, measured in a straight line applies equally to children who immediately after being using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are looked after by the local authority became subject to an measured from a point de ned as within the child’s home adoption, residence or special guardianship order. (As to a point de ned as within the Academy as speci ed de ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989) Academy site is used for everybody. b) Admission of students whose siblings currently attend the school and who will continue to do so at the time of e) Nearness of children’s homes to school - we use the entry. (Note; the term ‘sibling’ includes full- half-, and step- same method of measurement as detailed in d). siblings and those living as siblings in the same family unit on the roll of Long eld Academy). The Academy reserves Supplementary Form Required: No the right to ask for proof of relationship.
152 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Waiting lists will be maintained up to January O er letters will be made before the end of May 2015. 2016 and will be ranked according to the above O ers will be con rmed once the school has been oversubscription criteria. noti ed of GCSE results in August 2015.
Sixth Form Admissions arrangements – Where learners have achieved better results than the Long eld Academy is part of the LAT 16 Federation predicted grades they will be considered based on the which comprises of four academies based in and grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places around Dartford. that become available as a result of other learners failing to meet the required entry levels. All applications to Long eld Academy are made through Kentchoices4U which contains detailed information Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an about course o er and entry requirements. The majority application for a place be refused, by writing to The Clerk of courses on o er are at Level 3 and include A Levels, to the Governors, care of the school. Vocational courses and Advanced Apprenticeships. A small number of Level 2 courses are available including Late applications will be considered if places in Professional Cookery. appropriate subjects are still available after all other applicants have been considered. Priority will be given to existing pupils transferring from Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. Admission to A waiting list will be held, ranked according to the over- the Sixth Form will be as a result of applicants obtaining subscription criteria. a minimum of 6 GCSE passes at grade C or above including English and mathematics or BTEC Merit Transport and at least C grades in their preferred AS subjects or Please note, schools no longer have a designated area nearest equivalents. from which transport will be provided. In most instances KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where The admission number for external candidates will be 50, this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. but this gure may be exceeded in the event that this Further information about exceptions to this rule can be and the number of internal pupils transferring into Year found in the transport section of this book. For further 12 is less than the overall gure for the year group, which information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. is 125. gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport
Over-subscription Following the admission of internal students transferring from Year 11, all remaining places will be allocated to learners who have met the entry requirements for the particular course of study. Where there are more learners seeking places than the number of places available, the oversubscription criteria will be applied as set out above to rank pupils until the overall gure for the year group is reached.
O ers and Appeals O ers will be made on the basis of predicted performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the above grades are achieved in the nal examinations prior to entry to the Sixth Form and the pupil’s 4 chosen subjects being accommodated on the timetable, in feasible group sizes.
All o ers made during Year 11 are conditional on pupils meeting the grade criteria speci ed and will only become rm o ers upon con rmation of actual GCSE results.
153 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Maidstone Grammar Headteacher: Mr M Tomkins Admissions Contact Name: Rachel Johnson (Yr 7-11), Paul Smith School (Post 16) Barton Road, Maidstone, ME15 7BT Type of School: Secondary, Foundation, Grammar, Boys Tel: 01622 752101 Fax: 01622 753680 Age Range: 11-18 Day Pupils E-mail: [email protected] Specialisms: Languages and Applied Learning www.mgs.kent.sch.uk Published Admission No:175 LA No: 886 DFE No: 4522 Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 514 Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 175 Expected number on roll: 1258
To access general information about the school, 4. Other qualifying children, in the order of (a) siblings including annual school achievement and attainment and (b) those living the shortest distance from the school. tables, recent school inspection reports and uniform policy, please contact the school or visit the *This percentage score is to accommodate the unknown school’s website. changes to the Kent Test scoring. Once the new Kent Test scoring is known, MGS will revert to an Open Sessions: equivalent combined score criteria. Open Evening – Thursday 23 October 2014 4 to 8pm The parishes in question are those of Addington, Open Mornings – Friday 17 October and Tuesday Aylesford (South), Barming, Bearsted, Bicknor, Birling, 21 October Borough Green, Boughton Malherbe, Boughton Monchelsea, Boxley, Bredhurst, Broom eld and Entry is through the Kent Assessment Procedure. Kingswood, Burham, Chart Sutton, Collier Street, Coxheath, Detling, Ditton, Downswood, East Farleigh, Oversubscription Criteria East Malling and Lark eld, East Sutton, Eccles, Frinsted, Before applying the oversubscription criteria, eligible Harrietsham, Headcorn, Hollingborne, Hucking, Hunton, boys with a Statement of Special Educational Need or Ightham, Kings Hill, Langley, Leeds, Lenham (includes an Education, Health and Care Plan which names the Lenham Heath), Leybourne, Linton, Loose, Maidstone, school will be admitted. As a result of this the published Marden, Mereworth, Nettlestead, O ham, Otham, Platt, admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the Ryarsh, Snodland, Stansted, Staplehurst, Stockbury, Sutton number of preferences for the school is more than the Valence, Teston, Thurnham, Tovil, Trottiscli e, Ulcombe, number of places available, places will be allocated to Wateringbury, West Farleigh, West Malling, West Peckham, eligible boys in the following priority order- Wichling, Wormshill, Wrotham, Wouldham, Yalding (includes Laddingford). 1. Qualifying children who are looked after and previously looked after children. De nitions: Looked After Children/Children in Local 2. Children resident in one of the parishes listed below, Authority Care achieving at least 93% of the overall Kent test score* A child under the age of 18 years for whom the local (which currently equates to a combined score of 390 authority provides accommodation by agreement with or more), in order of (a) siblings and (b) those living the their parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) shortest distance from the school. or who is the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. This applies equally to children who immediately 3. Other qualifying children resident in one of the listed after being looked after by the local authority became parishes, in the order of (a) siblings and (b) those living subject to an adoption, residence or special guardianship the shortest distance from the school. order. (As de ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989).
154 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Qualifying internal pupils transferring in to Year 12 is less than the A child who has been assessed as suitable for admission overall total gure for the year group. to grammar school. To be eligible boys should be Students applying to the school for entry into Year 12 assessed through the Kent Age 11 Selection Procedure. must meet the following academic criteria to qualify for admission: Sibling/Current Family Association A brother or sister attending the School when the Students much achieve an average GCSE points score of child starts. In this context brother or sister means 45 points or better. children who live as brother or sister in the same house, including natural brothers and sisters, adopted siblings, Students must also have GCSE English and Mathematics stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers and sisters. at a minimum of a C grade.
Distance/Nearness of children’s home to school In addition to the above requirements students wishing The school uses measurements provided by the LA. to be accepted on to a particular subject programme The LA use the distance between the child’s permanent must achieve the requirements set down for that home address and the school, measured in a straight line particular course in the Curriculum Section of the Sixth using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are Form Prospectus. measured from a point de ned as within the child’s home to a point de ned as within the school as speci ed by To be considered for entry students must complete the Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school area electronic application procedure. They will then site is used for everybody. be invited to visit the school where there will be an opportunity to discuss their course choices with a senior Child’s Home address member of sta . A child’s home address is considered to be a residential property that is the child’s only or main residence (not an Oversubscription Criteria: address at which the child may sometimes stay or sleep) In the event of more than 50 external students applying and which is either owned by the child’s parent, parents for admission to the school in Year 12 we will give or guardian or leased or rented to them under a lease or priority to: written or rental agreement. Where partners live apart but share responsibility for the child, and the child lives at two External applicants in Local Authority Care. A Child di erent addresses during the week, we will regard the in Local Authority Care is de ned as being under the home address as the one at which the child sleeps for the age of 18 years for whom the Local Authority provides majority of week days. accommodation by agreement with his/her parents/ carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is the Supplementary Form Required: No subject of a cared order under Part IV of the Act. External applicants who are likely to achieve the highest Waiting lists will be maintained up to January academic grades (ranked on predicted grades from their 2016 and will be ranked according to the above own school – GCSEs already certi cated will be counted). oversubscription criteria. Where learners have achieved better results than the Sixth Form Admission Arrangements- predicted grades they will be considered based on the Year 12 Planned Admission Number: 175 grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places Number of additional Year 12 places available for students that become available as a result of other learners failing being admitted to the school for the rst time: 50. to meet the required entry levels.
Places in Year 12 will be o ered to students who meet Tiebreaker: students whose homes are nearest to the the entry requirements applying to enter the school from School measured in straight line using Ordnance Survey outside. The school will not normally admit students into address point data. Distances are measured from a Year 13. Priority will be given to existing pupils transferring de ned point within the student’s home to a de ned from Year 11. The PAN for external candidates of 50 may point within the school as speci ed by Ordnance Survey. be exceeded in the event that this and the number of
155 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an application for a place be refused, by writing to The Clerk to the Governors, care of the school.
Transport Please note, schools no longer have a designated area from which transport will be provided. In most instances KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. Further information about exceptions to this rule can be found in the transport section of this book. For further information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport
156 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Maidstone Grammar Headteacher: Ms M Wolloshin School for Girls Admissions Contact Name: Mrs J Hogan Type of School: Secondary, Foundation, Grammar, Girls, Mixed Sixth Buckland Road, Maidstone, ME16 0SF Form Tel: 01622 752103 Fax: 01622 681947 Age Range: 11-18 Day Pupils E-mail: [email protected] Specialisms: Science, Thinking School www.mggs.org Published Admission No: 180 LA No: 886 DFE No: 4523 Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 548 Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 143 Expected number on roll: 1243
To access general information about the school, the Children Act 1989) or who ceased to be so because including annual school achievement and attainment they became subject to an adoption, residence or special tables, recent school inspection reports and guardianship order under Part IV of the Act. uniform policy, please contact the school or visit the school’s website. Current Family Association - a brother or sister attending the school when the child starts. In this context Open Sessions: brother or sister means children who live as brother or 11+ Open Evening sister in the same house, including natural brothers or Tuesday 14th October 2014 from 6pm until 9pm. sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster Our Autumn 11+ Open Mornings brothers and sisters. Monday 20th, Tuesday 21st and Wednesday 22nd October 2014 from 9am until 11am. Health and Special Access Reasons - Medical / Health and Special Access Reasons will be applied in accordance Guided tours of the school will be available throughout with the school’s legal obligations, in particular those the open mornings and open evening when you will under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will be given to have the opportunity to experience the unique ethos and those children whose mental or physical impairment atmosphere at MGGS. means they have a demonstrable and signi cant need to We look forward very much to welcoming you. attend a particular school. Equally this priority will apply “Maidstone Grammar School for Girls is an to children whose parents’/guardians’, physical or mental outstanding school ” Ofsted health or social need means there is a demonstrable and signi cant need for their child to attend a particular Entry is through the Kent assessment procedure. school. Such claims will need to be supported by written evidence from a suitably quali ed medical or other Oversubscription Criteria practitioner who can demonstrate a special connection Before applying the oversubscription criteria, eligible between these needs and the particular school. girls with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an Education, Health and Care Plan which names the Nearness of children’s homes to school – The distance school will be admitted. As a result of this the published between the child’s permanent home address and the admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the school is measured in a straight line using Ordnance number of preferences for the school is more than the Survey address point data. Distances are measured from number of places available, places will be allocated to a point de ned as within the child’s home to a point eligible girls in the following priority order – de ned as within the school as speci ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school site is used Children in Local Authority Care or Previously in for everybody. When we apply the distance criterion for Local Authority Care – a child under the age of 18 years an oversubscribed Community or Voluntary Controlled for whom the local authority provides accommodation school, these straight line measurements are used to by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of
157 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
determine how close each applicant’s address is to the Over-subscription criteria school. Internal candidates: We will give priority for places to students currently in Year In the event of any of the above criteria being 11 at MGGS, provided they have met the entry criteria. oversubscribed, priority will be given based on distance as described above with those closest being given higher External candidates: priority. In the unlikely event that two or more children in Following the admission of internal students transferring all other ways have equal eligibility for the last available from Year 11, all remaining places will be allocated to place at the school, the names will be issued a number students who have met the entry requirements for the and drawn randomly to decide which child should be particular course of study. Where there are more students given the place. seeking places than the number of places available, the oversubscription criteria above will be used. If siblings from multiple births (twins, triplets, etc) apply for a school and the school would reach its Published In the event of a tie breaker situation, the nearness of an Admission Number (PAN) after admitting one or more, applicant’s home to school will be the decider. but before admitting all of those siblings, the LA will o er If in the event that more than one applicant has the same a place to each of the siblings, even if doing so takes the distance from home to school (as measured by the local school above its PAN. authority), then a random selection will be applied.
Supplementary Form Required: NO After a place has been o ered the school reserves the right to withdraw the place in the Waiting lists will be maintained up to January following circumstances: 2016 and will be ranked according to the above oversubscription criteria. a. When the parent or student has failed to respond to an o er within a reasonable time; or Sixth Form Admissions Arrangements There is a mixed Sixth Form at MGGS. Priority will be given b. When a parent or student has failed to notify the school to existing pupils transferring from Year 11 who meet of important changes to the application information; or the entrance criteria. Admission to the Sixth Form will be as a result of applicants obtaining a minimum of six c. The admission authority o ered the place on the basis GCSE passes at grade C or above including at least four of a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application B grades. Students must also meet individual subject from the parent or student. entry requirements. O ers and Appeals The admission number for external candidates will be O ers will be made on the basis of predicted approximately 50 but this gure may be exceeded in performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the the event that this and the number of internal pupils above grades are achieved in the nal examinations transferring into Year 12 is less than the overall gure for prior to entry to the Sixth Form and the pupil’s 4 chosen the year group, which is 200. subjects being accommodated on the timetable, in feasible group sizes. All applications to join the sixth form should be made using the Kent-wide online application process. All o ers made during Year 11 are conditional on pupils Full details are available in the sixth form prospectus meeting the grade criteria speci ed and will only become All o ers are conditional on students meeting the grade rm o ers upon con rmation of actual GCSE results. criteria speci ed and will only become rm o ers upon O er letters will be made before the end of May 2015. con rmation of actual GCSE results. O ers made will also O ers will be con rmed once the school has been take into account the capacity in the subjects chosen. noti ed of GCSE results in August 2015. Some courses may become over- subscribed even though the overall admissions number has not been Where students have achieved better results than the reached. Where appropriate a reserve subject would be predicted grades they will be considered based on the considered. grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places
158 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
that become available as a result of other learners failing to meet the required entry levels.
Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an application for a place be refused, by writing to the Clerk to the Governors.
Late applications will be considered if places in appropriate subjects are still available after all other applicants have been considered. A waiting list will be held, ranked according to the over- subscription criteria above.
Transport Please note, schools no longer have a designated area from which transport will be provided. In most instances KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. Further information about exceptions to this rule can be found in the transport section of this book. For further information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport
159 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
The Malling School Headteacher: Mr Carl Roberts Beech Road, East Malling, Maidstone, Admissions Contact Name: Karon Wells ME19 6DH Type of School: Secondary, Foundation, High, Mixed Tel: 01732 840995 Fax: 01732 840486 Age Range: 11-18 Day Pupils E-mail: Specialisms: Science and Sport [email protected] www.themallingschool.kent.sch.uk Published Admission No: 180 LA No: 886 DFE No: 5425 Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 270 Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 124 Expected number on roll: 665
To access general information about the school, b) Current Family Association - a brother or sister in the including annual school achievement and attainment same school at the time of entry. In this context brother tables, recent school inspection reports and or sister means child who live as brother or sister in the uniform policy, please contact the school or visit the same house, including natural brothers or sisters, adopted school’s website. siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers and sisters. Open Sessions: Open Evening: Thursday 2nd October 2014, 6.00pm – c) Health and Special Access reasons – Medical, health 9.00pm. and special access reasons will be applied in accordance Talks by Principal at 6.30pm and 7.30pm with the school’s legal obligations, in particular those Open Mornings: Monday 6th, Tuesday 7th, Wednesday under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will be given to 8th, Tuesday 14th and Wednesday 15th October 2014. Tours those children whose mental or physical impairment 9.45am and 11.45am on each of these days. To book a means they have a demonstrable and signi cant need to tour please call 01732 529122. attend The Malling School. Such claims will need to be supported by written evidence from a suitably quali ed Oversubscription criteria medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate Before applying the oversubscription criteria, children a special connection between these needs and the with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an Malling School. Education, Health and Care Plan which names the school will be admitted. As a result of this the published d) Nearness of children’s homes to school - we use the admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the distance between the child’s permanent address and the number of preferences for the school is more than the school, measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey number of places available, places will be allocated in the address point data. Distances are measured from a point following priority order- de ned as within the child’s home to a point de ned as within the school as speci ed by Ordnance Survey. The a) Children in Local Authority Care –a child under the same address point on the school site age of 18 years for whom the Local Authority provides is used for everybody. accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is the subject Supplementary Form Required: NO of a care order under Part IV of the Act. This applies equally to children who immediately after being looked Waiting lists will be maintained up to January after by the local authority became 2016 and will be ranked according to the above subject to an adoption, residence or special guardianship oversubscription criteria. order. (As de ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Sixth Form Admissions arrangements – Act 1989). Priority will be given to existing pupils transferring from Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. Admission to the Sixth Form will be as a result of applicants obtaining a
160 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
minimum of 5 GCSE passes at grade A*-C or above and that become available as a result of other learners failing A*-C grades in their preferred Level 3 Course. to meet the required entry levels. Level 2 course places will be given to students who meet the individual subject prior entry requirements. Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an The admission number for external candidates will be 20 application for a place be refused, by writing to The Clerk , but this gure may be exceeded in the event that this to the Governors, care of the school. and the number of internal pupils transferring into Year 12 is less than the overall gure for the year group, which is Late applications will be considered if places in 100 . appropriate subjects are still available after all other applicants have been considered. Over-subscription Following the admission of internal students transferring A waiting list will be held, ranked according to the over- from Year 11, all remaining places will be allocated to subscription criteria. learners who have met the entry requirements for the particular course of study. Where there are more learners Transport seeking places than the number of places available, the Please note, schools no longer have a designated area oversubscription criteria will be applied in the order set from which transport will be provided. In most instances out above to rank pupils until the overall gure for the KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where year group is reached. this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. Further information about exceptions to this rule can be After a place has been o ered the school found in the transport section of this book. For further reserves the right to withdraw the place in the information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. following circumstances: gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport a. When the parent or learner has failed to respond to an o er within a reasonable time; or b. When a parent or learner has failed to notify the school of important changes to the application information; or c. The admission authority o ered the place on the basis of a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application from the parent or learner.
O ers and Appeals O ers will be made on the basis of predicted performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the above grades are achieved in the nal examinations prior to entry to the Sixth Form and the pupil’s chosen subjects being accommodated on the timetable, in feasible group sizes.
All o ers made during Year 11 are conditional on pupils meeting the grade criteria speci ed and will only become rm o ers upon con rmation of actual GCSE results. O er letters will be made before the end of May 2015. O ers will be con rmed once the school has been noti ed of GCSE results in August 2015.
Where learners have achieved better results than the predicted grades they will be considered based on the grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places
161 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
The Maplesden Headteacher: Mrs Jane Prideaux Noakes School Admissions Contact Name: Heidi Lishman Type of School: Secondary, Academy, All Ability, Mixed Buckland Road, Maidstone, ME16 0TJ Tel: 01622 759036 Age Range: 11-18 Day Pupils Fax: 01622 661707 Specialisms: Business and Enterprise, Applied Learning E-mail: [email protected] www.maplesden.kent.sch.uk Published Admission No: 180 LA No: 886 DFE No: 5401 Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 737 Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 180 Expected number on roll: 1100
To access general information about the school, the same house, including natural brothers and sisters, including annual school achievement and attainment adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster tables, recent school inspection reports and brothers and sisters. uniform policy, please contact the school or visit the school’s website. c) Proximity of the student’s permanent residence to Maplesden Noakes School, measured in walking Open Sessions: distance using public paths and roads, with those living Open Evening: Thursday 9th October 2014, 5.00pm – nearest being accorded the highest priority. The school 8.00pm. Headteacher will talk at 5.15pm and 6.30pm. uses measurements provided by the Local Authority Open Mornings: Monday 13th, Tuesday 14th, Wednesday to calculate this distance. Distances are measured from 15th, Thursday 16th and Friday 17th October 2014. Tours will a point de ned as within the child’s home to a point take place at 9.00am by appointment only. de ned as within the school as speci ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school site is used for everybody. Oversubscription Criteria Before applying the oversubscription criteria, children In the event of over-subscription in any of the above with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an criteria, students are admitted on the basis of proximity Education, Health and Care Plan which names the of the student’s permanent residence to the Maplesden school will be admitted. As a result of this the published Noakes School, measured in walking distance using admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the public paths and roads, with those living nearest being number of preferences for the school is more than the accorded the highest priority. number of places available, places will be allocated in the following priority order- Supplementary Form Required: No
a) Where the student is in local authority care. A Waiting lists will be maintained up to January child under the age of 18 for whom the LA provides 2016 and will be ranked according to the above accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers oversubscription criteria. (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. This applies equally Sixth Form Admissions arrangements – to children who immediately after being looked after Students are able to join the Maplesden Noakes School by the local authority become subject to an adoption, in Year 12 for Sixth Form studies. Priority will be given to residence or special guardianship order. (As de ned by existing students transferring from Year 11 who meet the Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act 2002 or entrance criteria. Admission to the Sixth Form will be as a Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989). result of applicants obtaining a minimum of 5GCSE passes at grade C or above including Maths and English and also b) Sibling link: where a brother or sister attends the meet the subject criteria for their chosen courses of study. school when the child starts. In this context brother or sister means children who live as brother and sister in
162 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
The admission number for external applicants will be A waiting list will be held, ranked according to the over- dependent upon the number of internal candidates. The subscription criteria. overall PAN for Year 12 will be 150 students. Transport Over-Subscription Please note, schools no longer have a designated area Following the admission of internal students transferring from which transport will be provided. In most instances from Year 11, all remaining places will be allocated to KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where learners who have met the entry requirements as detailed this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. above. Where there are more learners seeking places Further information about exceptions to this rule can be than the number of places available, the oversubscription found in the transport section of this book. For further criteria outlined above will be applied to eligible students. information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport After a place has been o ered the school reserves the right to withdraw the place in the following circumstances:
• When the parent or learner has failed to respond to an o er within a reasonable time; or • When a parent or learner has failed to notify the school of important changes to the application information; or • The admission authority offered the place on the basis of a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application from the parent or learner.
O ers and Appeals O ers will be made on the basis of predicted performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the above grades are achieved in the nal examinations prior to entry to the Sixth Form and the pupil’s 4 chosen subjects being accommodated on the timetable, in feasible group sizes.
All o ers made during Year 11 are conditional on pupils meeting the grade criteria speci ed and will only become rm o ers upon con rmation of actual GCSE results. O er letters will be made before the end of May 2015. O ers will be con rmed once the school has been noti ed of GCSE results in August 2015.
Where learners have achieved better results than the predicted grades they will be considered based on the grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places that become available as a result of other learners failing to meet the required entry levels.
Parents and pupils have a statutory right of appeal, should an application for a place be refused, by writing to The Clerk to the Governors, care of the school.
Late applications will be considered if places in appropriate subjects are still available after all other applicants have been considered.
163 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
The Marlowe Headteacher: Mrs Emma Newman Academy Executive Principal: Mr Sean Heslop Admissions Contact Name: Mrs Amanda Mulvihill Stirling Way, Ramsgate, CT12 6NB Tel: 01843 593326 Type of School: Secondary, Academy, All Ability, Mixed. Fax: 01843 591756 Age Range: 11-19 Day Pupils E-mail: [email protected] Specialisms: Performing Arts and Business www.marloweacademy.co.uk Published Admission No: 180 LA No: 886 DFE No: 6906 Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 109 Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 40 Expected number on roll: 825
To access general information about the school, to the Sixth Form will be as a result of applicants including annual school achievement and attainment obtaining a minimum of 5 GCSE passes at grade C or tables, recent school inspection reports and uniform above and C grades in their preferred AS subjects or policy, please contact the school or visit the school’s nearest equivalents. website. The admission number for external candidates will be 30, Open Sessions: 2nd October 6pm but this gure may be exceeded in the event that this and the number of internal pupils transferring into Year Oversubscription Criteria 12 is less than the overall gure for the year group, which Before applying the oversubscription criteria, children is 150. with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an Education, Health and Care Plan which names the school Over-subscription will be admitted. As a result of this the published admis- Following the admission of internal students transferring sions number will be reduced accordingly. If the number fro Year 11 students, all remaining places will be allocated of preferences for the school is more than the number of to learners who have met the entry requirements for the places available, places will be allocated in the following particular course of study. Where there are more learners priority order- seeking places than the number of places available, the oversubscription criteria above will be applied to eligible i) all ‘looked after’ children or children who were previous- students. ly “looked after” 1 ii) Health and Special Access Reasons 2; After a place has been o ered the school iii) pupils whose siblings currently attend the Academy 3 ; reserves the right to withdraw the place in the iv) Admission of students on the basis of proximity to the following circumstances: school using a straight line measurement from the Academy 4 to the child’s perma- a. When the parent or learner has failed to respond to an nent address 5 o er within a reasonable time; or
Supplementary Form Required: No b. When a parent or learner has failed to notify the school of important changes to the application information; or Waiting lists will be maintained up to January 2016 and will be ranked according to the above c. The admission authority o ered the place on the basis oversubscription criteria. of a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application from the parent or learner. Sixth Form Admissions arrangements – Priority will be given to existing pupils transferring from O ers and Appeals Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. Admission O ers will be made on the basis of predicted performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the
164 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
above grades are achieved in the nal examinations 1 A “Looked After” Children is de ned by the Children Act 1989 as a child or prior to entry to the Sixth Form and the pupil’s 4 chosen young person who is accommodated by the local authority (Section 20) or subjects being accommodated on the timetable, in a child or young person who is the subject of a full care order (Section 31) or interim Care Order (Section 38). A previously “looked after” child is one feasible group sizes. who immediately after being “looked after” became subject to an adoption, residence, or special guardianship order. An “adoption order” is an order All o ers made during Year 11 are conditional on pupils under section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act 2002. A “residence order” meeting the grade criteria speci ed and will only become is an order settling the arrangements to be made as to the person with whom the child is to live under section 8 of the Children Act 1989. Section rm o ers upon con rmation of actual GCSE results. 14A of the Children Act 1989 de nes a “special guardianship order” as an O er letters will be made before the end of May 2015. order appointing one or more individuals to be a child’s special guardian O ers will be con rmed once the school has been (or special guardians). noti ed of GCSE results in August 2015. 2 Health and Special Access Reasons – Medical, health, social and special access reasons will be applied in accordance with the school’s legal obligations, in particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will be Where learners have achieved better results than the given to those children whose mental or physical impairment means they predicted grades they will be considered based on the have a demonstrable and signi cant need to attend a particular school. grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places Equally this priority will apply to children whose parents’ that become available as a result of other learners failing guardians’ physical or mental health or social needs mean that they to meet the required entry levels. have a demonstrable and signi cant need to attend a particular school. Such claims will need to be supported by written evidence from a suitably quali ed medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate a special Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an connection between these needs and the particular school. application for a place be refused, by writing to The Clerk 3 in this context the term “sibling” refers to a child who lives as brother or to the Governors, care of the school. sister in the same house, including natural brothers and sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers and sisters. 4 Nearness of children’s homes to school - we use the distance between the Late applications will be considered if places in child’s permanent home address and the school, measured in a straight appropriate subjects are still available after all other line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured applicants have been considered. from a point de ned as within the child’s home to a point de ned as within the school as speci ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school site is used for everybody. A waiting list will be held, ranked according to the over- 5 A pupil’s home address is considered to be a residential property that subscription criteria. is the child’s only main residence and not an address at which your child might sometimes stay or sleep due to your own domestic or special Applications to the Marlowe Academy Sixth Form should arrangements. The address must be the pupil’s home address on the day be made via the Kent Area Prospectus. You can apply on- your completed your application form If you live separately from your line through http://www.kentchoices4u.com If you partner but share responsibility for your child. are unsure about how to apply via the online prospectus, please call Marlowe Academy direct for advice on how to apply.
Transport Please note, schools no longer have a designated area from which transport will be provided. In most instances KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. Further information about exceptions to this rule can be found in the transport section of this book. For further information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport
165 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
The Marsh Academy Principal: Shaun Simmons Station Road, New Romney TN28 8BB Admissions Contact: Amanda Clayson Tel: 01797 364593 Type of school: Academy, Wide Ability, Mixed Fax: 01797 367315 E-mail: [email protected] Age Range: 11-18 www.marshacademy.org.uk Published Admission No: 180 LA No: 886 DfES No: 6909 Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 212 Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 131 Expected number on roll: 980
To access general information about the school, closest to the Academy(see note 4). including annual school achievement and attainment tables, recent school inspection reports and 4. Pupils living outside the Marsh Academy rst priority uniform policy, please contact the school or visit the zone. If there are more pupils ful lling this criterion school’s website. than places available, priority will be given to (i) siblings of pupils who will be in the Academy at the time of Open Sessions: Open Evening – tbc admission (see note 2), followed by (ii) pupils living closest to the Academy(see note 4). Oversubscription Criteria Before applying the oversubscription criteria, children with Note 1. Health and Special Access Reasons – Medical, a Statement of Special Educational Need or an Education, health, social and special access reasons will be applied Health and Care Plan which names the school will be ad- in accordance with the school’s legal obligations, in mitted. As a result of this the published admissions number particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will will be reduced accordingly. If the number of preferences be given to those children whose mental or physical for the school is more than the number of places available, impairment means they have a demonstrable and places will be allocated in the following priority order- signi cant need to attend a particular school. Equally this priority will apply to children whose parents’/guardians’ 1. Children in Local Authority Care – a child under the physical or mental health or social needs mean that they age of 18 years for whom the local authority provides have a demonstrable and signi cant need to attend a accommodation by agreement with their parents/ particular school. Such claims will need to be supported carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is by written evidence from a suitably quali ed medical the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. This or other practitioner who can demonstrate a special applies equally to children who immediately after being connection between these needs and the particular looked after by the local authority became subject to an school. adoption, residence or special guardianship order. (As de ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act Note 2. Sibling are natural, step, adopted and foster 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989) brothers and sisters, plus those living as brother or sister in the same house. To qualify under this criterion the child 2. Children with health and special access reasons to seeking admission must have a sibling in the school at the attend the Academy (see Note 1). time of entry.
3. Pupils living within the Marsh Academy rst priority Note 3. Living within the rst priority zone - To be living zone (see note 3), including the parishes of Burmarsh, within this rst priority zone the pupil’s permanent Dymchurch, St Mary-in-the-Marsh, New Romney, Old residence (i.e. a pupil’s home address is considered to Romney, Lydd, Ivychurch, Brookland, Brenzett, Snargate be a residential property that is the child’s only or main and Newchurch. If there are more pupils ful lling this residence and not at an address at which your child criterion than places available, priority will be given to (i) might sometimes sleep due to your own domestic or siblings of pupils who will be in the Academy at the time special arrangements. The address must be the pupils of admission (see note 2), followed by (ii) pupils living home address on the day you completed the application
166 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
form and which is either owned by the child’s parent, Supplementary form required: NO parents or guardian OR leased to or rented by the child’s parent, parents or guardian under a lease of written rental Waiting lists will be maintained up to January agreement. If you live separately from your partner but 2016 and will be ranked according to the above share responsibility for your child and the child lives at oversubscription criteria. two di erent addresses during the week, we will regard the home address as the one at which the child sleeps Sixth Form Admission arrangements- for the majority of weekdays.). Proof of residence may be Students of the Academy have the right to transfer into requested. A map showing the boundary can be viewed the sixth form. at the Academy. Applications from external students to join the Academy’s Note 4. Nearness of children’s homes to school - we sixth form are welcomed. Priority will be given to existing use the distance between the child’s permanent home pupils transferring from Year 11 who meet the entrance address and the school, measured in a straight line using criteria. Admission to the Sixth Form will be as a result Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are of applicants obtaining a minimum of 5 GCSE passes measured from a point de ned as within the child’s home at grade A*-C and meeting the entry requirements to a point de ned as within the school as speci ed by of the speci c course studied, although exceptional Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school circumstances will be considered by the Head of Post site is used for everybody. A block of ats has a single 16 and Senior Leadership. Some subject areas stipulate address point reference, so applicants living in the same a B Grade as a prerequisite. However, please refer to the block will be regarded as living the same distance away Post Sixteen prospectus for more detailed criteria. The from the school. In the unlikely event that two or more PAN for external candidates will be 15 but this gure may children live in the same block and in all other ways have be exceeded in the event that this and the number of equal eligibility for the last available place at the school, internal students transferring into Year 12 is less than the the names will be issued a number and drawn randomly overall total gure for the year group which is 120. You to decide which child should be given the place. The should complete the Academy’s application form which school uses measurements provided by the LA and can be obtained from the Academy or use Kent’s online further information on how distances are calculated is system. Applicants should be made by 1st May 2015. available in the Admissions Booklets provided by the LA. Oversubscription Criteria If you are not o ered a place at our school, you have Following the admission of internal students transferring the right to appeal to an independent panel. The for Year 11, all remaining places will be allocated to arrangements for appeals will be in line with the School learners who have met the entry requirements for the Admission Appeals Code published by the Department particular course of study. Where there are more learners of Education. Please ensure that appeals are headed with seeking places than the number of places available, the the school name and address and are returned to the oversubscription criteria will be applied in the order set Clerk to the Independent Appeals Panel, c/o The Marsh out above to rank pupils until the overall gure for the Academy, Station Road, New Romney, Kent TN28 8BB. If year group is reached. you are in any doubt about the appeals process, please contact the school for further information. O ers and Appeals O ers will be made on the basis of predicted After a place has been o ered, the Academy reserves the performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the right to withdraw the place in the following circumstances: above grades are achieved in the nal examinations prior to entry to the Sixth Form and the pupil’s 4 chosen • when a parent has failed to respond to an o er within a subjects being accommodated on the timetable, in reasonable time; feasible group sizes. • when a parent has failed to notify the school of important changes to the application information; All o ers made during Year 11 are conditional on pupils • the admission authority o ered the place on the basis of meeting the grade criteria speci ed and will only become a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application from rm o ers upon con rmation of actual GCSE results. a parent.
167 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
O er letters will be made before the end of May 2015. O ers will be con rmed once the school has been noti ed of GCSE results in August 2015. Where learners have achieved better results than the predicted grades they will be considered based on the grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places that become available as a result of other learners failing to meet the required entry levels.
Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an application for a place be refused, by writing to Clerk to the Independent Appeals Panel, care of the school.
Late applications will be considered if places in appropriate subjects are still available after all other applicants have been considered.
A waiting list will be held, ranked according to the over- subscription criteria.
Transport Please note, schools no longer have a designated area from which transport will be provided. In most instances KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. Further information about exceptions to this rule can be found in the transport section of this book. For further information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport
168 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Mascalls School Headteacher: Mr Stuart Reeves Maidstone Road, Paddock Wood, Tonbridge, Admissions Contact Name: Mrs Rachel Hirst TN12 6LT Type of School: Secondary, Academy, Comprehensive, Mixed Tel: 01892 839022 Fax: 01892 825648 Age Range: 11-18 Day Pupils E-mail: [email protected] Specialisms: Visual Arts www.mascalls.kent.sch.uk Published Admission No: 240 LA No: 886 DFE No: 5439 Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 534 Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 240 Expected number on roll: 1430
To access general information about the school, 2. Up to 15 places each year will be awarded on the basis including annual school achievement and attainment of aptitude in the visual arts. This will be assessed by a tables, recent school inspection reports and panel including an external assessor on the basis of a uniform policy, please contact the school or visit the portfolio of artwork. If fewer than 15 portfolios meet the school’s website. criteria, places will be o ered to all applicants who meet the criteria. If there are more than 15 portfolios that meet Open Sessions: Monday 29 September 2014 5-8pm – no the criteria they will be ranked in order of artistic aptitude booking required and places o ered to the rst 15 in rank order. Details are Open Mornings – Thursday 2 October and Monday 6 available on the schools website. October 2014 9am-11.30am – no booking required Year 6 Taster Day – Monday 20 October 2014 - An 3. Students who will have a brother or sister at the school opportunity for your year 6 child to experience a day on the date of entry. In this context, brother or sister at Mascalls School – booking required via admissions@ means children who live as brother or sister in the same mascalls.kent.sch.uk house, including natural brothers and sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers and sisters and foster brothers Oversubscription Criteria and sisters. Before applying the oversubscription criteria, children with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an 4. Health and Special Access Reasons – Medical, health, Education, Health and Care Plan which names the social and special access reasons will be applied in school will be admitted. As a result of this the published accordance with the school’s legal obligations, in admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will number of preferences for the school is more than the be given to those children whose mental or physical number of places available, places will be allocated in the impairment means they have a demonstrable and following priority order – signi cant need to attend a particular school. Equally this priority will apply to children whose parents’/guardians’ 1. Children in Local Authority Care – a child under the physical or mental or social needs mean that they have a age of 18 years for whom the local authority provides demonstrable and signi cant need to attend a particular accommodation by agreement with their parents/ school. Such claims will need to be supported by written carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is evidence from a suitably quali ed medical or other the subject of a care order under Part VI of the Act. This practitioner who can demonstrate a special connection applies equally to children who immediately after being between these needs and the school. looked after by the local authority became subject to an adoption, residence or special guardianship order. (As 5. Nearness of children’s homes to school – we use de ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act the distance between the child’s permanent home 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of address and the school, measured in a straight line using the Children Act 1989). Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a point de ned as within the child’s home to a point de ned as within the school as speci ed by
169 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school Over-subscription site is used for everybody. The school uses measurements Following the admission of internal students provided by the Local Authority. transferring from Year 11 students, all remaining places will be allocated to learners who have met the entry A student’s home address is considered to be a residential requirements for the particular course of study. Where property that is the child’s only or main permanent there are more learners seeking places than the number residence and not an address at which your child might of places available, the oversubscription criteria will be stay sometimes or sleep due to your own domestic or applied in the order set out above to rank pupils until the special arrangements. The address must be the pupil’s overall gure for the year group is reached: home address on the day you completed your application form and which is either owned by the child’s parent, After a place has been o ered the school parents or guardian OR leased to or rented by the child’s reserves the right to withdraw the place in the parent, parents or guardians under a lease or written following circumstances: rental agreement. If you live separately from your partner but share responsibility for your child, and the child lives a. When the parent or learner has failed to respond to an at two di erent addresses during the week, we will regard o er within a reasonable time; or the home address as the one at which the child sleeps for b. When a parent or learner has failed to notify the school the majority of weekdays. of important changes to the application information; or c. The admission authority o ered the place on the basis Tiebreaker of a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application In the unlikely event that two or more children living the from the parent or learner. same distance away from the school and in all other ways have equal eligibility for the last available place at the O ers and Appeals school, the names will be issued a number and drawn O ers will be made on the basis of predicted randomly to decide which child should be given a place. performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the above grades are achieved in the nal examinations Supplementary Form Required: Yes – If you are prior to entry to the Sixth Form and the pupil’s 4 chosen interest in making a Visual Arts application for your subjects being accommodated on the timetable, in child, please contact the school for the form which is feasible group sizes. to be returned to the school by 31 October 2014 All o ers made during Year 11 are conditional on pupils Waiting lists will be maintained up to January meeting the grade criteria speci ed and will only become 2016 and will be ranked according to the above rm o ers upon con rmation of actual GCSE results. oversubscription criteria. O er letters will be made before the end of May 2015. Sixth Form Admissions arrangements – O ers will be con rmed once the school has been noti ed of GCSE results in August 2015. Priority will be given to existing pupils transferring from Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. Admission to the Where learners have achieved better results than the Sixth Form will be as a result of applicants obtaining a predicted grades, they will be considered based on the minimum of 5 GCSE passes at grade C or above, including grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places English and maths, along with subject speci c criteria that become available as a result of other learners failing for their preferred AS subjects or nearest equivalents, as to meet the required entry levels. published on our website. Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an The admission number for external candidates will be 25, application for a place be refused, by writing to The Clerk but this gure may be exceeded in the event that this to the Governors, care of the school. and the number of internal pupils transferring into Year 12 is less than the overall gure for the year group, which Late applications will be considered if places in is 200. appropriate subjects are still available after all other applicants have been considered.
170 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
A waiting list will be held, ranked according to the over- subscription criteria.
Transport Please note, schools no longer have a designated area from which transport will be provided. In most instances KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. Further information about exceptions to this rule can be found in the transport section of this book. For further information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport
171 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Mayfield Grammar Headteacher: Mrs E Wilson School Gravesend Admissions Contact Name: Mrs J McBride Type of School: Secondary, Academy, Grammar, Girls Pelham Road, Gravesend, DA11 0JE Tel: 01474 352896 Age Range: 11-18 Day Pupils Fax: 01474 331195 Specialisms: Science and Languages E-mail: [email protected] www.mgsg.kent.sch.uk Published Admission No: 145 LA No: 886 DFE No: 5467 Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 313 Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 107 Expected number on roll: 995
To access general information about the school, 2. A brother or sister attending the school at the time including annual school achievement and attainment of application. Priority will be given to children who live tables, recent school inspection reports and as brother or sister in the same house, including natural uniform policy, please contact the school or visit the brothers and sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or school’s website. sisters and foster brothers and sisters.
Open Sessions: 3. Eligible girls who reside in the postal code areas Open Morning: Thursday 23rd October 2014 (9.00 a.m. to beginning with the following: DA3, DA4, DA9, DA10, 11.00 a.m.) DA11, DA12, DA13, ME3. Open Afternoon: Wednesday 22nd October 2014 (1.30 p.m. to 2.45 p.m.) 4. Eligible girls who reside in the postal code areas Open Evening: Thursday 23rd October 2014 (6.30 p.m. to beginning with the following: DA1, DA2, ME2, TN13, TN14, 8.30 p.m.) TN15.
Entry is through the Kent Assessment Procedure or 5. Eligible girls who do not reside in the areas as detailed the additional optional May eld Test. The Kent tests in the third or fourth criteria. must be taken to provide an aggregate score. In the case of oversubscription within one of the above Oversubscription Criteria criteria the places will be allocated in the order: Before applying the oversubscription criteria, eligible girls with a Statement of Special Educational Need or a) Highest aggregated score in the Kent PESE tests an Education, Health and Care Plan which names the school will be admitted. As a result of this the published b) Proximity of the child’s home to school. Priority admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the will be given to pupils who live nearest to the school. number of preferences for the school is more than the The distance between the child’s permanent home number of places available, places will be allocated to address and the school measured in a straight line using eligible girls in the following priority order:– Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a point de ned as within the child’s home 1. A ‘looked after child’ or a child who was previously to a point de ned as within the school as speci ed by looked after but immediately after being looked after Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school became subject to an adoption, residence, or special site is used for everybody. A map is available showing the guardianship order. A looked after child is a child who is location of the school on www.kent.sch.uk a) in the care of a local authority, or (b) being provided with accommodation by a local authority in the exercise Supplementary Form Required: No of their social services functions (see the de nition section 22(1) of the Children Act 1989). Waiting lists will be maintained up to January 2016 and will be ranked according to the above oversubscription criteria.
172 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Sixth Form Admissions arrangements – the school by the end of August. They will be ranked The planned admission number for entry to Year 12 in accordingly for any places that are, or become, available. September 2015 will be 50. This number refers to the For students joining the school at 16 the following number of students who have met the entrance criteria oversubscription criteria will apply in the event of and are being admitted to the school for the rst time. external applications taking the total number of eligible Year 12 students over 180. All students continuing on the school roll will be admitted if they meet the entrance criteria. • Eligible students in Local Authority care (See main school criteria for detail). All students wishing to apply to May eld Grammar School, Gravesend must apply directly to the school • Eligible students who have a brother or sister attending using the online application system through www.ucas. the school at the time of application (See main school com/progress Dates within which applications will be criteria for detail). accepted will be published on the website. • Eligible students with the best aggregate GCSE Students will be invited to attend a Sixth Form Open points scores in their best 6 subjects including English Evening in December 2014. and Mathematics.
Entry to the Sixth Form is dependent on achieving at If the aggregate scores are the same in their best 6 least six GCSEs at grade C and above including English subjects, then distance from school (as for the main and Mathematics, on the Higher papers, with a minimum school criteria) will be the tie breaker. of grade B in the subjects chosen for AS/A Level study. Minimum qualifying grades for subjects should also be Late applications will be considered if a student is eligible met; these are explained in the subject areas of the Sixth in the light of the criteria for entry above and if there are Form prospectus. Students are admitted subject to the still places available on the courses they wish to follow. availability of a speci c course or combination of courses. If a place can not be o ered parents have a statutory Students who apply for entry with quali cations achieved right of appeal. If parents wish to lodge an appeal outside the UK will be required to demonstrate that he/ they should write to the Clerk to the Governors, at the she has achieved the required standards for entry. This school. Additional information can be found on the may involve tests in a range of subjects and include School’s website. Verbal Reasoning. Transport Students wishing to study Science AS Levels must have Please note, schools no longer have a designated area studied at least two Science GCSEs as well as meeting the from which transport will be provided. In most instances individual subject requirements, as detailed in the Sixth KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where Form Prospectus. Students wishing to study Mathematics this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. AS should have achieved grade A at Higher level GCSE. Further information about exceptions to this rule can be found in the transport section of this book. For further Students currently on roll will be asked to attend a information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. meeting at the school to review their subject choices and gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport to resolve any problems.
When considering external applicants, the school will seek con rmation of the estimated GCSE grades from the applicant’s current school. Students will be invited into school to nalise the course choices. Conditional o ers of places will be made based on the estimated GCSE grades.
Where students achieve better results than their predictions and have not been o ered a conditional place but have met the qualifying grades they should contact
173 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Meopham School Trust Principal: Mr J Whitcombe MA Wrotham Road, Meopham, DA13 0AH Headteacher: Mrs S Dickinson Tel: 01474 814646 Admissions Contact Name: Mrs D Butler Fax: 01474 813083 E-mail: [email protected] Type of School: Secondary, Academy, High, Mixed www.meopham.kent.sch.uk Age Range: 11-18 Day Pupils Specialisms: Maths & Sports Published Admission No: 140 LA No: 886 DFE No: 4004 Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 347 Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 88 Expected number on roll: 614
To access general information about the school, 2. Applicants who can demonstrate a special aptitude including annual school achievement and attainment in Physical Education, Music, Drama or Art (up to a tables, recent school inspection reports and maximum of 14 places in all); uniform policy, please contact the school or visit the school’s website. 3. Applicants who have a sibling association with the school at the time of admission, i.e. a brother or sister, step Open Sessions: or half-brother or sister, an adopted brother or sister or Open Evening: Thursday 9 October 2014 5.30 – 8.30pm. other person resident at the same address as if a sibling; Headteacher’s address 6.15pm and 7.30pm 4. Health and Special Access Reasons – medical, health, Open Mornings: 13th – 17th October 2014 9am and social and special access reasons will be applied in 10.45am accordance with the school’s legal obligations, in To book an appointment please call 01474 814646 x 235 particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will be given to those children whose mental or physical Oversubscription Criteria impairment means they have a demonstrable and Before applying the oversubscription criteria, children signi cant need to attend a particular school. Equally with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an this priority will apply to children whose parents’/ Education, Health and Care Plan which names the guardians’ physical or mental health or social needs mean school will be admitted. As a result of this the published that they have a demonstrable and signi cant need to admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the attend a particular school. Such claims will need to be number of preferences for the school is more than the supported by written evidence from a suitably quali ed number of places available, places will be allocated in the medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate following priority order – a special connection between these needs and the particular school. 1. Children in Local Authority Care – a child under the age of 18 years for whom the local authority provides 5. Applicants living closest to the school. The distance is accommodation by agreement with their parents/ measured between the child’s permanent address and carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is the school measured in a straight line using Ordnance the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. This Survey address point data. The school uses measurements applies equally to children who immediately, after being provided by the Local Authority and further information looked after by the local authority, became subject to an on how distances are measured is available in the adoption, residence or special guardianship order. (As Admissions Booklets provided by the Local Authority. de ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989) Special Aptitude places: Governors reserve up to 14 places each year for students with a special aptitude for Art, Drama, Music or PE. If fewer places are taken in one subject, Governors can choose
174 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
to o er more places in another, if suitable applications a. When the parent or learner has failed to respond to an have been received. Students with special aptitude o er within a reasonable time; or places are automatically included in our Gifted & Talented programme. Students are ranked according to the b. When a parent or learner has failed to notify the school evidence provided by parents and may be invited to a of important changes to the application information; or meeting if further clari cation of standards is needed. c. The admission authority o ered the place on the basis Supplementary Form Required: Yes – If applying of a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application for a special aptitude place under (2) above, a form is from the parent or learner. available from the school and must be returned to the school by the due date for submission of the SCAF to the O ers and Appeals Local Authority. O ers will be made on the basis of predicted performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the Waiting lists will be maintained up to January above grades are achieved in the nal examinations 2016 and will be ranked according to the above prior to entry to the Sixth Form and the pupil’s 4 chosen oversubscription criteria. subjects being accommodated on the timetable, in feasible group sizes. Sixth Form Admissions arrangements – All o ers made during Year 11 are conditional on pupils Priority will be given to existing pupils transferring from meeting the grade criteria speci ed and will only become Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. Admission rm o ers upon con rmation of actual GCSE results. to the Sixth Form will be as a result of applicants O er letters will be made before the end of May 2015. obtaining a minimum of 5 GCSE passes at grade C or O ers will be con rmed once the school has been above and B grades in their preferred AS subjects or noti ed of GCSE results in August 2015. nearest equivalents. Where learners have achieved better results than the • For a full time AS/BTEC/Diploma programme at predicted grades they will be considered based on the NVQ level 3: 5+ A*-C grades, including English and grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places Mathematics (NVQ Level 2). It is a normal requirement that become available as a result of other learners failing that students have a C grade or better in the subjects they to meet the required entry levels. wish to study. For some subjects the entrance criteria is a B grade at GCSE. Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an application for a place be refused, by writing to The Clerk The admission number for external candidates will be 40, to the Governors, care of the school. but this gure may be exceeded in the event that this and the number of internal pupils transferring into Year Late applications will be considered if places in 12 is less than the overall gure for the year group, which appropriate subjects are still available after all other is 100. applicants have been considered.
Over-subscription A waiting list will be held, ranked according to the over- Following the admission of internal students transferring subscription criteria from Year 11, all remaining places will be allocated to learners who have met the entry requirements for the Transport particular course of study. Where there are more learners Please note, schools no longer have a designated area seeking places than the number of places available, the from which transport will be provided. In most instances oversubscription criteria above will be applied to eligible KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where students. this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. Further information about exceptions to this rule can be After a place has been o ered the school found in the transport section of this book. For further reserves the right to withdraw the place in the information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. following circumstances: gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport
175 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
New Line Learning Headteacher: David Elliott Academy Admissions Contact Name: Barbara Auster Type of School: Secondary, Academy, All Ability, Mixed Boughton Lane, Loose, Maidstone, ME15 9QL Age Range: 11-16 Day Pupils Tel: 01622 743286 Specialisms: Business and Enterprise Fax: 01622 741963 E-mail: O [email protected] Published Admission No: 210 LA No: 886 DFE No: 6912 www.futureschoolstrust.com Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 279 www.newlinelearning.com Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 143 Expected number on roll: 720
To access general information about the school, (Banding) including annual school achievement and attainment The remaining applicants will be split into ve bands tables, recent school inspection reports and based on a normal distribution of non-verbal cognitive uniform policy, please contact the school or visit the ability scores within the national pro le. school’s website. Further detailed explanation of this and the aptitude test are available from the Open Sessions: academy but the table below gives indicative proportions Wednesday, 17 September – Open Evening – 5.00 – and numbers. 8.00 pm To reect a normal distribution we will use the following Talks by the Principal at 5.30 pm and 6.30 pm band identi ers Thursday, 18 September – Open Morning – 10.00 am – 12 noon Non Verbal Percentage Number Friday, 19 September – Open Morning – 10.00 am – Cats interval 12 noon Less than Monday, 22 September – Open Morning – 10.00 am – 10% 21 70 12 noon Tuesday, 23 September – Open Morning – 10.00 am – 12 70 to 85 noon 20% 42 Monday, 20 October – Open Morning – 10.00 am and 12 noon 86 to 112 40% 84 Tuesday, 21 October – Open Morning – 10.00 am and 113 to 127 12 noon 20% 42 More than Tours will commence at 10.00 am and 12 noon 127 10% 21 Saturday, 18 October – Open Morning – 9.30 am – 12 noon Anyone placing New Line Learning on the application form will need to bring their child for a non-verbal CATs Oversubscription Criteria test. This will take place in the second/third Before applying the oversubscription criteria, children week in November 2014. with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an Education, Health and Care Plan which names the If the Academy is oversubscribed, places will be ranked school will be admitted. As a result of this the published using each of the following in priority order, with admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the applications submitted by the published deadline taking number of preferences for the school is more than the initial priority. Late applications will be allocated in the number of places available, places will be allocated in the same order. following priority order –
176 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Within each band the criteria will be applied in the f) Nearness of children’s homes to school - we use order in which they are set out below: the distance between the child’s permanent home address and the school, measured in a straight line using a) Children in Local Authority Care – a child under the Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are age of 18 years for whom the local authority provides measured from a point de ned as within the child’s home accommodation by agreement with their parents/ to a point de ned as within the school as speci ed by carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. This site is used for everybody. The school uses measurements applies equally to children who immediately after being provided by the Local Authority. looked after by the local authority became subject to an adoption, residence or special guardianship order. (As Note – where less than the required number fall into a de ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act band, we will distribute evenly from adjacent bands. 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989). If the last pupil to be o ered a place within the New Line b) Children of sta employed by Future Schools Trust and Learning Academy’s published admission number (PAN) is working at New Line Learning Academy as their primary a multiple birth or same cohort sibling, any further sibling place of work where: will be admitted, if the parents so wish, even though this may raise the intake number above the school’s PAN. The i) The member of sta has been employed at the school PAN will remain unchanged so that no other pupil will be for two or more years at the time at which the application admitted until a place becomes available within the PAN. for admission to the school is made. Supplementary Form Required: Yes ii) The member of sta is recruited to ll a vacant post for which there is a demonstrable skill shortage. Waiting lists will be maintained up to January 2016 and will be ranked according to the above c) Children applying from Tiger Primary School on the oversubscription criteria. Boughton Lane site which is run by the Future Schools Trust and is a named feeder school for New Line Sixth Form Admissions arrangements – Learning Academy. The Cornwallis Academy (Who run the post 16 provision on the New Line Learning site) has an admission capacity d) Current family association (only an elder brother of 350 students for Year 12, for the academic year or sister in the Academy at time of application, who 2015/2016. These places are expected to be taken up by will still be attending when the applicant child is students progressing from within the two Future Schools admitted counts.) Trust academies – the Cornwallis Academy and the New Line Learning Academy. It is expected that the majority of e) Health and Special Access Reasons – Medical, health, the student-places across the two years of the combined social and special access reasons will be applied in 6th-form will be provided at the Cornwallis Academy site. accordance with the school’s legal obligations, in particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will Priority will be given to existing pupils transferring from be given to those children whose mental or physical Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. Admission to impairment means they have a demonstrable and the Sixth Form will be as a result of applicants obtaining signi cant need to attend a particular school. Equally a minimum of 4 GCSE passes at grade C or above, along this priority will apply to children whose parents’/ with the minimum published requirements for each A guardians’ physical or mental health or social needs mean level, as outlined in our prospectus. that they have a demonstrable and signi cant need to attend a particular school. Such claims will need to be The admission number for external candidates will be 90 supported by written evidence from a suitably quali ed but this gure may be exceeded in the event that this and medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate the number of internal pupils transferring into Year 12 is a special connection between these needs and the less than the overall total gure for the year group, which particular school. is 350.
177 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Over-subscription A waiting list will be held, ranked according to the over- Following the admission of internal students transferring subscription criteria. from Year 11, all remaining places will be allocated to learners who have met the entry requirements for the Transport particular course of study. Where there are more learners Please note, schools no longer have a designated area seeking places than the number of places available, the from which transport will be provided. In most instances oversubscription criteria above will be applied to eligible KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where students. this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. Further information about exceptions to this rule can be After a place has been o ered the school found in the transport section of this book. For further reserves the right to withdraw the place in the information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. following circumstances: gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport
a. When the parent or learner has failed to respond to an o er within a reasonable time; or
b. When a parent or learner has failed to notify the school of important changes to the application information; or
c. The admission authority o ered the place on the basis of a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application from the parent or learner.
O ers and Appeals O ers will be made on the basis of predicted performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the above grades are achieved in the nal examinations prior to entry to the Sixth Form and the pupil’s 4 chosen subjects being accommodated on the timetable, in feasible group sizes.
All o ers made during Year 11 are conditional on pupils meeting the grade criteria speci ed and will only become rm o ers upon con rmation of actual GCSE results. O er letters will be made before the end of May 2015. O ers will be con rmed once the school has been noti ed of GCSE results in August 2015.
Where learners have achieved better results than the predicted grades they will be considered based on the grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places that become available as a result of other learners failing to meet the required entry levels.
Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an application for a place be refused, by writing to The Clerk to the Governors, care of the school.
Late applications will be considered if places in appropriate subjects are still available after all other applicants have been considered.
178 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
The North School Headteacher: Mrs N Hodges Essella Road, Ashford, TN24 8AL Admissions Contact Name: Miss Y. Elder Tel: 01233 614600 Type of School: Secondary, Community, High, Mixed Fax: 01233 612906 E-mail: [email protected] Age Range: 11-18 Day Pupils www.north.kent.sch.uk Specialisms: Sport & Rural Dimension Published Admission No: 215 LA No: 886 DFE No: 4246 Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 635 Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 225 Expected number on roll: 1200
To access general information about the school, Health and Special Access Reasons - Medical / Health including annual school achievement and attainment and Special Access Reasons will be applied in accordance tables, recent school inspection reports and with the school’s legal obligations, in particular those uniform policy, please contact the school or visit the under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will be given to school’s website. those children whose mental or physical impairment means they have a demonstrable and signi cant need to Open Sessions: attend a particular school. Equally this priority will apply Open Evening: Wednesday 8th October 2014 5.00pm – to children whose parents’/guardians’, physical or mental 8.00pm. health or social need means there is a demonstrable Open Mornings: Monday 13th, Tuesday 14th, Wednesday and signi cant need for their child to attend a particular 15th, Thursday 16th, Friday 17th, Monday 20th and Tuesday school. Such claims will need to be supported by written 21st October 2014 9.00am – 10.30am by appointment. evidence from a suitably quali ed medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate a special connection Oversubscription Criteria between these needs and the particular school. Before applying the oversubscription criteria, children with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an Children who live nearer to The North School than Education, Health and Care Plan which names the any other maintained non selective secondary school will be admitted. As a result of this the published school or academy – Children will be ranked according admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the to the distance from their home to the North School with number of preferences for the school is more than the those living closest being ranked highest. The distance number of places available, places will be allocated in the is measured between the child’s permanent address following priority order- and the school in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a point Children in Local Authority Care or Previously in within the child’s home to a similarly de ned point within Local Authority Care – a child under the age of 18 years the school as speci ed by Ordnance Survey. for whom the local authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of Children who live nearer to any other maintained the Children Act 1989) or who ceased to be so because non selective secondary school or academy than they became subject to an adoption, residence or special The North School – Children for whom the North School guardianship order under Part IV of the Act. is not their nearest non selective secondary school or academy will be ranked according to the distance from Current Family Association - a brother or sister their home to the North School with those living closest attending the school when the child starts. In this context being ranked highest. The distance is measured between brother or sister means children who live as brother or the child’s permanent address and the school in a straight sister in the same house, including natural brothers or line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster are measured from a point within the child’s home to a brothers and sisters. similarly de ned point within the school as speci ed by Ordnance Survey.
179 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
In the event of any of the above criteria being a. When the parent or learner has failed to respond to an oversubscribed, priority will be given based on distance o er within a reasonable time; or as described above with those closest being given higher priority. In the unlikely event that two or more children in b. When a parent or learner has failed to notify the school all other ways have equal eligibility for the last available of important changes to the application information; or place at the school, the names will be issued a number and drawn randomly to decide which child should be c. The admission authority o ered the place on the basis given the place. of a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application If siblings from multiple births (twins, triplets, etc) apply from the parent or learner. for a school and the school would reach its Published Admission Number (PAN) after admitting one or more, O ers and Appeals but before admitting all of those siblings, the LA will o er O ers will be made on the basis of predicted a place to each of the siblings, even if doing so takes the performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the school above its PAN. above grades are achieved in the nal examinations prior to entry to the Sixth Form and the pupil’s 4 chosen Supplementary Form Required: NO subjects being accommodated on the timetable, in feasible group sizes. Waiting lists will be maintained up to January 2016 and will be ranked according to the above All o ers made during Year 11 are conditional on pupils oversubscription criteria. meeting the grade criteria speci ed and will only become rm o ers upon con rmation of actual GCSE results. Sixth Form Admissions arrangements O er letters will be made before the end of May 2015. Priority will be given to existing pupils transferring from O ers will be con rmed once the school has been Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. To undertake level noti ed of GCSE results in August 2015. 3 courses applicants must have 5A*-C grades in at least 5 subjects including English and Maths GCSE and B grades Where learners have achieved better results than the in their preferred AS subjects or nearest equivalents. predicted grades they will be considered based on the Where students fail to gain 5A*-C grades, they will be able grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places to choose from a selection of bespoke level 2 pathways that become available as a result of other learners failing on o er. These pathways include subjects equivalent to to meet the required entry levels. GCSE grades at grades A*-C and are a stepping stone to advanced level study. Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an application for a place be refused, by writing to The Clerk The admission number for external candidates will be 50, to the Governors, care of the school. but this gure may be exceeded in the event that this and the number of internal pupils transferring into Year Late applications will be considered if places in 12 is less than the overall gure for the year group, which appropriate subjects are still available after all other is 175. applicants have been considered.
Over-subscription A waiting list will be held, ranked according to the over- Following the admission of internal students transferring subscription criteria. from Year 11, all remaining places will be allocated to learners who have met the entry requirements for the Transport particular course of study. Where there are more learners Please note, schools no longer have a designated area seeking places than the number of places available, the from which transport will be provided. In most instances above oversubscription criteria will be applied in the KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where order set out above to rank pupils until the overall gure this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. for the year group is reached. Further information about exceptions to this rule can be found in the transport section of this book. For further After a place has been o ered the school information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. reserves the right to withdraw the place in the gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport following circumstances:
180 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Northfleet School for Headteacher: Mrs J Wilson Girls Admissions Contact Name: Mrs W Abbott Type of School: Secondary, Foundation, High, Girls Hail Road, Northeet, DA11 8AQ Tel: 01474 831020 Age Range: 11-18 Day Pupils Fax: 01474 335058 Specialisms: Business & Enterprise E-mail: abbottm@northeetgirls.kent.sch.uk Published Admission No: 175 LA No: 886 DFE No: 4040 www.northeetgirls.kent.sch.uk Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 393 Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 145 Expected number on roll: 1060
To access general information about the school, If siblings from multiple births (twins, triplets, etc) apply including annual school achievement and attainment for a school and the school would reach its Published tables, recent school inspection reports and Admission Number (PAN) after admitting one or more, uniform policy, please contact the school or visit the but before admitting all of those siblings, the LA will o er school’s website. a place to each of the siblings, even if doing so takes the school above its PAN. Open Sessions: Tours 9am Monday 13 to Wed 15 and 2pm on Thursday 16 c) Health and Special Access Reasons – Medical, health, Open Evening Wednesday 8th October 6.30 Start. social and special access reasons will be applied in accordance with the school’s legal obligations, in Oversubscription Criteria particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will Before applying the oversubscription criteria, children be given to those children whose mental or physical with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an impairment means they have a demonstrable and Education, Health and Care Plan which names the signi cant need to attend a particular school. Equally school will be admitted. As a result of this the published this priority will apply to children whose parents’/ admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the guardians’ physical or mental health or social needs mean number of preferences for the school is more than the that they have a demonstrable and signi cant need to number of places available, places will be allocated in the attend a particular school. Such claims will need to be following priority order – supported by written evidence from a suitably quali ed medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate a) Children in Local Authority Care – a child under the a special connection between these needs and the age of 18 years for whom the local authority provides particular school. accommodation by agreement with their parents/ carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is d) Nearness of children’s homes to school - we use the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. This the distance between the child’s permanent home applies equally to children who immediately after being address and the school, measured in a straight line using looked after by the local authority became subject to an Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are adoption, residence or special guardianship order. (As measured from a point de ned as within the child’s home de ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act to a point de ned as within the school as speci ed by 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989). Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school site is used for everybody. b) Current Family Association – a brother or sister attending the school when the child starts. In this context Supplementary Form Required: NO brother or sister means children who live as brother or sister in the same house, including natural brothers or Waiting lists will be maintained up to January sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster 2016 and will be ranked according to the above brothers and sisters. oversubscription criteria.
181 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Sixth Form Admissions arrangements – a. When the parent or learner has failed to respond to an Priority will be given to existing pupils transferring from o er within a reasonable time; or Year 11 within Northeet School for Girls but the school welcomes applications from external students. 20 places b. When a parent or learner has failed to notify the school are available for external students who meet the entrance of important changes to the application information; or criteria. c. The admission authority o ered the place on the basis We take great care to ensure that students enrol onto of a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application courses of an appropriate level and are able to o er from the parent or learner. academic and vocational opportunities. For admission to the Sixth form the majority of courses will require Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an applicants to have obtained a minimum of 5 GCSE passes application for a place be refused, by writing to The Clerk at grade C or above (or equivalent) with a Grade B in to the Governors, care of the school. English for any A-Level course. Where a student is seeking to study a “subject speci c” A-Level, such as Mathematics, Late applications will be considered if places in a higher entry level may be required (i.e. Mathematics is appropriate subjects are still available after all other Grade A at GCSE). applicants have been considered.
The admission number for external candidates will be 20, A waiting list will be held, ranked according to the over- but this gure may be exceeded in the event that this subscription criteria. and the number of internal pupils transferring into Year 12 is less than the overall gure for the year group, which Transport is 110. Please note, schools no longer have a designated area from which transport will be provided. In most instances Over-subscription KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where In case of over subscription our normal admissions this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. criteria apply. Further information about exceptions to this rule can be found in the transport section of this book. For further O ers and Appeals information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. O ers will be made on the basis of predicted gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the above grades are achieved in the nal examinations prior to entry to the Sixth Form and the pupil’s 4 chosen subjects being accommodated on the timetable, in feasible group sizes.
All o ers made during Year 11 are conditional on pupils meeting the grade criteria speci ed and will only become rm o ers upon con rmation of actual GCSE results. O er letters will be made before the end of May 2015. O ers will be con rmed once the school has been noti ed of GCSE results in August 2015.
Where learners have achieved better results than the predicted grades they will be considered based on the grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places that become available as a result of other learners failing to meet the required entry levels.
After a place has been o ered the school reserves the right to withdraw the place in the following circumstances:
182 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Northfleet Headteacher: Jane Partridge Technology College Admissions Contact Name: Linda Lancaster Type of School: Secondary, Foundation, High, Boys Colyer Road, Northeet, DA11 8BG Tel: 01474 533802 Age Range: 11-18 Day Pupils Fax: 01474 536122 Specialisms: Technology E-mail: [email protected] www.ntc.kent.sch.uk Published Admission No: 164 LA No: 886 DFE No: 5456 Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 447 Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 164 Expected number on roll: 941
To access general information about the school, including natural brothers or sisters, adopted siblings, including annual school achievement and attainment stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers and sisters. tables, recent school inspection reports and uniform policy, please contact the school or visit the 3. Health and Special Access Reasons – Medical, health, school’s website. social and special access reasons will be applied in accordance with the school’s legal obligations, in Open Sessions: particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will Open Evening: Thursday 9th October 2014, 6.00 pm to be given to those children whose mental or physical 9.00 pm. impairment means they have a demonstrable and Guided Tours: Weeks beginning 13th and 20th October signi cant need to attend a particular school. Equally 2014, appointments to be arranged with the school this priority will apply to children whose parents’/ guardians’ physical or mental health or social needs mean Oversubscription Criteria that they have a demonstrable and signi cant need to Before applying the oversubscription criteria, children attend a particular school. Such claims will need to be with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an supported by written evidence from a suitably quali ed Education, Health and Care Plan which names the medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate school will be admitted. As a result of this the published a special connection between these needs and the admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the particular school. number of preferences for the school is more than the number of places available, places will be allocated in the 4. Nearness of children’s homes to school - we use following priority order – the distance between the child’s permanent home address and the school, measured in a straight line using 1. Children in Local Authority Care – a child under the Ordnance Survey address point data. age of 18 years for whom the local authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/ Distances are measured from a point de ned as within carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is the child’s home to a point de ned as within the school the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. This as speci ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point applies equally to children who immediately after being on the school site is used for everybody. looked after by the local authority became subject to an adoption, residence or special guardianship order. (As A student’s home address is considered to be a residential de ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act property that is the child’s only or main residence and not 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989). an address at which your child might sometimes stay or sleep due to your own domestic or special arrangements. 2. Where the child has a sibling attending Northeet The address must be the student’s home address on the Technology College or Northeet School for Girls at the day you completed your application form and which time of entry. In this context brother or sister means is either children who live as brother or sister in the same house,
183 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Owned by the child’s parent, parents or carer OR leased to or b. When a parent or learner has failed to notify the school rented by the child’s parent, parents or carer under a lease or of important changes to the application information; or written rental agreement. c. The admission authority o ered the place on the basis If you live separately from your partner but share of a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application from responsibility for your child and the child lives at two the parent or learner. di erent addresses during the week, we will regard the home address as the one at which the child sleeps for the O ers and Appeals majority of weekdays. O ers will be made on the basis of predicted performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the above grades NB A block of ats has a single address point reference, are achieved in the nal examinations prior to entry to so applicants living in the same block will be regarded the Sixth Form and the pupil’s 4 chosen subjects being as living the same distance away from the school. In the accommodated on the timetable, in feasible group sizes. unlikely event that two or more children live in the same block and in all other ways have equal eligibility for the last All o ers made during Year 11 are conditional on pupils available place at the school, the names will be issued a meeting the grade criteria speci ed and will only become number and drawn randomly to decide which child should rm o ers upon con rmation of actual GCSE results. be given the place. O er letters will be made before the end of May 2015. Supplementary Form Required: NO O ers will be con rmed once the school has been noti ed of GCSE results in August 2015. Waiting lists will be maintained up to January 2016 and will be ranked according to the above oversubscription criteria. Where learners have achieved better results than the predicted grades they will be considered based on the Sixth Form Admissions arrangements – grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places Priority will be given to existing pupils transferring from that become available as a result of other learners failing to Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. Admission to the meet the required entry levels. Sixth Form will be as a result of applicants obtaining a minimum of 5 GCSE passes at grade A*-G or above and B/A Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an grades in their preferred AS subjects or nearest equivalents. application for a place be refused, by writing to The Clerk to the Governors, care of the school. The admission number for external candidates will be 40 but this gure may be exceeded in the event that this and Late applications will be considered if places in appropriate the number of internal pupils transferring into Year 12 is subjects are still available after all other applicants have less than the overall gure for the year group, which is 100. been considered.
Over-subscription A waiting list will be held, ranked according to the over- Following the admission of internal students transferring subscription criteria. from Year 11, all remaining places will be allocated to learners who have met the entry requirements for the Transport particular course of study. Where there are more learners Please note, schools no longer have a designated area from seeking places than the number of places available, the which transport will be provided. In most instances KCC oversubscription criteria will be applied in the order set will only fund transport to the nearest school where this out above to rank pupils until the overall gure for the year school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. Further group is reached. information about exceptions to this rule can be found in the transport section of this book. For further information After a place has been o ered the school reserves the right please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent.gov.uk/ to withdraw the place in the following circumstances: education-and-children/schools/school-transport
a. When the parent or learner has failed to respond to an o er within a reasonable time; or
184 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
The Norton Headteacher: Ms. S. K. Staab Knatchbull School Admissions Contact Name: Mrs. E. Seccombe Type of School: Secondary, Academy, Grammar, Boys Hythe Road, Ashford, TN24 0QJ Tel: 01233 620045 Age Range: 11-18 Day Pupils Fax: 01233 633668 Specialisms: Modern Foreign Languages, Science E-mail: [email protected] www.nks.kent.sch.uk Published Admission No: 149 LA No: 886 DFE No: 4528 Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 320 Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 144 Expected number on roll: 1076
To access general information about the school, all of those siblings, the LA will o er a place to each of the including annual school achievement and attainment siblings, even if doing so takes the school above its PAN. tables, recent school inspection reports and uniform policy, please contact the school or visit the Health and Special Access Reasons school’s website. Medical/Health and Special Access Reasons will be applied in accordance with the school’s legal obligations, Open Sessions: in particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority Year 6 Open Afternoon Wednesday 17th September 2014 will be given to those children whose mental or physical Year 6 Open Evening Wednesday 1st of October 2014 impairment means they have a demonstrable and signi cant need to attend a particular school. Equally this Entry is through the Kent Assessment Procedure. priority will apply to children whose parents’/guardians’, physical or mental health or social need means there is a Oversubscription Criteria demonstrable and signi cant need for their child to Before applying the oversubscription criteria, eligible attend a particular school. Such claims will need to be boys with a Statement of Special Educational Need or supported by written evidence from a suitably quali ed an Education, Health and Care Plan which names the medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate school will be admitted. As a result of this the published a special connection between these needs and the admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the particular school. number of preferences for the school is more than the number of places available, places will be allocated to Nearness of children’s homes to school eligible boys in the following priority order- The distance between the child’s permanent home address and the school is measured in a straight line Children in Local Authority Care using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are A child under the age of 18 years, for whom Kent County measured from a point de ned as within the child’s home Council provides accommodation by agreement with to a point de ned as within the school as speci ed by their parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989), Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school or who ceased to be so because they were adopted, or site is used for everybody. who is the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. Supplementary Form Required: NO Current Family Association A brother or sister is attending the school when the child Waiting lists will be maintained up to January starts. In this context brother or sister means children 2015 and will be ranked according to the above who live as brother or sister in the same house, including oversubscription criteria. natural brothers or sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers and sisters. If siblings, from Sixth Form Admissions arrangements- multiple births (twins, triplets etc.) apply for a school and Priority will be given to existing pupils transferring from the school would reach its Published Admission Number Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. Admission to (PAN) after admitting one or more, but before admitting the Sixth Form will be as a result of applicants obtaining
185 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
a minimum of 8 GCSE passes including English and that become available as a result of other learners failing Mathematics. Within these 8 grades, candidates need to to meet the required entry levels. have obtained at least 4 B grades and 4 C grades (344 points). Furthermore, candidates need to have achieved Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an the required grades for entry to their chosen subjects as application for a place be refused. To lodge an appeal detailed in our Sixth Form Prospectus which can be found please write to Mrs. S. Butcher, Clerk to The Board of on our website. Governors, care of the school.
The admission number for external candidates will be 25, Late applications will be considered if places in but this gure may be exceeded in the event that this appropriate subjects are still available after all other and the number of internal pupils transferring into Year applicants have been considered. 12 is less than the overall gure for the year group, which is 165. A waiting list will be held, ranked according to the over- subscription criteria. Over-subscription Following the admission of internal students Late applications will be considered if there are still transferring from Year 11 students, all remaining places spaces available. will be allocated to learners who have met the entry requirements for the particular course of study. Where In the case of over-subscription, the school will apply there are more learners seeking places than the number the same criteria as those which pertain to admissions in of places available, the oversubscription criteria will be Years 7-11. applied in the order set out above to rank pupils until the overall gure for the year group is reached: Transport Please note, schools no longer have a designated area a. When the parent or learner has failed to respond to an from which transport will be provided. In most instances o er within a reasonable time; or KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. b. When a parent or learner has failed to notify the school Further information about exceptions to this rule can be of important changes to the application information; or found in the transport section of this book. For further information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. c. The admission authority o ered the place on the basis gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport of a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application from the parent or learner.
O ers and Appeals O ers will be made on the basis of predicted performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the above grades are achieved in the nal examinations prior to entry to the Sixth Form and the pupil’s 4 chosen subjects being accommodated on the timetable, in feasible group sizes.
All o ers made during Year 11 are conditional on pupils meeting the grade criteria speci ed and will only become rm o ers upon con rmation of actual GCSE results. O er letters will be made before the end of May 2015. O ers will be con rmed once the school has been noti ed of GCSE results in August 2015. Where learners have achieved better result than the predicted grades they will be considered based on the grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places
186 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Oakwood Park Headteacher: Mr K.W. Moody BA(Hons) MA Grammar School Admissions Contact Name: Ms T Williamson Type of School: Secondary, Academy, Grammar, Boys Oakwood Park, Maidstone, ME16 8AH Tel: 01622 726683 Age Range: 11-18 Day Pupils Fax: 01622 721210 Specialisms: Maths and Computing, Humanities E-mail: o [email protected] www.opgs.org Published Admission No: 150 LA No 886 DFE No: 5422 Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 481 Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 144 Expected number on roll: 1049
To access general information about the school, b. Current Family Association — a brother or sister including annual school achievement and attainment attending the school when the child starts. In this context tables, recent school inspection reports and brother or sister means children who live as brother or uniform policy, please contact the school or visit the sister in the same house, including natural brothers or school’s website. sisters, adopted siblings, step brothers or sisters and foster brothers or sisters. Open Sessions: Open Evening: Tuesday 14th October 2014, 4.00pm – c. Health and Special Access Reasons — medical/ 8.00pm. health, social and special access reasons will be applied Open Mornings: Thursday 16th, Friday 17th, Tuesday 21st, in accordance with the school’s legal obligations, in Wednesday 22nd October 9.00am – 11.00am. particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will be given to those children whose mental or physical Entry is through the Kent Assessment Procedure. impairment means they have a demonstrable and signi cant need to attend Oakwood Park Grammar Oversubscription Criteria School. Equally this priority will apply to children Before applying the oversubscription criteria, eligible whose parents’/guardians’ physical or mental health boys with a Statement of Special Educational Need or or social needs mean that they have a demonstrable an Education, Health and Care Plan which names the and signi cant need to attend Oakwood Park Grammar school will be admitted. As a result of this the published School. Such claims will need to be supported by written admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the evidence from a suitably quali ed medical or other number of preferences for the school is more than the practitioner who can demonstrate a special connection number of places available, places will be allocated to between these needs and Oakwood Park Grammar eligible boys in the following priority order – School. a. Children in Local Authority Care — a child under the d. Nearness of children’s homes to school — we use the age of 18 years for whom the local authority provides distance between the child’s permanent home address accommodation by agreement with their parents/ and Oakwood Park Grammar School measured in a carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. This Distances are measured from a point de ned as within applies equally to children who immediately after being the child’s home to a point de ned within the school as looked after by the local authority became subject of an speci ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point adoption, residence or special guardianship order. (As on the school site is used by everybody. When we apply de ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act the distance criteria for oversubscription these straight 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children line measurements are used to determine how close each Act 1989). applicant’s address is to the school.
187 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Supplementary Form Required: No c. The admission authority o ered the place on the basis of a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application Waiting lists will be maintained up to January from the parent or learner. 2016 and will be ranked according to the above oversubscription criteria. O ers and Appeals O ers will be made on the basis of predicted performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the Sixth Form Admissions arrangements – above grades are achieved in the nal examinations All students entering the Sixth Form must commit to prior to entry to the Sixth Form and the pupil’s 4 chosen taking 4 A Level subjects. Priority will be given to existing subjects being accommodated on the timetable, in pupils transferring from Year 11 who meet the entrance feasible group sizes. criteria. All o ers made during Year 11 are conditional on pupils Admission to the Sixth Form will be as a result of meeting the grade criteria speci ed and will only become applicants obtaining a minimum of 6 A*-C GCSE grades rm o ers upon con rmation of actual GCSE results. overall, with a minimum of four B grades which must O er letters will be made before the end of February be in the subjects which the student wishes to study at 2015. O ers will be con rmed once the school has been A Level. noti ed of GCSE results in August 2015.
A minimum of a B grade in both English and Mathematics. Where learners have achieved better results than the predicted grades they will be considered based on the The school shall determine which B grades are required grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places when A level subjects requested have not been taken at that become available as a result of other learners failing GCSE Level. to meet the required entry levels.
The admission number for external candidates will be 30, Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an but this gure may be exceeded in the event that this application for a place be refused, by writing to The Clerk and the number of internal pupils transferring into Year to the Appeal Panel, care of the school. 12 is less than the overall gure for the year group, which is 180. Late applications will be considered if places in appropriate subjects are still available after all other Over-subscription applicants have been considered. Following the admission of internal students transferring from Year 11 students, all remaining places A waiting list will be held, ranked according to the over- will be allocated to learners who have met the entry subscription criteria. requirements for the particular course of study. Where there are more learners seeking places than the number Entry into Year 13 of places available, the oversubscription criteria will be To continue into year 13 students typically will be applied in the order set out above to rank pupils until the expected to have achieved a UCAS score of at least four overall gure for the year group is reached: D grades. Students will be expected to complete at least three subjects at A2. After a place has been o ered the school reserves the right to withdraw the place in the Transport following circumstances: Please note, schools no longer have a designated area from which transport will be provided. In most instances a. When the parent or learner has failed to respond to an KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where o er within a reasonable time; or this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. Further information about exceptions to this rule can be b. When a parent or learner has failed to notify the school found in the transport section of this book. For further of important changes to the application information; or information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport
188 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Oasis Academy Principal: Mrs T M Bissett BEd (Hons) Hextable Admissions Contact Name: Mrs D Kelsey/Mrs J Payne Type of School: Secondary, Academy, Comprehensive, Mixed Egerton Avenue, Hextable, Kent, BR8 7LU Tel: 01322 668621 Age Range: 11-19 Day Pupils Fax: 01322 668706 Specialisms: Performing Arts (Dance, Drama, Music) E-mail: [email protected] www.oasisacademyhextable.org Published Admission No: 150 LA No: 886 DFE No: 4010 Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 165 Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 84 Expected number on roll: 424
To access general information about the academy, c. Health and Special Access Reasons - Medical / including annual academy achievement and Health and Special Access Reasons will be applied in attainment tables, recent academy inspection reports accordance with the academy’s legal obligations, in and uniform policy, please contact the academy or particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will visit the academy’s website. be given to those children whose mental or physical impairment means they have a demonstrable and Open Sessions: signi cant need to attend a particular school. Equally this Open Evening Tuesday 16th September 2014 (5pm-8pm). priority will apply to children whose parents’/guardians’, Open Mornings Wednesday 17th September 2014 and physical or mental health or social need means there is Thursday 18th September 2014 (9:30am-12 noon) with a demonstrable and signi cant need for their child to supplementary Open Mornings on Tuesday 21st October attend a particular school. Such claims will need to be 2014 and Wednesday 22nd October 2014 (9:30am- supported by written evidence from a suitably quali ed 12 noon). medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate a special connection between these needs and the Oversubscription Criteria particular school. Before applying the oversubscription criteria, children with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an d. Nearness of children’s homes to the school - Education, Health and Care Plan which names the Children for whom Oasis Academy Hextable is the nearest school will be admitted. As a result of this the published school, with priority being given to those living nearest. admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the The distance which determines how close the child lives number of preferences for the school is more than the to the Academy is the direct line measurement from number of places available, places will be allocated in the the centre of the child’s main home to the designated following priority order – main entrance, nominated by the Academy. For shared properties, e.g. ats, the centre will be taken from the a. Children in Local Authority Care – a child under the centre of the building. The child’s permanent home age of 18 years for whom Kent County Council provides address is where he or she normally lives and sleeps and accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers from where they go to school. Proof of residence can be (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who ceased to be requested at any time throughout the admissions process. so because they were adopted or who is the subject of a If false or misleading information is used to gain entry to care order under Part IV of the Act. the Academy, the o er of a place will be withdrawn and the application cancelled. b. Current Family Association - a brother or sister attending the academy when the child starts. In this Tie Break context brother or sister means children who live as When demand exceeds places in any of the above criteria, brother or sister in the same house, including natural the distance between the child’s home and academy, brothers or sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or measured by a straight line distance from the Ordinance sisters and foster brothers and sisters. Survey address point of the home to the main entrance to the academy building, will be used to decide who
189 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
is given a place; those living nearest being given the Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an available places. application for a place be refused, by writing to the Principal. Supplementary Form Required: NO Late applications will be considered if places in Waiting lists will be maintained up to January appropriate subjects are still available after all other 2016 and will be ranked according to the above applicants have been considered. oversubscription criteria. A waiting list will be held, ranked according to the over- Sixth Form Admissions arrangements – subscription criteria. The annual admissions number for Year 12 students will be 125. Transport Please note, schools no longer have a designated area Admissions to courses in Year 12 will be based on a course from which transport will be provided. In most instances by course basis whereby the student will need to have KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where demonstrated, through the KS4 results, that they have the this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. aptitude to study the chosen course. Further information about exceptions to this rule can be found in the transport section of this book. For further Year 11 students currently on roll at the academy may information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. proceed to Year 12 where they meet the speci ed entry gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport requirements. The requirements for entry to Year 12 will be 5 GCSEs A*-C in relevant subjects for Level 3 courses and appropriate grades for Level 2 courses.
Students not currently on the roll of the academy who wish to join Year 12 must complete the required application form and return it to the academy or apply on-line at www.kentchoices4u.com. The Academy will consider all applications for places in Year 12 at Oasis Academy Hextable.
Over-subscription criteria Where the number of applications for admission to Year 12 is greater than the published admission number, applications will be considered against the over- subscription criteria set out above.
O ers and Appeals O ers will be made on the basis of predicted performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the above grades are achieved in the nal examinations prior to entry to the Sixth Form and the student’s 4 chosen subjects being accommodated on the timetable, in feasible group sizes.
All o ers made during Year 11 are conditional on students meeting the grade criteria speci ed and will only become rm o ers upon con rmation of actual GCSE results.
O er letters will be made before the end of May 2015. O ers will be con rmed once the school has been noti ed of GCSE results in August 2015.
190 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Oasis Academy Isle Executive Principal: David Millar of Sheppey Admissions Contact: Louisa Hui Type of School: Secondary, Academy, Comprehensive, Mixed Minster-on-Sea Campus: Minster Road, Minster-on-Sea, ME12 3JQ Age Range: 11-19 Day Pupils Sheerness Campus: Marine Parade, Specialisms: Business & Enterprise, Sport Sheerness, ME12 2BE Tel: 01795 873591 Published Admission No: 390 LA No: 886 DFE No: 6915 Email : o [email protected] Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 341 Email: [email protected] www.oasisacademyisleofsheppey.org Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 293 Expected number on roll: 1841
Oasis Academy Isle of Sheppey opened in January who is the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. 2014. To access general information about the This applies equally to children who immediately after Academy including uniform policy, standards and being looked after by the local authority became subject expectations please contact the Academy or visit the to an adoption, residence or special guardianship order. Academy’s website. (As de ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989). Open Sessions: The Academy is divided across two Campuses based in b. Admission of pupils whose siblings currently attend the Minster-on-Sea and Sheerness. Opportunities to visit the academy and who will continue to do so on the date of Campuses are as follows: admission; “sibling” is de ned as a brother or sister or step- brother or step-sister where the children are living Minster-on-Sea Campus: together in the same family. Open Evening: Wednesday 24th September 5pm until 8pm c. Health and Special Access Reasons – Medical, health, Open Morning: Thursday 2nd October 08.45am until social and special access reasons will be applied in 10.00am. Bookable tours available. Phone: 01795 873591 accordance with the school’s legal obligations, in particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will Sheerness Campus: be given to those children whose mental or physical Open Evening: Wednesday 8th October 5pm until 8pm impairment means they have a demonstrable and Open Morning: Thursday 16th October 08.45 until signi cant need to attend a particular school. 10.00am. Bookable tours available. Phone: 01795 873591 Equally this priority will apply to children whose parents’/ Oversubscription Criteria guardians’ physical or mental health or social needs mean Before applying the oversubscription criteria, children that they have a demonstrable and signi cant need to with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an attend a particular school. Such claims will need to be Education, Health and Care Plan which names the supported by written evidence from a suitably school will be admitted. As a result of this the published quali ed medical or other practitioner who can admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the demonstrate a special connection between these needs number of preferences for the school is more than the and the particular school. number of places available, places will be allocated in the following priority order- d. Admission of pupils who reside on the Isle of Sheppey, children residing on the Isle of Sheppey will be ranked by a. Admission of children in Local Authority Care or were straight line distance as de ned in section (e) below in Local Authority Care but are no longer due to an adoption. Children in Local Authority Care – a child under e. Nearness of children’s homes to school - we use the age of 18 years for whom the local authority the distance between the child’s permanent home provides accommodation by agreement with their address and the school, measured in a straight line using parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are
191 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
measured from a point de ned as within the child’s home O er letters will be made before the end of May 2015. to a point de ned as within the school as speci ed by O ers will be con rmed once the school has been Ordnance Survey which will be equidistant between the noti ed of GCSE results in August 2015. two sites (OS Reference 593,281 173,640). The same Where learners have achieved better results than the address point on the school site is used for everybody. predicted grades they will be considered based on the grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places If in the event that more than one applicant has the same that become available as a result of other learners failing distance from home to school (as measured by the local to meet the required entry levels. authority), then a random selection will be applied. Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an Supplementary Form Required: No application for a place be refused, by writing to The Clerk to the Academy Council, care of the Academy. Waiting lists will be maintained up to January 2016 and will be ranked according to the above Late applications will be considered if places in oversubscription criteria. appropriate subjects are still available after all other applicants have been considered. Sixth Form Admissions arrangements – Sixth Form Published Admission Number: 200 places A waiting list will be held, ranked according to the over- per year group; 50 of which are agreed for external subscription criteria. candidates. Transport The entry criteria for the Academy’s Sixth Form are: Please note, schools no longer have a designated area Level 2 Courses - 5 A* - G GCSE grades from which transport will be provided. In most instances Level 3 A Levels - 5 A* - C GCSE grades including English & KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where Mathematics and a B grade in a relevant subject this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. Level 3 BTEC Courses – 5 A* - C GCSE grades as a Further information about exceptions to this rule can be minimum with English & Mathematics preferred found in the transport section of this book. For further information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. Over-subscription gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport Following the admission of internal students transferring from Year 11, all remaining places will be allocated to learners who have met the entry requirements for the particular course of study. Where there are more learners seeking places than the number of places available, the oversubscription criteria will be applied in the order set out above to rank pupils until the overall gure for the year group is reached:
O ers and Appeals O ers will be made on the basis of predicted performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the above grades are achieved in the nal examinations prior to entry to the Sixth Form and the student’s chosen subjects being accommodated on the timetable, in feasible group sizes.
All o ers made during Year 11 are conditional on pupils meeting the grade criteria speci ed and will only become rm o ers upon con rmation of actual GCSE results.
192 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Orchards Academy Headteacher: Mrs N Willbourn St Mary’s Road, Swanley, BR8 7TE Admissions Contact Name: Mrs L King Tel: 01322 665231 Type of School: Secondary, Academy, Comprehensive, Mixed Fax: 01322 661006 E-mail: [email protected] Age Range: 11-18 Day Pupils www.orchards-tkat.org Specialisms: Technology Published Admission No: 120 LA No: 886 DFE No: 4031 Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 143 Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 84 Expected number on roll: 435
To access general information about the school, particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will including annual school achievement and attainment be given to those children whose mental or physical tables, recent school inspection reports and impairment means they have a demonstrable and uniform policy, please contact the school or visit the signi cant need to attend a particular school. Equally school’s website. this priority will apply to children whose parents’/ guardians’ physical or mental health or social needs mean Open Sessions: Saturday 27th September – 9.30 – that they have a demonstrable and signi cant need to 12.30pm, Thursday 2nd October 8.30 – 10am and Thursday attend a particular school. Such claims will need to be 9th October 8.30 – 10am (all by appointment) supported by written evidence from a suitably quali ed medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate a special connection between these needs and the Oversubscription Criteria particular school. Before applying the oversubscription criteria, children with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an d. Admission of students on the basis of proximity to the Education, Health and Care Plan which names the school using a straight line measurement. Distances will school will be admitted. As a result of this the published be measured using Ordnance Survey address point data admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the which takes a measurement from a de ned point within number of preferences for the school is more than the the child’s home to a de ned point in the Academy. The number of places available, places will be allocated in the same point of measurement in the Academy is used for all following priority order – distance measurements. a. Looked after children who are in the care of a local Supplementary Form Required: NO authority or provided with accommodation by that authority in accordance with Section 22 of the Children Waiting lists will be maintained up to January Act 1989 and previously looked after children will be 2016 and will be ranked according to the above given the highest priority. (A letter from the responsible oversubscription criteria. local authority con rming the young person’s status must be provided.); Sixth Form Admissions arrangements – Priority will be given to existing pupils transferring from b. Admission of students whose siblings currently attend Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. Admission to the school and who will continue to do so at the time of the Sixth Form will be as a result of applicants obtaining entry. (Note; the term ‘sibling’ includes full- half-, and step- a minimum of 5 GCSE passes at grade C or above and C siblings and those living as siblings in the same family unit grades in English and Maths. on the roll of Orchards Academy); The admission number for external candidates is not c. Health and Special Access Reasons – Medical, health, limited, however in the event that 100 or more internal social and special access reasons will be applied in students apply for sixth form no external candidates shall accordance with the school’s legal obligations, in be considered.
193 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Over-subscription A waiting list will be held, ranked according to the over- Following the admission of internal students transferring subscription criteria. from Year 11, all remaining places will be allocated to learners who have met the entry requirements for the Transport particular course of study. Where there are more learners Please note, schools no longer have a designated area seeking places than the number of places available, the from which transport will be provided. In most instances oversubscription criteria will be applied in the order set KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where out above to rank pupils until the overall gure for the this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. year group is reached: Further information about exceptions to this rule can be found in the transport section of this book. For further After a place has been o ered the school information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. reserves the right to withdraw the place in the gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport following circumstances:
a. When the parent or learner has failed to respond to an o er within a reasonable time; or
b. When a parent or learner has failed to notify the school of important changes to the application information; or
c. The admission authority o ered the place on the basis of a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application from the parent or learner.
O ers and Appeals O ers will be made on the basis of predicted performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the above grades are achieved in the nal examinations prior to entry to the Sixth Form and the pupil’s 4 chosen subjects being accommodated on the timetable, in feasible group sizes.
All o ers made during Year 11 are conditional on pupils meeting the grade criteria speci ed and will only become rm o ers upon con rmation of actual GCSE results. O er letters will be made before the end of May 2015. O ers will be con rmed once the school has been noti ed of GCSE results in August 2015.
Where learners have achieved better results than the predicted grades they will be considered based on the grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places that become available as a result of other learners failing to meet the required entry levels.
Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an application for a place be refused, by writing to The Clerk to the Governors, care of the school.
Late applications will be considered if places in appropriate subjects are still available after all other applicants have been considered.
194 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Pent Valley Headteacher: Mr Mario Citro Surrenden Road, Folkestone, CT19 4ED Admissions Contact Name: Debbie Morris (Education and Tel: 01303 277161 Attendance Welfare O cer) Fax: 01303 279342 Type of School: Secondary, Foundation, High Mixed E-mail: [email protected] www.pent-valley.kent.sch.uk Age Range: 11-18 Day Pupils Specialisms: Sport and Technology Published Admission No: 180 LA No: 886 DFE No: 5458 Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 282 Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 59 Expected number on roll: 850
To access general information about the school, be given to those children whose mental or physical including annual school achievement and attainment impairment means they have a demonstrable and tables, recent school inspection reports and signi cant need to attend a particular school. Equally uniform policy, please contact the school or visit the this priority will apply to children whose parents’/ school’s website. guardians physical or mental health or social needs mean that they have a demonstrable and signi cant need to Open Sessions: attend a particular school. Such claims will need to be Open Evening is on 14th October between 6 -9pm supported by written evidence from a suitably quali ed Open Mornings on 20th and 21st October between 9.30am medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate and 12.30pm a special connection between these needs and the particular school. Oversubscription Criteria Before applying the oversubscription criteria, children c) Children with siblings attending Pent Valley at the time with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an of entry including natural, fostered and adopted children Education, Health and Care Plan which names the and half siblings and step siblings. school will be admitted. As a result of this the published admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the d) Children on roll at St Mary’s Church of England School number of preferences for the school is more than the on 1st September in the year preceding transfer to number of places available, places will be allocated in the secondary school. following priority order- e) Nearness of children’s homes to the school. The a) Children in Local Authority Care. A child under 18 distance is measured between the child’s permanent years of age for whom the Local Authority provides address and the school measured in a straight line using accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are (section 20 of the Children Act 1989) or who is subject of measured from a point de ned as within the child’s home a care order under part IV of the Act. This applies equally to a point de ned as within the school as speci ed by to children who immediately after being looked after by Ordinance Survey. The same address point on the school the local authority became the subject to an adoption, site is used for everybody. residence or special guardianship order (As de ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Childen Act 2002 or Supplementary Form Required: No. Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989). Waiting lists will be maintained up to January b) Health and special Access Reasons. Medical, health 2016 and will be ranked according to the above and social and special access reasons will be applied oversubscription criteria. in accordance with the school’s legal obligations, in particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will
195 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Sixth Form Admissions arrangements A waiting list will be held, ranked according to the over- Priority will be given to existing pupils transferring subscription criteria. from Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. Course acceptance will depend upon the entry requirements of Transport that particular subject at L3. All pupils have the right to Please note, schools no longer have a designated area take up any L2 course on o er depending upon numbers from which transport will be provided. In most instances KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where The admission number for external candidates will be 20, this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. but this gure may be exceeded in the event that this Further information about exceptions to this rule can be and the number of internal pupils transferring into Year found in the transport section of this book. For further 12 is less than the overall gure for the year group, which information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. is 210. gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport
Over-subscription Following the admission of internal students transferring from Year 11, all remaining places will be allocated to learners who have met the entry requirements for the particular course of study. Where there are more learners seeking places than the number of places available, the oversubscription criteria will be applied in the order set out above to rank pupils until the overall gure for the year group is reached:
After a place has been o ered the school reserves the right to withdraw the place in the following circumstances:
a. When the parent or learner has failed to respond to an o er within a reasonable time; or
b. When a parent or learner has failed to notify the school of important changes to the application information; or
c. The admission authority o ered the place on the basis of a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application from the parent or learner.
O ers and Appeals Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an application for a place be refused, by writing to The Clerk to the Governors, care of the school.
Where learners have achieved better results than the predicted grades they will be considered based on the grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places that become available as a result of other learners failing to meet the required entry levels.
Late applications will be considered if places in appropriate subjects are still available after all other applicants have been considered.
196 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Queen Elizabeth’s Headteacher: Mr D M Anderson Grammar School Admissions Contact Name: Mrs L Rogers Type of School: Secondary, Academy, Grammar, Mixed Abbey Place, Faversham, ME13 7BQ Tel: 01795 533132 Age Range: 11-18 Day Pupils Fax: 01795 538474 Published Admission No: 140 LA No: 886 DFE No: 5449 E-mail: o [email protected] www.queenelizabeths.kent.sch.uk Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 493 Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 140 Expected number on roll: 980
To access general information about the school, brother or sister means children who live as brother or including annual school achievement and attainment sister in the same house, including natural brothers and tables, recent school inspection reports and uniform sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster policy, please contact the school or visit the school’s brothers and sister. website. 3. Students currently in receipt of free school meals. In Open Sessions: Open Mornings: Tuesday 14th and this instance parents or guardians will be required to Friday 17th October 2014 from 9.00am – 12.00pm. The complete a Supplementary Information Form, which will Headteacher will speak at 10.45am. need to be accompanied by evidence to this e ect. Open Evening: Wednesday 22nd October 2014 from 6.00pm – 8.00pm. The Headteacher will speak at 6.00pm 4. Children of sta , where the member of sta has been and 6.45pm. employed at Queen Elizabeth’s Grammar School on a permanent contract for 2 years or more, or has been Entry is through the Kent assessment procedure recruited to ll a post for which there is a demonstrable skill shortage. Oversubscription Criteria Before applying the oversubscription criteria, eligible 5. Medical, health, social and special access reasons pupils with a Statement of Special Educational Need or will be applied in accordance with the school’s legal an Education, Health and Care Plan which names the obligations, in particular those under the Equalities Act school will be admitted. As a result of this the published 2010. Priority will be given to those children whose admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the mental or physical impairment means they have a number of preferences for the school is more than the demonstrable and signi cant need to attend a particular number of places available, places will be allocated to school. Equally this priority will apply to children whose eligible pupils in the following priority order- parents’ or guardians’ physical or mental health or social needs means that they have a demonstrable and signi cant need to attend a particular school. Such claims 1. Children in Local Authority Care – A child under the will need to be supported by written evidence from a age of 18 years for whom the Local Authority provides suitably quali ed medical or other practitioner who can accommodation by agreement with their parents/ demonstrate a special connection between these needs carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is and the school. the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. This applies equally to children who immediately after being 6. Distance – we use the distance between the child’s looked after by the local authority became subject to an permanent home address and the school, measured in a adoption, residence or special guardianship order. (As straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. de ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act Distances are measured from a point de ned as within 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989). the child’s home to a point de ned as within the school as speci ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point 2. Current Family Association – a brother or sister on the school site is used for everybody. When we apply attending the school when the child starts. In this context the distance criterion, these straight line measurements
197 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
are used to determine how close each applicant’s address brother or sister means children who live as brother or is to the school. The school uses measurements provided sister in the same house, including natural brothers and by the LA. sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers and sister. In the event of a tie breaker situation, the nearness of an applicant’s home to school will be the decider. If in 3. Children of sta , where the member of sta has been the event that more than one applicant has the same employed at Queen Elizabeth’s Grammar School on a distance from home to school (as measured by the local permanent contract for 2 years or more, or has been authority), then a random selection will be applied. recruited to ll a post for which there is a demonstrable skill shortage. After a place has been o ered the school reserves the right to withdraw the place in the following 4. Medical, health, social and special access reasons circumstances: will be applied in accordance with the school’s legal a. When a parent has failed to respond to an o er within obligations, in particular those under the Equalities Act a reasonable time; or 2010. Priority will be given to those children whose mental or physical impairment means they have a b. When a parent has failed to notify the school of demonstrable and signi cant need to attend a particular important changes to the application information; or school. Equally this priority will apply to children whose parents’ or guardians’ physical or mental health or c. The admission authority o ered the place on the basis social needs means that they have a demonstrable and of a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application signi cant need to attend a particular school. Such claims from a parent will need to be supported by written evidence from a suitably quali ed medical or other practitioner who can Supplementary Form Required: YES demonstrate a special connection between these needs and the school. Waiting lists will be maintained up to January 2016 and will be ranked according to the above 5. Distance – we use the distance between the child’s oversubscription criteria. permanent home address and the school, measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Sixth Form Admissions arrangements Distances are measured from a point de ned as within Open Sessions: Presentations to take place Thursday 27th the child’s home to a point de ned as within the school November 2014, 6.00pm – 8.00pm. The Headteacher will as speci ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point speak at 6.10pm. on the school site is used for everybody. When we apply the distance criterion, these straight line measurements Following the admission of our own Year 11 students, are used to determine how close each applicant’s address should the number of external applications for the Sixth is to the school. The school uses measurements provided Form exceed 160, these places will be allocated to eligible by the LA and further information on how distances students in the following priority order: are calculated is available in the Admissions Booklets provided by the LA. A more detailed de nition of what 1. Children in Local Authority Care – A child under the constitutes a child’s permanent home and also how the age of 18 years for whom the Local Authority provides measurement for ats will be calculated is also contained accommodation by agreement with their parents/ in the LA Admissions Booklets. carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. This In the event of a tie breaker situation, the nearness of applies equally to children who immediately after being an applicant’s home to school will be the decider. If in looked after by the local authority became subject to an the event that more than one applicant has the same adoption, residence or special guardianship order. (As distance from home to school (as measured by the local de ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act authority), then a random selection will be applied. 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989). After a place has been o ered the school reserves 2. Current Family Association – a brother or sister the right to withdraw the place in the following attending the school when the child starts. In this context circumstances:
198 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
a. When a parent has failed to respond to an o er within a reasonable time; or b. When a parent has failed to notify the school of important changes to the application information; or c. The admission authority o ered the place on the basis of a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application from a parent
Transport Please note, schools no longer have a designated area from which transport will be provided. In most instances KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. Further information about exceptions to this rule can be found in the transport section of this book. For further information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport
199 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
St Anselm’s Catholic Headteacher: Mr Michael Walters School Admissions Contact Name: Mrs Yvonne Bryant Type of School: Secondary, Catholic, Academy, All Ability, Mixed Old Dover Road, Canterbury, CT1 3EN Tel: 01227 826200 Age Range: 11-18 Day Pupils Fax: 01227 826201 Specialisms: Science E-mail: [email protected] www.st-anselms.org.uk Published Admission No: 180 LA No: 886 DFE No: 5446 Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 508 Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 180 Expected number on roll: 1057
To access general information about the school, 6. Other Looked After children including children who including annual school achievement and attainment have been adopted. tables, recent school inspection reports and uniform policy, please contact the school or visit the 7. Baptised children who are not Catholic but whose school’s website. parents wish them to receive a Catholic education and who attend a Catholic Primary School in the Canterbury Open Sessions: Thursday 25th September 7pm Deanery and whose application is supported by the priest/minister where the family worship i.e. St Thomas’ Oversubscription Criteria Catholic Primary School; St Teresa’s Catholic Primary Before applying the oversubscription criteria, children School; St Simon of England Catholic Primary School; St with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an Mary’s Catholic Primary School. Education, Health and Care Plan which names the school will be admitted. As a result of this the published 8. Baptised children who are not Catholic but whose admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the parents wish them to receive a Catholic education number of preferences for the school is more than the and who attend another Catholic Primary School and number of places available, places will be allocated in the whose application is supported by the priest/minister following priority order- where the family worship, including St Joseph’s Catholic Primary School; Stella Maris Catholic Primary School, St 1. Catholic children in local authority care or looked after Augustine’s Catholic Primary School. children in the care of a Catholic family, including children who have been adopted or are awaiting adoption by 9. Baptised children who are not Catholic but whose Catholic parents. parents wish them to receive a Catholic education and whose application is supported by the priest/minister 2. Baptised Catholic children attending Catholic Primary where the family worship. Schools in the Canterbury Deanery, i.e. St Thomas’ Catholic Primary School; St Teresa’s Catholic Primary 10. Baptised children who are not Catholic but whose School; St Simon of England Catholic Primary School; St parents wish them to receive a Catholic education and Mary’s Catholic Primary School. whose application is not evidenced by a priest/minister.
3. Baptised Catholic children who are attending other 11. Non-Catholic Christian Catechumens and members Catholic Primary Schools, including St Joseph’s Catholic of Eastern Christian Churches. Primary School; Stella Maris Catholic Primary School, St Augustine’s Catholic Primary School. 12. Children who are not baptised but who are members of another faith and whose application is supported by a 4. Other Baptised Catholic children. relevant minister of religion.
5. Catholic Catechumens.
200 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
13. Children who are not baptised but who are members The admission number for external candidates will be 30, of another faith and whose application can be supported but this gure may be exceeded in the event that this by evidence of a ‘dedication’ or similar. and the number of internal pupils transferring into Year 12 is less than the overall gure for the year group, which 14. Any other children is 180.
‘TIE-BREAK’ Over-subscription In each of the categories above the following criteria will Following the admission of internal students transferring apply where the number of applications exceeds the from Year 11, all remaining places will be allocated to number of places available: learners who have met the entry requirements for the particular course of study. Where there are more learners a) Children with brothers or sisters (including step- seeking places than the number of places available, the brothers and step-sisters) living in the same household following oversubscription criteria will be applied in the attending the School at the time of entry. order set out below to rank pupils until the overall gure for the year group is reached: b) Children whose Minister/Priest can con rm regular weekly religious practice as opposed to occasional • Catholic children in local authority care or looked after practice, as indicated by the Minister/Priest on the children in the care of a Catholic family, including relevant form. children who have been adopted or are awaiting adoption by Catholic parents. c) Children living nearest the school will be given highest priority, with distance being measured using KCC distance • Baptised Catholic children attending Catholic measurements provided. This is the distance measured Secondary Schools. in a straight line, using Ordnance Survey address data. Distances are measured from a de ned point within • Other Baptised Catholic children. the child’s home to a de ned point within the school as speci ed by Ordnance Survey. • Catholic Catechumens.
Supplementary Form Required: Yes. • Children in Local Authority Care – Other looked after Applicants must complete the KCC Common Application children including those who have been adopted. Form (CAF) and in addition they should complete the St Anselm’s Supplementary Information Form and • Baptised children who are not Catholic but whose submit evidence of Baptism or Catechumen instruction. parents wish them to receive a Catholic education and Completion of a Supplementary Form is not mandatory; who attend a Catholic Secondary School. however, if one is not received the Governors will not be able to apply their admission criteria and the application • Baptised children who are not Catholic but whose may have to be considered under the ‘any other children’ parents wish them to receive a Catholic education and category whose application is supported by the priest/minister where the family worship. Waiting lists will be maintained up to January 2016 and will be ranked according to the above • Baptised children who are not Catholic but whose oversubscription criteria. parents wish them to receive a Catholic education and whose application is not evidenced by a priest/minister. Sixth Form Admission Arrangements Priority will be given to existing pupils transferring from • Non-Catholic Christian Catechumens and members of Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. Admission to Eastern Christian Churches. the Sixth Form at St Anselm’s Catholic School will be as a result of applicants obtaining a minimum of ve • Children who are not baptised but who are members of GCSE passes at grade C or above plus any speci c entry another faith and whose application is supported by a requirements for the subjects which have been chosen relevant minister of religion. for level 3 study.
201 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
• Children who are not baptised but who are members of rm o ers upon con rmation of actual GCSE results. O er another faith and whose application can be supported letters will be sent before the end of May 2015. O ers will by evidence of a ‘dedication’ or similar. be con rmed once the school has been noti ed of GCSE results in August 2015. • Any other children. Where learners have achieved better results than the TIE-BREAK predicted grades they will be considered based on the In each of the categories above the following criteria will grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places apply where the number of applications exceeds the that become available as a result of other learners failing number of places available: to meet the required entry levels.
Children with brothers or sisters (including step-brothers Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an and step-sisters) living in the same household attending application for a place be refused, by writing to The Clerk the School at the time of entry. to the Governors, care of the school.
Children whose Minister/Priest can con rm regular Late applications will be considered if places in weekly religious practice as opposed to occasional appropriate subjects are still available after all other practice, as indicated by the Minister/Priest on the applicants have been considered. relevant form. A waiting list will be held, ranked according to the over- Children living nearest the school will be given highest subscription criteria. priority, with distance being measured using KCC distance measurements provided. This is the distance measured Transport in a straight line, using Ordnance Survey address data. Please note, schools no longer have a designated area Distances are measured from a de ned point within from which transport will be provided. In most instances the child’s home to a de ned point within the school as KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where speci ed by Ordnance Survey. this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. Further information about exceptions to this rule can be After a place has been o ered the school found in the transport section of this book. For further reserves the right to withdraw the place in the information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. following circumstances: gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport
a. When the parent or learner has failed to respond to an o er within a reasonable time; or
b. When a parent or learner has failed to notify the school of important changes to the application information; or
c. The admission authority o ered the place on the basis of a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application from the parent or learner.
O ers and Appeals O ers will be made on the basis of predicted performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the above grades are achieved in the nal examinations prior to entry to the Sixth Form and the pupil’s four chosen subjects being accommodated on the timetable, in feasible group sizes.
All o ers made during Year 11 are conditional on pupils meeting the grade criteria speci ed and will only become
202 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
St Augustine Principal: Mr Jason Feldwick Academy Admissions Contact Name: Mrs L. Boxshall Type of School: Secondary, Academy, High, Mixed, Church of Oakwood Road, Maidstone, ME16 8AE England designation Tel: 01622 752490 Email: o [email protected] Age Range: 11-18 Day Pupils www.saa.woodard.co.uk Specialism: Enterprise Published Admission No: 150 LA No: 886 DCSF No: 4000 Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 418 Number of places o ered 1 March 2014: 126 Expected number on roll: 650
To access general information about the school, sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster including annual school achievement and attainment brothers and sister. tables, recent school inspection reports and uniform policy, please contact the school or visit the 3. Medical, health, social and special access reasons school’s website. will be applied in accordance with the school’s legal obligations, in particular those under the Equalities Act Open Sessions: 2010. Priority will be given to those children whose Open Evening : Wednesday 24 September 2014 mental or physical impairment means they have a Open Mornings:Tours at 9.15am every Monday and demonstrable and signi cant need to attend a particular Wednesday from 8 September. Please telephone on school. Equally this priority will apply to children whose 01622 752490 to book a tour. parents’ or guardians’ physical or mental health or social needs means that they have a demonstrable and Oversubscription Criteria signi cant need to attend a particular school. Such claims Before applying the oversubscription criteria, children will need to be supported by written evidence from a with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an suitably quali ed medical or other practitioner who can Education, Health and Care Plan which names the demonstrate a special connection between these needs school will be admitted. As a result of this the published and the school. admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the number of preferences for the school is more than the 4. Distance – we use the distance between the child’s number of places available, places will be allocated in the permanent home address and the school, measured in a following priority order- straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a point de ned as within 1. Children in Local Authority Care – A child under the the child’s home to a point de ned as within the school age of 18 years for whom the Local Authority provides as speci ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point accommodation by agreement with their parents/ on the school site is used for everybody. When we apply carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is the distance criterion, these straight line measurements the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. This are used to determine how close each applicant’s address applies equally to children who immediately after being is to the school. The school uses measurements provided looked after by the local authority became subject to an by the LA and further information on how distances adoption, residence or special guardianship order. (As are calculated is available in the Admissions Booklets de ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act provided by the LA. A more detailed de nition of what 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989). constitutes a child’s permanent home and also how the measurement for ats will be calculated is also contained 2. Current Family Association – a brother or sister in the LA Admissions Booklets. attending the school when the child starts. In this context brother or sister means children who live as brother or In the event of a tie breaker situation, the nearness of an sister in the same house, including natural brothers and applicant’s home to school will be the decider.
203 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
If in the event that more than one applicant has the same prior to entry to the Sixth Form and the pupil’s 4 chosen distance from home to school (as measured by the local subjects being accommodated on the timetable, in authority), then a random selection will be applied. feasible group sizes.
After a place has been o ered the school All o ers made during Year 11 are conditional on pupils reserves the right to withdraw the place in the meeting the grade criteria speci ed and will only become following circumstances: rm o ers upon con rmation of actual GCSE results.
a. When the parent or learner has failed to respond to an O er letters will be made before the end of May 2015. o er within a reasonable time; or O ers will be con rmed once the school has been noti ed of GCSE results in August 2015. b. When a parent or learner has failed to notify the school of important changes to the application information; or Where learners have achieved better results than the predicted grades they will be considered based on the c. The admission authority o ered the place on the basis grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places of a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application that become available as a result of other learners failing from the parent or learner. to meet the required entry levels.
Supplementary Form Required: NO Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an application for a place be refused, by writing to The Clerk Waiting lists will be maintained up to January to the Academy Council, care of the school. 2016 and will be ranked according to the above oversubscription criteria. Late applications will be considered if places in appropriate subjects are still available after all other Sixth Form Admissions arrangements applicants have been considered. Entry into the Sixth Form is conditional on attaining entry requirements for courses: A waiting list will be held, ranked according to the over- • For entry onto an A level course students must have subscription criteria. achieved at least 5 x A*-C including English and Maths. • For entry onto a speci c A level course students must Transport achieve a B(GCSE) in English and B in the related subject. Please note, schools no longer have a designated area • In order to be considered onto a Vocational course from which transport will be provided. In most instances learners must achieve 5 x A*-C including English and KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where Maths. this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. • To study level 2 courses (details available from the Further information about exceptions to this rule can be school) students will be required to have a minimum of found in the transport section of this book. For further 5 x D-G as a minimum. information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport Over-subscription The PAN for Sixth Form is 100. Following the admission of internal students transferring from Year 11, all remaining places will be allocated to learners who have met the entry requirements for the particular course of study. Where there are more learners seeking places than the number of places available, the above oversubscription criteria will be applied in the order set out to rank pupils until the overall gure for the year group is reached.
O ers and Appeals O ers will be made on the basis of predicted performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the above grades are achieved in the nal examinations
204 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
St Edmund’s Catholic Executive Headteacher: Mr M Ryan School Headteacher: Ms C Hamilton Head of School: Mr M Wilson Old Charlton Road, Dover, CT16 2QB Tel: 01304 201551 Admissions Contact Name: Mrs R Russell Fax No: 01304 202226 Type of School: Secondary, Catholic, Voluntary Aided, E-mail: Comprehensive, Mixed o [email protected] [email protected] Age Range: 11-18 Day Pupils www.st-edmunds.com Published Admission No: 155 LA No: 886 DFE No: 5440 Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 248 Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 62 Expected number on roll: 604
To access general information about the school, 4. Other Looked-After Children and previously Looked- including annual school achievement and attainment After children. tables, recent school inspection reports and uniform policy, please contact the school or visit the 5. Members of Eastern Christian Church families, with a school’s website. reference from a member of their clergy.
Open Sessions: 6. a) Baptised/Enrolled members of other Christian Open Evening Monday 29 September 2014 – 17:00- families, who are attenders of their Church at least once a 19:00 hours month, as con rmed by a reference from their Minister. Open Mornings Week Beginning Monday 13 October – Friday 17 October 2014 b) Baptised/Enrolled members of other Christian families, Ring the School for an appointment who are attenders of their Church less than once a month as con rmed by a reference from their Minister. Oversubscription Criteria Before applying the oversubscription criteria, children c) Baptised/Enrolled members of other Christian families, with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an who are active participants in the worship at their Education, Health and Care Plan which names the Primary School, as con rmed by a reference from their school will be admitted. As a result of this the published Headteacher. admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the number of preferences for the school is more than the d) Baptised/Enrolled members of other Christian families, number of places available, places will be allocated in the who are annual or occasional attenders of their Church, as following priority order- con rmed by a reference from their Church Authorities.
1. Looked-after children and previously Looked-after 7. Special consideration may be given to other children children from Catholic Families. if suitably supported by an appropriate referee (e.g. medical or social grounds/pastoral grounds which make 2. Members of practising Catholic families, as con rmed the School particularly suitable for the child in question. by a reference from a Catholic Priest or Deacon. Highest Strong and relevant evidence must be provided by priority will be given to those who attend Mass at least an appropriate professional authority (e.g. medical once a month. practitioner, education welfare o cer, social worker, (priest/minister). 3. Members of Catholic families, with a reference from a Catholic Priest or Deacon. 8. Any other applicants
205 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
For All Criteria: Priority will be given to. Brother and sister includes all siblings whether by blood, marriage, foster or adoption. a) A brother or sister on the school roll at the time of admission. Evidence of the relationship may be required. Medical / Health and special Access Reasons will be applied in accordance with the school’s legal obligations, b) Social and medical needs which make the school in particular those under the Disability Discrimination Act particularly suitable for the child in question. Strong and 1995. Priority will be given to children under this criterion relevant evidence must be provided by an appropriate whose health or physical impairment means they have a professional authority (eg quali ed medical practitioner, demonstrable and signi cant need to attend a particular education welfare o cer, social worker, priest). school. Medical/Health and Special Access Reasons must be supported with written evidence from an c) Distance from home to school is measured as a straight appropriately quali ed medical practitioner. The evidence line from the home to the main gate of the school using must demonstrate a special connection between the the measurement supplied by the local authority derived child’s needs and the particular school. from their computerised mapping system. Those living closest to the school being given the highest priority. For The distance is measured between the child’s permanent more information please see Notes below. address and the school measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are For Criteria 2-3 and 5-6 every applicant is asked to provide measured from a central point within the child’s home details of Baptism and current Church membership. to a similarly de ned point within the school as speci ed by Ordnance Survey. The school uses measurements In order for an application to be valid, you must provided by the LA Further details of how measurements complete the Local Authority’s Common Application are made and how applications from pupils resident Form. In addition, in order for the school to fully in blocks of ats will be measured are availaiable in the consider your application and rank it according to the front of this booklet. This booklet will also provide further published admissions criteria, you should complete the details of what constitutes main residence where a child Supplementary Information Form and return this to the may reside at more than one family home. School. Supplementary Form Required: Yes Notes ‘Looked-After Children’ has the same meaning as in Waiting lists will be maintained up to January section 22 of the Children Act 1989 and means any 2016 and will be ranked according to the above child in the care of a Local Authority or provided oversubscription criteria. with accommodation by them (e.g. children with foster parents). Sixth Form Admissions Arrangements Contact the School O ce for an Application Form ‘Catholic’ means a member of a Church in communion with the See of Rome. This includes the Eastern Catholic Priority will be given to existing pupils transferring from Churches. The evidence for this will normally be a Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. Admission certi cate of Baptism or Reception. to the Sixth Form will be as a result of applicants obtaining a minimum of 5 GCSE passes at grade C or ‘Eastern Christian Churches’ includes the Orthodox above and C grades in their preferred AS subjects or Churches. The evidence for this will normally be a nearest equivalents. certi cate of Baptism or Reception from that Church’s Authorities. Priority will be given to existing pupils transferring from ‘Practising’ means regular attendance at Mass or Sunday Year 11. The PAN for external candidates will be 20, but Worship, the basis for which is taken to be at least this gure may be exceeded in the event that this and monthly. The Common Diocesan Reference Form will be the number of internal pupils transferring into Year 12 is used for this purpose when necessary. less than the overall total gure for the year group, which is 100. Where appropriate, evidence of enrolment in the Catechumenate will be required.
206 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Over-subscription Following the admission of internal students transferring from Year 11, all remaining places will be allocated to learners who have met the entry requirements for the particular course of study. Where there are more learners seeking places than the number of places available, the above oversubscription criteria will be applied in the order set out to rank pupils until the overall gure for the year group is reached.
O ers and Appeals O ers will be made on the basis of predicted performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the above grades are achieved in the nal examinations prior to entry to the Sixth Form and the pupil’s 3 chosen subjects being accommodated on the timetable, in feasible group sizes.
All o ers made during Year 11 are conditional on pupils meeting the grade criteria speci ed and will only become rm o ers upon con rmation of actual GCSE results.
O er letters will be made before the end of May 2015. O ers will be con rmed once the school has been noti ed of GCSE results in August 2015.
Where learners have achieved better results than the predicted grades they will be considered based on the grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places that become available as a result of other learners failing to meet the required entry levels.
Should an applicant not be o ered a place and the parents/guardians consider that there is a positive reason to appeal against the IEB decision; they have a right to do so under the 1980 Education Act. They should address their appeal to the Clerk to the IEB, c/o The School within 21 days of being refused a place, stating the full grounds of objection to the IEB decision.
Transport Please note, schools no longer have a designated area from which transport will be provided. In most instances KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. Further information about exceptions to this rule can be found in the transport section of this book. For further information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport
207 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
St George’s Church of Principal: Mrs Kim Stoner England Foundation Admissions Contact Name: Mrs Sam Burles Type of School: Secondary, Church of England, Foundation, High, School, Broadstairs Mixed Westwood Road, Broadstairs, CT10 2LH Age Range: 11-19 Day Pupils Tel: 01843 861696 Published Admission No: 217 LA No: 886 DFE No: 5447 Fax: 01843 609001 E-mail: Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 868 [email protected] Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 217 www.stgeorges-school.org.uk Expected number on roll: 1385
To access general information about the school, Vicar, Parish Priest or Pastor will be required to provide including annual school achievement and attainment written evidence to the Governing Body on the Clergy’s tables, recent school inspection reports and Form concerning the child’s and parents/carers’ a liation uniform policy, please contact the school or visit the to the local Church. Priority will be given to those who school’s website. attend Church more frequently.
Open Sessions: 4. A child whose parents attend a church which is a Monday, 6th October 2014. 4 pm to 7 pm. member of “The Churches Together in England and Wales”. The local Vicar, Parish Priest or Pastor will be Oversubscription Criteria required to provide written evidence to the Governing Before applying the oversubscription criteria, children Body on the Clergy’s Form concerning the child’s and with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an parents/carers’ a liation to the local Church. Priority will Education, Health and Care Plan which names the be given to those who attend Church more frequently. school will be admitted. As a result of this the published admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the 5. A child who is a liated to a Church which is a member number of preferences for the school is more than the of “The Churches Together in England and Wales” through number of places available, places will be allocated in the membership of youth groups associated with these following priority order- Churches. The local Vicar, Parish Priest or Pastor will be required to provide written evidence to the Governing 1. Looked After Children/Children in Local Authority Care. Body on the Clergy’s Form concerning the child’s (and A child under the age of 18 years for whom the Local parents/carers’ a liation) to the local Church. Authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) 6. A child who requires a place on Medical / Health and or who is subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. Special Access grounds. This criterion will be applied This applies equally to children who immediately after in accordance with the school’s legal obligations, in being looked after by the local authority became subject particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will to an adoption, residence or special guardianship order be given to children under this criterion whose mental (as de ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children or physical impairment means they have a demonstrable Act 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989) and signi cant need to attend St George’s Church of England Foundation School. Equally this priority will 2. Children with a sibling attending the School at the time apply to children whose parents/guardians’ physical or of application. Sibling is de ned in these arrangements as mental health or social needs mean that they have a children who live as brother or sister in the same house, demonstrable and signi cant need to attend St George’s including natural brothers and sisters, adopted siblings, Church of England Foundation School. Medical/Health stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers and sisters. and Special Access Reasons must be supported with written evidence from an appropriately quali ed medical 3. A child who attends a Church which is a member of practitioner who can demonstrate a special connection “The Churches Together in England and Wales”. The local
208 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
between the child’s needs and St George’s Church of order set out to rank pupils until the overall gure for the England Foundation School. year group is reached.
7. Distance from home to school measured in accordance O ers and Appeals with the Local Authority provision “Nearness of children’s O ers will be made on the basis of predicted home to school – the Local Authority use the distance performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the between the child’s permanent home address and the above grades are achieved in the nal examinations prior school, measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey to entry to the Sixth Form and the student’s 4 chosen address point data. Distances are measured from a point subjects being accommodated on the timetable, in de ned as within the child’s home to a point de ned feasible group sizes. as within the school as speci ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school site is used for All o ers made during Year 11 are conditional on students everybody. The home of the child is established by the meeting the grade criteria speci ed and will only become fact that they reside there permanently or where parents rm o ers upon con rmation of actual GCSE results. have shared responsibility for a child following the O er letters will be made before the end of May 2015. breakdown of their relationship and the child lives for part O ers will be con rmed once the school has been of the week with each parent. noti ed of GCSE results in August 2015.
Supplementary Form Required: YES Where learners have achieved better results than the Please Note: It is essential that parents complete the predicted grades they will be considered based on the school’s own supplementary information forms if they grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places wish their child to be considered by St. George’s Cof E that become available as a result of other learners failing Foundation School. These forms can be obtained from the to meet the required entry levels. school and must be returned to the school no later than Friday, 7th November 2014. Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an application for a place be refused, by writing to The Clerk Waiting lists will be maintained up to January to the Governors, care of the school. 2016 and will be ranked according to the above oversubscription criteria. Late applications will be considered if places in appropriate subjects are still available after all other Sixth Form Admissions arrangements – applicants have been considered. Priority will be given to existing students transferring from Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. Admission to A waiting list will be held, ranked according to the over- the Sixth Form will be as a result of applicants obtaining subscription criteria. a minimum of 5 GCSE passes at grade A*-C or above including maths and English and A/B grades in their Transport preferred AS subjects or nearest equivalents. (Further Please note, schools no longer have a designated area details can be found in the online Sixth Form Prospectus) from which transport will be provided. In most instances KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where The admission number for external candidates will be this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. exible depending on the number of internal students Further information about exceptions to this rule can be transferring into Year 12 is less than the overall gure for found in the transport section of this book. For further the year group, which is 100 information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport Over-subscription Following the admission of internal students transferring from Year 11, all remaining places will be allocated to learners who have met the entry requirements for the particular course of study. Where there are more learners seeking places than the number of places available, the above oversubscription criteria will be applied in the
209 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Saint George’s Church Headteacher: Mrs A Southgate of England School, Admissions Contact Name: Miss D Read Type of School: Secondary, Church of England, Academy, Wide Gravesend Ability, Mixed Meadow Road, Gravesend, DA11 7LS Age Range: 11-19 Day Pupils Tel: 01474 533082 Specialisms: Humanities Fax: 01474 533844 E-mail: [email protected] Published Admission No: 180 LA No: 886 DFE No: 5404 www.saintgeorgescofe.kent.sch.uk Number of Applications for Year 7 entry September 2014: 667 Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 180 Expected number on roll: 1100
To access general information about the school, of the Children Act 1989). including annual school achievement and attainment tables, recent school inspection reports and 2. Children or one of whose parents/guardians is: uniform policy, please contact the school or visit the school’s website. a) At the heart of a Church of England church
Open Sessions: b) At the heart of a church which is a member of Saturday 4 October 2014 from 10.00am to 2.00pm Churches Together in England (churches will have Headteacher speaks at 11.30am and 1.30pm to prove membership) or at the heart of a place of th th Tours available during the working day: 6 – 10 worship, or equivalent religious centre, of a faith other October and 13th - 17th October 2014 (inclusive) by than the Christian faith. appointment only. This would normally be for a period of at least 2 years. The appropriate priest, minister or religious leader will Oversubscription Criteria Before applying the oversubscription criteria, children be required to con rm this on this supplementary in- with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an Edu- formation form at the time of application. cation, Health and Care Plan which names the school will be admitted. As a result of this the published admissions 3. Children or one of whose parents/guardians is: number will be reduced accordingly. If the number of preferences for the school is more than the number of a) Attached to a Church of England church places available, places will be allocated in the priority order below. In the event of there being more applicants b) Attached to a church which is a member of Church- than places remaining within a particular nal criterion, es Together in England (churches will have to prove priority will be given to those children who live closest to membership) or attached to a place of worship, or the school at the time the application is considered. The equivalent religious centre, of a faith other than the school uses measurements provided by the Local Author- Christian faith. ity. This would normally be for a period of at least 2 years. The appropriate priest, minister or religious leader will 1. Children in Local Authority Care – a child under the age be required to con rm this on this supplementary in- of 18 years for whom the local authority provides accom- formation form at the time of application. modation by agreement with their parents/carers (Sec- tion 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is the subject of a 4. Children or one of whose parents/guardians is: care order under Part IV of the Act. This applies equally to children who immediately after being looked after by the local authority became subject to an adoption, residence a) Known to a Church of England church or special guardianship order. (As de ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act 2002 or Section 8 or 14A b) Known to a church which is a member of Churches
210 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Together in England (churches will have to prove the school), students who have failed to secure 5 A*-C membership) or known to a place of worship, or including Maths and English can pursue Level 2 courses. equivalent religious centre, of a faith other than the Christian faith. Over-subscription This would normally be for a period of at least 2 years. Following the admission of internal students The appropriate priest, minister or religious leader will transferring from Year 11 students, all remaining places be required to con rm this on this supplementary in- will be allocated to learners who have met the entry requirements for the particular course of study. Where formation form at the time of application. there are more learners seeking places than the number of places available, Saint George’s C of E oversubscription 5. Children of other applicants who have completed the criteria will be applied in the order set out above to supplementary information form. rank pupils until the overall gure for the year group is reached. 6. Children of other applicants who have not completed the supplementary information form. O ers and Appeals O ers will be made on the basis of predicted Notes: performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the An applicant at the heart of the church or other place of above grades are achieved in the nal examinations worship will be a frequent worshipper who usually wor- prior to entry to the Sixth Form and the pupil’s 4 chosen ships twice a month (this can include weekday worship). subjects being accommodated on the timetable, in The worshipper may be the child for whom application is feasible group sizes. made or one or both parents. All o ers made during Year 11 are conditional on pupils An applicant attached to the church or other place of meeting the grade criteria speci ed and will only become worship will be one whose family attends monthly or is rm o ers upon con rmation of actual GCSE results. regularly involved in another church activity. O er letters will be made before the end of May 2015. O ers will be con rmed once the school has been An applicant known to the church or other place of wor- noti ed of GCSE results in August 2015. ship will be one whose family attends occasionally or has some other family connection with the church or other Where learners have achieved better results than the place of worship. predicted grades they will be considered based on the grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places Supplementary form required: Yes that become available as a result of other learners failing Available from and returnable to the school. to meet the required entry levels.
Waiting lists will be maintained up to January Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an 2016 and will be ranked according to the above application for a place be refused, by writing to The Clerk oversubscription criteria. to the Academy Council, care of the school.
Sixth Form Admissions arrangements Late applications will be considered if places in Entry into the Sixth Form is conditional on attaining entry appropriate subjects are still available after all requirements for courses. For entry onto an A level course other applicants have been considered. A waiting students must have achieved at least 5 x A*-C including list will be held and ranked according to the over- English and Maths. These must come from 5 separate subscription criteria. subjects (e.g. while a BTEC may count as 4 GCSEs, as an entry requirement of Sixth Form it counts as 1). For entry Transport onto a speci c A level course students must achieve a B Please note, schools no longer have a designated area (GCSE) in English and B in the related subject. Students from which transport will be provided. In most instances wanting to do A level Maths must achieve a Grade A at KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where GCSE. In order to be considered onto a Vocational course this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. learners must achieve 5 x A*-C including English and Further information about exceptions to this rule can be Maths. To study level 2 courses (details available from
211 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
found in the transport section of this book. For further information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport
212 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
St Gregory’s Catholic Headteacher: Mr S. Adamson Comprehensive Admissions Contact Name: Mrs Suzanne Burgess Type of School: Secondary, Catholic, Academy, Comprehensive, School Mixed Reynolds Lane, Tunbridge Wells, TN4 9XL Age Range: 11-18 Day Pupils Tel: 01892 527444 Specialisms: Mathematics and ICT Fax: 01892 566621 E-mail: [email protected] Published Admission No: 180 LA No: 886 DFE No: 5435 www.sgschool.org.uk Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 566 Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 180 Expected number on roll: 840
To access general information about the school, * By “Christian” we accept attendance at a church which is including annual school achievement and attainment a member of Churches Together in England. tables, recent school inspection reports and uniform policy, please contact the school or visit the school’s Category 2a: Children of other faiths. website: www.sgschool.org.uk. Governors would consider under this Category applications from parent(s) who are practising members Open Sessions: Mornings – 24th and 25th September of other world faith-based communities, and who 2014 9am – 11.15am attend, as de ned by local practice, the meetings of their Open Evening – Thursday 25th September 2014 at 6.30pm community and are actively involved in its life. Evidence of religious commitment provided by a priest, minister or religious leader or a designated place of worship will be Oversubscription Criteria required. Before applying the oversubscription criteria, children with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an Category 2b: Any other children. Education, Health and Care Plan which names the Applications where the Supplementary Information Form school will be admitted. As a result of this the published is not available, or which do not fall into the above three admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the categories. number of preferences for the school is more than the number of places available, places will be allocated in the Applications will be ranked, within each Category, following priority order- using the following over-subscription criteria:
Category 1a: Baptised Catholic children. Priority a. the presence of a brother or sister (see note 2) in the within this category is given to baptised Catholic Looked- school at the time of admission After Children and Looked-After Children in the care of a Catholic family (see note 1). b. attendance at one of the following partner primary All other baptised Catholic Children are ranked according schools: St Augustine’s Catholic Primary School to the over-subscription criteria as detailed below. (Tunbridge Wells), St Margaret Clitherow Catholic Primary School (Tonbridge), St Mary’s Catholic Primary School Category 1b: Other Baptised/Dedicated and/or (Crowborough), St Thomas’ Catholic Primary School Practising Christian* children and Looked-After (Sevenoaks), Children. Priority within this category is given to all other Looked- c. frequency of the family attendance at a church / place After Children (see note 1). of worship as veri ed on the Supplementary Information All other Baptised/Dedicated and/or practising Christian* Form children are ranked according to the over-subscription criteria as detailed below. d. commitment to the ethos of Christian Catholic education
213 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
e. in the event of a tie-break, distance as measured by the Sixth Form admission arrangements LA (see note 3) will be used to rank applications Students are able to join the School in Year 12 for 6th Form studies. Year 11 pupils at St Gregory’s School have For applications within Categories 1a, 1b and 2a priority over those seeking to join the Sixth Form from Appropriate documentary evidence of church / place other schools, but external applications are very welcome. of worship membership will be required. This should The 6th Form Centre has a capacity for 230 students ideally be a certi cate of baptism or dedication and a (Years 12/13 combined) and, in the event of over completed Supplementary Information Form. If any subscription, applications will be ranked according to of these documents are unavailable (e.g the church / the admissions criteria as set out in this Admissions Policy. place of worship attended does not practise baptism or dedication), a letter from the priest, minister or religious To embark on any ‘AS’ course you must have gained at leader clearly detailing the family commitment to and least ve GCSE passes of Grade ‘C’ or above with a grade ‘B’ attendance at the place of worship will be required. GCSE in the subject area you have chosen. Mathematics requires you to achieve at least grade ‘A’ GCSE. Full details Additional notes of all our courses are available in the 6th Form Centre 1 Looked-After Children Prospectus which can be downloaded from the school A ‘Looked-After Child’ or a child who was previously website (or contact the school for a hardcopy). We aim to Looked-After but immediately after being Looked-After ensure that students choose a range of courses that are became subject to an adoption, residence, or special appropriate to their GCSE results and to their future career guardianship order. A Looked-After Child is a child who plans. is (a) in the care of a local authority, or (b) being provided with accommodation by a local authority in the exercise All o ers are conditional on students meeting the grade of their social services functions (see the de nition in criteria speci ed and will only become rm o ers upon Section 22(1) of the Children Act 1989). con rmation of actual GCSE results, and the pupil’s 4 In accordance with the Admissions Code of Practice, chosen subjects being accommodated on the timetable, Governors will give priority to baptised Catholic Looked- in feasible group sizes. After Children and Looked-After Children in the care of a Catholic family. All other Looked-After Children will be Where students have achieved better results than the given priority within Category 1b. predicted grades they will be considered based on the grades achieved and ranked according to the schools 2 Siblings admissions criteria. A brother or sister attending the school when the child starts. In this context brother or sister means Parents and pupils have a statutory right of appeal should children who live as brother or sister in the same house, an application for a place be refused (see note 5 above). including natural brothers and sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers and sisters. If Late applications will be considered if places in siblings from multiple births (twins, triplets, etc) apply appropriate subjects are still available after all other for places in the school and the school would reach its applicants have been considered. Published Admissions Number (PAN) after admitting one or more, but before admitting all of those siblings, the LA A waiting list will be held, ranked according to the over- will o er a place to each of the siblings, even if doing so subscription criteria. takes the school above its PAN. Transport 3 Distance Tie-Break Please note, schools no longer have a designated area In the event of a tie-break, distance, as measured by the from which transport will be provided. In most instances Local Authority, will be used. KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. Supplementary Form Required: Yes – Available Further information about exceptions to this rule can be from and returnable to the school. Waiting lists will found in the transport section of this book. For further be maintained up to January 2016 and will be ranked information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. according to the above oversubscription criteria. gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport
214 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
St John’s Catholic Headteacher: Mr S Maher Comprehensive Admissions Contact Name: Mrs P Batcheldor Type of School: Secondary, Catholic, Voluntary Aided, School Comprehensive, Mixed Rochester Road, Gravesend, DA12 2JW Age Range: 11-18 Day Pupils Tel: 01474 534718 Specialisms: Visual Arts Fax: 01474 563763 E-mail: [email protected] Published Admission No: 180 LA No: 886 DFE No: 5461 www.st-johns-gravesend.kent.sch.uk Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 483 Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 180 Expected number on roll: 1117
To access general information about the school, Category 4 Non-Catholic Children who attend the including annual school achievement and attainment named feeder schools, i.e.: St. Bartholomew’s, Swanley, tables, recent school inspection reports and St John’s Primary School, Gravesend, St Joseph’s Primary uniform policy, please contact the school or visit the School, Northeet, Our Lady of Hartley, Our Lady’s Roman school’s website. Catholic Secondary, Dartford, English Martyrs, Strood and St Anselm’s, Dartford. The application should be Open Sessions: supported by a letter from the Headteacher or Chair of 1st October 2014 6pm to 8pm Governors to con rm that the pupil attends the school. Oversubscription Criteria Before applying the oversubscription criteria, children Category 5 Children of families who are committed with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an members of other Christian denominations that are Education, Health and Care Plan which names the part of Churches Together in England. Evidence of school will be admitted. As a result of this the published Baptism by a Minister of a designated place of worship admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the will be required and consideration will be given to the number of preferences for the school is more than the Letter of Support from a Minister. number of places available, places will be allocated in the following priority order- Category 6 Children of other faiths. Evidence of religious commitment provided by a Minister of Religious Category 1 Looked after Catholic children or looked Education will be required. after children in the care of Catholic families and previously looked after Catholic children who have Category 7 Any Other Child been adopted. In each of the categories 2, 5 and 6, priority will be given Category 2 Baptised Catholic children. A Baptismal to those whose level of regular attendance at religious Certi cate must accompany the Supplementary Form worship is supported by their Priest or Minister of their and consideration will be given to the Priest’s Declaration normal place of worship. Form to verify the practice of the child. Applications will be ranked in the order shown on the Supplementary “Looked After Children” [i.e. those children who are in the Form Highest priority to those who attend Mass weekly, care of the Local Authority] will be given priority over secondly to those who attend Mass at least once a all other applications in each of the above categories. month, etc.’ Priority will also be given, in each category, to those who have a brother or sister at the School at the time of Category 3 Other looked after children and their enrolment. other previously looked after children who have been adopted.
215 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Tie Breaks Sixth Form Admissions arrangements The following order of priorities will be applied Priority will be given to existing pupils transferring from where applications within any of the above Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. Admission to categories exceeds the places available, and it is the Sixth Form will be as a result of applicants obtaining necessary to decide between applications. a minimum of 5A*- C GCSE passes at grade C or above 1. Siblings and B grades in their preferred AS subjects or nearest 2. Home-School distance. Nearness of children’s homes to equivalents. The vast majority of our level 3 subjects will school. also require a minimum C grade in both GCSE English In determining the number of places available, the and Maths. Governors will have regard to the allocation of places made by the Local Authority of those pupils who have The admission number for external candidates will be 40, Statements of Educational Need. but this gure may be exceeded in the event that this and the number of internal pupils transferring into Year De nitions 12 is less than the overall gure for the year group, which In the context of school admissions, Catholic children are is 150. de ned as Children who are baptised or received into the Catholic Church, children baptised or received into Over-subscription the Eastern Churches in union with Rome and children of Following the admission of internal students transferring members of the Ordinariate. for Year 11 students, all remaining places will be allocated to learners who have met the entry requirements for the “Practice” means regular attendance at Sunday Mass, as particular course of study. Where there are more learners de ned in Canon 1247 of the Code of Canon Law, the seeking places than the number of places available, the basis for which is taken to be at least more often than not. following oversubscription criteria will be applied in the order set out below to rank pupils until the overall gure “Looked After Children” is a technical term as de ned for the year group is reached: in section 22 of the Children Act 1989 and means any child in the Care of a Local Authority or provided Category 1 Looked after Catholic children or looked after with accommodation by them (e.g. children with children in the care of Catholic families and previously foster parents). looked after Catholic children who have been adopted.
“Brother or Sister” means blood brothers and blood Category 2 Baptised Catholic children. A Baptismal sisters of those who are pupils at the School at the time Certi cate must accompany the Supplementary Form of enrolment; or where a family, already having children and consideration will be given to the Priest’s Declaration at the School at the time of enrolment, have adopted or Form to verify the practice of the child. Applications will fostered a child. It does not include brothers or sisters be ranked in the order shown on the Supplementary who were pupils at the School in the past. Form Highest priority to those who attend Mass weekly, secondly to those who attend Mass at least “Nearness of children’s homes to school” once a month, etc. We use the distance between the child’s permanent home address and the school, measured in a straight line Category 3 Other looked after children and other using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are previously looked after children who have been adopted. measured from a point de ned as within the child’s home to a point de ned as within the school as speci ed by Category 4 Non-Catholic Children who attend the Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school named feeder schools, i.e.: St. Bartholomew’s, Swanley, site is used for everybody. St John’s Primary School, Gravesend, St Joseph’s Primary School, Northeet, Our Lady of Hartley, Our Lady’s Roman Supplementary Form Required: Yes – Available from Catholic Secondary, Dartford, English Martyrs, Strood and returnable to the school. and St Anselm’s, Dartford. The application should be supported by a letter from the Headteacher or Chair of Waiting lists will be maintained up to January Governors to con rm that the pupil attends the school. 2016 and will be ranked according to the above oversubscription criteria.
216 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Category 5 Children of families who are committed “Looked After Children” is a technical term as de ned members of other Christian denominations that are part in section 22 of the Children Act 1989 and means of Churches Together in England. Evidence of Baptism any child in the Care of a Local Authority or provided by a Minister of a designated place of worship will be with accommodation by them (e.g. children with required and consideration will be given to the Letter of foster parents). Support from a Minister. “Brother or Sister” means blood brothers and blood Category 6 Children of other faiths. Evidence of religious sisters of those who are pupils at the School at the time commitment provided by a Minister of Religious of enrolment; or where a family, already having children Education will be required. at the School at the time of enrolment, have adopted or fostered a child. It does not include brothers or sisters Category 7 Any Other Child who were pupils at the School in the past.
In each of the categories 2, 5 and 6, priority will be given “Nearness of children’s homes to school” to those whose level of regular attendance at religious We use the distance between the child’s permanent worship is supported by their Priest or Minister of their home address and the school, measured in a straight line normal place of worship. using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a point de ned as within the child’s home “Looked After Children” [i.e. those children who are in the to a point de ned as within the school as speci ed by care of the Local Authority] will be given priority over Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school all other applications in each of the above categories. site is used for everybody. Priority will also be given, in each category, to those who have a brother or sister at the School at the time of After a place has been o ered the school their enrolment. reserves the right to withdraw the place in the following circumstances: Tie Breaks The following order of priorities will be applied where a. When the parent or learner has failed to respond to an applications within any of the above categories exceeds o er within a reasonable time; or the places available, and it is necessary to decide between applications. b. When a parent or learner has failed to notify the school of important changes to the application information; or 1. Siblings c. The admission authority o ered the place on the basis 2. Home-School distance. Nearness of children’s homes to of a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application school. from the parent or learner.
In determining the number of places available, the O ers and Appeals Governors will have regard to the allocation of places O ers will be made on the basis of predicted made by the Local Authority of those pupils who have performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the Statements of Educational Need. above grades are achieved in the nal examinations prior to entry to the Sixth Form and the pupil’s 4 chosen De nitions subjects being accommodated on the timetable, in In the context of school admissions, Catholic children are feasible group sizes. de ned as Children who are baptised or received into the Catholic Church, children baptised or received into All o ers made during Year 11 are conditional on pupils the Eastern Churches in union with Rome and children of meeting the grade criteria speci ed and will only become members of the Ordinariate. rm o ers upon con rmation of actual GCSE results. O er letters will be made before the end of May 2015. “Practice” means regular attendance at Sunday Mass, as O ers will be con rmed once the school has been de ned in Canon 1247 of the Code of Canon Law, the noti ed of GCSE results in August 2015. basis for which is taken to be at least more often than not.
217 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Where learners have achieved better results than the predicted grades they will be considered based on the grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places that become available as a result of other learners failing to meet the required entry levels.
Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an application for a place be refused, by writing to The Clerk to the Governors, care of the school.
Late applications will be considered if places in appropriate subjects are still available after all other applicants have been considered.
A waiting list will be held, ranked according to the over- subscription criteria.
Transport Please note, schools no longer have a designated area from which transport will be provided. In most instances KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. Further information about exceptions to this rule can be found in the transport section of this book. For further information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport
218 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
St Simon Stock Headteacher: Mr Brendan J Wall Catholic School Admissions Contact Name: Mrs Cathy Hayes Type of School: Secondary, Catholic, Academy, Comprehensive, Oakwood Park, Maidstone, ME16 0JP Mixed Tel: 01622 754551 Fax: 01622 689428 Age Range: 11-19 Day Pupils E-mail: [email protected] Specialisms: Science www.ssscs.co.uk Published Admission No: 165 LA No: 886 DFE No: 5432 Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 481 Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 165 Expected number on roll: 1050
To access general information about the school, 3) Baptised Catholic children who are in attendance at including annual school achievement and attainment other primary schools. tables, recent school inspection reports and uniform policy, please contact the school or visit the 4) Other looked after children and previously looked after school’s website. children who have been adopted or who have become the subject of a residence or guardianship order. Open Sessions Open Evening: Tuesday 7th October 2014, 6.00pm – 5) Children with brothers or sisters in the school at the 8.00pm time of admission. Open Morning: Wednesday 8th October 2014, 9.00am – 10.30am 6) Non-Catholic children who are attending Holy Family Open Morning: Wednesday 22nd October 2014, 9.00 am – Catholic Primary School, Parkwood, St Francis’ Catholic 10.30am Primary School, Maidstone and More Park Catholic Primary School, West Malling. Oversubscription Criteria Before applying the oversubscription criteria, children 7) Children who are committed members of other with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an Christian denominations or of other faiths. Education, Health and Care Plan which names the school will be admitted. As a result of this the published 8) Any other child. admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the number of preferences for the school is more than the The following order of priorities will be applied when number of places available, places will be allocated in the applications within any of the above categories following priority order – exceed places available and it is necessary to decide between them: 1) Looked after Catholic children or looked after children in the care of Catholic families and previously looked after a) The strength of evidence of religious commitment (as Catholic children who have been adopted or who have shown by frequency of participation) provided by a priest, become the subject of a residence or guardianship order. deacon, parish sister, minister or religious leader where the family regularly worship. 2) Baptised Catholic children who are attending Holy Family Catholic Primary School, Parkwood, St Francis’ b) Distance from home to school (measured in a straight Catholic Primary School, Maidstone and More Park line using Ordnance Survey address point data supplied Catholic Primary School, West Malling or who have by Kent County Council). brothers or sisters in the school at the time of admission.
219 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Evidence of religious aliation and commitment being an identical distance from the school, a random For Catholic children, a baptismal certi cate (or copy) selection will be applied. or evidence of reception into the Catholic Church must accompany the Supplementary Information Form. If the A pupil’s home address is considered to be a residential number of baptised Catholic applicants exceeds the property that is the child’s only or main residence and number of places the governors can o er, we will ask you not an address at which your child might sometimes subsequently to obtain evidence from a priest, deacon or stay or sleep due to your own domestic or special religious sister of your religious commitment. arrangements. The address must be the pupil’s home address on the day For children belonging to other denominations and faiths, you completed your application form and which is either: a minister or religious leader where the family regularly owned by the child’s parent, parents or guardian under a worship must complete and sign the last page of the lease or written rental agreement, OR supplementary form and a supporting letter from that leased to or rented by the child’s parent, parents or person must accompany the supplementary information guardian under a lease or written rental agreement. form. The information you supply on the supplementary information form will only be used to apply the over- If you live separately from your partner but share subscription criteria, but it will be submitted to the responsibility for your child, and your child lives at two Appeal Panel if you are not o ered a place and submit di erent addresses during the week, we will regard the an appeal. home address as the one at which the child sleeps for the majority of weekdays. Notes: 1. In the context of school admissions, Catholic children After a place has been o ered, the school are de ned as children who are baptised or received into reserves the right to withdraw the place in the the Catholic Church, children baptised or received into following circumstances: the Eastern Churches in union with Rome and children of • when a parent has failed to respond to an offer within a members of the Ordinariate. reasonable time, or • when a parent has failed to notify the school of 2. “Brothers or sisters” includes children who live as important changes to the application information, or brother and sister including natural brothers or sisters, • the governors offered the place on the basis of a adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters, foster brothers or fraudulent or intentionally misleading application from sisters, and children who live as brother and sister in the a parent. same household. Supplementary Form Required: Yes - In addition 3. “Children in local authority care” are children under to the Secondary Common Application Form (SCAF) the age of 18 years for whom a local authority provides supplied by the Kent County Council, a Supplementary accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers Information Form (available from the school), must under Section 22 of the Children Act 1989 or who are be completed and sent to the Admissions O cer, St the subject of a Care Order under Part IV of that Act. This Simon Stock Catholic School not later than 31st October applies equally to children who immediately after being 2014. The Supplementary Information Form MUST be looked after by the local authority became subject to completed or your application is likely to be given the an adoption, residence or special guardianship order as lowest ranking and priority because we will not have the de ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act information to place it higher. You are advised to make 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989. copies of the forms.
4. Distance from home to school is measured by Kent Waiting lists will be maintained up to January County Council between the child’s permanent home 2016 and will be ranked according to the above address and the school, measured in a straight line using oversubscription criteria. Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a point de ned as within the child’s home Sixth Form Admissions arrangements – to a point de ned as within the school as speci ed by Entry into the sixth form is conditional on attaining entry Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school requirements for courses including: site is used for everybody. In the event of two applicants
220 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
To study 4 AS levels, students will be required to have 5 or more A* – C at GCSE including Maths and/or English with 3Bs in relevant subjects and an average points score of 49;
To study 3 AS levels or other level 3 courses, students will be required to have 5 or more A*– C at GCSE including Maths and/or English with an average points score of 40;
To study level 2 courses (details from the school), students will be required to have at least 5 D-G at GCSE and an average points score of 28 points.
Details of the courses available and speci c entry requirements for individual subjects are set out in the prospectus obtainable from the school.
We welcome applications from students not at St Simon Stock who will support the Christian ethos of our school community. Admission is subject to places being available on suitable courses. In the event of there being more qualifying applications from external students than there are places available, the over subscription criteria set out above for Years 7-11 will apply. We expect there to be about 120 students in Year 12.
Transport Please note, schools no longer have a designated area from which transport will be provided. In most instances KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. Further information about exceptions to this rule can be found in the transport section of this book. For further information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport
221 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Sandwich Technology Headteacher: Ms Veronica Gomez School Admissions Contact Name: Christine Biggs Type of School: Secondary, Academy, All Ability, Mixed Deal Road, Sandwich, CT13 0FA Tel: 01304 610000 Age Range: 11-18 Day Pupils Fax: 01304 610100 Specialisms: Technology and Applied Learning. Training provider for E-mail: [email protected] Continued Professional Development and Initial Teacher Training. www.sandwich-tech.kent.sch.uk Published Admission No: 255 LA No: 886 DFE No: 5463 Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 585 Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 275 Expected number on roll: 1490
To access general information about the school, 4. To admit the children from the following primary including annual school achievement and attainment schools in the following order: Sandwich, Worth, Eastry, tables, recent school inspection reports and Northbourne, Cartwright and Kelsey, Sholden, Hornbeam, uniform policy, please contact the school or visit the Goodnestone, Minster, Wingham, Preston, school’s website. Nonington, Chilton, Monkton, Aylesham, St Joseph’s at Aylesham. Open Sessions: Wednesday 24th September 6pm-8pm 5. Where a child has a parent who is an employee at the Thursday 25th September 10am-noon school (as de ned below ***). Thursday 16th October 6pm-8pm Friday 17th October 10am-noon 6. Nearness of child’s permanent address to the school (as de ned below****). Oversubscription Criteria Before applying the oversubscription criteria, children Parents may wish to know that the school has been with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an heavily oversubscribed in recent years. A map providing Education, Health and Care Plan which names the a guide to the distribution of places allocated in previous school will be admitted. As a result of this the published years can be obtained by contacting the school. admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the number of preferences for the school is more than the After a place has been o ered the school number of places available, places will be allocated in the reserves the right to withdraw the place in the following priority order – following circumstances: • When a parent or guardian has failed to respond to an 1. Children in Local Authority care and previously looked o er within a reasonable time or; after children (as de ned below*). • When a parent or guardian has failed to notify the school of important changes to the application information or; 2. Where a child has a brother or sister attending this • The admission authority o ered the place on the basis of school at the time of entry. (As de ned by the Local a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application from Authority, brother or sister means children who live in a parent or guardian. the same house as brother and sister, including adopted siblings, step brothers or sisters and foster brothers De nitions or sisters.) * Looked After Children/Children in Local Authority Care A child under the age of 18 years for whom the Local 3. Where there are medical grounds for admitting a child Authority provides accommodation by agreement with (as de ned below**). their parents/carers (section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who ceased to be so because they were adopted or is subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. ** Medical grounds
222 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Priority will be given to those children whose mental or For Level 3 courses students are required to have a physical impairment means they have a demonstrable minimum of ve GCSE passes at A* to C including at least and signi cant need to attend a particular school. a C Grade in both English Language and Mathematics. Equally this priority will apply to children whose parents’/ guardians’ physical or mental health or social needs mean Students wishing to study A Levels in Mathematics, single that they have a demonstrable and signi cant need to Science subjects or Psychology will need a minimum of a attend a particular school. Such claims will need to be B Grade at GCSE in an appropriate subject. supported by written evidence from a suitably quali ed medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate a For Level 2 courses students are required to have special connection between these needs and the school. ve GCSE passes at A* to E including English *** Parent as an employee and Mathematics. Parent as an employee of the school is de ned as a parent who has held a permanent contract of employment at Where learners have achieved better results than their the school for 2 or more years, or has been speci cally predicted grades they will be considered based on the employed to ll a post for which there grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places is a demonstrable skills shortage. that become available as a result of other learners failing **** Nearness of child’s permanent address to the school to meet the required entry levels. The distance between the child’s permanent address and the school is measured in a straight line using Ordnance Numbers Survey address point data. Distances are measured from Priority will be given to students already enrolled at a point de ned as within the child’s permanent address Sandwich Technology School who wish to continue their to a point de ned as within the school as speci ed by studies at the school. Our anticipated intake of students, Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school both internal and external, is 240 of which 75 will be our site is used for everyone. Permanent address is de ned as published admission number for students admitted to the child’s main or only residence and not an address that the school for the rst time. the child sometimes stays at due to domestic or special arrangements. If parents or guardians live separately Over-subscription criteria but share responsibility for the child we will regard Where applications for admission exceed the number the permanent address as the one at which the child of places available, the following criteria will be applied, sleeps for the majority of weekdays. The school uses in the order set out below, to decide which children measurements provided by the Local Authority. to admit:
Supplementary Form Required: Yes – Only if you wish • Children in Local Authority care and previously looked your child to take the school’s Technological Aptitude Test. after children (as de ned below*). The form is available from and returnable to the school. • Where a child has a brother or sister attending this Further details about the Aptitude Test will be available school at the time of entry. (As de ned by the Local during the Open Sessions and on the school website. Authority, brother or sister means children who live in the same house as brother and sister, including Waiting lists will be maintained up to January adopted siblings, step brothers or sisters and foster 2016 and will be ranked according to the above brothers or sisters.) oversubscription criteria. • Where there are medical grounds for admitting a child (as de ned below**). Sixth Form Admissions arrangements – • Nearness of child’s permanent address to the school (as Sandwich Technology School continues to provide a wide de ned below***). variety of high quality learning opportunities in Years 12 and 13 for its own students and others who wish to Waiting list from March 2015 transfer from other schools. We endeavour to nurture and In the case of over-subscription, a waiting list will be maintain an inclusive school community and all students compiled from March 2015 for those unable to gain entry. are guided on a one to one basis to ensure they are able Eligible students will be placed on the list, according to make informed subject choices. to the over-subscription criteria. The waiting list will Entry requirements continue until everyone on it is allocated a place, or until 1 September 2015.
223 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
After a place has been o ered the school uses measurements provided by the Local Authority reserves the right to withdraw the place in the and further information on how distances are calculated following circumstances: is available in the Admissions Booklet provided by the Local Authority. When a parent or guardian has failed to respond to an o er within a reasonable time or; Transport When a parent or guardian has failed to notify the school Please note, schools no longer have a designated area of important changes to the application information or; from which transport will be provided. In most instances The admission authority o ered the place on the basis of KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application from this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. a parent or guardian. Further information about exceptions to this rule can be Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an found in the transport section of this book. For further application for a place be refused, by writing to the Chair information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. of Governors, care of the school address. gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school
De nitions
* Looked After Children/Children in Local Authority Care A child under the age of 18 years for whom the Local Authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers (section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who ceased to be so because they were adopted or is subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act.
** Medical grounds Priority will be given to those children whose mental or physical impairment means they have a demonstrable and signi cant need to attend a particular school. Equally this priority will apply to children whose parents’/ guardians’ physical or mental health or social needs mean that they have a demonstrable and signi cant need to attend a particular school. Such claims will need to be supported by written evidence from a suitably quali ed medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate a special connection between these needs and the school.
*** Nearness of child’s permanent address to the school The distance between the child’s permanent address and the school is measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a point de ned as within the child’s permanent address to a point de ned as within the school as speci ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school site is used for everyone. Permanent address is de ned as the child’s main or only residence and not an address that the child sometimes stays at due to domestic or special arrangements. If parents or guardians live separately but share responsibility for the child we will regard the permanent address as the one at which the child sleeps for the majority of weekdays. The school
224 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Simon Langton Girls’ Headteacher: Mrs J. S. Robinson Grammar School Admissions Contact Name: Mrs T. J. Kelk Type of School: Secondary, Voluntary Controlled, Grammar, Girls Old Dover Road, Canterbury, CT1 3EW Tel: 01227 463711 Age Range: 11-18 Day Pupils Fax: 01227 458363 Specialisms: Music College, IT Status, Training School E-mail: [email protected] www.langton.kent.sch.uk Published Admission No: 165 LA No: 886 DFE No: 4534 Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 437 Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 165 Expected number on roll: 1,120
To access general information about the school, number of preferences for the school is more than the including annual school achievement and attainment number of places available, places will be allocated to tables, recent school inspection reports and eligible girls in the following priority order- uniform policy, please contact the school or visit the school’s website. Children in Local Authority Care or Previously in Local Authority Care – a child under the age of 18 years for Open Sessions: whom the local authority provides accommodation by Open Afternoons: Tuesday 14th and Thursday 16th agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the October 2014. Start at 1.45 p.m. and follow a planned Children Act 1989) or who ceased to be so because they programme until approx. 3.15 p.m. became subject to an adoption, residence or special guardianship order under Part IV of the Act. Open Mornings: Wednesday 15th and Friday 17th October 2014. Start at 9.00 a.m. and follow a planned Current Family Association - a brother or sister attending programme until approx. 10.30 a.m. Note: Please the school when the child starts. In this context brother or consider your journey for the Open Mornings as the sister means children who live as brother or sister in the tra c in central Canterbury at this time of the day is same house, including natural brothers or sisters, adopted extremely busy. siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers and sisters. There is no need to book an Open Morning or Afternoon visit; please just turn up on the day. Health and Special Access Reasons - Medical / Health and Special Access Reasons will be applied in accordance Open Evening: Thursday 9th October 2014, 6.00 p.m. – with the school’s legal obligations, in particular those 8.00 p.m. There will be 2 presentations during the evening under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will be given to at 6.00 p.m. and 7.15 p.m. Parents are invited to time their those children whose mental or physical impairment visit to coincide with one of these sessions. means they have a demonstrable and signi cant need to attend a particular school. Equally this priority will apply There will be guides to take parents on a tour of the to children whose parents’/guardians’, physical or mental school throughout the evening. health or social need means there is a demonstrable and signi cant need for their child to attend a particular school. Such claims will need to be supported by written Entry is through the Kent assessment procedure evidence from a suitably quali ed medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate a special connection Oversubscription Criteria between these needs and the particular school. Before applying the oversubscription criteria, eligible girls with a Statement of Special Educational Need or Nearness of children’s homes to school – The distance an Education, Health and Care Plan which names the between the child’s permanent home address and the school will be admitted. As a result of this the published school is measured in a straight line using Ordnance admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the Survey address point data. Distances are measured from
225 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
a point de ned as within the child’s home to a point •The minimum entry requirements specified by the de ned as within the school as speci ed by Ordnance subjects of their choice, with students normally achieving Survey. The same address point on the school site is used grade A/A* in subjects studied at AS Level. for everybody. When we apply the distance criterion for •Students choose 4 subjects to study in Year 12. They must an oversubscribed Community or Voluntary Controlled qualify for 4 subjects to qualify to join the Sixth Form. school, these straight line measurements are used to determine how close each applicant’s address is to the Where learners have achieved better results than their school. predicted grades, they will be considered based on the grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places In the event of any of the above criteria being that become available as a result of other learners failing oversubscribed, priority will be given based on distance to meet the required entry levels. as described above with those closest being given higher priority. In the unlikely event that two or more children in Criteria for Over-subscription all other ways have equal eligibility for the last available Following the admission of internal students transferring place at the school, the names will be issued a number from Year 11, all remaining places will be allocated to and drawn randomly to decide which child should be learners who have met the entry requirements for the given the place. particular course of study. Where there are more learners seeking places than the number of places available, the If siblings from multiple births (twins, triplets, etc) apply above oversubscription criteria will be applied in the for a school and the school would reach its Published order set out to rank pupils until the overall gure for the Admission Number (PAN) after admitting one or more, year group is reached. but before admitting all of those siblings, the LA will o er a place to each of the siblings, even if doing so takes the Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an school above its PAN. application for a place be refused, by writing to the Local Authority, Legal & Democratic Services. Supplementary Form Required: NO Transport Waiting lists will be maintained up to January Please note, schools no longer have a designated area 2016 and will be ranked according to the above from which transport will be provided. In most instances oversubscription criteria. KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. Sixth Form Admissions arrangements - Further information about exceptions to this rule can be found in the transport section of this book. For further The School has a mixed Sixth Form. Priority will be information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. given to existing students transferring from Year 11. The gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport admission number for external candidates will be 80, but this gure may be exceeded in the event that this, the number of internal students transferring into Year 12 and the number of students transferring into Year 13 are less than the overall total gure for the Sixth Form, which is 400.
Admission to the school: The school is an academic institution where the expectation is that students will achieve top grades at A Level. The admissions criteria for the Sixth Form are as follows:
•At least seven subjects at grade B or above at GCSE; including in English and Mathematics.
226 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Simon Langton Headteacher: Dr M N F Baxter Grammar School for Admissions Contact Name: Susan Begg Type of School: Secondary, Foundation, Grammar, Boys Boys Age Range: 11-18 Day Pupils Nackington Road, Canterbury, CT4 7AS Specialisms: Science and Mathematics Tel: 01227 463567 E-mail: [email protected] Published Admission No: 120 LA No: 886 DFE No: 5412 www.thelangton.org.uk Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 447 Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 120 Expected number on roll: 1120
To access general information about the school, 2) Boys with a Kent Test score of 92% [1] or more, in including annual school achievement and attainment order of: tables, recent school inspection reports and uniform policy, please contact the school or visit the a. Boys whose parents can prove that attendance at school’s website. the school is essential based on reasons of Health or Special Access. Open Sessions Health and Special Access Reasons will be applied in accordance with the school’s legal obligations, in Yr 7 Open Sessions: Monday 6th October to Thursday particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will 9th October inclusive and 21st October 2014. be given to boys whose health or physical impairment Please telephone the school to make an appointment. means they have a demonstrable and signi cant need to Yr 7 Open Evening Wednesday 8th October 7 pm. attend a particular school. Equally this priority will apply to boys whose parents’/guardians’ physical or mental health Sixth Form Open Sessions: Open Evening or social needs mean that they have a demonstrable Tuesday 18th November 2014 7 pm and signi cant need to attend a particular school. Such Open Evening Tuesday 3rd February 2015 7 pm claims must be supported with written evidence from an appropriately quali ed medical or other practitioner. Entry is through the Kent Assessment Procedure. The evidence must demonstrate a special connection between the boy’s needs and the school. Oversubscription Criteria Before applying the oversubscription criteria, eligible b. Boys with a brother or sister attending the school at boys with a Statement of Special Educational Need or the time of entry. In this context brother or sister means an Education, Health and Care Plan which names the children who live as brother or sister in the same house, school will be admitted. As a result of this the published including natural brothers and sisters, adopted siblings, admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers and sisters. number of preferences for the school is more than the number of places available, places will be allocated to 3) Boys living within a 9 mile radius of the school, with a eligible boys in the following priority order – combined Kent Test score of 92% or more, in order of:
1) Boys in Local Authority Care who meet the entry a. Proximity to the boy’s home, with those living nearer requirement – a boy under the age of 18 years for being given higher priority. whom the Local Authority provides accommodation by agreement with his parents/carers (Section 22 of the 4) Other qualifying boys (i.e. those who achieve the Children Act 1989) or who ceased to be so because he required standard for selective education through the was adopted or who is subject of a care order under Part Kent assessment procedure), in order of: IV of the Act; b. Boys whose parents can prove that attendance at the school is essential based on reasons of Health or Special
227 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Access. Health and Special Access Reasons will be applied 3.the admission authority o ered the place on the basis in accordance with the school’s legal obligations, in of a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will from a parent. be given to boys whose health or physical impairment means they have a demonstrable and signi cant need to Supplementary Form Required: No attend a particular school. Equally this priority will apply to boys whose parents’/guardians’ physical or mental health Waiting lists will be maintained up to January or social needs mean that they have a demonstrable 2016 and will be ranked according to the above and signi cant need to attend a particular school. Such oversubscription criteria. claims must be supported with written evidence from an appropriately quali ed medical or other practitioner. Sixth Form admission arrangements The evidence must demonstrate a special connection The school has a mixed Sixth Form. Priority will be between the boy’s needs and the school. given to existing students transferring from Year 11. The admission number for external candidates will be 150 but c. Boys with a brother or sister attending the school at this gure may be exceeded in the event that this, the the time of entry. In this context brother or sister means number of internal students transferring into Year 12 and children who live as brother or sister in the same house, the number of students transferring into Year 13 are less including natural brothers and sisters, adopted siblings, than the overall total gure for the Sixth Form. stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers and sisters. d.Proximity to the boy’s home, with those living nearer Entry Requirements: being given higher priority The school is an academic institution where the expectation is that students will achieve top grades at Note: ‘A’ level. The admissions criteria for the Sixth Form are The school uses measurements provided by the Local as follows: Authority and the distance is measured between a boy’s permanent home address and the school in a straight line •8 grades C and above in full GCSE courses, including using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are English Language and Mathematics measured from a point de ned as within the school as •Grade A* or A in each (nearest equivalent) GCSE subject speci ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on to be studied at AS level the school site is used for everybody. In exceptional circumstances, some students will be able A boy’s home address is considered to be a residential to take a subject from grade B basis, provided that: property that is the boy’s only or main residence (not an address at which the boy may sometimes stay or •They can demonstrate aptitude for the subject to be sleep) and which is either owned by the boy’s parent, studied at AS level parents or guardians; leased or rented to them under •There is room in the teaching group. Maximum set size a written rental agreement. Where parents live apart is 20. but share responsibility for the boy and he lives at two •Students choose 4 subjects to study in year 12. They must di erent addresses during the week, we will regard the qualify for 4 subjects to qualify to join the Sixth Form. home address as the one at which the boy sleeps for the Criteria for consideration to study each subject majority of week days over the term. 1) Students who have already stated that they wish After a place has been o ered the school to study the subject and have reached the entry reserves the right to withdraw the place in the requirements to do; following circumstances:- 2) Students who have got A or A* in each subject (or 1.When a parent has failed to respond to an o er within a nearest equivalents); reasonable time; or 3) Students who demonstrate particular aptitude for their 2.when a parent has failed to notify the school of chosen subject, but have not technically quali ed important changes to the application information; or
228 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Criteria for Over-subscription Transport 1) Students in Local Authority Care - a child under the Please note, schools no longer have a designated area age of 18 years for whom the Local Authority provides from which transport will be provided. In most instances accommodation by agreement with the child’s parents/ KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act; Further information about exceptions to this rule can be found in the transport section of this book. For further 2) Students with a brother or sister attending the school information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. at the time of entry. In this context brother or sister means gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport children who live as brother or sister in the same house, including natural brothers and sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers and sisters;
3) Students whose parents can prove that attendance at the school is essential based on reasons of Health or Special Access.
Health and Special Access Reasons will be applied in accordance with the school’s legal obligations, in particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will be given to students whose health or physical impairment means they have a demonstrable and signi cant need to attend a particular school. Equally this priority will apply to students whose parents’/guardians’ physical or mental health or social needs mean that they have a demonstrable and signi cant need to attend a particular school. Such claims must be supported with written evidence from an appropriately quali ed medical or other practitioner. The evidence must demonstrate a special connection between the student’s needs and the school.
4) Proximity to the Student’s home, with those living nearer being given the higher priority. The distance is measured between a student’s permanent address and the school in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a point de ned as within the school as speci ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school site is used for everybody
Where learners have achieved better result than the predicted grades they will be considered based on the grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places that become available as a result of other learners failing to meet the required entry levels.
Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an application for a place be refused, by writing to The Clerk to the Governors, care of the school.
229 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Sir Roger Manwood’s Headteacher: Mr L J Hunter, M.A . School Admissions Contact Name: Mrs J Baddeley Type of School: Secondary, Academy Grammar, Mixed Manwood Road, Sandwich, CT13 9JX Tel: 01304 613286 Age Range: 11-18 Day and Boarding Pupils Fax: 01304 615336 Specialisms: Languages, Mathematics and Computing E-mail: admissions @srms.kent.sch.uk [email protected] Published Admission No: 150 LA No: 886 DFE No: 5428 www.srms.kent.sch.uk Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 433 Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 150 Expected number on roll: 960
To access general information about the school, applies equally to children who immediately after being including annual school achievement and attainment looked after by the local authority become subject to an tables, recent school inspection reports and adoption, residence or special guardianship order. (As uniform policy, please contact the school or visit the de ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act school’s website. 2002 or Section 8 of 14A of the Children Act 1989).
Open Sessions: 2. Sibling on roll at the time of entry – In this context Open Morning: Monday 22nd,Tuesday 23rd and brother or sister means children who live as brother or Wednesday 24th September sister in the same house, including adopted siblings, The school will be open from 9.00am to 11.00am stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers or sisters. Headteacher will speak in the Hall at 10.15am 3. Children of sta at the school where a member of sta has been employed at the school for two or more years at Open Evening: Thursday 25th September 5.30- 7.30pm the time at which the application for admission was made Headteacher will speak in the Hall at 6.45pm and/or the member of sta is recruited to ll a vacant post for which there is a demonstrable skill shortage. Entry is through the Kent Assessment Procedure. 4. Nearness of child’s permanent home to school, with Oversubscription Criteria those living nearest being accorded the highest priority. Before applying the oversubscription criteria, eligible If in the event more than one applicant has the same pupils with a Statement of Special Educational Need or distance from home to school (as measured by the local an Education, Health and Care Plan which names the authority), then a random selection will be applied. The school will be admitted. As a result of this the published distance is measured between the child’s permanent admissions number will be reduced accordingly. There address and the school measure in a straight line using are places for 144 day places and 6 places for boarders; Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are if there are insu cient boarding applications when the measured from a point de ned as within the child’s home allocation of day places takes place, the school will ll to a similar point de ned within the school as speci ed up with day pupils If the number of preferences for the by Ordnance Survey. The school uses measurements school is more than the number of places available, provided by the LA. places will be allocated to eligible pupils in the following priority order; A block of ats has a single address point reference, so applicants living in the same block will be regarded as 1. Children in Local Authority Care – a child under the living the same distance away from the school. In the age of 18 years for whom the local authority provides event that two or more children live in the same block accommodation by agreement with their parents/ and in all other ways have equal eligibility for the last carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is available place at the school, the names will be issued a the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. This number and drawn randomly to decide which child should be given the place.
230 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
A child’s home address is considered to be a residential have a demonstrable and signi cant need to attend a property that is the child’s only main residence (not an particular school. Such claims will need to be supported address at which the child may sometimes stay or sleep) by written evidence from a suitably quali ed medical and which is either owned by the child’s parent, parents or other practitioner who can demonstrate a special or guardian or leased or rented to them under a lease or connection between these needs and a particular school. written rental agreement. Where partners live apart but share responsibility for the child, and the child lives at two Supplementary Form Required: No di erent addresses during the week, we will regard the home address as the one at which the child sleeps for the Waiting lists will be maintained up to January majority of week days. 2016 and will be ranked according to the above oversubscription criteria. Boarding There are places for 144 day pupils and up to 6 places for Sixth Form Admissions arrangements – boarders; if there are insu cient boarding applications The Published Admission Number for external candidates when the allocation of day places takes place, the school is 40 but this gure may be exceeded in the event that will ll up with day pupils this and the number of internal pupils transferring into Year 12 is less than the overall total gure for the year Entry is through the Kent age 11 assessment procedure group, which is 160. Priority will be given to existing if the child is resident in the UK. If not, pupils will pupils transferring from SRMS’s Year 11. be required to sit an English and Mathematics Test, set by the school, in order to assess suitability for In order to join Year 12 at SRMS an applicant must gain selective education. at least six GCSE examination passes at grade C or above including English Language and Mathematics, with at If the number of preferences for boarding is more than least a grade B in the subjects intending to be studied. the number of places available, places will be allocated in Where a student is choosing a subject which they did not the following priority order. study at GCSE (e.g. Psychology, Film Studies, Government and Politics), they must show evidence of academic 1. Children in Local Authority Care – a child under the strength at GCSE in related disciplines. age of 18 years for whom the local authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers The application of both internal and external applicants (Section 20 of the Children Act 1989) or who is the subject will be judged using predicted grades awarded by their of a care order under Part IV of the Act. current schools. SRMS will collect predicted grades from the schools of external applicants on application. All 2. Children of members of the UK Armed Forces or applicants whose predicted grades mark them out as children of families who have high mobility therefore being of the required academic standard will be invited qualify for Ministry of Defence nancial assistance. into school to have a discussion with a member of the school’s senior leadership about their future university 3. Sibling on roll at the time of entry – In this context and career plans, and to con rm their nal option choices. brother or sister means children who live as brother or sister in the same house, including adopted siblings, O ers and Appeals stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers or sisters. O ers will be made on the basis of predicted performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the 4. Those candidates for whom boarding is a social above grades are achieved in the nal examinations need. Examples of social need may be medical, health, prior to entry to the Sixth Form and the pupil’s 4 chosen social and special access reasons. All will be applied subjects being accommodated on the timetable, in in accordance with the school’s legal obligations, in feasible group sizes. particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will be given to those children whose health or physical All o ers made during Year 11 are conditional on pupils impairment means that they have a demonstrable and meeting the grade criteria speci ed and will only become signi cant need to attend a particular school. Equally this rm o ers upon con rmation of actual GCSE results.O er priority will apply to children whose parents’/guardians’ letters will be made before the end of May 2015. O ers physical or mental health or social needs mean that they
231 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
will be con rmed once the school has been noti ed of GCSE results in August 2015.
Where learners have achieved better results than the predicted grades they will be considered based on the grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places that become available as a result of other learners failing to meet the required entry levels.
Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an application for a place be refused, by writing to The Clerk to the Governors, care of the school. Late applications will be considered if places in appropriate subjects are still available after all other applicants have been considered.
A waiting list will be held, ranked according to the over-subscription criteria. Applications can be made via Kentchoices 4u or by one of our own application forms, which can be down loaded from the school website.
Transport Please note, schools no longer have a designated area from which transport will be provided. In most instances KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. Further information about exceptions to this rule can be found in the transport section of this book. For further information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport
232 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
The Sittingbourne Executive Headteacher: Mr J Whitcombe MA Community College Admissions Contact Name: Miss V Spring Type of School: Secondary, Academy, All Ability, Mixed Swanstree Avenue, Sittingbourne, ME10 4NL Tel: 01795 472449 Age Range: 11-18 Day Pupils Fax: 01795 470332 Specialisms: Creative & Performing Arts E-mail: [email protected] Published Admission No: 210 LA No: 886 DFE No: 4002 www.sittingbournecommunitycollege.org.uk Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 604 Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 210 Expected number on roll: 1270
To access general information about the school, b) Current Family Association – a brother or sister including annual school achievement and attainment attending the College when the child starts. In this tables, recent school inspection reports and context, brother or sister means children who live as uniform policy, please contact the school or visit the brother or sister in the same house, including natural school’s website. brothers or sisters, adopted siblings, step brothers or sisters and foster brothers and sisters. (If siblings from Open Sessions: multiple births – twins, triplets etc – apply for the College Open Evening: Thursday 02 October 2014, 6.00pm – and the College would reach its PAN after admitting one 8.30pm or more, but before admitting all of those siblings, the Headteacher’s Address: 6.15pm and 7.30pm College will o er a place to each of the siblings, even if doing so takes the College above its PAN). College Tours: Parental tours are available between 9.00am – 10.00am and 11.00am – 12.00pm daily from c) Health and Special Access Reasons – Medical / Health Monday 06 October to Friday 17 October 2014. Tours will and Special Access Reasons will be applied in accordance be limited to 25 people per tour and need to be booked with College’s legal obligations, in particular those under in advance via the College o ce on 01795 472449. the Equality Act 2010. Priority will be given to those children whose mental or physical impairment means Oversubscription Criteria they have a demonstrable and signi cant need to attend Before applying the oversubscription criteria, children the College. Equally this priority will apply to children with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an whose parents’/guardians’ physical or mental health or Education, Health and Care Plan which names the social need means there is a demonstrable and signi cant school will be admitted. As a result of this the published need for their child to attend the College. Such claims admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the will need to be supported by written evidence from a number of preferences for the school is more than the suitably quali ed medical or other practitioner who can number of places available, places will be allocated in the demonstrate a special connection between these needs following priority order – and the particular school. a) Looked After Children – a child under the age d) Nearness of children’s homes to the College – the of 18 years for whom the local authority provides distance is measured accommodation by agreement with their parents/ between the child’s permanent address and the College carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is in a straight line, using Ordnance Survey address point the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. This data. Distances are measured from a de ned point within applies equally to children who immediately after being the child’s home to a de ned point within the College as looked after by the local authority became subject to an speci ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on adoption, residence or special guardianship order. (As the College site is used for everybody. When applying the de ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act distance criterion, these straight line measurements are 2002 or Section 14A of the Children Act 1989). used to determine how close each applicant’s address is
233 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
to the College. The Collegel uses measurements provided Parents have a statutory right of appeal should an by the LA. application for a place be refused, by writing to The Clerk to the Governors, care of the school. Supplementary Form Required: NO Transport Waiting lists will be maintained up to January Please note, schools no longer have a designated area 2016 and will be ranked according to the above from which transport will be provided. In most instances oversubscription criteria. KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. Sixth Form Admissions arrangements – Further information about exceptions to this rule can be For Post 16 admissions, priority will be given to existing found in the transport section of this book. For further students transferring from Year 11. The PAN for external information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. candidates will be 50, but this gure may be exceeded in gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport the event that this, and the number of internal students transferring into Year 12, is less than the overall total gure for the year group, which is 175.
Students are admitted to the Post 16 Centre subject to the following: a) a formal application by student and parent and an academic guidance meeting to determine the courses to be studied
b) availability of a speci c course or combination of courses
c) minimum entry requirements for speci c courses: i) for Level 2 courses: 5 GCSEs at grade A*-G ii) for A/S and A2 levels: 5 GCSEs at grade C or above, including English Language and Mathematics and at least a grade C at GCSE in the same or a related subject iii) Level 3 BTEC National Diplomas: 5+ A*-C with a Merit in the subject to be studied
Where learners have achieved a better results than the predicted grades, they will be considered based on the grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places that become available as a result of other learners failing to meet the required entry levels.
Oversubscription Criteria In the case of oversubscription, the following criteria will apply in the order below:
a) children in the care of a local authority/previously in local authority care
b) students with a sibling living at the same address and attending the College at the time of entry
c) health and special access reasons d) nearness of children’s homes to the College
234 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Skinners’ Kent Principal: Mrs Sian Carr Academy Admissions Contact Name: Mrs Glynis Smith Type of School: Secondary, Academy, All Ability, Mixed Sandown Park, Tunbridge Wells, TN2 4PY Tel: 01892 534377 Age Range: 11-18 Day Pupils Fax: 01892 516203 Specialisms: Science & Engineering E-mail: [email protected] Published Admission No:180 LA No: 886 DFE No: 6916 www.skinnerskentacademy.org.uk Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 533 Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 180 Expected number on roll: 707
To access general information about the Academy, demonstrate a special connection between these needs including annual academy achievement and and the particular school. attainment tables, recent academy inspection reports and uniform policy, please contact the Academy or All correspondence will be treated as private visit the Academy’s website. and con dential
Open Sessions: c) Admission of students whose sibling attend the Thursday 2nd October 2014 -4-7:30pm Academy at the point of admission to Skinners’ Kent Principal’s presentation at 4:30pm & 6pm. Academy. (Note: In this context the term ‘sibling’ means Tours of Skinners’ Kent Academy during the working day children who live as brother or sister in the same house, are available each Tuesday and Thursday between 9th including natural brothers and sisters, adopted siblings, September and 23rd October at 10:00am -11:00am. Please stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers or sisters.) contact the Academy to book an appointment. d) Admission of students, on the basis of proximity to Oversubscription criteria the school using a straight line measurement. Distances Before applying the oversubscription criteria, children will be measured between the child’s permanent address with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an and the Academy using Ordnance Survey address point Education, Health and Care Plan which names the data. Distances are measured from a point within the school will be admitted. As a result of this the published child’s home to a point de ned within the Academy as admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the speci ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point number of preferences for the school is more than the on the Academy site is used for everybody. When we number of places available, places will be allocated in the apply the distance criteria for oversubscription, these following priority order- straight line measurements are used to determine how close each applicant’s home address is to the Academy. a) Looked after and previously looked after children . The Academy uses measurements provided by the local authority and further information on how distances b) Medical, health, social and special access reasons are calculated is available in the admissions booklets will be applied in accordance with the Academy’s legal provided by the local authority. obligations, in particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will be given to those children whose Supplementary Form Required: NO mental or physical impairment means they have a demonstrable and signi cant need to attend a particular Waiting lists will be maintained up to January school. Equally this priority will apply to children whose 2016 and will be ranked according to the above parents’/guardians’ physical or mental health or social oversubscription criteria. needs means that they have a demonstrable and signi cant need to attend a particular school. Such claims Sixth Form Admissions arrangements – will need to be supported by written evidence from a Admission criteria for Year 12 student admission to the suitably quali ed medical or other practitioner who can IBCC scheme (International Baccalaureate Career-related
235 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Certi cate) is set out below. The IBCC provides an exciting opportunity to attain a quali cation that focuses on the mix of practical and academic skills needed by students in the 21st century. IB courses are known to have a more learner centred approach and to produce enhanced applications to work and Higher Education courses. •The minimum entry requirement is 5 C’s at GCSE including English and Maths. Level 3 options may have a minimum set requirement and students must be prepared to meet this.
Priority will be given to existing Academy students transferring from Year 11. The PAN for external candidates will be 6 but this gure may be exceeded in the event that this together with the number of internal students transferring into Year 12 is less than required to provide an overall total gure for the year group of 30. In the event of over subscription, the criteria applied will be as de ned for Year 7 admission entry above.
Applications to join Year 12 should be made to the Skinners’ Kent Academy and via the UCAS Kent Choices 4U website. Current Year 11 Academy students and external students are required to make a formal application. Candidates will be invited to a meeting at the Academy to ensure that their choice of subjects is appropriate for the career path they wish to follow.
O ers and Appeals Where learners have achieved better results than the predicted grades they will be considered based on the grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places that become available as a result of other learners failing to meet the required entry levels.
Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an application for a place be refused, by writing to The Clerk to the Governors, c/o the Academy.
Transport Please note, schools no longer have a designated area from which transport will be provided. In most instances KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. Further information about exceptions to this rule can be found in the transport section of this book. For further information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport
236 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
The Skinners’ School Headmaster: Mr Edward Wesson St John’s Road, Tunbridge Wells, TN4 9PG Admissions Contact Name: Mrs Jenny Bishop Tel: 01892 520732 Type of School: Secondary, Academy, Grammar, Boys Fax: 01892 549356 E-mail: [email protected] Age Range: 11-18 Day Pupils www.skinners-school.co.uk Specialisms: Science, Mathematics and Computing Published Admission No: 150 LA No: 886 DCFE No: 5418 Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 599 Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 145 Expected number on roll: 910
To access general information about the school, who is the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. including annual school achievement and attainment This applies equally to children who immediately after tables, recent school inspection reports and being looked after by the local authority became subject uniform policy, please contact the school or visit the to an adoption, residence or special guardianship order. school’s website. (As de ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989). Open Sessions: Open Evening Thursday 2nd October 2014, 4.00pm – b) Applicants will be ranked according to their combined 8.00pm Kent test scores. Open Morning Tuesday 21st October 2014, 10.30am – 12.00pm (Yr6) c) In the case of two applicants of equal ability, preference Open Morning Wednesday 22nd October 2014, 10.30am will be given to the boy who lives closest to the School. – 12.00pm (Yr6) The school uses the distance between the child’s Open Morning Monday 29th June 2015, 10.30am – permanent home address and the school, measured in a 12.00pm (Yr5) straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Open Morning Tuesday 30th June 2015, 10.30am – Distances are measured from a point de ned as within 12.00pm (Yr5) the child’s home to a point de ned as within the school Open Morning Wednesday 1st July 2015, 10.30am – as speci ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point 12.00pm (Yr5) on the school site is used for everybody. The school uses measurements provided by the LA. Entry is through the Kent Assessment Procedure A pupil’s home address is considered to be a residential Oversubscription Criteria property that is the child’s only or main residence and not Before applying the oversubscription criteria, eligible an address at which the child might sometimes stay or boys with a Statement of Special Educational Need or sleep due to speci c domestic or special arrangements. an Education, Health and Care Plan which names the The address must be the pupil’s home address on the day school will be admitted. As a result of this the published the parent completed the application form and which admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the is either number of preferences for the school is more than the • owned by the child’s parent, parents or guardian, OR number of places available, places will be allocated to • leased to or rented by the child’s parent, parents or eligible boys in the following priority order – guardian under a lease or written rental agreement. a) Children in Local Authority Care, de ned as a child under the age of 18 years for whom the local authority If one parent lives separately from their partner but provides accommodation by agreement with their shares responsibility for the child, and the child lives at parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or two di erent addresses during the week, the school will
237 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
regard the home address as the one at which the child Over-subscription sleeps for the majority of weekdays. Following the admission of internal students transferring from Year 11 students, all remaining places A block of ats has a single address point reference, so will be allocated to learners who have met the entry applicants living in the same block will be regarded as requirements for the particular course of study. Where living the same distance away from the school. there are more learners seeking places than the number of places available, the oversubscription criteria above will In the unlikely event that two or more children live in the be applied to eligible students. same block and in all other ways have equal eligibility for the last available place at the school, the names will be After a place has been o ered the school issued a number and drawn randomly to decide which reserves the right to withdraw the place in the child should be given the place. following circumstances:
After a place has been o ered the school a. When the parent or learner has failed to respond to an reserves the right to withdraw the place in the o er within a reasonable time; or following circumstances: b. When a parent or learner has failed to notify the school 1. When a parent has failed to respond to an o er within of important changes to the application information; or a reasonable time; or c. The admission authority o ered the place on the basis 2. When a parent has failed to notify the school of of a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application important changes to the application information; or from the parent or learner.
3. The admission authority o ered the place on the basis O ers and Appeals of a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application O ers will be made on the basis of predicted from a parent. performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the above grades are achieved in the nal examinations prior to entry to the Sixth Form and the pupil’s 4 chosen Supplementary Form Required: No subjects being accommodated on the timetable, in feasible group sizes. Waiting lists will be maintained up to January 2016 and will be ranked according to the above All o ers made during Year 11 are conditional on pupils oversubscription criteria. meeting the grade criteria speci ed and will only become rm o ers upon con rmation of actual GCSE results. Sixth Form Admissions arrangements – O er letters will be made before the end of May 2015. Priority will be given to existing pupils transferring from O ers will be con rmed once the school has been Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. Admission noti ed of GCSE results in August 2015. to the Sixth Form will be as a result of applicants obtaining a minimum of 5 GCSE passes at grade B or Where learners have achieved better results than the above and B grades in their preferred AS subjects or predicted grades they will be considered based on the nearest equivalents. grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places that become available as a result of other learners failing The admission number for external candidates will be 1, to meet the required entry levels. but this gure may be exceeded in the event that this and the number of internal pupils transferring into Year Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an 12 is less than the overall gure for the year group, which application for a place be refused, by writing to The Clerk is 245. Those external candidates with the best academic to the Governors, care of the school. record at GCSE, whose subject option choices can be o ered, will be admitted. Late applications will be considered if places in appropriate subjects are still available after all other applicants have been considered.
238 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
A waiting list will be held, ranked according to the over- subscription criteria.
Transport Please note, schools no longer have a designated area from which transport will be provided. In most instances KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. Further information about exceptions to this rule can be found in the transport section of this book. For further information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport
239 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Spires Academy Executive Principal: Jane Robinson Bredlands Lane, Sturry, Canterbury, CT2 0HD Academy Principal: Nicki Mattin Tel: 01227 710392 Admissions Contact Name:Amanda Russell Fax: 01227 712370 E-mail: o [email protected] Type of School: Secondary, Academy, All Ability, Mixed www.spiresacademy.com Age Range:11-19 Day Pupils Specialisms: Business/Enterprise/Visual, Creative and Performing Arts Published Admission No: 120 LA No: 886 DFE No: 6911 Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 291 Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 118 Expected number on roll: 612
Opening Sessions: home address as the one at which the child sleeps for the Open Evening Tuesday 7th October 2014 at 6pm. majority of weekdays. Open mornings: Wednesday 8th, Thursday 9th and Friday 10th October 2014 at 9.15am-11am by appointment. Supplementary Form Required: No
Oversubscription Criteria Waiting lists will be maintained up to January Before applying the oversubscription criteria, children 2016 and will be ranked according to the above with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an oversubscription criteria. Education, Health and Care Plan which names the school will be admitted. As a result of this the published admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the Sixth Form Admissions arrangements – number of preferences for the school is more than the Priority will be given to existing pupils transferring from number of places available, places will be allocated in the Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria for the course they following priority order- wish to study. Typically this will be at least 5 good passes at GCSE including a minimum of a Grade C in the subject a) Looked After Children / Children in Local Authority area they wish to continue to study. Care. The admission number for external candidates will be 10, b) Admission of students whose siblings currently attend but this gure may be exceeded in the event that this and the school and who will continue to do so on the date of the number of internal pupils transferring into Year 12 is admission. less than the overall gure for the year group, which is 75.
c) Admission of students on the basis of proximity to Over-subscription the school using straight line measurement from the Following the admission of internal students transferring Academy to the child’s permanent home address. from Year 11, all remaining places will be allocated to A permanent home address is considered to be a learners who have met the entry requirements for the residential property that is the child’s only main residence particular course of study. Where there are more learners and not an address at which your child might sometimes seeking places than the number of places available, the stay or sleep due to your own domestic or special above oversubscription criteria will be applied in the arrangements. The address must be the child’s home order set out to rank pupils until the overall gure for the address on the day you completed your application year group is reached. form. If you live separately from your partner but share responsibility for your child and the child lives at two di erent addresses during the week, we will regard the
240 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
O ers and Appeals O ers will be made on the basis of predicted performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the above grades are achieved in the nal examinations prior to entry to the Sixth Form and the pupil’s 4 chosen subjects being accommodated on the timetable, in feasible group sizes.
All o ers made during Year 11 are conditional on pupils meeting the grade criteria speci ed for the course they wish to study and will only become rm o ers upon con rmation of actual GCSE results. O er letters will be made before the end of May 2015. O ers will be con rmed once the school has been noti ed of GCSE results in August 2015.
Where learners have achieved better results than the predicted grades they will be considered based on the grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places that become available as a result of other learners failing to meet the required entry levels.
Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an application for a place be refused, by writing to The Clerk to the Governors, care of the school.
Late applications will be considered if places in appropriate subjects are still available after all other applicants have been considered.
A waiting list will be held, ranked according to the over- subscription criteria.
Transport Please note, schools no longer have a designated area from which transport will be provided. In most instances KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. Further information about exceptions to this rule can be found in the transport section of this book. For further information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport
241 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Swadelands School Headteacher: Richard Baddeley Ham Lane, Lenham, Maidstone, ME17 2LL Admissions Contact Name: Mrs L Mears Tel: 01622 858267 E-mail: [email protected] Fax: 01622 850668 www.swadelands.kent.sch.uk Type of School: Secondary, Community, High, Mixed Age Range: 11-18 Day Pupils Specialisms: Sports College Published Admission No: 150 LA No: 886 DFE No: 4059 Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 396 Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 137 Expected number on roll: 750
To access general information about the school, Current Family Association - a brother or sister including annual school achievement and attainment attending the school when the child starts. In this context tables, recent school inspection reports and brother or sister means children who live as brother or uniform policy, please contact the school or visit the sister in the same house, including natural brothers or school’s website. sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers and sisters. Open Sessions: Open Evening: Thursday 25 September 2014 from 5 to Health and Special Access Reasons - Medical / Health 8pm Presentation in the main hall by Headteacher Mr and Special Access Reasons will be applied in accordance Richard Baddeley at 6pm and 7pm. with the school’s legal obligations, in particular those Open Mornings: By appointment only: Monday 29 under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will be given to September 2014, Tuesday 30 September and Wednesday those children whose mental or physical impairment 1 October from 9.15 to 12 noon each day. PLEASE means they have a demonstrable and signi cant need to TELEPHONE THE NUMBER ABOVE TO BOOK A TOUR attend a particular school. Equally this priority will apply Easy access from Ashford and Maidstone area – Train to children whose parents’/guardians’, physical or mental Station is 5 minutes from school. health or social need means there is a demonstrable and signi cant need for their child to attend a particular school. Such claims will need to be supported by written Oversubscription Criteria evidence from a suitably quali ed medical or other Before applying the oversubscription criteria, children practitioner who can demonstrate a special connection with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an between these needs and the particular school. Education, Health and Care Plan which names the school will be admitted. As a result of this the published Nearness of children’s homes to school – The distance admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the between the child’s permanent home address and the number of preferences for the school is more than the school is measured in a straight line using Ordnance number of places available, places will be allocated in the Survey address point data. Distances are measured from following priority order – a point de ned as within the child’s home to a point de ned as within the school as speci ed by Ordnance Children in Local Authority Care or Previously in Survey. The same address point on the school site is used Local Authority Care – a child under the age of 18 years for everybody. When we apply the distance criterion for for whom the local authority provides accommodation an oversubscribed Community or Voluntary Controlled by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of school, these straight line measurements are used to the Children Act 1989) or who ceased to be so because determine how close each applicant’s address is to the they became subject to an adoption, residence or special school. guardianship order under Part IV of the Act. In the event of any of the above criteria being oversubscribed, priority will be given based on distance
242 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
as described above with those closest being given higher grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places priority. In the unlikely event that two or more children in that become available as a result of other learners failing all other ways have equal eligibility for the last available to meet the required entry levels. place at the school, the names will be issued a number and drawn randomly to decide which child should be Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an given the place. application for a place be refused, by writing to The Clerk If siblings from multiple births (twins, triplets, etc) apply to the Governors, care of the school. for a school and the school would reach its Published Admission Number (PAN) after admitting one or more, Late applications will be considered if places in but before admitting all of those siblings, the LA will o er appropriate subjects are still available after all other a place to each of the siblings, even if doing so takes the applicants have been considered. school above its PAN. A waiting list will be held, ranked according to the over- Supplementary Form Required: NO subscription criteria.
Waiting lists will be maintained up to January Transport 2016 and will be ranked according to the above Please note, schools no longer have a designated area oversubscription criteria. from which transport will be provided. In most instances KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where Admission to the Sixth Form this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. Admission to the Sixth Form will be as a result of Further information about exceptions to this rule can be applicants obtaining a minimum of FIVE GCSE passes at found in the transport section of this book. For further grade A*-C or above including English and Maths, and information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. target grades in their preferred AS subjects or nearest gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport equivalents to continue on to Year 13.
The admission number for external candidates will be 25, but this gure may be exceeded in the event that this and the number of internal pupils transferring into Year 12 is less than the overall gure for the year group, which is 55.
Oversubscription criteria This is the same as younger year groups – please see details above.
O ers and Appeals O ers will be made on the basis of predicted performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the above grades are achieved in the nal examinations prior to entry to the Sixth Form and the pupil’s 4 chosen subjects being accommodated on the timetable, in feasible group sizes.
All o ers made during Year 11 are conditional on pupils meeting the grade criteria speci ed and will only become rm o ers upon con rmation of actual GCSE results. O er letters will be made before the end of May 2015. O ers will be con rmed once the school has been noti ed of GCSE results in August 2015.
Where learners have achieved better results than the predicted grades they will be considered based on the
243 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Thamesview School Headteacher: Mr H Ingham Thong Lane, Gravesend, DA12 4LF Admissions Contact Name: Miss Hayley Evans Tel: 01474 566552 Type of School: Secondary, Foundation, High, Mixed Fax: 01474 537405 E-mail: [email protected] Age Range: 11-16 Day Pupils www.thamesview.kent.sch.uk Specialisms: Business and Enterprise Published Admission No: 150 LA No: 886 DFE No: 5407 Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 456 Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 150 Expected number on roll: 750
To access general information about the school, 2. Current Family Association – a brother or sister in the including annual school achievement and attainment same school at the time of entry. In this context brother tables, recent school inspection reports and or sister means children who live as brother or sister in the uniform policy, please contact the school or visit the same house, including natural brothers or sisters, adopted school’s website. siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brother's and sisters Open Sessions: Open Evening:Thursday 16th October 2014 – 6.00- 3. Health and Special Access Reasons – Medical, health, 9.00pm social and special access reasons will be applied in accordance with the school’s legal obligations, in Open mornings:Monday 13th and Tuesday 14th particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will October 2014 – 9.00am. Please telephone reception to be given to those children whose mental or physical book a place. impairment means they have a demonstrable and signi cant need to attend a particular school. Equally this Oversubscription Criteria priority will apply to children whose parents’/guardians’ Before applying the oversubscription criteria, children physical or mental health or social needs mean that with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an they have a demonstrable and signi cant need to Education, Health and Care Plan which names the attend a particular school. Such claims will need to be school will be admitted. As a result of this the published supported by written evidence from a suitably quali ed admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate number of preferences for the school is more than the a special connection between these needs and number of places available, places will be allocated in the Thamesview School. following priority order – 4. The nearness of children’s home to school. We use the 1. Children in Local Authority Care or previously in Local distance between the child’s permanent residence and Authority Care– a child under the age of 18 years for the school, measured in a straight line using Ordnance whom the local authority provides accommodation by Survey address point data. Distances are measures from agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the a de ned point within the child’s home to a de ned Children Act 1989) or who is the subject of a care order point within the school as speci ed by Ordnance Survey. under Part IV of the Act. This applies equally to children (Distances are provided by the LA). who immediately after being looked after by the local authority became subject to an adoption, residence or A pupil’s home address is considered to be a residential special guardianship order. (As de ned by Section 46 of property that is the child’s only or main residence and not the Adoption and Children Act 2002 or Section 8 or 14A an address at which your child might sometimes stay or of the Children Act 1989) sleep due to your own domestic or special arrangements.
The address must be the pupil’s home address on the day you completed your application form and which is either:
244 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
•Owned by the child’s parent, parents or guardian, •Leased to or rented by the child’s parent, parents or guardian under a lease or written rental agreement.
If you live separately from your partner but share responsibility for your child, and the child lives at two di erent addresses during the week, we will regard the home address as the one at which the child sleeps for the majority of weekdays.
If the last pupil to be o ered a place within Thamesview School’s published admission number (PAN) is a multiple birth or same cohort sibling, any further sibling will be admitted, if the parents so wish, even though this may raise the intake number above the school’s PAN. The PAN will remain unchanged so that no other pupil will be admitted until a place becomes available within the PAN.
In a tie breaker situation the nearness of an applicant’s home to school will be the decider. In the event more than one applicant has the same distance from home to school (as measured by the local authority) then a random selection will be applied.
Supplementary Form Required: No
Waiting lists will be maintained up to January 2016 will be ranked according to the above oversubscription criteria.
Sixth Form Admissions arrangements N/A
Transport Please note, schools no longer have a designated area from which transport will be provided. In most instances KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. Further information about exceptions to this rule can be found in the transport section of this book. For further information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport
245 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Tonbridge Grammar Headteacher: Rosemary Joyce School Admissions Contact Name: Melanie Gailey Type of School: Secondary, Academy, Grammar, Girls Deakin Leas, Tonbridge, TN9 2JR Tel: 01732 365125 Age Range: 11-18 Day Pupils Fax: 01732 359417 Specialisms: Mathematics and Computing, Modern Foreign E-mail: [email protected] Languages www.tgs.kent.sch.uk Published Admission No: 150 LA No: 886 DFE No: 5443 Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 619 Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 173 Expected number on roll: 1076
To access general information about the school, 2.1 a girl’s ability as indicated by her combined score in including annual school achievement and attainment the age eleven assessment. tables, recent school inspection reports and uniform policy, please contact the school or visit the 2.2 in the case of the above not determining a place, school’s website. then proximity to the School will determine the place.
Open Sessions 3. Girls with a selective assessment resident outside of Thursday 9th October Open Morning 9.30am-midday these areas can be Thursday 23rd October Open Morning 9.30am-midday considered for 35 Governor places according to Thursday 23rd October Open Evening 5.30-8.30pm the following:
Entry is through the Kent Assessment Procedure. 3.1 a girl’s ability as indicated by her combined score in the age eleven assessment. Oversubscription Criteria Before applying the oversubscription criteria, eligible 3.2 in the case of the above not determining a place, girls with a Statement of Special Educational Need or then proximity to the School will determine the place. an Education, Health and Care Plan which names the school will be admitted. As a result of this the published If there are insu cient candidates in category 3 by the admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the published date that the Local Authority sends o er letters number of preferences for the school is more than the to parents on behalf of all admissions authorities then number of places available, places will be allocated to surplus places will be o ered to those in categories 2.1 eligible girls in the following priority order- and 2.2. More than 35 Governor places will be o ered only if there are insu cient applicants in categories 2.1 1. In accordance with the School Admissions Code of and 2.2 by the published date. Practice, looked after and previously looked after children who nominate Tonbridge Grammar School on the Notes: preference SCAF form and who have been awarded a 1 Children in Local Authority Care - a child under the selective assessment in the age eleven tests, will be given age of 18 years for whom the local authority provides priority over all other applicants. accommodation by agreement with their parents/ carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is 2. Girls with a selective assessment resident in any of the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. This the following three local council areas for Council Tax applies equally to children who immediately after being purposes - Tonbridge & Malling Borough, Tunbridge Wells looked after by the local authority became subject to an Borough and Sevenoaks District – will be considered adoption, residence or special guardianship order. (As according to the following: de ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989).
246 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
2. Proximity – the school uses measurements provided after Children’. The total number of places available will by the LA and further information on how distances are depend upon the combinations of courses applied for. calculated is available in the Admissions Booklet provided by the LA: we use the distance between the child’s Applications for places will be considered on receipt of permanent home address and the school, measured in a the completed application form. Applications should straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. be received at the School by 7th December for entry to Distances are measured from a point de ned as within the Sixth Form the following September. In exceptional the child’s home to a point de ned as within the school circumstances the School will consider applications from as speci ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point prospective students at other times. Every applicant will on the school site is used for everybody. be invited to a guidance meeting to review their course choice selection, prior to an o er of a place being made. 3. Home - a pupil’s home address is considered to be This meeting is purely advisory for the student and will a residential property that is the child’s only or main not form part of decisions regarding o ers. residence and not an address at which your child might sometimes sleep due to your own domestic or special Conditional o ers will be determined by receipt of arrangements. The address must be the pupil’s home con rmation of predicted GCSE grades from the current address as submitted to the Local Authority in accordance school, and Tonbridge Grammar School’s ability to with the Co-ordinated Scheme and which is either owned accommodate subject choice combinations. by the children’s parent, parents or guardian, OR leased to or rented by the child’s parent, parents or guardian under All candidates should be capable of studying a full post a lease or written rental agreement. If you live separately 16 academic programme of study o ered by Tonbridge from your partner but share responsibility for your child, Grammar School and have demonstrated their aptitude and the child lives at two di erent addresses during the for their chosen subjects by achieving the required GCSE week, we will regard the home address as the one at grade for each subject. Con rmation of places will be which the child sleeps for the majority of weekdays. dependent upon achievement of the grades advised at the time of o er. 4. Distance in relation to a block of ats – A block of ats has a single address point reference, so applicants The minimum requirement for entry to the Sixth Form living in the same block will be regarded as living the is at least three subjects at GCSE Grade A or above and same distance away from the school. In the unlikely event a further three subjects at GCSE Grade B or above. All that two or more children live in the same block and in candidates should have GCSE Grade B or above (or their all other ways have equal eligibility for the last available equivalent) in English and Mathematics and at least place at the school, the names will be issued a number one Science. and drawn randomly to decide which child should be given the place. Candidates are expected to achieve at least a Grade A in the subjects they wish to study at IB Higher and at least a Supplementary Form Required: No B grade for subjects they wish to study at IB Standard. Full details of the speci c grade requirements for individual Waiting lists will be maintained up to January subjects are published annually in the School’s Sixth Form 2016 and will be ranked according to the above Prospectus which can be downloaded from the website. oversubscription criteria. www.tgs.kent.sch.uk
Sixth Form Admissions arrangements – Candidates wishing to take up a new subject in the Tonbridge Grammar School o ers an International Sixth Form are expected to meet the minimum GCSE Baccalaureate curriculum in the Sixth Form. requirements for that subject as published annually in the school’s prospectus. Candidates for entry to the Sixth Form may be in Year 11 at Tonbridge Grammar School or students (female or All Sixth Form courses last for two years and applicants male) following GCSE courses at other schools. are expected to commit themselves in good faith to remaining for the full duration of the course. A minimum of 40 places will be o ered annually to external candidates. First priority will be given to ‘Looked
247 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Where a prospective Sixth Form student has not satis ed the academic entry requirements outlined above, either through illness or lack of opportunity (because she/he was educated in a di erent country obtaining di erent quali cations), the School may consider their performance in a supplementary written test in English and Mathematics and/or the subject(s) that she/he wishes to study as well as supporting evidence provided by the student’s current teacher(s) con rming that she/he is capable of bene ting from the School’s 16+ programme.
Where an appropriate programme can be o ered following take up by existing o er holders, students not holding an o er based on their predicted grades who subsequently go on to achieve the required grades on GCSE results day will be re-considered.
Parents have a statutory right of appeal, and details are available from the School.
Following the admission of internal students transferring from TGS Year 11, all remaining places will be allocated to learners who have met the entry requirement for their particular course of study.’ Where there are more learners seeking places than the number of places available, the oversubscription criteria above will be applied to eligible students.
After a place has been o ered the school reserves the right to withdraw the place in the following circumstances: • when a parent has failed to respond to an offer within a reasonable time; or •..when a parent has failed to notify the school of important changes to the application information; or • the admission authority offered the place on the basis of a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application from a parent.
Transport Please note, schools no longer have a designated area from which transport will be provided. In most instances KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. Further information about exceptions to this rule can be found in the transport section of this book. For further information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport
248 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Towers School Principal: Richard Billings Faversham Road, Kennington, Ashford, Admissions Contact Name: Natalie Taylor TN24 9AL Type of School: Secondary, Academy, Comprehensive, Mixed Tel: 01233 634171 Fax: 01233 628326 Age Range: 11-18 Day Pupils E-mail: [email protected] Published Admission No: 243 LA No: 886 DFE No: 4196 www.towers.kent.sch.uk Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 446 Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 120 Expected number on roll: 1250
To access general information about the school, siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers including annual school achievement and attainment and sisters. tables, recent school inspection reports and uniform policy, please contact the school or visit the If siblings from multiple births (twins, triplets, etc) apply school’s website. for a school and the school would reach its Published Admission Number (PAN) after admitting one or more, Open Sessions: but before admitting all of those siblings, the LA will o er Open Day: Saturday 4th October (10am-12noon) a place to each of the siblings, even if doing so takes the Open Evening: Monday 6th October (5.00pm-7.30pm) school above its PAN. Open Mornings: Tuesday 7th – Friday 10th October (9.00am-11.00am) – please contact the school directly for •Health and Special Access Reasons - Medical / Health an appointment. and Special Access Reasons will be applied in accordance with the school’s legal obligations, in particular those Oversubscription Criteria under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will be given to Before applying the oversubscription criteria, children those children whose mental or physical impairment with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an means they have a demonstrable and signi cant need to Education, Health and Care Plan which names the attend a particular school. Equally this priority will apply school will be admitted. As a result of this the published to children whose parents’/guardians’, physical or mental admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the health or social need means there is a demonstrable number of preferences for the school is more than the and signi cant need for their child to attend a particular number of places available, places will be allocated in the school. Such claims will need to be supported by written following priority order- evidence from a suitably quali ed medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate a special connection •Children in Local Authority Care –a child under the between these needs and the particular school. age of 18 years for whom the local authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/ •Children who live nearer to Towers School than any other carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is maintained non selective secondary school or academy – the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. This Children will be ranked according to the distance from applies equally to children who immediately after being their home to the Towers with those living closest being looked after by the local authority become subject to an ranked highest. We use the distance between the child’s adoption, residence or special guardianship order. (As permanent home address and the school, measured in a de ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989) Distances are measured from a point de ned as within the child’s home to a point de ned as within the school •Current Family Association - a brother or sister attending as speci ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point the school when the child starts. In this context brother or on the school site is used for everybody sister means children who live as brother or sister in the same house, including natural brothers or sisters, adopted •Children who live nearer to any other maintained non selective
249 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
secondary school or academy than Towers School rm o ers upon con rmation of actual GCSE results. O er – Children for whom Towers is not their nearest non letters will be made before the end of May 2015. O ers selective secondary school or academy will be ranked will be con rmed once the school has been noti ed of according to the distance from their home to Towers GCSE results in August 2015. with those living closest being ranked highest. We use the distance between the child’s permanent home Where learners have achieved better results than the address and the school, measured in a straight line using predicted grades they will be considered based on the Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places measured from a point de ned as within the child’s home that become available as a result of other learners failing to a point de ned as within the school as speci ed by to meet the required entry levels. Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school site is used for everyone. Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an application for a place be refused, by writing to The Clerk Supplementary Form Required: NO to the Governors, care of the school.
Waiting lists will be maintained up to January Late applications will be considered if places in 2016 and will be ranked according to the above appropriate subjects are still available after all other oversubscription criteria. applicants have been considered.
Sixth Form Admissions arrangements A waiting list will be held, ranked according to the over- Admission to the Sixth Form for the Level 3 Pathway subscription criteria. will be as a result of applicants obtaining a minimum of 5 GCSE passes (including English) at grade C or Transport above and C grades in their preferred AS subjects or Please note, schools no longer have a designated area nearest equivalents. from which transport will be provided. In most instances KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where The admission number for external candidates will be 60, this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. but this gure may be exceeded in the event that this and Further information about exceptions to this rule can be the number of internal students transferring into Year 12 found in the transport section of this book. For further is less than the overall gure for the year group, which information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. is 220. gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport
Over-subscription Following the admission of internal students transferring from Year 11, all remaining places will be allocated to learners who have met the entry requirements for the particular course of study. Where there are more learners seeking places than the number of places available, the above oversubscription criteria will be applied in the order set out to rank pupils until the overall gure for the year group is reached.
O ers and Appeals O ers will be made on the basis of predicted performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the above grades are achieved in the nal examinations prior to entry to the Sixth Form and the pupil’s 4 chosen subjects being accommodated on the timetable, in feasible group sizes.
All o ers made during Year 11 are conditional on pupils meeting the grade criteria speci ed and will only become
250 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Trinity School, Headteacher: Matthew Tate Sevenoaks Admissions Contact Name: Kate Hockey Type of School: Christian Free School. Secondary, All Ability, Mixed Address: Ryedale Court, London Road, Sevenoaks, TN13 2DN Age Range: Currently year 7 and 8 Tel: 01732 469111 Published Admission No: 120 LA No: 886 DFE No: 4006 E-mail: o [email protected] www.trinitysevenoaks.org.uk Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2013: 379 Number of places o ered 1 March 2013: 120 Expected number on roll: 240
To access general information about the school, c) Distance from the school, with the closest homes being including annual school achievement and attainment allocated rst. tables, recent school inspection reports and uniform policy, please contact the school or visit the 3. The remaining places will then be allocated without school’s website. reference to faith, ranked as follows: Open Sessions Open Mornings from 10.00 – 12 noon d) Students with siblings on roll at the time that the on 25th, 26th, 29th, 30th Sept applicant will join the 1st &, 6th Oct and Open Evening on 7th October from school 6pm – 9pm. Other times available by appointment, please contact the e) Distance from the school, with the closest homes school directly. being allocated rst.
Enrichment Day – Saturday 27 September, for Year 5 In the event that distance from school results in several pupils. Places are limited please contact the school students eligible for the last place, then the last place will to book. be allocated by ballot of those equidistant students. The ballot will be overseen by someone independent of Oversubscription Criteria the school. Before applying the oversubscription criteria, children with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an In the event that the last student admitted by distance Education, Health and Care Plan which names the is a twin or of multiple birth, then they would both school will be admitted. As a result of this the published be admitted. admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the number of preferences for the school is more than the number of places available, places will be allocated in the Supplementary Form Required: Yes, if applying for following priority order – a Faith place. This form should be returned direct to the school, a CAF form must also be completed and send 1.Looked after and previously looked after children. directly to KCC Admissions Team.
2. Faith places Waiting lists will be maintained up to January 2016 and will be ranked according to the above a) Up to 50% of the remaining places will be allocated to oversubscription criteria. students from families attached to a Christian church, ranked as follows: Sixth Form Admissions arrangements: Not applicable for 2015 b) Students with siblings on roll at the time that the applicant will join the school
251 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Transport Please note, schools no longer have a designated area from which transport will be provided. In most instances KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. Further information about exceptions to this rule can be found in the transport section of this book. For further information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport
252 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Tunbridge Wells Girls’ Headteacher: Mrs L Wybar Grammar School Admissions Manager: Mrs L Stewart-Smith Type of School: Secondary, Foundation, Grammar, Girls South eld Road, Tunbridge Wells, TN4 9UJ Tel: 01892 520902 Age Range: 11-18 Day Pupils Fax: 01892 536497 Specialisms: Music with English E-mail: [email protected] www.twggs.kent.sch.uk Published Admission No: 140 LA No: 886 DCSF No: 4043 Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 462 Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 140 Expected number on roll: 1016
To access general information about the school, subject to an adoption, residence or special guardianship including annual school achievement and attainment order. (As de ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and tables, recent school inspection reports and Children Act 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children uniform policy, please contact the school or visit the Act 1989). school’s website. 2a. Eligible girls living within the parishes/towns as Open Sessions: de ned in criterion 3 who have a sister who will still be Wednesday 24th September 2014 - Open Evening attending the school when the applicant joins. 5.30pm - 8.30pm - Headteacher speaks at 6.30pm and 7.30pm. 2b. However, applicants with a sister who both attended Thursday 9th October 2014 - 6th Form TWGGS and lived outside of these parishes/towns Open Evening (criterion 3) on 31st March 2010, and who have a sister 6pm who will still be attending the school when the applicant Thursday 16th October 2014 - Open Morning joins, will also be eligible for this sibling priority. 11am - 12.30pm - Headteacher speaks at 12noon In the contexts of 2a and 2b, sister means girls who live Tuesday 7th July 2015 – Year 5 Tour Morning as sisters in the same house, including natural sisters, 11am - 12.30pm adopted siblings, stepsisters and foster sisters.
Entry is through the Kent Assessment Procedure. 3. Eligible girls living within the following parishes/towns; Bidborough, Brasted, Chevening, Chiddingstone, Oversubscription Criteria Cowden, Dunton Green, Edenbridge town, Hadlow, Before applying the oversubscription criteria, eligible Halsted, Hever, Hildenborough, Ightham, Kemsing, girls with a Statement of Special Educational Need or Knockholt, Leigh, Otford, Pembury, Penshurst, Plaxtol, an Education, Health and Care Plan which names the Riverhead, Seal, Sevenoaks town, Sevenoaks Weald, school will be admitted. As a result of this the published Shipbourne, Shoreham, Southborough, Speldhurst, admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the Sundridge, Tonbridge town, Royal Tunbridge Wells town, number of preferences for the school is more than the Westerham. number of places available, places will be allocated to eligible girls in the following priority order – 4. Distance from home to school, determined by straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data, 1. Eligible girls in Local Authority Care or previously in with those eligible girls living nearest being accorded Local Authority Care – highest priority. The school uses measurements provided a child under the age of 18 years for whom the Local by the LA and further information on how distances Authority provides accommodation by agreement with are calculated (including for ats) is available in the their parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) Admissions to Secondary School Booklet provided by or who is subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. the LA. This applies equally to children who immediately after being looked after by the local authority become the
253 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
If, in the event, more than one applicant has the same We can only accept one current home address on distance from home to school (as measured by the local the Secondary Common Application Form. If you live authority), then a random selection will be applied. In separately from your partner but share responsibility for the event that the nal place o ered from the ranked list your child, and the child lives at two di erent addresses falls to a pupil of a multiple birth, the school will o er a during the week, we will regard the home address as the place to each of these children who have met the over- one at which the child sleeps for the majority of nights in subscription criteria. each week.
5. Governors’ Places (14) to be o ered to those girls living The o er of a place may be withdrawn if proof of in the parishes as de ned in criterion 3 who would not residency is not met. otherwise be o ered a place, who scored highest in the age 11 Kent test, places determined by combined rank Supplementary Form Required: No order. In the case of a tie for Governors’ places, criterion 4 would be applied. Waiting lists will be maintained up to January 2016 and will be ranked according to the above With reference to oversubscription criteria 2 – 5, please oversubscription criteria. refer to Appendix 2 regarding residency. Sixth Form Admissions arrangements After a place has been o ered, the school Priority will be given to existing pupils transferring reserves the right to withdraw the place in the from Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. The PAN following circumstances: for external candidates will be 20 but this gure may be exceeded in the event that this and the number of 1. When a parent has failed to respond to an o er within internal pupils transferring into Year 12 is less than the a reasonable time; or overall total gure for the year group, which is 160.
2. When a parent has failed to notify the school of Open Evening important changes to the application information; or Pupils will be invited to a Sixth Form Open Evening before the October holiday 2014. 3. if the Admission Authority had o ered the place on the basis of a fraudulent or intentionally misleading Applications application from a parent. Pupils wishing to apply for entry to the Sixth Form must complete an application form that should be returned Appendix 2 – This relates to all over to the school by a speci c date in October 2014, to subscription criteria. be publicised at the Open Evening and on the school Home Address website in autumn 2014. (Please contact the school in We will accept as a pupil’s address the residential property case of queries.) The application form, available from the that is the child’s only or main residence, not an School Admission’s O ce, will allow applicants to express address at which your child may sometimes stay or sleep the AS subjects they wish to take at AS Level. Predicted due to your own domestic arrangements. It will be either: GCSE grades will be sought from the current schools of all • owned by the child’s parent, parents or guardian; or external applicants and all applicants will be invited into • leased to or rented by the child’s parent, parents or TWGGS for an informal tour of the school, where there guardian under a lease or written rental agreement. will be an opportunity to discuss their course choices. Evidence of ownership or rental agreement may be required, plus proof of the child’s permanent Entrance Criteria residency at the property concerned. The Governing Pupils entering the Sixth Form will be expected to have Body reserves the right to check information given on attained an average GCSE point score of at least 276 from the application form. If any information given on the their top 6 GCSE subjects (please see Appendix 4 for GCSE form is found to be incorrect, or if you fail to notify us point scores), including a minimum of a B grade in English of important changes in the information, the o er of a and Mathematics. All pupils are routinely expected to school place can be withdrawn. achieve at least an A grade in the subjects they wish to pursue at AS Level (or related subjects, as agreed by the school). In addition, pupils wishing to take Art or Design
254 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Technology will be expected to submit a portfolio of Tunbridge Wells Girls’ Grammar School, South eld Road, artwork and pupils wishing to take Music will be expected Tunbridge Wells, Kent TN4 9UJ (01892-520902). to have reached at least Grade 5 in their instrument or voice. Late Applications and Waiting List Late applications will be considered if places in O ers will be made on the basis of predicted appropriate subjects are still available after all other performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the applicants have been considered. above grades are achieved in the nal examinations A waiting list will be held, ranked according to the over- prior to entry to the Sixth Form and the pupil’s 4 chosen subscription criteria. subjects being accommodated on the timetable, with no group size exceeding its maximum number of pupils. Pupils achieving better than predicted grades In this case, a pupil should contact the school urgently All o ers made during Year 11 are conditional on pupils on, or soon after, GCSE Results’ Day in August, and her meeting the grade criteria speci ed and will only become application will be re-considered in the light of her rm o ers upon con rmation of actual GCSE results. achieved grades. In the event of over-subscription, priority will be given as identi ed before. Over-subscription Criteria Internal Candidates Transport All pupils who are currently at TWGGS in Year 11 will Please note, schools no longer have a designated area have priority, providing they have met the minimum from which transport will be provided. In most instances grades required. KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. External Candidates Further information about exceptions to this rule can be In the event of over-subscription, priority will be given to found in the transport section of this book. For further those who ful l the information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. entrance criteria, in the following order: gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport
1. Eligible girls in Local Authority Care – a child under the age of 18 years for whom the Local Authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act.
2. External applicants who are likely to achieve the highest academic grades based on GCSE predictions from their current school
Appendix 4 GCSE GRADE POINTS A* 58 A 52 B 46 C 40 D 34 E 28 F 22 G 16
F. O ers and Appeals O er letters will be made before the end of May 2015. O ers will be con rmed once the school has been noti ed of GCSE results in August 2015. Parents have a statutory right to an independent appeal, should an application be refused, and they can make an appeal by writing to The Clerk to the Governors,
255 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Tunbridge Wells Headteacher: Mr J G Harrison Grammar School for Admissions Contact Name: Mrs K Bamblett, PA to Headteacher Type of School: Secondary, Community, Grammar, Boys Boys Age Range: 11-18 Day Pupils St John’s Road, Tunbridge Wells, TN4 9XB Specialisms: Humanities Tel: 01892 529551 Tel: 01892 536833 Published Admission No: 180 LA No: 886 DFE No: 4045 E-mail: Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2013: 619 [email protected] www.twgsb.org.uk Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 180 Expected number on roll: 1330
To access general information about the school, Health and Special Access Reasons - Medical / Health including annual school achievement and attainment and Special Access Reasons will be applied in accordance tables, recent school inspection reports and with the school’s legal obligations, in particular those uniform policy, please contact the school or visit the under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will be given to school’s website. those children whose mental or physical impairment means they have a demonstrable and signi cant need to Open Sessions: attend a particular school. Equally this priority will apply Open Evening Monday 6th October 2014, 4pm to 8pm. to children whose parents’/guardians’, physical or mental Open days Friday 10th and Monday 13th October 2014, health or social need means there is a demonstrable Tours at 10.30am, 11.30am and 1:45pm and signi cant need for their child to attend a particular school. Such claims will need to be supported by written Entry is through the Kent assessment procedure evidence from a suitably quali ed medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate a special connection Oversubscription Criteria between these needs and the particular school. Before applying the oversubscription criteria, eligible boys with a Statement of Special Educational Need or Children who live within a 3 mile radius of the school an Education, Health and Care Plan which names the Children will be ranked according to the distance from school will be admitted. As a result of this the published their home to the Tunbridge Wells Grammar school for admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the Boys with those living closest being ranked highest. The number of preferences for the school is more than the distance is measured between the child’s permanent number of places available, places will be allocated to address and the school in a straight line using Ordnance eligible boys in the following priority order – Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a point within the child’s home to a similarly de ned point Children in Local Authority Care or Previously in Local within the school as speci ed by Ordnance Survey. Authority Care – a child under the age of 18 years for whom the local authority provides accommodation by Children who live in the named parishes below – Children agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the will be ranked according to the distance from their home Children Act 1989) or who ceased to be so because they to the Tunbridge Wells Grammar School for Boys with became subject to an adoption, residence or special those living closest being ranked highest. The distance guardianship order under Part IV of the Act. is measured between the child’s permanent address and the school in a straight line using Ordnance Survey Current Family Association - a brother or sister attending address point data. Distances are measured from a point the school when the child starts. In this context brother or within the child’s home to a similarly de ned point within sister means children who live as brother or sister in the the school as speci ed by Ordnance Survey. same house, including natural brothers or sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers and sisters.
256 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Bidborough Hildenborough Supplementary Form Required: NO Brasted Ightham Capel Knockholt Waiting lists will be maintained up to January 2016 and will be ranked according to the above Chevening Kemsing oversubscription criteria. Chiddingstone Leigh Cowden Otford Sixth Form Admissions arrangements Dunton Green Plaxtol Priority will be given to existing pupils transferring from Edenbridge Pembury Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. Admission to Hadlow Penshurst the Sixth Form will be as a result of applicants obtaining Halstead Riverhead a minimum of 6 GCSE passes at grade B or above and Hever Seal at least B grades in their preferred AS/A level subjects or nearest equivalents. Sevenoaks Sevenoaks Weald The admission number for external candidates will be up Shipbourne to 30, but this gure may be exceeded in the event that Shoreham this and the number of internal pupils transferring into Southborough Year 12 is less than the overall gure for the year group, which is 180. Speldhurst Sundridge Over-subscription Tonbridge Following the admission of internal students transferring Tunbridge Wells from Year 11, all remaining places will be allocated to Westerham learners who have met the entry requirements for the particular course of study. Where there are more learners Nearness of all other children’s homes to school – The seeking places than the number of places available, the distance between the child’s permanent home address above oversubscription criteria will be applied in the and the school is measured in a straight line using order set out to rank pupils until the overall gure for the Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are year group is reached. measured from a point de ned as within the child’s home to a point de ned as within the school as speci ed by O ers and Appeals Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school O ers will be made on the basis of predicted site is used for everybody. When we apply the distance performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the criterion for an oversubscribed Community or Voluntary above grades are achieved in the nal examinations Controlled school, these straight line measurements are prior to entry to the Sixth Form and the pupil’s 4 chosen used to determine how close each applicant’s address is subjects being accommodated on the timetable, in to the school. feasible group sizes. In the event of any of the above criteria being All o ers made during Year 11 are conditional on pupils oversubscribed, priority will be given based on distance meeting the grade criteria speci ed and will only become as described above with those closest being given higher rm o ers upon con rmation of actual GCSE results. priority. In the unlikely event that two or more children in O er letters will be made before the end of May 2015. all other ways have equal eligibility for the last available O ers will be con rmed once the school has been place at the school, the names will be issued a number noti ed of GCSE results in August 2015. and drawn randomly to decide which child should be given the place. Where learners have achieved better results than the predicted grades they will be considered based on the If siblings from multiple births (twins, triplets, etc) apply grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places for a school and the school would reach its Published that become available as a result of other learners failing Admission Number (PAN) after admitting one or more, to meet the required entry levels. but before admitting all of those siblings, the LA will o er a place to each of the siblings, even if doing so takes the school above its PAN.
257 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an application for a place be refused, by writing to The Clerk to the Governors, care of the school.
Late applications will be considered if places in appropriate subjects are still available after all other applicants have been considered.
A waiting list will be held, ranked according to the over- subscription criteria.
Transport Please note, schools no longer have a designated area from which transport will be provided. In most instances KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. Further information about exceptions to this rule can be found in the transport section of this book. For further information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport
258 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Ursuline College Headteacher: Mrs T Utton 225 Canterbury Road, Westgate-on-Sea, Admissions Contact Name: Mrs R Fagg CT8 8LX Type of School: Secondary, Catholic, Voluntary Aided, All Ability, Tel: 01843 834431 Mixed Fax: 01843 835365 E-mail: [email protected] Age Range: 11-18 Day Pupils www.ursuline.kent.sch.uk Specialisms: Sports College Published Admission No: 120 LA No: 886 DFE No: 4633 Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 471 Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 120 Expected number on roll: 765
To access general information about the school, 5. Children who are members of Eastern Orthodox including annual school achievement and attainment Churches. Evidence of Baptism will be required. tables, recent school inspection reports and uniform policy, please contact the school or visit the 6. Children of families who are members of other school’s website. Christian denominations that are part of Churches Together in England. Evidence of Baptism (or Dedication/ Open Sessions: Initiation or Membership of the faith) provided by a Saturday 4th October 2014 priest or minister of a designated place of worship will 9.30am – 1.00pm ( nal tour at 11.30am) be required.
Oversubscription Criteria 7. Children who are members of other faiths. Evidence Before applying the oversubscription criteria, children of membership of the faith provided by a priest, minister with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an or religious leader of a designated place of worship will Education, Health and Care Plan which names the be required. school will be admitted. As a result of this the published admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the 8. Any other children. number of preferences for the school is more than the number of places available, places will be allocated in the The following order of priorities will be applied when following priority order – applications within any of the above categories exceed the places available and it is necessary to decide between applications: 1. Looked After Catholic children or Looked After Children (children in Public Care) in the care of Catholic families I. The strength of evidence of commitment to the and previously looked after Catholic children who have faith as demonstrated by the level of the family’s Mass been adopted. attendance on Sundays. This evidence must be provided by the parents/carers and be endorsed by a priest at 2. Baptised Catholic children. Evidence of Baptism will the church(es) where the family normally worship. be required. Applications will be ranked in the order shown on the Supplementary Form; rstly those who attend Mass 3. Children enrolled in the catechumenate. Evidence of weekly, then once or twice a month etc. enrolment in the catechumenate will be required. II. The strength of evidence of commitment to the faith 4. Other Looked After Children (children in Public Care) as demonstrated by the level of the family’s attendance and other previously looked after children who have at the place of worship endorsed by a priest or minister been adopted. where the family normally worships.
259 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
III. A brother or sister on the school roll at the time of circumstance and professionally supported evidence (eg admission. Evidence of the relationship may be required. from an appropriate social worker). IV. Priority will be given to those who attend Thanet Catholic feeder schools (St Gregory’s Margate, St Joseph’s e) For children admitted in category 1, evidence of Broadstairs and St Ethelbert’s Ramsgate) over those membership of the Catholic faith on the part of the attending any other school. child – if available a Baptismal record – or of Catholic membership or practice on the part of one or both carers V. Health and Special Access Reasons – Medical, health, will be required. social and special access reasons will be applied in accordance with the school’s legal obligations, in f) ‘Catechumen’ means a member of the catechumenate particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will of a Catholic Church. This means they are under be given to those children whose mental or physical instruction in preparation for joining the Church. This will impairment means they have a demonstrable and normally be evidenced by a certi cate of reception into signi cant need to attend a particular school. Equally this the order of catechumens. priority will apply to children whose parents’/guardians’ physical or mental health or social needs mean that they g) ‘Eastern Christian Church’ includes Orthodox Churches have a demonstrable and signi cant need to attend a and is normally evidenced by a certi cate of baptism or particular school. Such claims will need to be supported reception from authorities of that Church. by written evidence from a Priest or a suitably quali ed medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate Supplementary Form Required: Yes a special connection between these needs and the particular school. Waiting lists will be maintained up to January 2016 and will be ranked according to the above VI. Proximity to the School from the Candidate’s home oversubscription criteria. address, the distance measured in a straight line from the School entrance by the Local Authority using Sixth Form Admissions arrangements – a Geographical Computerised Information System. Evidence of residence may be required. Where the last Entry requirements for courses: remaining place is to be allocated and two or more A level/Level 3 Btec Courses: 5+ GCSEs or equivalent at children are deemed to live at the same distance from the Grades A* - C in ve separate subjects school the place will be decided by the drawing of lots. Football scholarship: trials will be conducted in the summer term prior to starting the course. Notes a) Catholics include members of the Ordinariate and Internal applicants the Latin and Oriental Rite Churches that are in union Priority for places is given to students in Year 11 currently with the Bishop of Rome. Reference to other Christian on roll who meet the entry requirements for post-16 denominations refers to denominations that are full courses and who have submitted an on-line application members of Churches Together in England. form. All applicants will be invited to a Learning discussion with the Head of Sixth Form to discuss their b) A “brother or sister” means children who live as brother option choices. and sister including natural brothers or sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers or External applicants sisters. It would not include other relatives eg cousins. External applicants are required to complete an on-line Application form for a Sixth form place and be aware c) Home refers to the permanent home address at which of the Catholic ethos of the school as outlined above. the child lives for the majority of his/her time and with the All candidates will be invited to a Learning discussion parent who is in receipt of child bene t. to discuss their option choices and references will be called for from schools currently attended by applicants. d) Looked after children are those in the care of an In addition, if more applications are received than there authority and are in public care. Applications made are places available the Governors will allocate places in under this criterion must be accompanied by details of the same order as for entries into Year 7. The school aims to recruit no more than 120 students into Year 12 each
260 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
September. Application forms should be returned to the Transport Head of Sixth Form. Please note, schools no longer have a designated area from which transport will be provided. In most instances Oversubscription Criteria KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where Following the admission of internal students transferring this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. from Year 11, all remaining places will be allocated to Further information about exceptions to this rule can be learners who have met the entry requirements for the found in the transport section of this book. For further particular course of study. Where there are more learners information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. seeking places than the number of places available, the gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport above oversubscription criteria will be applied in the order set out to rank pupils until the overall gure for the year group is reached.
O ers and Appeals O ers will be made on the basis of predicted performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the above grades are achieved in the nal examinations prior to entry to the Sixth Form and the pupil’s 4 chosen subjects being accommodated on the timetable, in feasible group sizes.
All o ers made during Year 11 are conditional on pupils meeting the grade criteria speci ed and will only become rm o ers upon con rmation of actual GCSE results. O er letters will be made before the end of May 2015. O ers will be con rmed once the school has been noti ed of GCSE results in August 2015.
Where learners have achieved better results than the predicted grades they will be considered based on the grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places that become available as a result of other learners failing to meet the required entry levels.
Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an application for a place be refused, by writing to The Clerk to the Governors, care of the school.
Late applications will be considered if places in appropriate subjects are still available after all other applicants have been considered.
A waiting list will be held, ranked according to the over- subscription criteria.
261 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Valley Park School Headteacher: Mr V Ashdown Huntsman Lane, Maidstone, ME14 5DT Admissions Contact Name: Mrs L Cleaver Tel: 01622 679421 E-mail: [email protected] Fax: 01622 661671 www.valleypark.kent.sch.uk Type of School: Secondary, Academy, All Ability, Mixed Age Range: 11-18 Day Pupils Specialisms: Arts (Performing and Expressive) Published Admission No: 240 LA No: 886 DCSF No: 4249 Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 875 Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 240 Expected number on roll: 1400
To access general information about the school, b) Health and Special Access Reasons – Medical, including annual school achievement and attainment health, social and special access reasons will be applied tables, recent school inspection reports and in accordance with the school’s legal obligations, in uniform policy, please contact the school or visit the particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will school’s website. be given to those children whose mental or physical impairment means they have a demonstrable and For further information on our process of entry by signi cant need to attend a particular school. Equally this aptitude or to obtain an application form please contact priority will apply to children whose parents’/guardians’ the school directly or visit our school website. physical or mental health or social needs mean that they have a demonstrable and signi cant need to attend a Open Evening: particular school. Such claims will need to be supported Open Evening: Thursday 25th September 2014 by written evidence from a suitably quali ed medical Open Morning Tours: Monday 6th, Tuesday 7th, or other practitioner who can demonstrate a special Wednesday 8th, Thursday 9th October 2014. connection between these needs and the school. (Tours must be booked by appointment on or after the 25th September 2014 – times to be advised) c) Children who can demonstrate a special aptitude in either Music, Art or Performing Arts. Up to 24 places (10%) Oversubscription Criteria per year will be awarded on the basis. Prior to application Before applying the oversubscription criteria, children students will be invited into the school to have their with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an aptitude assessed by a panel composed of teachers at the Education, Health and Care Plan which names the school and external advisors. Aptitude in the three areas school will be admitted. As a result of this the published of specialism will be determined as follows. admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the number of preferences for the school is more than the Music number of places available, places will be allocated in the Aptitude in Music will be determined by performance to following priority order- the panel and any one or combination of:
a) Children in Local Authority Care – a child under the I. That he/she has tuition in a musical instrument age of 18 years for whom the local authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/ II. That he she has no formal training but is musical and carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is would like to pursue the subject the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. This applies equally to children who immediately after being III. Success in any music examination looked after by the local authority became subject to an adoption, residence or special guardianship order. (As Art de ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act Aptitude in Art will be on the basis of a portfolio of 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989) artwork to be examined by the panel.
262 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Performing Arts Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school Aptitude in performing Arts will be determined by site is used for everybody. performance to the panel and any one or combination of: Note: The nearest alternative secondary school is I. That he/she is a member of a dance/drama organisation de ned as the school closest to the applicant’s home address, where the school is maintained/ state-funded, II. That he she has no formal training but is a talented non-denominational, co-educational and not wholly performer and would like to pursue the subject selective. This excludes independent schools (other than Academies), church and other faith schools, single-sex Up to 8 places per year will be awarded in each of the 3 schools and grammar schools. subjects. If there are more than 8 applicants who meet the criteria in any one subject then applicants will be If the last pupil to be o ered a place within the school’s ranked and places o ered in rank order. published admission number (PAN) is a multiple birth or same cohort sibling, any further sibling will be admitted, if If there are fewer than 8 applicants meeting the criteria in the parents so wish, even though this may raise the intake any one subject then more places will be distributed to number above the school’s PAN. The PAN will remain the other subjects. unchanged so that no other pupil will be admitted until a place becomes available within the PAN. d) Children who at the time of application have a sibling on the roll of the school and who will still be on roll at Supplementary Form Required: YES – if applying for a the time of the sibling’s admission. Sibling is de ned in special aptitude place. these arrangements as children who live as brother or sister in the same house, including natural brothers or Waiting lists will be maintained up to January sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster 2016 and will be ranked according to the above brothers and sisters. oversubscription criteria. e) Children of sta who work at the school full time with Sixth Form Admission Arrangements at least two years continuous employment by the school or where the school reasonably considers a member of Admission to Year 12: sta has been recruited for a position for which there is a All o ers of a place in Year 12 will be made on condition demonstrable skill shortage. of students meeting the school entry requirements laid out below: f) Children who live nearer to Valley Park School than to • a minimum of 5 A* - C grades (or equivalent) including the nearest alternative secondary school as measured the minimum entry requirements speci ed by the in a straight line from a designated point at their subjects of their choice home address to a designated point in Valley Park’s • a supportive reference confirming suitability for AS/A2 grounds, compared with the straight-line distance and BTEC study and the preferred subject from a designated point at their home address to a choices. designated point in the nearest alternative secondary school’s grounds: To be considered for entry, students must complete the area electronic application procedure by the date If more children apply who meet this criterion than speci ed by the school (check the website for details). there are places available; places will be o ered Applications received after this deadline will be placed to those meeting this criterion who live closest to on a waiting list. Students will then be invited to visit the the school. school and discuss the suitability of their choice of course with the Head of Sixth Form. g) Nearness of children’s homes to school - we use the distance between the child’s permanent home Priority will be given to existing pupils transferring from address and the school, measured in a straight line using Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. Admission Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are to the Sixth Form will be as a result of applicants measured from a point de ned as within the child’s home obtaining a minimum of 5 GCSE passes at grade C or to a point de ned as within the school as speci ed by
263 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
above and B grades in their preferred AS subjects or 4. Distance – we use the distance between the child’s nearest equivalents. permanent home address and the school, measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. The admission number for external candidates will be 50, Distances are measured from a point de ned as within but this gure may be exceeded in the event that this and the child’s home to a point de ned as within the school the number of internal pupils transferring into Year 12 is as speci ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point less than the overall gure for the year group. on the school site is used for everybody. When we apply the distance criterion, these straight line measurements Over-subscription are used to determine how close each applicant’s address Following the admission of internal students transferring is to the school. The school uses measurements provided from Year 11, all remaining places will be allocated to by the LA and further information on how distances learners who have met the entry requirements for the are calculated is available in the Admissions Booklets particular course of study. Where there are more learners provided by the LA. A more detailed de nition of what seeking places than the number of places available, the constitutes a child’s permanent home and also how the following oversubscription criteria will be applied in the measurement for ats will be calculated is also contained order set out below to rank pupils until the overall gure in the LA Admissions Booklets. for the year group is reached: In the event of a tie breaker situation, the nearness of an 1. Children in Local Authority Care – A child under the applicant’s home to school will be the decider. age of 18 years for whom the Local Authority provides If in the event that more than one applicant has the same accommodation by agreement with their parents/ distance from home to school (as measured by the local carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is authority), then a random selection will be applied. the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. This After a place has been o ered the school applies equally to children who immediately after being reserves the right to withdraw the place in the looked after by the local authority became subject to an following circumstances: adoption, residence or special guardianship order. (As de ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act a. When the parent or learner has failed to respond to an 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989). o er within a reasonable time; or
2. Current Family Association – a brother or sister b. When a parent or learner has failed to notify the school attending the school when the child starts. In this context of important changes to the application information; or brother or sister means children who live as brother or sister in the same house, including natural brothers and c. The admission authority o ered the place on the basis sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster of a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application brothers and sister. from the parent or learner.
3. Medical, health, social and special access reasons O ers and Appeals will be applied in accordance with the school’s legal O ers will be made on the basis of predicted obligations, in particular those under the Equalities Act performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the 2010. Priority will be given to those children whose above grades are achieved in the nal examinations mental or physical impairment means they have a prior to entry to the Sixth Form and the pupil’s 4 chosen demonstrable and signi cant need to attend a particular subjects being accommodated on the timetable, in school. Equally this priority will apply to children whose feasible group sizes. parents’ or guardians’ physical or mental health or social needs means that they have a demonstrable and All o ers made during Year 11 are conditional on pupils signi cant need to attend a particular school. Such claims meeting the grade criteria speci ed and will only become will need to be supported by written evidence from a rm o ers upon con rmation of actual GCSE results. suitably quali ed medical or other practitioner who can O er letters will be made before the end of May 2015. demonstrate a special connection between these needs O ers will be con rmed once the school has been and the school. noti ed of GCSE results in August 2015.
264 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Where learners have achieved better result than the Transport predicted grades they will be considered based on the Please note, schools no longer have a designated area grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places from which transport will be provided. In most instances that become available as a result of other learners failing KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where to meet the required entry levels. this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. Further information about exceptions to this rule can be Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an found in the transport section of this book. For further application for a place be refused, by writing to The Clerk information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. to the Governors, care of the school. gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport
Late applications will be considered if places in appropriate subjects are still available after all other applicants have been considered.
A waiting list will be held, ranked according to the over- subscription criteria.
Supplementary Form Required: YES – ONLY if applying for a special aptitude place. Waiting lists will be maintained up to January 2016
Admission to Year 13: The majority of students in Year 12 continue with their studies into Year 13, dependent upon the entry criteria outlined below. All o ers of a place in Year 13 will be made on condition of students meeting the school entry requirements laid out below: • All students wishing to complete their advanced level studies in Year 13 must achieve a D grade or better in each of their AS/A2 subjects of study following receipt of the summer results. For those studying a BTEC then students must have completed their assessed pieces of work for Year 12 to their targeted grade.
Following receipt of summer AS/A2 examination results students who have met the entry requirement above are automatically o ered a place in Year 13 to continue their studies. BTEC students will be o ered continuation into Year 13.
Students who do not meet the entry requirement into Year 13 will be given guidance about a change of pathway and relevant courses available.
265 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Weald of Kent Headteacher: Mrs M Johnson Grammar School Admissions Contact Name: Mrs J Manning Type of School: Secondary, Academy, Grammar, Girls Tudeley Lane, Tonbridge, TN9 2JP Tel: 01732 373500 Age Range: 11-18 Day Pupils Fax: 01732 770536 Specialisms: Modern Foreign Language and Science E-mail: [email protected] www.wealdofkent.kent.sch.uk Published Admission No: 175 LA No: 886 DFE No: 4046 Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 687 Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 175 Expected number on roll: 1163
To access general information about the school, 2. Current Family Association – A sister or brother including annual school achievement and attainment attending Weald of Kent at the time the child starts. In this tables, recent school inspection reports and context sister or brother means children who live as sister uniform policy, please contact the school or visit the or brother, in the same house including natural sisters school’s website. and brothers, adopted siblings, stepsisters or brothers and foster sisters and brothers. If siblings from multiple births Open Sessions: (twins, triplets, etc) apply for a school and the school Open Evening: Thursday 9th October 2014, 5.30pm would reach its Published Admission Number (PAN) after – 8.30pm. Headteacher speaks at 6.00pm, 6.45pm and admitting one of more, but before admitting all of those 7.25pm. siblings, a place will be o ered to each of the siblings, Open Mornings: Friday 17th October and Tuesday 21st even if doing so takes the school above its PAN. October 2014, 9.30am – 11.30am. Headteacher speaks at 10.30am. 3. Health and Special Access Reasons – Medical, health, Sixth Form Open Evening: Tuesday 14 October 2014, and special access reasons will be applied in accordance 6.00pm – 8.00pm. Headteacher speaks at 6.15pm and with the school’s legal obligations, in particular those 7.00pm. under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will be given to those children whose mental; or physical Entry is through the Kent Assessment Procedure. impairment means they have a demonstrable and signi cant need to attend a particular school. Equally this Oversubscription Criteria priority will apply to children whose parents’/guardians’, Before applying the oversubscription criteria, eligible physical or mental health or social needs means there girls with a Statement of Special Educational Need or is a demonstrable and signi cant need for their child to an Education, Health and Care Plan which names the attend a particular school. Such claims will need to be school will be admitted. As a result of this the published supported by written evidence from a suitably quali ed admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate number of preferences for the school is more than the a special connection between these needs and the number of places available, places will be allocated to particular school. eligible girls in the following priority order – 4. Children of Permanent Members of Sta – A child who 1. Children in Local Authority Care - A child under the has passed the 11+ and whose parent is a current and age of 18 years for whom Kent County Council provides permanent member of sta providing that his/her child accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers lives in the same house as him/her. In this context a child (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who ceased to be means a natural daughter/son including adopted children so because they were adopted or who is the subject of a and or foster children who live at the same address as the care order under Part IV of the Act. member of sta . A permanent member of sta is de ned as a full-time teaching member, a full-time support member whose contract is 37 weeks and above, a part- time teaching member
266 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
with a 50% and above timetable and a part-time either owned by the child’s parent, parents or guardian, support sta member who works more than 15 hours OR leased to or rented by the child’s parent, parents or per week for 37 weeks or more. The de nition does not guardian under a lease or written rental agreement. include contract sta . If a service has been ‘in house’ and is subsequently ‘contracted out’’ children of sta will A block of ats has a single address point reference, so no longer be eligible for priority admission under this applicants living in the same block will be regarded as criterion. The de nition does not include peripatetic sta . living the same distance away from the school. In the A permanent member of sta can be de ned as someone unlikely event that two or more children live in the same who has been employed directly by Weald of Kent block and in all other ways have equal eligibility for the Grammar School Academy Trust for the last two years at last available place at the school, the names will be issued the time of application or someone who was been a number and drawn randomly to decide which child recruited to ll a vacant post for which there is a should be given the place. demonstrable skill shortage. If you live separately from your partner but share 5. Weald of Kent accepts pupils from towns and areas in responsibility for your child, and the child lives at two the order set out below. di erent addresses during the week, we will regard the home address as the one at which the child sleeps for the Priority will be given to category A) followed by category majority of weekdays. B) then category C). The distance from the child’s permanent home to the school site will be used in Postcode areas can be viewed at http://www.free- conjunction with the order of priority given below. postcode-maps.co.uk and the Parish boundaries of Kings Hill and Pembury can be viewed on http://www.kent.gov. a. Tonbridge Town, the District of Sevenoaks, the Parishes uk or in the appendices below. Links can also be found of Ightham, Plaxtol, Shipbourne, Pembury and Kings Hill. under the Admissions Section of the School website at b. All TN Postcodes apart from TN1, TN2 and TN4 (with www.wealdgs.org. the exception of the Parish of Pembury). Supplementary Form Required: No c. All other areas including TN1, TN2 and TN4. Waiting lists will be maintained up to January The rationale for the category order is based on the 2016 and will be ranked according to the above availability of a grammar school meeting the needs of oversubscription criteria. students living in these areas. Students living in TN1, TN2 and TN4 are served by Tunbridge Wells grammar schools. Sixth Form Admissions arrangements We aim to o er a range of academic quali cations to our The distance is measured between the child’s permanent sixth form students and some of these require speci c home address and the school site measured in a minimum grades at GCSE. Our policy is to ensure that straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. students accepted into the sixth form can be placed on Distances are measured from a point de ned as within appropriate courses where they are likely to succeed. For the child’s home to a point de ned as within the school, this reason we ask all applicants to attend a meeting with as speci ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point some of our sixth form sta to discuss the most suitable on the school site is used for everybody. The school uses courses of study. As part of this learning discussion measurements provided by the LA. If in the event more applicants might be asked to demonstrate a particular than one applicant has the same distance from home skill, or provide a portfolio of appropriate work. to school (as measured by the local authority), then a random selection will be applied. All students of Year 11 will be encouraged to apply for the sixth form. All students joining Weald of Kent Grammar A pupil’s home address is considered to be a residential Sixth Form must meet the academic entry requirements property that is the child’s only or main residence and not as set out in the Sixth Form Prospectus. Priority will be an address at which your child might sometimes stay or given to existing students transferring from Year 11. The sleep due to your own domestic or special arrangements. PAN for external candidates will be 25 but this gure may The address must be the pupils home address on the be exceeded in the event that this and the number of day you completed your application form and which is
267 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
internal students transferring in Year 12 is less than the overall total gure for the year group, which is 150. English GCSE Average Speci c Sub- Grade A*-B from Eng- ject Require- Where learners have achieved better results than their and Maths +lish GCSE + ments Met predicted grades they will be considered based on the GCSE Grade and Maths (see prospec- grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places A*-B GCSE + best tus) that become available as a result of other learners failing remaining 6 to meet the required entry levels. GCSEs 46 or greater Information together with details of the application procedure is detailed within the sixth-form prospectus, which is revised annually and can be obtained upon Late Applications. request from Weald of Kent from October onwards or via Late applications will be considered if places in a hyperlink from the school website. appropriate subjects are still available after all the other applicants have been considered. Meeting the requirements of any course is no guarantee that the applicant will automatically be o ered a place on Summary of Timescale: his or her preferred choices. Entry into Year 13 for external The timetable for Sixth-Form applications is detailed applicants will depend on the subject choices and in the prospectus but in outline an Open Evening is whether they can be accommodated and the availability held in mid October and all applications should be of a place within that group. The expectation is that all completed and submitted by the beginning of January. students will achieve a minimum of a Grade C in each of Predicted grades and attendance information for external their AS courses to proceed to Year 13. applicants is requested at the time of application. Learning discussions take place in January if the relevant All applicants meeting the academic criteria will follow information has been received from the current school. through the application process given below Right to appeal: a) Completion of an admissions application There is a parental right of appeal to the Governors (all applicants) against the refusal of a place once GCSE results are published. This should be made in writing to: The Clerk to b) Student must obtain A* - B in GCSE Mathematics and the Governors, Weald of Kent Grammar School, Tudeley GCSE English Language. Other subjects also have Lane, Tonbridge, Kent TN9 2JP. grade speci cations outlined in our School Prospectus. Transport c) Discussion about course choices and availability with a Please note, schools no longer have a designated area Director of Development or other Senior Member of Sta . from which transport will be provided. In most instances KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where d) A conditional o er of a place is based on the above, this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. and an average overall GCSE point score of at least 46. Further information about exceptions to this rule can be found in the transport section of this book. For further e) O ers will be con rmed on results day once the school information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. has been noti ed of GCSE results. gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport
This average is arrived at by adding up the GCSE scores of English and Mathematics, plus the best 6 remaining grades, and then dividing by 8. As a guide, students need at least ‘B’ grades at GCSE.
Grade A* A B C D Points 58 52 46 40 34 Grade E F G U/X Points 28 22 16 0
268 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Westlands School Trust Principal: Mr J Whitcombe MA Westlands Avenue, Sittingbourne, ME10 1PF Head of School: Mr Simon Cox MA Tel: 01795 477475 Admissions Contact Name: Mrs Ellen Apps Fax: 01795 431946 E-mail: [email protected] Type of School: Secondary, Academy, All Ability, Mixed www.westlands.kent.sch.uk Age Range: 11-18 Day Pupils Specialisms: Mathematics, IT, Science Published Admission No: 285 LA No: 886 DFE No: 5434 Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 860 Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 285 Expected number on roll: 1750
To access general information about the school, If the number of preferences for the school is more than including annual school achievement and attainment the number of places available, places will be allocated in tables, recent school inspection reports and the following priority order – uniform policy, please contact the school or visit the school’s website. a) places will rstly be o ered to children in Local Authority care. i.e. a child under the age of 18 years for Open Sessions: whom the Local Authority provides accommodation by Open Evening: Wednesday 1 October 2014, 6.00pm – agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the 8.30pm. children Act 1989) or who is the subject of a care order Headteacher’s address at 6.15pm and 7.30pm. under Part IV of the Act. This applies equally to children Open Mornings: Parental tours are available between who immediately after being looked after by the Local 9.00am – 10.00am and 11.00am – 12.00pm daily from Authority became subject to an adoption, residence or Monday 6th to Friday 17th October 2014. Space on the special guardianship order. (As de ned by Section 46 of tours is limited and must be booked in advance via the the Adoption and Children Act 2002 or Section 8 or 14A school’s o ce on 01795 477475. of the Children Act 1989).
Oversubscription Criteria b) places will then be o ered to children who score Before applying the oversubscription criteria, children highest on the school’s test of aptitude in mathematics. with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an Places o ered under this criterion will not exceed 10% of Education, Health and Care Plan which names the the school’s planned admission number, i.e a maximum school will be admitted. As a result of this the published of 29 places for the Year 7 intake. Places will only be admissions number will be reduced accordingly. Medical, o ered under this criterion if the parent has expressed health, social and special access reasons will be applied a preference on the “Common Application Form” for in accordance with the school’s legal obligations, in Westlands School. particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will be given to those children whose mental or physical c) places will then be o ered in the following order, using impairment means they have a demonstrable and the criteria below: signi cant need to attend a particular school. Equally, this priority will apply to children whose parents’/guardians’, i. A brother or sister attending the school when the child physical or mental health or social needs means that starts. In this context they have a demonstrable and signi cant need to brother or sister means children who live as brother or attend a particular school. Such claims will need to be sister in the same house, including natural brothers and supported by written evidence from a suitably quali ed sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate brothers and sisters. a special connection between these needs and the particular school. ii. Pupils in Year 6 at Westlands Primary School and Regis Manor Primary School;
269 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
iii. Residence in the parishes of Bobbing, Borden, Bredgar, Sixth Form Admissions arrangements – Hartlip, Iwade, Lower Halstow, Newington, Stockbury, Priority will be given to existing pupils transferring from Tunstall, Upchurch; Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria.
iv. Nearness of children’s homes to school – we use The admission number for external candidates will be 20, the distance between the child’s permanent home but this gure may be exceeded in the event that this address and the school, measured in a straight line using and the number of internal pupils transferring into Year Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are 12 is less than the overall gure for the year group, which measured from a point de ned as within the child’s home is 160. to a point de ned as within the school as speci ed by ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school Pupils are admitted to the Sixth Form subject to site is used for everybody. the following:
A pupil’s home address is considered to be a residential a) a formal application by the pupil (supported by a property that is the child’s only or main residence and not parent or guardian) and a pupil meeting to discuss an address at which your child might sometimes stay or preferred courses and entry requirements; sleep due to your own domestic or special arrangements. The address must be the pupil’s home address on the day b) Evidence of prior achievement, attainment and other you completed your application form and which is either relevant data provided by the pupil’s secondary school; • Owned by the child’s parent, parents or guardian, OR • Leased to or rented by the child’s parent, parents or c) availability of a speci c course or combination guardian under a lease or written rental agreement. of courses;
If you live separately from your partner but share d) minimum entry requirements for speci c courses: responsibility for your child, and the child lives at two di erent addresses during the week, we will regard the i.e. for Level 2 courses: 5 GCSEs at grade A-E including home address as the one at which the child sleeps for the GCSE English and Maths. majority of weekdays. ii. for Level 3 courses (including AS and A-Levels): 5 A block of ats has a single address point reference, so GCSEs at grade C or above including GCSE English applicants living in the same block will be regarded as and Mathematics in addition to subject speci c living the same distance away from the school. In the entry requirements. unlikely event that two or more children live in the same block and in all other ways have equal eligibility for the Please note that the Governors reserve the right to last available place at the school, the names will be issued withdraw courses if there is insu cient student demand. a number and drawn randomly to decide which child should be given the place. Over-subscription Following the admission of internal students transferring d) places will then be o ered to any from Year 11, all remaining places will be allocated to additional applications. learners who have met the entry requirements for the particular course of study. Where there are more learners Supplementary Form Required: Yes – but only if the seeking places than the number of places available, the parent is applying for admission based on their child’s oversubscription criteria will be applied in the order set aptitude in mathematics. Supplementary forms for out above to rank pupils until the overall gure for the admission by aptitude are available from and returnable year group is reached: to the school. After a place has been o ered the school Waiting lists will be maintained up to January reserves the right to withdraw the place in the 2016 and will be ranked according to the above following circumstances: oversubscription criteria. a. When the parent or learner has failed to respond to an o er within a reasonable time; or
270 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
b. When a parent or learner has failed to notify the school Transport of important changes to the application information; or Please note, schools no longer have a designated area from which transport will be provided. In most instances c. The admission authority o ered the place on the basis KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where of a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. from the parent or learner. Further information about exceptions to this rule can be found in the transport section of this book. For further O ers and Appeals information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. O ers will be made on the basis of predicted gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the above grades are achieved in the nal examinations prior to entry to the Sixth Form and the pupil’s 4 chosen subjects being accommodated on the timetable, in feasible group sizes.
All o ers made during Year 11 are conditional on pupils meeting the grade criteria speci ed and will only become rm o ers upon con rmation of actual GCSE results. O er letters will be made before the end of May 2015. O ers will be con rmed once the school has been noti ed of GCSE results in August 2015.
Where learners have achieved better results than the predicted grades they will be considered based on the grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places that become available as a result of other learners failing to meet the required entry levels.
Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an application for a place be refused, by writing to The Clerk to the Governors, care of the school.
Late applications will be considered if places in appropriate subjects are still available after all other applicants have been considered.
A waiting list will be held, ranked according to the over- subscription criteria.
271 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Wilmington Academy Principal: Mrs Tracey Trusler Common Lane, Wilmington, Dartford, Admissions Contact Name: Mrs Tracy Holder DA2 7DR Type of School: Secondary, Academy, All Ability, Mixed Tel: 01322 272111 Fax: 01322 222500 Age Range: 11-18 Day Pupils E-mail: Published Admission No: 180 LA No: 886 DFE No: 6920 [email protected] www.wilmingtonacademy.org.uk Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 833 Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 180 Expected number on roll: 950
To access general information about the school, unit on the roll of Wilmington Academy). The Academy including annual school achievement and attainment reserves the right to ask for proof of relationship. tables, recent school inspection reports and uniform policy, please contact the school or visit the c) Health and Special Access Reasons – Medical, health, school’s website. social and special access reasons will be applied in accordance with Wilmington Academy’s legal obligations, Open Sessions: in particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority Open Evening: Tuesday 23rd September 2014: 5pm – will be given to those children whose mental or physical 8pm impairment means they have a demonstrable and Open Mornings: 1st, 2nd and 3rd October 2014: Tours signi cant need to attend Wilmington Academy. Equally 9.00am and 11.30am. Please contact the Academy to this priority will apply to children whose parents’/ arrange a visit. guardians’ physical or mental health or social needs mean that they have a demonstrable and signi cant Oversubscription Criteria need to attend the Academy. Such claims will need to be Before applying the oversubscription criteria, children supported by written evidence from a suitably quali ed, with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an independent registered medical or other practitioner, at Education, Health and Care Plan which names the the time of original application, who can demonstrate school will be admitted. As a result of this the published a special connection between these needs and admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the Wilmington Academy. number of preferences for the school is more than the number of places available, places will be allocated in the d) 30 places will be available to children attending a following priority order – Leigh Academies Trust primary academy. Applications will only be given priority in this category if the Leigh Trust a) Children in Local Authority Care – a child under the Secondary Academy to which they are applying is closest age of 18 years forwhom the local authority provides to their home. If oversubscribed in this category it will be accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers the 30 closest to the academy that will be admitted. We (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is the subject use the distance between the child’s permanent home of a care order under Part IV of the Act. This applies address and the Academy, measured in a straight line equally to children who immediately after being looked using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are after by the local authority became subject to an measured from a point de ned as within the child’s home adoption, residence or special guardianship order. (As to a point de ned as within the Academy as speci ed de ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989) Academy site is used for everybody.
b) Admission of students whose siblings currently attend e) Nearness of children’s homes to the Academy - we use the school and who will continue to do so at the time of the same method of measurement as detailed in d). entry. (Note; the term ‘sibling’ includes full- half-, and step- siblings and those living as siblings in the same family
272 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Supplementary Form Required: NO All o ers made during Year 11 are conditional on pupils meeting the grade criteria speci ed and will only become Waiting lists will be maintained up to January rm o ers upon con rmation of actual GCSE results. 2016 and will be ranked according to the above O er letters will be made before the end of May 2015. oversubscription criteria. O ers will be con rmed once the school has been noti ed of GCSE results in August 2015. Sixth Form Admissions arrangements – Priority will be given to existing pupils transferring from Where learners have achieved better results than the Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. Admission to the predicted grades they will be considered based on the Sixth Form will be as a result of applicants obtaining a grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places minimum of 5 GCSE passes at grade A*-C or above. that become available as a result of other learners failing to meet the required entry levels. If following academic subjects B grade or above in complementary subjects ie. If choosing psychology Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an candidate must have ‘B’ or higher in English application for a place be refused, by writing to The Clerk to the Governors, care of the school. The admission number for external candidates will be 80 but this gure may be exceeded in the event that this and Late applications will be considered if places in the number of internal pupils transferring into Year 12 is appropriate subjects are still available after all other less than the overall gure for the year group, which is 195 applicants have been considered.
Over-subscription A waiting list will be held, ranked according to the over- Following the admission of internal students transferring subscription criteria. from Year 11, all remaining places will be allocated to learners who have met the entry requirements for the Transport particular course of study. Where there are more learners Please note, schools no longer have a designated area seeking places than the number of places available, the from which transport will be provided. In most instances oversubscription criteria above will be applied to eligible KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where students. this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. Further information about exceptions to this rule can be After a place has been o ered the school found in the transport section of this book. For further reserves the right to withdraw the place in the information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. following circumstances: gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport a. When the parent or learner has failed to respond to an o er within a reasonable time; or b. When a parent or learner has failed to notify the school of important changes to the application information; or c. The admission authority o ered the place on the basis of a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application from the parent or learner.
O ers and Appeals O ers will be made on the basis of predicted performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the above grades are achieved in the nal examinations prior to entry to the Sixth Form and the pupil’s 4 chosen subjects being accommodated on the timetable, in feasible group sizes.
273 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Wilmington Grammar Headteacher: Andy Williamson School for Boys Admissions Contact Name: Jenny Owen Type of School: Secondary, Academy, Grammar, Boys Common Lane, Wilmington, Dartford, DA2 7DA Age Range: 11-18 Day Pupils Tel: 01322 223090 Specialisms: Engineering – Science, Technology, Engineering and Fax: 01322 297888 Mathematics E-mail: [email protected] www.wilmingtongrammarboys.kent.sch.uk Published Admission No: 150 LA No: 886 DFE No: 5403 Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 774 Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 150 Expected number on roll: 890
To access general information about the school, more, but before admitting all of those siblings, governors including annual school achievement and attainment will o er a place to each of the siblings, even if doing so tables, recent school inspection reports and takes the school above its PAN. uniform policy, please contact the school or visit the school’s website. 3. Governor Places awarded to children who have shown exceptional performance in the kent test - Up to 10% of Open Sessions: the PAN (15 places) will be awarded to those children Tuesday 21st October 2014, 6:30pm-9pm naming the school who score highest when the test Thursday 23rd October 2014, 9am-11am scores achieved in the Kent Test are combined.
Entry is through the Kent Assessment Procedure. 4. Children who live in the named parishes below or within 1.5 mile proximity of the school– Children living Oversubscription Criteria within a one and a half mile radius of the school and Before applying the oversubscription criteria, eligible those living within the parishes listed below. The 1.5 boys with a Statement of Special Educational Need or mile radius distanced is measured between the child’s an Education, Health and Care Plan which names the permanent address and the school in a straight line using school will be admitted. As a result of this the published Ordnance Survey address point data. admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the number of preferences for the school is more than the Dartford ,Stone ,Swanscome & Greenhithe, number of places available, places will be allocated to Wilmington, Darenth, Bean, Hextable, eligible boys in the following priority order- Sutton at Hone & Hawley, Wrotham, Southeet, Swanley, Horton Kirby & South Darenth, 1. Children in Local Authority Care – a child under the Long eld & New Barn, Crockenhill, Farningham, age of 18 years for whom the local authority provides Fawkham, Hartley, Eynesford, accommodation by agreement with their Ash Cum Ridley, Shoreham, West Kingsdown, parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or Stanstead , Otford , Kemsing, Halstead who ceased to be so Dunton Green , Meopham, Istead Rise because they were adopted or who is the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. 5. Distance – within this criterion eligible children will be ranked according to the distance from their home to the 2. Siblings in the school or in Wilmington Grammar Wilmington Grammar School for Boys, with those living School for Girls- a sibling attending either school when closest being ranked highest. The distance is measured the child starts. In this context sibling means a child who between the child’s permanent address and the school in lives in the same house, including natural siblings or a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. adopted siblings, step or foster siblings. If siblings from Distances are measured from a point within the child’s multiple births (twins, triplets, etc) apply for a school and home to a similarly de ned point within the school as the school would reach its PAN after admitting one or speci ed by Ordnance Survey.
274 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Supplementary Form Required: No In addition to having gained a minimum average GCSE point score of 44 students must: Waiting lists will be maintained up to January 2016 and will be ranked according to the above a)gain A* - C grade in the higher level GCSE English oversubscription criteria. Language and Mathematics
Sixth Form Admissions arrangements – b)meet the entry criteria in all subjects they wish to Planned Admission study at AS level. The minimum qualifying entry grades The planned admission number for entry to WG6 Sixth for each subject are to be found in the school’s Sixth Form in September 2015 is a total of 300 students over Form Prospectus. both sites. O ers WGSG and WGSB will each admit all current students Conditional o ers will be made based on their predicted meeting the entrance criteria who will be given priority, performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the and up to 30 students from outside the school who GCSE grades are achieved in the nal examinations meet the entrance criteria for which a viable Sixth Form prior to entry to the Sixth Form and a viable Sixth Form programme can be provided. This number may be programme can be provided. All o ers made during Year exceeded in the event that the number of boys and/ or 11 will only become rm o ers upon con rmation of girls in Year 11 transferring into Year 12 is less than 120 on actual GCSE results in August 2015. each site. Where students have achieved better results than the Open Evening predicted grades they will be considered based on grades Students will be invited to attend Sixth Form Open achieved and ranked accordingly for any places that Evenings and Open Mornings in the Autumn Term. become available as a result of learners failing to meet the entry criteria. Applications Students wishing to apply for entry to the Sixth Form All prospective students are strongly recommended to must complete an application through the online system attend a two day induction programme at the end of www.kentchoices4u.co.uk. These will need to be received June. Speci c dates will be con rmed nearer to the time. by the published date. Students will be invited into school Students are expected to complete induction tasks for to discuss their application and nalise course choices. each of their chosen subjects which will be available When considering external applicants, the school will during the induction programme. seek con rmation of the estimated GCSE grades from Late applications will be processed after GCSE results are the applicant’s current school. Applicants are required to known if places in appropriate subjects are still available attend a meeting to discuss their subject choices. after all other applicants have been considered.
Entrance Criteria Over-Subscription Criteria All students entering the Sixth Form will have completed In case of over-subscription for external students the their GCSE courses and are required to have attained a following will apply: minimum average GCSE point score of 44 from the best 8 results to include English Language and Mathematics. 1. Students who are in Local Authority Care – a student Any vocational quali cation that is equivalent to more under the age of 18 years for whom the local authority than 2 GCSE grades will only count as a single pass. Any provides accommodation by agreement with their level 2 quali cation that is not equivalent to a full course parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or GCSE will not be counted. who is subject to a care order under Part IV of the Act. This applies equally to children who immediately after being The average is arrived at by adding up the scores from looked after by the local authority became subject to full course GCSE English Language and Mathematics plus an adoption, residence or special guardianship order (as the best 6 remaining full course GCSE grades and then de ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act dividing by 8. 2002 or Section 8 of the Children Act 1989). GCSE point scores are A* = 58, A = 52, B = 46, C = 40, D = 34 etc. As a guide students need mostly B grades at GCSE.
275 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
2. Students wishing to study Engineering, Mathematics, Further Mathematics or ICT who are predicted to meet the entry requirements.
3. Students with a sibling at Wilmington Grammar School for Boys or Wilmington Grammar School for Girls at the time of entry. In this context sibling means children who live as brother or sister in the same house, including natural brothers or sisters, adopted brothers or sisters, stepbrothers or stepsisters and foster brothers or sisters.
4. Students living closest to the school. The distance used will be the distance between the student’s permanent home address and the school, measured in a straight line using ordnance survey address point data. Distances are measured from a point as de ned within the student’s home to a point de ned as within the school as speci ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school site is used for everybody. When we apply the distance criterion these straight line measurements are used to determine how close each applicant’s address is to the school. If in the unlikely event that more than one applicant has the same distance from home to school then an independently adjudicated random selection will be applied.
Parents have the statutory right of appeal, should an application for a place be refused, by writing to The Clerk to the Governors, care of the school.
Transport Please note, schools no longer have a designated area from which transport will be provided. In most instances KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. Further information about exceptions to this rule can be found in the transport section of this book. For further information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport
276 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Wilmington Grammar Headteacher: Mrs Donna Lodge School for Girls Admissions Contact Name: Miss J Price Type of School: Secondary, Academy, Grammar, Girls Wilmington Grange, Parsons Lane, Wilmington, DA2 7BB Age Range: 11-18 Day Pupils Tel: 01322 226351 Specialisms: Maths and Computing Fax: 01322 222607 E-mail: [email protected] Published Admission No: 120 LA No: 886 DFE No: 5400 www.wgsg.co.uk Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 716 Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 120 Expected number on roll: 850
To access general information about the school, will o er a place to each of the siblings, even if doing so including annual school achievement and attainment takes the school above its PAN. tables, recent school inspection reports and uniform policy, please contact the school or visit the 3. Siblings in Wilmington Grammar School for Boys school’s website. (WGSB) - a brother attending the school when the child starts. In this context brother means a child who lives in Open Sessions: the same house, including natural brothers or adopted Open Evening Wednesday 22nd October 2014 6.30 to siblings, stepbrothers or foster brothers. If siblings from 9.30pm multiple births (twins, triplets, etc) apply for a school and Open Day Thursday 23rd October 2014 by the school would reach it’s PAN after admitting one or appointment only more, but before admitting all of those siblings, governors will o er a place to each of the siblings, even if doing so Entry is through the Kent Assessment Procedure. takes the school above its PAN.
Oversubscription Criteria 4. 1.5 mile proximity – within this criterion children will be Before applying the oversubscription criteria, eligible ranked according to the distance from their home to the girls with a Statement of Special Educational Need or Wilmington Grammar School for Girls, with those living an Education, Health and Care Plan which names the closest being ranked highest. The distance is measured school will be admitted. As a result of this the published between the child’s permanent address and the school in admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. number of preferences for the school is more than the Distances are measured from a point within the child’s number of places available, places will be allocated to home to a similarly de ned point within the school as eligible girls in the following priority order- speci ed by Ordnance Survey.
1. Children in Local Authority Care – a child under the 5. Governor Places awarded to girls who have shown age of 18 years for whom the local authority provides exceptional performance in the Mathematics paper of accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers the Kent test - Up to 10% of the PAN (12 places) will be (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who ceased to be awarded to those children who through the tests have so because they were adopted or who is the subject of a shown an exceptional performance which places them care order under Part IV of the Act. in the top 12 selective places in Mathematics. In case of tied scores distance will be used. If in the unlikely event 2. Siblings in the school - a sister attending WGSG when that more than one applicant has the same distance from the child starts. In this context a sister means a child who home to school, as measured by the Local Authority, lives in the same house, including natural sisters, adopted then an independently adjudicated random selection will siblings, stepsisters or foster sisters. If siblings from be applied. multiple births (twins, triplets, etc) apply for a school and the school would reach it’s PAN after admitting one or more, but before admitting all of those siblings, governors
277 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
6. Eligible girls who live in the named parishes below – Supplementary Form Required: Yes – Available and returnable to the school. Dartford Stone Wilmington Darenth Waiting lists will be maintained up to January Hextable Sutton at Hone & Hawley 2016 and will be ranked according to the above Southeet Swanley oversubscription criteria. Long eld & New Barn Crockenhill Sixth Form Admissions arrangements – Fawkham Hartley Planned Admission Ash Cum Ridley Shoreham The planned admission number for entry to WG6 Sixth Stanstead Otford Form in September 2015 is a total of 300 students over Halsted Dunton Green both sites.
Swanscome & Greenhithe WGSG and WGSB will each admit all current students Bean meeting the entrance criteria who will be given priority, Wrotham and up to 30 students from outside the school who Horton Kirby & South Darenth meet the entrance criteria for which a viable Sixth Form Farningham programme can be provided. This number may be Eynsford exceeded in the event that the number of boys and/ or West Kingsdown girls in Year 11 transferring into Year 12 is less than 120 on Kemsing each site. Sevenoaks Open Evening Children within this priority area will be ranked according Students will be invited to attend Sixth Form Open to the distance from their home to the Wilmington Evenings and Open Mornings in the Autumn Term. Grammar School for Girls with those living closest being ranked highest. The distance is measured between the Applications child’s permanent address and the school in a straight Students wishing to apply for entry to the Sixth Form line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances must complete an application through the online system are measured from a point within the child’s home to www.kentchoices4u.co.uk. These will need to be received a similarly de ned point within the school as speci ed by the published date. Students will be invited into school by Ordnance Survey. If in the unlikely event that more to discuss their application and nalise course choices. than one applicant has the same distance from home to When considering external applicants, the school will school, as measured by the Local Authority, then an seek con rmation of the estimated GCSE grades from independently adjudicated random selection will the applicant’s current school. Applicants are required to be applied. attend a meeting to discuss their subject choices.
7. All other girls – within this criterion children will be Entrance Criteria ranked according to the distance from their home to the All students entering the Sixth Form will have completed Wilmington Grammar School for Girls, with those living their GCSE courses and are required to have attained a closest being ranked highest. The distance is measured minimum average GCSE point score of 44 from the best 8 between the child’s permanent address and the school results to include English Language and Mathematics. in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point Any vocational quali cation that is equivalent to more data. Distances are measured from a point within the than 2 GCSE grades will only count as a single pass. Any child’s home to a similarly de ned point within the school level 2 quali cation that is not equivalent to a full course as speci ed by Ordnance Survey. If in the unlikely event GCSE will not be counted. that more than one applicant has the same distance from The average is arrived at by adding up the scores from home to school, as measured by the Local Authority, full course GCSE English Language and Mathematics plus then an independently adjudicated random selection will the best 6 remaining full course GCSE grades and then be applied. dividing by 8. GCSE point scores are A* = 58, A = 52, B = 46, C = 40, D = 34 etc. As a guide students need mostly B grades at GCSE.
278 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
In addition to having gained a minimum average GCSE 2.Students wishing to study Engineering, Mathematics, point score of 44 students must: Further Mathematics or ICT who are predicted to meet a)gain A* - C grade in the higher level GCSE English the entry requirements. Language and Mathematics b)meet the entry criteria in all subjects they wish to 3.Students with a sibling at Wilmington Grammar School study at AS level. The minimum qualifying entry grades for Boys or Wilmington Grammar School for Girls at the for each subject are to be found in the school’s Sixth time of entry. In this context sibling means children who Form Prospectus. live as brother or sister in the same house, including natural brothers or sisters, adopted brothers or sisters, O ers stepbrothers or stepsisters and foster brothers or sisters. Conditional o ers will be made based on their predicted performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the 4.Students living closest to the school. The distance used GCSE grades are achieved in the nal examinations will be the distance between the student’s permanent prior to entry to the Sixth Form and a viable Sixth Form home address and the school, measured in a straight line programme can be provided. All o ers made during Year using ordnance survey address point data. Distances are 11 will only become rm o ers upon con rmation of measured from a point as de ned within the student’s actual GCSE results in August 2015. home to a point de ned as within the school as speci ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the Where students have achieved better results than the school site is used for everybody. When we apply the predicted grades they will be considered based on grades distance criterion these straight line measurements are achieved and ranked accordingly for any places that used to determine how close each applicant’s address is become available as a result of learners failing to meet the to the school. If in the unlikely event that more than one entry criteria. applicant has the same distance from home to school then an independently adjudicated random selection will All prospective students are strongly recommended to be applied. attend a two day induction programme at the end of June. Speci c dates will be con rmed nearer to the time. Parents have the statutory right of appeal, should an Students are expected to complete induction tasks for application for a place be refused, by writing to The Clerk each of their chosen subjects which will be available to the Governors, care of the school. during the induction programme. Transport Late applications will be processed after GCSE results are Please note, schools no longer have a designated area known if places in appropriate subjects are still available from which transport will be provided. In most instances after all other applicants have been considered. KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. Over-Subscription Criteria Further information about exceptions to this rule can be In case of over-subscription for external students the found in the transport section of this book. For further following will apply: information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport 1.Students who are in Local Authority Care – a student under the age of 18 years for whom the local authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is subject to a care order under Part IV of the Act. This applies equally to children who immediately after being looked after by the local authority became subject to an adoption, residence or special guardianship order (as de ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act 2002 or Section 8 of the Children Act 1989).
279 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Wrotham School Headteacher: Mr M Wright Borough Green Road, Wrotham, TN15 7RD Admissions Contact Name: Rachel Martin Tel: 01732 884207 Type of School: Secondary, Academy, All Ability, Mixed Fax: 01732 882178 E-mail: o [email protected] Age Range: 11-18 Day Pupils www.wrotham.kent.com Specialisms: Humanities (English, Drama and RE) Published Admission No: 130 LA No: 886 DFE No: 5409 Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 460 Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 130 Expected number on roll: 790
To access general information about the school, (As de ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children including annual school achievement and attainment Act 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989) tables, recent school inspection reports and uniform policy, please contact the school or visit the 2. Current Family Association – A brother or sister school’s website. attending Wrotham School when the child starts. In this context brother or sister means children who live as Open Sessions: brother or sister in the same house, including natural Open Morning: Wednesday 24th September 2014 brothers and sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or 9.00 – 11.00 stepsisters and foster brothers and sisters. Open Morning: Thursday 25th September 2014 9.00 – 11.00 3. Health and Special Access Reasons – Medical, health, Open Evening: Thursday 25th September 2014 social and special access reasons will be applied in 5.30 – 8.00 accordance with the school’s legal obligations, in The Headteacher speaks at 6.00 and 7.30 p.m. particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will Open Morning: Wednesday 15th October 2014 be given to those children whose mental or physical 9.00 – 11.00 impairment means they have a demonstrable and signi cant need to attend a particular school. Oversubscription Criteria Before applying the oversubscription criteria, children Equally this priority will apply to children whose parents’/ with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an guardians’ physical or mental health or social needs mean Education, Health and Care Plan which names the that they have a demonstrable and signi cant need to school will be admitted. As a result of this the published attend a particular school. Such claims will need to be admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the supported by written evidence from a suitably quali ed number of preferences for the school is more than the medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate number of places available, places will be allocated in the a special connection between these needs and the following priority order – particular school.
1. Children in Local Authority Care - A child under the 4. Distance from the school to the home, Nearness of age of 18 years for whom the local authority provides children’s homes to school - we use the distance between accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers the child’s permanent home address and the school, (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is the measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. This address point data. Distances are measured from a point applies equally to children who immediately after being de ned as within the child’s home to a point de ned as looked after by the local authority became subject to an within the school as speci ed by Ordnance Survey. The adoption, residence or special guardianship order. same address point on the school site is used for everybody.
280 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
If you live separately from your partner but share and the number of internal pupils transferring into Year responsibility for your child, and the child lives at two 12 is less than the overall gure for the year group, which addresses during the week, we will regard the home is 120. address as the one at which the child sleeps for the majority of weekdays. Over-subscription Following the admission of internal students transferring A block of ats has a single address point reference, so from Year 11, all remaining places will be allocated to applicants living in the same block will be regarded as learners who have met the entry requirements for the living the same distance away from the school. In the particular course of study. Where there are more learners unlikely event that two or more children live in the seeking places than the number of places available, the same block and in all other ways have equal eligibility for oversubscription criteria above will be applied to eligible the last available place for the school, the names will be students. issued a number and drawn randomly to decide which child should be given the place. After a place has been o ered the school reserves the right to withdraw the place in the In a tie breaker situation the nearness of an applicant’s following circumstances: home to school will be the decider. If in the event more than one applicant has the same distance from home to a. When the parent or learner has failed to respond to an school, as measured by the Local Authority, then a o er within a reasonable time; or random selection will be applied. b. When a parent or learner has failed to notify the school Supplementary Form Required: No of important changes to the application information; or
Waiting lists will be maintained up to January c. The admission authority o ered the place on the basis 2016 and will be ranked according to the above of a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application oversubscription criteria. from the parent or learner.
Sixth Form Admission arrangements O ers and Appeals Priority will be given to existing pupils transferring from O ers will be made on the basis of predicted Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. Admission to the performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the Sixth Form will be as a result of applicants obtaining a above grades are achieved in the nal examinations minimum of: prior to entry to the Sixth Form and the pupil’s 4 chosen subjects being accommodated on the timetable, in • 5 A*-C GCSE grades or equivalent including English and feasible group sizes. maths to study A Level and Level 3 courses. • A or B grades at GCSE in the subject a student wishes All o ers made during Year 11 are conditional on pupils to study at A Level (depending on the subject – see meeting the grade criteria speci ed and will only become prospectus for details). Where there is no GCSE or rm o ers upon con rmation of actual GCSE results. equivalent course a decision will be made based on the O er letters will be made before the end of May 2015. students other GCSE grades. O ers will be con rmed once the school has been • For the Wrotham Pro-Soccer Academy places will be noti ed of GCSE results in August 2015. awarded based on footballing ability through a process of trials, and a student having 5 GCSEs at A*-C grades Where learners have achieved better results than the including English and maths predicted grades they will be considered based on the • For the Wrotham Business Academy places will be grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places awarded based on business awareness through an that become available as a result of other learners failing interview process. Students will also need to have to meet the required entry levels. achieved 5 A*-C GCSE grades including English and maths. Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an application for a place be refused, by writing to The Clerk The admission number for external candidates will be 30 to the Governors, care of the school. but this gure may be exceeded in the event that this
281 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Late applications will be considered if places in appropriate subjects are still available after all other applicants have been considered.
A waiting list will be held, ranked according to the over- subscription criteria.
Transport Please note, schools no longer have a designated area from which transport will be provided. In most instances KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. Further information about exceptions to this rule can be found in the transport section of this book. For further information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport
282 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Wye Free School Principal: Ms Janet Naylor Address Kempe Centre, Olantigh Road, Wye, Admissions Contact Name: PA to the Principal Ashford, Kent, TN25 5EJ Type of School: Free School, Secondary, All Ability, Mixed Tel: 0844 809 4744 E-mail: [email protected] Age Range: 11-19 Day Pupils www.wyefreeschool.co.uk Specialisms: None Published Admission No: 90 LA No: 886 DFE No: 4007 Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 378 Number of places o ered 3 March 2014: 90 Expected number on roll: 180
Wye Free School is a new Free School which opened place to each of the siblings even if doing so takes the in September 2013. To access further information school over its PAN. please contact the school or visit the school’s website. 3. Health and Special Access Reasons Open Sessions: Medical / Health and Special Access Reasons will be Planned for Wednesday 15th and Thursday 16th applied in accordance with the school’s legal obligations, October 2014 in particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority Please see website nearer time for exact timings will be given to those children whose mental or physical impairment means they have a demonstrable and Oversubscription Criteria signi cant need to attend Wye Free School. Equally this Before applying the oversubscription criteria, children priority will apply to children whose parents’/guardians’, with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an physical or mental health or social need means there Education, Health and Care Plan which names the is a demonstrable and signi cant need for their child school will be admitted. As a result of this the published to attend Wye Free School. Such claims will need to be admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the supported by written evidence from a suitably quali ed number of preferences for the school is more than the medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate a number of places available, places will be allocated in the special connection between these needs and the school. following priority order – 4. Children who live nearer to Wye Free School than 1. Children in Local Authority Care any other maintained non selective secondary school A child under the age of 18 yrs for whom the Local or academy – Children will be ranked according to the Authority provides accommodation by agreement with distance from their home to Wye Free School with those their parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) living closest being ranked highest. The distance is or who is subject to a care order under Part IV of the measured between the child’s permanent address and Act, or children who are now adopted having been the school in a straight line using Ordnance Survey looked after. address point data. Distances are measured from a central point within the child’s home to a similarly de ned point 2. Current Family Association within the school as speci ed by Ordnance Survey. The A brother or sister attending the school when the child same address point on the school site is used for starts. In this context, brother or sister means children everybody. who live as brother or sister in the same house including natural brothers or sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers 5. Children who live nearer to any other maintained non or sisters and foster brothers and sisters. If siblings from selective secondary school or academy than Wye Free multiple births (twins, triplets etc) apply for a school place School – Children for whom Wye Free School is not their and the school would reach its Published Admissions nearest non selective secondary school or academy will Number (PAN) after admitting one or more, but before be ranked according to the distance from their home to admitting all of those siblings, the school will o er a Wye Free School with those living closest being ranked highest. The distance is measured between the child’s
283 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015 KENT SECONDARY COMMON APPLICATION FORM 2015
permanent address and the school in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a central point within the child’s home to a similarly de ned point within the school as speci ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school site is used for everybody.
Tie breaking If two or more children are ranked equally on any of the above criteria, random allocation will determine which child or children are o ered places. In this case, a child or children’s names will be randomly selected from a total list of tied applicants by someone unconnected with the school.
Supplementary Form Required: No
Waiting lists will be maintained up to January 2016 and will be ranked according to the above oversubscription criteria.
Sixth Form Admissions arrangements – Not applicable for 2015
Transport Please note, schools no longer have a designated area from which transport will be provided. In most instances KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. Further information about exceptions to this rule can be found in the transport section of this book. For further information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent. gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport
284 KENT SECONDARY COMMON APPLICATIOAdmission toN SecondaryFORM 2015 School in Kent 2015 For pupils transferring to secondary school in September 2015 Born between 1 September 2003 and 31 August 2004 SCAF OFFICE USE ONLY Please complete in BLOCK CAPITALS and tick the relevant boxes
DO NOT COMPLETE THIS FORM IF... • Your child has a Statement of Special Educational Needs • You have already completed a form Online
DO REMEMBER • To fully read the booklet and understand how preferences will be dealt with and places allocated • To return this form to your child’s Primary School by 31st October 2014 • To tick the CIPC box if your child is or has been in Public Care
CHILD’S DETAILS
Forename Surname
Date of Birth Male/Female
Date of Birth should be between 1st September 2003 and 31st August 2004 Child’s Home Address in full: (This address will be used on all future correspondence unless otherwise noti ed. Please use house numbers and names where possible)
Postcode
CHILD’S CURRENT SCHOOL
LA No: DFE No: School Name:
Is your child in Public Care? - Please tick box if YES
If so, which Local Authority is the corporate parent?
Is your child adopted, or subject to a residence or special guardianship order, having previously been in public care? Please tick box if YES
A child in Public Care (Looked After Child) means a person under the age of 18 years for whom the Local Authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the Childrens Act 1989) or who is the subject of a care order under Part IV of the act. Children who are looked after under an agreed series of short-term placements such as respite are excluded.
Does your child have a Statement of Special Educational Needs? Please tick box if YES
PARENT/CARER DETAILS
Title Forename Surname
Relationship toEXAMPLE child Email Address
Phone numbers 1 2
Which authority do you pay your council tax to? AdmissionKEN toT SecondarySECONDARY School COMMONin Kent 2015 APPLICATION FORM 2015 IN YEAR CASUAL ADMISSION FORM (IYCAF)
YOU CAN NAME UP TO FOUR SCHOOLS ON THIS FORM. When making the o er, the Local Authority will ensure that:
• a place will be o ered at the highest available ranked preference your child is eligible for, or • if a place cannot be o ered at any school named on the form, a place will be o ered at an alternative school
1st Preference LA No: DFE No:
1stSCHOOL Preference NAME:
Will you have any other children (siblings) attending this school in September 2015? If YES enter details below
Forename: Surname: Date of Birth: Male/Female:
2nd Preference LA No: DFE No:
1stSCHOOL Preference NAME:
Will you have any other children (siblings) attending this school in September 2015? If YES enter details below
Forename: Surname: Date of Birth: Male/Female:
3rd Preference LA No: DFE No:
1stSCHOOL Preference NAME:
Will you have any other children (siblings) attending this school in September 2015? If YES enter details below
Forename: Surname: Date of Birth: Male/Female:
4th Preference LA No: DFE No:
1stSCHOOL Preference NAME:
Will you have any other children (siblings) attending this school in September 2015? If YES enter details below
Forename: Surname: Date of Birth: Male/Female:
PLEASE NOTE • If you would like to express reasons for any of your preferences please attach a separate sheet. • Schools can only take into account reasons that apply to their oversubscription criteria. • If you named a Voluntary Aided/Foundation school or Academy that requires a Supplementary Information Form (SIF) please ensure you return it to the school.
Declarationeclaration by Parent/Carer I declare that theEXAMPLE information I have given on this form is correct. I understand that if at a later date this information is found to be incorrect I may lose any place allocated to my child.
Title Full Name Date
Signature YEAR GROUP IN YEAR CASUAL ADMISSION FORM (IYCAF)
Please fill in all the details and return this form directly to the school IYCAF PUPIL ID Please complete in BLOCK CAPITALS and tick the relevant boxes
CHILD’S DETAILS
Forename Surname
Date of Birth Male/Female
Address This address will be used on all future correspondence unless otherwise noti ed. Please use house numbers and names where applicable.)
Postcode
Current School LA DFE SCHOOL NAME POSTCODE (If applicable)
DOES YOUR CHILD HAVE A STATEMENT OF SPECIAL EDUCATIONAL NEEDS? YES NO
IS YOUR CHILD A LOOKED AFTER CHILD OR ADOPTED? YES NO
PARENT/CARER DETAILS
Title Forename Surname
Relationship to child Email Address
Phone numbers 1 2
ARE YOU A CROWN SERVANT? YES NO
If you are UK service personnel or other Crown Servants living abroad with your family please tick YES. You will need to provide an o cial MOD, FCO or GCHQ letter declaring your relocation date and con rming your relocation address to the school.
Signature Date
SCHOOL USE ONLY Date received LA DFE SCHOOL NAME
Please complete all applicable boxes to inform the LA of the outcome of this application PLACE OFFEREDEXAMPLEPLACE NOT OFFERED OFFERED DATE WAS A PLACE AVAILABLE YES/NO ACCEPTED DATE WAS THE CHILD ELIGIBLE YES/NO REFUSED DATE HAVE THEY JOINED YES/NO WITHDRAWN DATE THE WAITING LIST?
Please wait until full oucome of application is known before returning to the In Years Admissions Team. Admissions, Room 2.24, Sessions House, County Hall, Maidstone. Me14 1XQ Email: [email protected] | Fax: 03003 336480 IN YEAR CASUAL ADMISSION FORM (IYCAF)
PLEASE READ THIS GUIDANCE CAREFULLY BEFORE COMPLETING YOUR IN YEAR CASUAL ADMISSIONS FORM IYCAF
If you live in Kent and wish to apply for a place at a Kent school in your child’s current year group, you should complete this form and send it to the school(s) you are applying for. You should complete a separate form for each child and for each school you are applying for. Information about Kent schools that are near to you can be found at www.kent.gov.uk/ ndschools. You may be asked to complete a Supplementary Information Form (SIF) to provide the school with additional information so the school can rank your child according to its oversubscription criteria if more children apply than there are places available. If you are applying for a place at a Grammar School, the school will get in touch with you about any testing arrangements.
If you are applying for a place at a school outside Kent, or you live outside Kent and want a place at a Kent school, please contact the Admissions Team on the number below for advice.
If the school has a place your child is eligible for and no other child has a higher priority, the school must o er it to you (unless your child has been permanently excluded from more than 2 schools; please contact the Admissions Team if this applies to you).
If your child is turned down for a place at the school(s) you apply for, you have the legal right to appeal against the refusal of a place. Appeals should be made in writing to the school’s admission authority. You can also request to join the school’s waiting list if they have one. The school will let you know how to make an appeal or join the waiting list when they tell you the outcome of your application. You can nd more information about appealing at www.kent.gov.uk/schooladmissions.
The school must provide you with a formal o er or refusal letter. You may wish to keep notes of dates and times of conversations as well as names of contacts at the school. Under normal circumstances, a school should inform you of the outcome of your application within 5 school days.
If you have approached schools and are having trouble nding a place you can contact the Admissions Team on the number below, and we will let you know where there are currently places available.
DECLARATION STATEMENT
*All information given in this application is, to the best of my knowledge, true and correct. I understand that if, at a later date, any of the information is found to be incorrect I may lose any place allocated to my child.
I give permission to the School to process all the information given in accordance with the Admissions Criteria and processes and to share this information with the Local Authority.
FURTHER EXAMPLEINFORMATION Email – [email protected] Phone – 03000 41 21 21 Web – www.kent.gov.uk/primaryadmissions www.kent.gov.uk/secondaryadmissions Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015 IN YEAR CASUAL ADMISSION FORM (IYCAF)
Notes:
289 Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015
Secondary Schools in Kent 2015
1 The Abbey School 37 52 The Malling School 160 2 The Archbishop’s School 39 53 The Maplesden Noakes School 162 3 Astor College 42 54 The Marlowe Academy 164 4 Aylesford School - Sports College 44 55 The Marsh Academy 166 5 Barton Court Grammar School 47 56 Mascalls School 169 6 Bennett Memorial Diocesan School 50 57 May eld Grammar School, Gravesend 172 7 Borden Grammar School 54 58 Meopham School 174 8 Brockhill Park Performing Arts College 56 59 New Line Learning Academy 176 9 Canterbury Academy 58 60 The North School 179 10 Castle Community College 62 61 Northeet School for Girls 181 11 The Charles Dickens School 64 62 Northeet Technology College 183 12 Chatham and Clarendon School 66 63 The Norton Knatchbull School 185 13 The Community College, Whitstable 69 64 Oakwood Park Grammar School 187 14 Cornwallis Academy 71 65 Oasis Academy Hextable 189 15 Cranbrook School 74 66 Oasis Academy Isle of Sheppey 191 16 Dane Court Grammar School 77 67 Orchards Academy 193 17 Dartford Grammar School 79 68 Pent Valley Technology College 195 18 Dartford Grammar School for Girls 82 69 Queen Elizabeth’s Grammar School 197 19 Dartford Science & Technology College 84 70 St Anselm’s Catholic School 200 20 Dover Christ Church Academy 86 71 St Augustine Academy 203 21 Dover Grammar School for Boys 88 72 St Edmund’s Catholic School 205 22 Dover Grammar School for Girls 90 73 St George’s Church of England 23 The Duke of York’s Royal Military School 92 Foundation School, Broadstairs 208 24 The Ebbseet Academy 96 74 Saint George’s C E School, Gravesend 210 25 The Ellington and Hereson School 97 75 St Gregory’s Catholic Comprehensive School 213 26 The Folkestone Academy 98 76 St John’s Catholic Comprehensive School 215 27 Folkestone School for Girls 100 77 St Simon Stock Catholic School 219 28 Fulston Manor School 102 78 Sandwich Technology School 222 29 Gravesend Grammar School 104 79 Simon Langton Girls’ Grammar School 225 30 Hadlow Rural Community School 106 80 Simon Langton Grammar School for Boys 227 31 Hartsdown Academy 108 81 Sir Roger Manwood’s School 230 32 The Harvey Grammar School 110 82 The Sittingbourne Community College 233 33 The Hayesbrook School 112 83 Skinners’ Kent Academy 235 34 Herne Bay High School 114 84 The Skinners’ School 237 35 Highsted Grammar School 117 85 Spires Academy 240 36 The High Weald Academy 119 86 Swadelands School 242 37 Highworth Grammar School 121 87 Thamesview School 244 38 Hillview School for Girls 123 88 Tonbridge Grammar School 246 39 Holmesdale Technology College 126 89 Towers School 249 40 Homewood School and Sixth Form Centre 128 90 Trinity School, Sevenoaks 251 41 Hugh Christie Technology College 131 91 Tunbridge Wells Girls’ Grammar School 253 42 Invicta Grammar School 134 92 Tunbridge Wells Grammar School for Boys 256 43 The John Wallis Church of England Academy 137 93 Ursuline College 259 44 The Judd School 140 94 Valley Park School 262 45 King Ethelbert School 142 95 Weald of Kent Grammar School 266 46 Knole Academy 144 96 Westlands School 269 47 The Leigh Technology Academy 147 97 Wilmington Academy 272 48 The Leigh UTC 150 98 Wilmington Grammar School for Boys 274 49 Long eld Academy 152 99 Wilmington Grammar School for Girls 277 50 Maidstone Grammar School 154 100 Wrotham School 280 51 Maidstone Grammar School for Girls 102 101 Wye Free School 283
290 DARTFORD MEDWAY GRAVESEND A228 17 57 18 62 29 19 48 47 B255 24 76 99 61 74 B2008 98 87 66 97 A2 SHEERNESS 65 ROCHESTER 31 M25 49 GILLINGHAM 45 Swanley Isle of 93 MARGATE 16 67 B2009 34 A299 73 11 Sheppey 54 13 58 A249 RAMSGATE 12 HERNE BAY 25 A2 M20 CHATHAM WHITSTABLE
A227 A228 96 7 A2 A225 FAVERSHAM Pegwell 28 82 A256 35 A290 A28 69 A299 85 Bay N o r t h A229 SITTINGBOURNE 39 A249 1 2 D o w n s Aylesford M2 M26 4 A2 5 81 M25 100 9 78 46 53 MAIDSTONE CANTERBURY 52 42 79 77 N o r th D o w n s A2050 51 A251 80 SANDWICH 71 94 70 90 SEVENOAKS 64 A28 A228 50
A25 A252 A2 59 10 B2016 86 A227 B2163 M20 DEAL A21 A26 30 14
41 B2042 A28 TONBRIDGE A2 101 A258 Low Weald 89 33
38 B2068 44 95 88 56 20
A229 37 A274 23 63
A260 72 ROYAL B2015 75 ASHFORD 22 92 B2079 60 DOVER 3 21 TUNBRIDGE 91 43 A28 84 83 WELLS 6 A21 M20 FOLKESTONE A20 A262 68 36 26 15 8 27 32 TENTERDEN A261 40 B2086 A21 HYTHE A28
High Weald Romney Marsh
55